Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Service Manual Ver.1.2
ApeosPort-IV C5570/4470/3370/2270
DocuCentre- IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Service Manual Ver.1.2
Issued : August. 2010
● This service manual covers the following ● Revision and Modification Information
models When design changes or revisions relating to
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. this service manual occur, the overseas
・ ApeosPort-IV C5570 / C4470 / C3370/C2270 technical information or overseas service
・ DocuCentre-IV C5570 / C4470 / C3370/C2270 bulletin may be issued as supplementary
information until such changes are
●This PDF service manual supports the following accommodated in the updated version of this
E-Doc service manual service manual.
E-Doc Ver.1.2
Caution Important changes including
●Confidentiality revisions of spare part numbers and
h This service manual is issued intending use by adjustment specifications must
maintenance service personnel authorized by immediately be reflected on the
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. Copying, transferring or respective pages of this manual.
leasing this manual without prior consent by
FUJI XEROX Co. Ltd. is prohibited.
h When a page becomes irrelevant (e.g.
superceded by a replacement page), destroy
the page by burning or shredding it.
h Handle with care to avoid loss or damage of
the manual.
Edited by: Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. CS Department TS Sectuon
KSP R&D Business Park Bldg
3-2-1, Sakado, Takatsu-ku, Kawasaki-shi, Kanagawa, JAPAN 213-8508
TEL 044-812-7637
PRINTED IN JAPAN
0 Introduction
0.1 Getting to know this Service Manual ........................................................................ 3
0.2 How to use the Service Manual................................................................................ 3
0.3 Description for Terminology And Symbols ............................................................... 4
For more information on the following product options, please refer to the supplementary options service For more information on the options, refer to the options manual.
manuals.
2.1 Contents of Manual
Options that can be connected to this product and the versions of the manuals that describe them: This manual is divided into 9 chapters as described below.
Table 1
• Chapter 1 Service Call Procedure
No Option Name Manual Name Version This chapter describes the general work and servicing procedures for the maintenance of this
1 Finisher A Finisher A Supplementary Service Manual Ver1.5~ product.
2 Finisher B1 Finisher B1 Supplementary Service Manual Ver1.4~ • Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
3 Finisher C Finisher C Supplementary Service Manual Ver1.5~ This chapter describes the troubleshooting procedures other than image quality troubleshooting for
this product.
4 2000HCF 2000HCF Supplementary Service Manual Ver1.4~
• Chapter 3 Image Quality Troubleshooting
This chapter describes the image quality troubleshooting procedures for this product.
A supplementary manual that deals with the Controller FIP in Chapter 2 for this product is also available.
• Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
However, the release (Ver 1) contents are the same as those that can be found in this manual. This chapter describes the disassembly, assembly, adjustment and replacement procedures for
components of this product.
Table 2 • Chapter 5 Parts List
Supplementary This chapter contains the spare parts information for this product.
No Contents Manual Name Version • Chapter 6 General
1 ESS related FIP ESS FIP Common Supplementary Service Manual Ver2.2~ This chapter contains the following information.
6.1 Specifications
NOTE: The Ver No. of the above supplementary manual is the information at the release of this manual. 6.2 Tools/Service Consumables/Consumables/Modifications
It will be updated to Ver 1.1, Ver 1.2, and so on when manuals for other machine types are issued. Make 6.3 Service Data
sure to always update your manual to the latest version. The revised content consists of new IOT support
6.4 Service Mode
information and updates to existing information. Please use an updated manual.
6.5 Fax-related Information
• Publication Comment Sheet • Chapter 7 Wiring Data
Enter any comments and/or corrections regarding this service manual into the Publication Comment This chapter contains the information about the Wiring Connector List/Locations, the Wiring Data,
Sheet, and send it to the following department. and the BSD for this machine.
Japan: CS Department TS Section • Chapter 8 Accessories
This chapter contains the information on related products.
• Chapter 9 Installation & Removal
This chapter contains the installation and removal procedures for this product and the options that
are specific to it.
• Chapter 10 Mechanism & Functions Overview (not yet issued)
2.2 Information on Updating
This manual will be sent to each Service Center as specified below. Revisions must be incorporated
correctly to keep the manual up-to-date.
Updating Procedure:
• When the manual is updated, the issue number "Ver. 1" will be changed to Ver. 1.1, Ver. 1.2, and so 0.3 Description for Terminology And Symbols
on.
The terms and symbols used throughout this manual are explained here.
• The terms and symbols used at the beginning of a text are defined as follows:
WARNING
Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
WARNING
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
CAUTION
Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury or property damage if operators do not handle
the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
Instruction: Used to alert you to a procedure which, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the
machine or equipment.
Purpose
Used to describe the purposes of Adjustment and Troubleshooting.
Terminology
Table 1 Terminology
Terminology Description
Assy Means Assembly.
SLA Means Selfoc Lens Assembly. (LED Printer exposure device)
IH Means Induction Heating. The techonology used for heating in the Fuser
section. (IH Fuser)
TEC Value Abbreviation of Typical Electricity Consumption, which means the standard
power consumption. Read as "tec".
For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the
regulations regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
Things to take note when using the Caller ID Sort Feature. 1.2 Service Call Procedure
Depending on the settings at the sender, there may be cases when the Caller ID Info cannot be
recognized. In such cases, the Sort Feature will not work for the received document, and it will be
1.2.1 Initial Actions
printed as is. 1. Ask the operator(s) about the machine condition.
Furthermore, a similar outcome may also happen when using the Sort Feature with modem dial-in. 2. Record the billing meter readings.
1.1.3 Things to Take Note When Handling Customer Information 3. Inspect any error copies, then check the machine.
4. Check the Service Log.
1. Handling of customer's electronic information - samples of copy/print/received fax (paper data), log
files (Activity Report), and etc. 1.2.2 Actions to Take During UM
Before you bring back any samples for the purpose of investigation/analysis, always obtain 1. Troubleshoot on Level 1.
permission from the customer. Make sure to assure them that the data will not be used for any other 2. Troubleshoot on Level 2.
purpose.
If there are no applicable items, troubleshoot by referring to the BSD.
When requesting for a retrieval application from the customer, either use the "FX Data Security
3. Make an A3 copy using the Test Chart (499T276) and check the copy quality.
Regulations: Annex 15 - Confidential Information/Personal Information Request Form (IS-019)" or
use a letterhead that has been specified by the customer to obtain their agreement. • Check the Drums, the IBT, and the Fuser Belt for damage.
2. Handling of a PWB/HDD, etc. that contains customer information. • Check the copy image quality for color balance (Y, M, C, K), color shift, uneven (color) density,
and low density reproduction failure.
Data such as Fax Address Numbers and URLs that are registered in the customer's machine are all
4. Enter the UI Diag and check the following reports.
important customer information. These types of information are stored in the PWB/HDD, etc. within
the machine. Take extra care when handling them. Press the [Machine Status] key -> "Machine Information" tab -> [Print Reports...] -> [CE...]
(1) In case of replacements, transfer the data to the new PWB/HDD and make sure that all data in
the old components are thoroughly erased before disposing them. Make sure that no important Table 1
customer information gets leaked. (For details, refer to the preface in Chapter 4 and 5) Counter Report Names Check Items
(2) If a component was replaced and it was not found to be the cause of the malfunction, return it HFSI Report (Note) Replace the parts whose expiration date is near/has passed.
to the machine it came from. (For components that were temporarily installed/removed for Jam Counter Check the items where paper jam occurs frequently.
troubleshooting, etc. clear the data using Diag etc.)
Failure Counter Check the items where failures occur frequently.
(3) When unable to electrically erase the data in the HDD and the customer has requested for it,
destroy the HDD (charges applies).
NOTE: When replacing parts that will incur cost to the customer, obtain the customer's agreement
3. Security related NVM values that were changed during maintenance.
before performing the replacement.
If any security related NVM values, such as polling, were set for test purposes, make sure you
return them to their original values after the test. (E.g.: for the details on polling that is common to all 5. Repair all the secondary problems.
machine types, refer to FTO 2-202) 6. Perform TRIM servicing.
4. When connecting our company machine to the customer's network during maintenace, make sure 1.2.3 Actions to Take During SM
that you have gone through the person-in-charge to obtain permission from the customer's systems
1. Make an A3 copy using the Test Chart (499T276) and check the copy quality.
administrator (or person-in-charge) before proceeding.
• Check the Drums, the IBT, and the Fuser Belt for damage.
5. Other things to take note when handling customer data
• Check the copy image quality for color balance (Y, M, C, K), color shift, uneven (color) density,
When handling customer data, you should also pay attention to precautions other than the above
and low density reproduction failure.
items 1 to 4. Follow the "Excellence in Customer Information Asset Protection - Do it Now! Do it
Together!" issued by CS Department and ensure that customer data do not get leaked out when 2. Enter the UI Diag and check the following reports.
servicing. Press the [Machine Status] key -> "Machine Information" tab -> [Print Reports...] -> [CE...]
Table 2
Counter Report Names Check Items
HFSI Report (Note) Replace the parts whose expiration date is near/has passed.
Jam Counter Check the items where paper jam occurs frequently.
Failure Counter Check the items where failures occur frequently.
NOTE: When replacing parts that will incur cost to the customer, obtain the customer's agreement 1.3 Detailed Contents of the Service Call
before performing the replacement.
1.3.1 Initial Actions
3. Perform TRIM servicing.
1. Ask the operator(s) about the machine condition.
1.2.4 Final Actions • How often and where do paper jams have been occurring recently
1. Check overall operation/features. • How is the copy quality
2. Check the machine exterior and consumables. 2. Record the copy meter readings.
3. Train the operator as required. 3. Inspect any error copies, then check the machine.
4. Complete the Service Log and Service Report. 4. Check the print samples from previous service calls and the Service Log.
5. Keep the copy samples with the Service Log. 1.3.2 Checking Reproducibility of Problem
1. Check the problem status by carrying out Level 1 Troubleshooting in "Chapter 2 Troubleshooting".
2. Perform the appropriate items in the Level 2 Troubleshooting in "Section 2 Troubleshooting".
3. If there are no applicable items, troubleshoot by referring to "Chapter 9 BSD".
1.3.3 Checking Copy Quality
1. Make an A3 copy using the Test Chart (499T276) and check the copy quality.
• Check the Drums, the IBT, and the Fuser Belt for damage.
• Check the copy image quality for color balance (Y, M, C, K), color shift, uneven (color) density,
and low density reproduction failure.
1.3.4 TRIM Servicing Procedure
Perform TRIM servicing during a service call to maintain the machine performance.
1. Follow the TRIM checklist to perform the required TRIM items. The following items must always be
performed during a service call.
• Check the Waste Toner Bottle
2. Check for parts that require periodical cleaning/replacement (consumables, parts) by referring to the
Periodic Replacement Parts/Consumables List and the Report/List (HFSI Counter), and clean them
if necessary. Whenever a parts is replaced, make sure you also clear the counter of corresponding
item on the DC135 HFSI Counters Screen.
Consumables
CAUTION Table 1
Do not place the drawing materials such as toner, developer, and drum in the car for long periods of time. Replacement Chain-
No Parts/Consumables Name/PL No. Interval Link No. Description
NOTE: Clean the Platen Glass with a Platen Wax Cleaner (194D) every 10K Feeds.
10 [2270 IOT] 136,000 cycle - Note 1: The drum cycle value is a
Table 1 Note 1 reference value. However, the Life
Drum Cartridge (Y, M, C) value of the Waste Toner Box and
Replacement Chain-
No Parts/Consumables Name/PL No. Interval Link No. Description Drum Cartridge (K) 136,000 cycle Drum Cartridge at the right can
Note 1 change greatly due to fluctuations
1 IIT Scan - 956-802 Number of Scan of the AMPV value.
2 Document Feed No. 300,000 955-805 The DADF, Nudger, Feed, Retard 11 1 Tray Feed Count 300,000 954-800 Count Condition
Nudger Roll (PL 51.12) Roll needs to be replaced. • Feed Roll/Nudger Roll/Retard 1 Feed = 1 Count Up
59K 31270 Clear the counter after Roll (PL 9.5) When replacing, replace all 3 at the
Feed Roll (PL 51.12) replacement. 22K 74870 same time
59K 31270
NOTE: Clean the Platen Glass with 12 MSI Feed Count 50,000 954-805 Count Condition
Retard Roll (PL 51.14)
a Platen Wax Cleaner (194D) • MSI Feed Roll (PL 13.3) 1 Feed = 1 Count Up
59K 61280
every 10K Feeds. 22K 74870 When replacing, replace all 3 at the
3 IBT Belt (PL 6.3) 48,000,000 954-820 Counts up every 24 hours of IOT same time
64K 92660 ON time (seconds) or at Power 13 2 Tray Feed Count 300,000 954-801 Count Condition
OFF. • Feed Roll/Nudger Roll/Retard 1 Feed = 1 Count Up
4 2nd BTR Unit (PL 14.2) 20,000,000 954-821 Counts up every 24 hours of IOT Roll When replacing, replace all 3 at the
59K 53655 ON time (seconds) or at Power 22K 74870 same time
OFF. 3TM: PL 10.4
5 IBT Belt Cleaner Assembly (PL 6.1) 18,300,000 954-822 Counts up every 24 hours of IOT 14 3 Tray Feed Count 300,000 954-802 Count Condition
42K 93871 ON time (seconds) or at Power • Feed Roll/Nudger Roll/Retard 1 Feed = 1 Count Up
OFF. Roll When replacing, replace all 3 at the
6 Fuser (PL 7.1) 36,000,000 954-850 A4 (LEF): conversion value at 100 22K 74870 same time
126K 26034 (2270/3370)
3TM: PL 10.6
126K 26694 (4470/5570)
15 4 Tray Feed Count 300,000 954-803 Count Condition
7 [5570 IOT] - Note 1: The drum cycle value is a
• Feed Roll/Nudger Roll/Retard 1 Feed = 1 Count Up
Drum Cartridge (Y, M, C) 136,000 cycle reference value. However, the Life
Roll When replacing, replace all 3 at the
Drum Cartridge (K) Note 1 value of the Waste Toner Box and same time
Drum Cartridge at the right can 22K 74870
136,000 cycle change greatly due to fluctuations 3TM: PL 10.8
Note 1 of the AMPV value. 16 Waste Toner Box (PL 8.2) 2270:46,000 - When replacing the Waste Toner
8 [4470 IOT] - 3370:45,000 Box, use the cleaner plate, which
136,000 cycle Note 1: The drum cycle value is a 3371:45,000 can be found in the LPH Unit, to
Drum Cartridge (Y, M, C) Note 1 reference value. However, the Life 4470:44,000 clean the LPH.
Drum Cartridge (K) value of the Waste Toner Box and 5570:44,000
136,000 cycle Drum Cartridge at the right can 17 Clean LPH Lens - - Pull out the cleaner plate that is
Note 1 change greatly due to fluctuations attached to the LPH towards you to
of the AMPV value. clean it
9 [3370 IOT] 136,000 cycle - Note 1: The drum cycle value is a 18 Built-in Deodorant Filter*1 120,000 -
Note 1 reference value. However, the Life 19 External Deodorant Filter*1 120,000 -
Drum Cartridge (Y, M, C) value of the Waste Toner Box and
20 Suction Filter 120,000 Standard for 4470/5570 only
Drum Cartridge (K) 136,000 cycle Drum Cartridge at the right can
Note 1 change greatly due to fluctuations
*1: The Built-in Deodorant Filter is standard for 4470/5570 only in Japan. It is standard for all machines in
of the AMPV value.
IBG. The replacement filters are supplied as spare parts.
Chapter 2 Troubleshooting
2 Troubleshooting
2.1 Preface 005-948 SS-Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size.......................................................... 47
CHAIN 73 CHAIN 78
073-101 (2270/3370) Tray 3 Miss Feed ......................................................................... 157 078-xxx HCF Related Fault ............................................................................................ 187
003-345 X PIO Unmatch Fail 1....................................................................................... 283 003-981 Staple size error............................................................................................... 291
003-346 X PIO Unmatch Fail 2....................................................................................... 283 003-982 IITsc HDD access error.................................................................................... 291
003-700 Returned a lot of Documents error ................................................................... 283
003-701 Duplication prevention code detect .................................................................. 283 005-xxx FIP
003-702 Different magnification, for surface and back of a document .......................... 283 005-500 Write to DADF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................. 293
003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs ......................................................................... 284 005-940 DADF No Original ............................................................................................ 293
003-751 Under PANTHER Capacity (Scan)................................................................... 284 005-941 Doc number of sheets is insufficient ................................................................ 293
003-752 Cannot scan 600DPI ........................................................................................ 284 005-942 Doc fault loading on DADF .............................................................................. 293
003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI ................................................................................ 284 005-945 Document guide set mistake............................................................................ 293
003-754 S2X recoverable error ...................................................................................... 284 005-946 Manuscript reading equipment obstacle detection........................................... 293
003-755 S2X command error ......................................................................................... 284 005-947 Document guide set mistake 2......................................................................... 294
003-756 S2X command error ......................................................................................... 285 005-948 Manuscript reading equipment obstacle detection........................................... 294
003-757 Cannot scan over 400DPI ................................................................................ 285 007-xxx FIP
003-760 Scan Settings Error .......................................................................................... 285
007-954 SMH size mismatch ......................................................................................... 295
003-761 Incorrect Paper Tray Size................................................................................. 285 007-959 OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP) .................................................... 295
003-763 Adjustment Chart Not Found............................................................................ 285
007-960 Paper kind mismatch ....................................................................................... 295
003-764 Document insufficient (image overlay) ............................................................. 285
007-969 CentreTray full stack ........................................................................................ 295
003-780 Scan Image Compression Error ....................................................................... 285
003-795 AMS Limit Error ................................................................................................ 286 011-xxx FIP
003-930 Cannot scan over 300DPI ................................................................................ 286 011-941 MBX #01 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 297
003-931 Cannot scan over 400DPI ................................................................................. 286 011-942 MBX #02 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 297
003-932 Cannot scan 600DPI ........................................................................................ 286 011-943 MBX #03 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 297
003-933 Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI..................................................... 286 011-944 MBX #04 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 297
003-934 Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI..................................................... 286 011-945 MBX #05 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 297
003-935 Next Documents Cannot scan over 600DPI..................................................... 287 011-946 MBX #06 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 297
003-940 DAM memory insufficient ................................................................................. 287 011-947 MBX #07 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 297
003-941 Page memory insufficient ................................................................................. 287 011-948 MBX #08 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 298
003-942 Document size Auto Detect error ..................................................................... 287 011-949 MBX #09 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 298
003-944 Image repeat count fail..................................................................................... 287 011-950 MBX #10 Bin Full Stack ................................................................................... 298
003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS)............................................................. 287
003-947 Return Documents counts error ....................................................................... 288 012-xxx FIP
003-948 Return Documents mismatch ........................................................................... 288 012-500 Write to Finisher/MACS-ROM error detection (During DLD method).............. 299
003-951 1job max page over.......................................................................................... 288 012-911 Stacker Lower Safety....................................................................................... 299
003-952 Return Documents Color mismatch ................................................................. 288 012-914 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count................................................................ 299
003-955 Documents size exchange error....................................................................... 288 012-965 Stapler Pin near empty .................................................................................... 299
003-956 Documents size unknown error........................................................................ 289 012-966 Scratch Sheet Compile .................................................................................... 299
003-963 No APS object Tray.......................................................................................... 289 012-969 IOT Center Tray Full ........................................................................................ 299
003-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IITsc Detect) ................................................................... 289
016-xxx FIP
003-966 ATS/APS No Destination (IITsc) ...................................................................... 289
016-210 SW Option Fail (HDD Not Exist) ...................................................................... 301
003-967 DADF APS No Destination............................................................................... 289
016-211 SW Option Fail (SysMemory Low) ................................................................... 301
003-968 Punch position error ......................................................................................... 290
016-212 SW Option Fail (Page Memory Low) ............................................................... 301
003-969 Punch size error ............................................................................................... 290
016-213 SW Option Fail (Printer CARD Not Exist) ........................................................ 301
003-970 FAX Line Memory Overflow ............................................................................. 290
016-214 SW Option Fail (Fax CARD Not Exist) ............................................................. 301
003-971 prevention code detect with the right to cancel ................................................ 290
016-215 SW Option Fail (JPEG boad Not Exist)............................................................ 301
003-972 Maximum Stored Page Over Flow ................................................................... 290
016-216 SW Option Fail (ExtMemory Not Exist) ............................................................ 302
003-973 Every direction difference................................................................................. 290
016-217 SW Option Fail (Controller ROM not Printer kit) .............................................. 302
003-974 Next Original Specification ............................................................................... 290
016-218 PS KIT Not Exist for XDOD.............................................................................. 302
003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up) .................................................................. 291
016-219 License is required (Printer Kit)........................................................................ 302
003-977 Document Miss Match (Multi Scan).................................................................. 291
016-220 S2X unrecoverable error .................................................................................. 302
003-978 Color Document Miss Mutch (Multi Scan) ........................................................ 291
016-221 S2X communication error ................................................................................ 302
003-980 Staple position error ......................................................................................... 291
016-222 S2X self-diag error ........................................................................................... 303
016-223 S2X SDRAM Error ........................................................................................... 303 016-341 Cont FontROM Fail-4 ....................................................................................... 311
016-224 S2X PCI Reg Error........................................................................................... 303 016-342 Cont RTC Fail .................................................................................................. 311
016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error ............................................................................. 303 016-343 Long Boot Diag Timer Fail ............................................................................... 311
016-226 S2X IIT Connection Error ................................................................................. 303 016-345 Cont NV-Memory Fail....................................................................................... 311
016-227 S2X DDR Error................................................................................................. 303 016-347 Cont PageMemory Fail .................................................................................... 311
016-228 S2X Image Processing Error............................................................................ 303 016-348 Cont PageMemory Fail-2 ................................................................................. 311
016-229 SW Option Fail (FCW-UI Not Exist) ................................................................. 303 016-350 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-1 ................................................................................... 312
016-230 License is required (PS ImageLog Kit)............................................................. 304 016-351 Cont SEEP-ROM Fail-2 ................................................................................... 312
016-231 SW Option Fail (Image Ext PWB Not Exist)..................................................... 304 016-360 Cont UI Fail-1 ................................................................................................... 312
016-232 MRC HW Initialize Error ................................................................................... 304 016-362 Cont UI Fail-2 ................................................................................................... 312
016-233 SW Option Fail (USB Host Not Exist) .............................................................. 304 016-363 Cont LyraCard Fail ........................................................................................... 312
016-234 XCP Out of Memory Error ................................................................................ 304 016-364 Cont USB2.0 Host Fail ..................................................................................... 312
016-235 XCP Internal Error............................................................................................ 304 016-365 Cont USB2.0 Device Fail ................................................................................. 313
016-236 XCP not active ................................................................................................. 305 016-366 Cont HDD Fail-1............................................................................................... 313
016-237 Auth plugin not active....................................................................................... 305 016-367 Cont HDD Fail-2............................................................................................... 313
016-238 Custom svc not active ...................................................................................... 305 016-368 Cont Torino Fail................................................................................................ 313
016-239 Auth contents not exist..................................................................................... 305 016-369 Cont S2X PWB Fail.......................................................................................... 313
016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail ................................................................................ 305 016-370 Cont Fail........................................................................................................... 314
016-241 SW Option Fail (SIP_FAX Not Exist) ............................................................... 305 016-371 Cont USB1.1 Host Fail ..................................................................................... 314
016-310 ssmm Job Log Full ........................................................................................... 306 016-372 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-A............................................................................ 314
016-311 No Scanner that Should Be.............................................................................. 306 016-373 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-B............................................................................ 314
016-312 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist) ................................................. 306 016-374 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-C ........................................................................... 314
016-313 Hybrid WaterMark setting mismatch ................................................................ 306 016-375 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-D ........................................................................... 314
016-314 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist) ................................................. 306 016-376 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-E............................................................................ 314
016-315 IIT Interface Fail ............................................................................................... 307 016-377 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-F............................................................................ 315
016-316 Page Memory Not Detected............................................................................. 307 016-378 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-G ........................................................................... 315
016-317 Page Memory Broken- Standard...................................................................... 307 016-379 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-H ........................................................................... 315
016-318 Page Memory Broken- Option.......................................................................... 307 016-380 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-I ............................................................................. 315
016-319 Long Boot Diag IIT Interface Fail ..................................................................... 307 016-381 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-J ............................................................................ 315
016-320 Document Formatter Fatal Error ...................................................................... 307 016-382 Cont HDD FileSystem Fail-P............................................................................ 315
016-321 Fax Module Error ............................................................................................. 308 016-400 802.1x authentication failure ............................................................................ 315
016-322 JBA Account Full.............................................................................................. 308 016-401 802.1x EAP type not supported ....................................................................... 316
016-323 B-Formatter Fatal Error .................................................................................... 308 016-402 802.1x authentication failure by timing out....................................................... 316
016-324 Scheduled Image Overwrite............................................................................. 308 016-403 802.1x certificate failure ................................................................................... 316
016-325 Using Personal Certificate................................................................................ 308 016-404 802.1x inside failure ......................................................................................... 316
016-326 Cont-UI Cable Connection Fail ........................................................................ 308 016-405 Certificate DB File error.................................................................................... 316
016-327 BackPlane Connection Fail .............................................................................. 308 016-406 802.1x client certificate failure.......................................................................... 316
016-328 Cont-MCU Cable Connection Fail.................................................................... 309 016-407 XCP Plugin Secrity Exception .......................................................................... 316
016-329 Long Boot Diag Page Memory Not Detected Fail ............................................ 309 016-408 XCP Invalid Plugin ........................................................................................... 317
016-330 Cont System Memory Fail-1............................................................................. 309 016-409 XCP Plugin Version Incompatible .................................................................... 317
016-331 Cont System Memory Fail-2............................................................................. 309 016-410 XCP_PLUGIN_PROPERTY_INVALID............................................................. 317
016-332 Cont System Memory Fail-3............................................................................. 309 016-411 XCP_UNSUPPORTED_CLASS_VERSION .................................................... 317
016-333 Long Boot Diag Page Memory Broken Standard Fail ...................................... 309 016-412 XCP Plugin Misc Error ..................................................................................... 317
016-334 Long Boot Diag Page Memory Broken Option Fail .......................................... 310 016-413 Couldnt detect proxy server automatically. ...................................................... 317
016-335 Cont ProgramROM Fail-1 ................................................................................ 310 016-414 Couldnt connect to Xerox server or proxy........................................................ 318
016-336 Cont ProgramROM Fail-2 ................................................................................ 310 016-415 Connection to Xerox server has timed out. ...................................................... 318
016-337 Cont ProgramROM Fail-3 ................................................................................ 310 016-416 An invalid state message received from server. .............................................. 318
016-338 Cont FontROM Fail-1 ....................................................................................... 310 016-417 Invalid network settings were found. ................................................................ 318
016-339 Cont FontROM Fail-2 ....................................................................................... 310 016-450 SMB Host name duplicated.............................................................................. 319
016-340 Cont FontROM Fail-3 ....................................................................................... 310 016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG.................................................................................. 319
016-454 DNS renewal failure of dynamic ....................................................................... 319 016-559 Remote Download parameter error ................................................................. 327
016-455 SNTP server time out ....................................................................................... 319 016-560 Attestation Agent error 560 .............................................................................. 327
016-456 SNTP time asynchronous................................................................................. 319 016-562 ADetected user duplication, in a cert agent ..................................................... 328
016-461 Under non-transmitted image log stagnation ................................................... 319 016-563 ImageLog Memory Full (Exp. Kit) .................................................................... 328
016-500 Write to Cont-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................... 320 016-564 Remote Download Server Authentication Failed ............................................. 328
016-501 Write to S2X-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ................................ 320 016-565 Backup Restore Error ...................................................................................... 328
016-502 Write to Cont/S2X/IISS/DADF/IOT/Fin/FaxCard error detection (During PJL method)320 016-566 Backup Restore Condition Error ...................................................................... 328
016-503 SMTP Server Fail for Redirector ...................................................................... 320 16-567 Backup Capacity Full ......................................................................................... 329
016-504 POP Server Fail for Redirector......................................................................... 320 016-568 Backup Restore Failed..................................................................................... 329
016-505 POP Authentication Fail for Redirector ............................................................ 321 016-569 Attestation Agent error 569 .............................................................................. 329
016-506 Image Log HDD Full......................................................................................... 321 016-570 Job ticket out of memory .................................................................................. 329
016-507 ImageLog Send Fail01 ..................................................................................... 321 016-571 Job ticket wrong param.................................................................................... 329
016-508 ImageLog Send Fail02 ..................................................................................... 321 016-572 Job ticket media error ...................................................................................... 329
016-509 ImageLog No Send Rule01 .............................................................................. 321 016-573 Job ticket parse error ....................................................................................... 330
016-510 ImageLog No Send Rule02 .............................................................................. 321 016-574 Host name solution error in FTP ...................................................................... 330
016-511 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule01 ........................................................................ 321 016-575 DNS server un-sets up in FTP ......................................................................... 330
016-512 ImageLog Invalid Send Rule02 ........................................................................ 322 016-576 Server connection error in FTP........................................................................ 330
016-513 SMTP server reception error ............................................................................ 322 016-577 Problem in FTP service.................................................................................... 330
016-514 XPS Error ......................................................................................................... 322 016-578 Login name or a password error in FTP .......................................................... 330
016-515 XPS Short of Memory....................................................................................... 322 016-579 Scanning picture preservation place error in FTP............................................ 331
016-516 XPS PrintTicket description error ..................................................................... 322 016-580 File name acquisition failure from FTP server ................................................. 331
016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change ............................................................ 322 016-581 File name suffix limit over in FTP..................................................................... 331
016-518 PS Booklet Conflict WM ................................................................................... 323 016-582 File creation failure in FTP ............................................................................... 331
016-519 Device DV - Reached Limit .............................................................................. 323 016-583 Lock folder creation failure in FTP ................................................................... 331
016-520 MRC HW Job Error .......................................................................................... 323 016-584 Folder creation failure in FTP........................................................................... 331
016-521 SmartCard Not Found ...................................................................................... 323 016-585 File delete failure in FTP .................................................................................. 332
016-522 LDAP SSL error 112......................................................................................... 323 016-586 Lock folder delete failure in FTP ...................................................................... 332
016-523 LDAP SSL error 113......................................................................................... 323 016-587 Folder delete failure in FTP.............................................................................. 332
016-524 LDAP SSL error 114......................................................................................... 323 016-588 Data write-in failure to FTP server ................................................................... 332
016-525 LDAP SSL error 115......................................................................................... 324 016-589 Data read failure from FTP server ................................................................... 332
016-526 LDAP SSL error 116......................................................................................... 324 016-590 Data reading failure from FTP server............................................................... 332
016-527 LDAP SSL error 117......................................................................................... 324 016-591 FTP scan filing policy injustice ......................................................................... 333
016-528 SmartCard Not Auth ......................................................................................... 324 016-592 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in FTP ....................................................... 333
016-529 Remote Download server timeout .................................................................... 324 016-593 Internal error in FTP Scan................................................................................ 333
016-533 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 37 ............................................................. 324 016-594 TYPE command failure in FTP ........................................................................ 333
016-534 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 41,42 ........................................................ 325 016-595 PORT command failure in FTP........................................................................ 333
016-535 Remote Download file access error ................................................................. 325 016-596 CDUP command failure in FTP........................................................................ 333
016-536 Host name solution error in Remote Download................................................ 325 016-597 Same name file exists in FTP servcer ............................................................. 334
016-537 Remote Download server connection error...................................................... 325 016-598 Email message size over ................................................................................. 334
016-538 Remote Download file write error ..................................................................... 325 016-599 Email message size over ................................................................................. 334
016-539 Kerberos Attestation protocol error other ......................................................... 325 016-600 KO Authentication Locked ............................................................................... 334
016-543 Attestation Agent error 543 .............................................................................. 325 016-601 Illegal Access Detection................................................................................... 334
016-545 Attestation Agent error 545 .............................................................................. 326 016-700 Password is under minimum figures ................................................................ 334
016-546 Attestation Agent error 546 .............................................................................. 326 016-701 Out of ART EX Memory ................................................................................... 335
016-548 Attestation Agent error 548 .............................................................................. 326 016-702 Out of Page Buffer ........................................................................................... 335
016-553 Attestation Agent error 553 .............................................................................. 326 016-703 Email To Invalid Box ........................................................................................ 335
016-554 Attestation Agent error 554 .............................................................................. 326 016-704 Mailbox is Full .................................................................................................. 335
016-555 Attestation Agent error 555 .............................................................................. 327 016-705 Secure Print Fail .............................................................................................. 335
016-556 Attestation Agent error 556 .............................................................................. 327 016-706 Max. User Number Exceeded.......................................................................... 336
016-557 Attestation Agent error 557 .............................................................................. 327 016-707 Sample Print Fail.............................................................................................. 336
016-558 Attestation Agent error 558 .............................................................................. 327 016-708 HD Full by Annotation/Watermark image......................................................... 336
016-709 ART EX Command Error.................................................................................. 336 016-759 Auditron - Reached Limit.................................................................................. 345
016-710 Delayed Print Fail............................................................................................. 337 016-760 PS Decompose failure ..................................................................................... 345
016-711 Email transmission size limit over .................................................................... 337 016-761 FIFO EMPTY.................................................................................................... 346
016-712 Under PANTHER Capacity (I-Formtter) ........................................................... 337 016-762 Print LANG Not Installed .................................................................................. 346
016-713 Security Box Password Error ........................................................................... 337 016-763 POP server is not found. .................................................................................. 346
016-714 Security Box is not Enable ............................................................................... 337 016-764 SMTP Server Connect Error ............................................................................ 346
016-715 ESCP Form Invalid Password.......................................................................... 338 016-765 SMTP Server HD Full....................................................................................... 346
016-716 TIFF Data Overflow.......................................................................................... 338 016-766 SMTP Server File System Error....................................................................... 346
016-717 Fax/Internet FAX Send Result Not Found........................................................ 338 016-767 Invalid E-mail Address ..................................................................................... 346
016-718 Out of PCL6 Memory ....................................................................................... 338 016-768 Invalid Sender Address .................................................................................... 347
016-719 Out of PCL Memory ......................................................................................... 338 016-769 SMTP Server Unsupported DSN ..................................................................... 347
016-720 PCL Command Error........................................................................................ 338 016-770 The direct fax function is canceled by NVM. .................................................... 347
016-721 Other Error ....................................................................................................... 339 016-771 Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS address)..................................................... 347
016-722 Job cancel by staple position NG..................................................................... 339 016-772 Scan Data Repository ERR (DNS Library)....................................................... 347
016-723 Job cancel by punch position NG..................................................................... 339 016-773 Invalid IP Address ............................................................................................ 347
016-724 Complex Position Error of Staple and Punch................................................... 339 016-774 HD Full - Compression Convert ....................................................................... 348
016-725 B-Formatter Library Image Conversion Error................................................... 339 016-775 HD Full - Image Convert .................................................................................. 348
016-726 PDL Auto Switch Fail ....................................................................................... 340 016-776 Image Convert ERR ......................................................................................... 348
016-727 0-page document is unstorable in a MailBox. .................................................. 340 016-777 HD Access ERR-Image Convert ...................................................................... 348
016-728 Unsupported TIFF Data ................................................................................... 340 016-778 HD Full - Scan Image Convert ......................................................................... 348
016-729 TIFF Data Size too Big..................................................................................... 340 016-779 Scan Image Conversion Error.......................................................................... 349
016-730 Unsupported ART Command........................................................................... 340 016-780 HD Access ERR-Image Convert ...................................................................... 349
016-731 Invalid TIFF Data.............................................................................................. 340 016-781 Server Connect ERR........................................................................................ 349
016-732 Form not registerd............................................................................................ 341 016-782 Server Login ERR ............................................................................................ 349
016-733 Destination address resolution error ................................................................ 341 016-783 Invalid Server Path........................................................................................... 350
016-734 Simple transmittion report invocation error ...................................................... 341 016-784 Server Write ERR............................................................................................. 350
016-735 Updating Job Templete .................................................................................... 341 016-785 Server HD Full.................................................................................................. 350
016-736 Remote directory lock error.............................................................................. 341 016-786 HD Full-Scan Write ERR.................................................................................. 350
016-737 Remote lock directory remove error................................................................. 341 016-787 Invalid Server IP ADD ...................................................................................... 351
016-738 PS Booklet Illegal OutPut Size......................................................................... 342 016-788 Retrieve to Browser Failed............................................................................... 351
016-739 PS Booklet Document Output Missmatch ........................................................ 342 016-789 HD Full - Job Memory ...................................................................................... 351
016-740 PS Booklet OutPut Tray Missmatch................................................................. 342 016-790 Email fragment over ......................................................................................... 351
016-741 Download Mode NGJob Fail ............................................................................ 342 016-791 File Retrieve Fail .............................................................................................. 351
016-742 Download Data Product ID Mismatch .............................................................. 342 016-792 Specified Job Not Found.................................................................................. 352
016-743 Device Model/Panel Type Error ....................................................................... 342 016-793 MF I/O HD Full ................................................................................................. 352
016-744 Download Data CheckSum Error ..................................................................... 343 016-794 MediaReader:Media No Insert ......................................................................... 352
016-745 Download Data XPJL Fatal Error ..................................................................... 343 016-795 MediaReader:Format Error .............................................................................. 352
016-746 Unsupported PDF File...................................................................................... 343 016-796 Document insert operation error ...................................................................... 352
016-747 No memory for drawing annotation .................................................................. 343 016-797 MediaReader:Image File Read Error ............................................................... 352
016-748 HD Full ............................................................................................................. 343 016-798 No TrustMarking Option ................................................................................... 352
016-749 JCL Syntax Error.............................................................................................. 343 016-799 PLW Print Instruction Fail................................................................................. 353
016-750 Print job ticket description error........................................................................ 344 016-910 Required Resource Not Ready (IOTsc detect) ................................................ 353
016-751 PDF Error ......................................................................................................... 344 016-911 Multi-Paper Required On A Single Tray........................................................... 353
016-752 PDF Short of Memory ...................................................................................... 344 016-940 Duplex Mix Size NG ......................................................................................... 353
016-753 PDF Password Mismatched............................................................................. 344 016-941 Booklet Duplex Mix Size NG ............................................................................ 353
016-754 PDF LZW Not Installed .................................................................................... 344 016-942 Page Delete Duplex Mix Size NG .................................................................... 353
016-755 PDF Print Prohibited ........................................................................................ 345 016-943 Insert doc Duplex Mix Size NG ........................................................................ 354
016-756 Auditron - Prohibit Service ............................................................................... 345 016-944 Document merge NG ....................................................................................... 354
016-757 Auditron - Invalid User...................................................................................... 345 016-945 Insert doc Duplex print NG............................................................................... 354
016-758 Auditron - Disabled Function............................................................................ 345 016-946 Insert doc NG ................................................................................................... 354
016-947 APS No Destination Error................................................................................. 354 018-512 Service Connect error in BMLinkS................................................................... 364
016-948 Small Book action NG ...................................................................................... 354 018-513 BMLinkS Service Not Found.......................................................................... 364
016-949 Insert Mix doc NG............................................................................................. 354 018-514 bmlinks access-right-violation .......................................................................... 365
016-981 HDD access error............................................................................................. 355 018-515 bmlinks storage-access-error........................................................................... 365
016-982 HDD access error 2.......................................................................................... 355 018-516 bmlinks unsupported-attribute.......................................................................... 365
016-983 Image Log HDD Full......................................................................................... 355 018-517 bmlinks storage-full .......................................................................................... 365
016-985 Data size over flow (Scan to Email) ................................................................. 355 018-518 bmlinks operation-not-available ....................................................................... 365
018-519 bmlinks unknown-error..................................................................................... 365
017-xxx FIP 018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan ........................................................................ 366
017-700 ThinPrint Connection Timeout Fail ................................................................... 357 018-521 request send failure in BMLinkS ...................................................................... 366
017-701 ThinPrint Connection Fail ................................................................................. 357 018-522 response receive failure in BMLinkS................................................................ 366
017-702 ThinPrint Invalid Data Fail ................................................................................ 357 018-523 image send failure in BMLinkS ........................................................................ 366
017-703 ThinPrint Over Maximum Data Size Fail .......................................................... 357 018-524 Invalid device network setting .......................................................................... 366
017-704 ThinPrint Internal Fail ....................................................................................... 357 018-525 HDD full or HDD access error .......................................................................... 366
017-705 ThinPrint SSL Authentication Invalid Certification Fail ..................................... 357 018-526 Rejected to be refresh...................................................................................... 367
017-706 ThinPrint SSL Authentication Before Expiration Fail ........................................ 357 018-527 JT Monitor Internal error .................................................................................. 367
017-707 ThinPrint SSL Authentication Expired Fail ....................................................... 358 018-528 Soap request error ........................................................................................... 367
017-708 ThinPrint SSL Authentication Misrepresentation Fail ....................................... 358 018-529 Duplicate scan request .................................................................................... 367
017-709 ThinPrint SSL Fail ............................................................................................ 358 018-530 Authentication error.......................................................................................... 367
017-710 SIP Mismatched Media Type Fail..................................................................... 358 018-531 Failed to create a new job................................................................................ 367
017-711 SIP Redirect Response Fail ............................................................................. 358 018-532 Too many jobs to create a new........................................................................ 368
017-712 SIP Session Timeout Fail ................................................................................. 358 018-543 Shared name error in SMB server ................................................................... 368
017-713 Start TLS Unsupported Fail.............................................................................. 358 018-547 The number restriction over of SMB scan users .............................................. 368
017-714 SMTP Over SSL Fail ........................................................................................ 359 018-556 HTTP server script error .................................................................................. 368
017-715 SSL Cert Untrusted Fail ................................................................................... 359 018-557 HTTP Invalid char in filename.......................................................................... 368
017-716 SSL Cert Date Invalid Fail ................................................................................ 359 018-558 HTTP file not found .......................................................................................... 369
017-717 SSL Server Cert Expired Fail ........................................................................... 359 018-559 HTTP File duplication fail ................................................................................. 369
017-718 SSL Server Cert Invalid Fail ............................................................................. 360 018-560 HTTP server login fail ...................................................................................... 369
017-719 SMTP Over SSL Internal Fail ........................................................................... 360 018-561 HTTP server not found..................................................................................... 369
017-720 Contract Type Fail ............................................................................................ 360 018-562 HTTP client error.............................................................................................. 369
017-721 Geographic Region Fail.................................................................................... 360 018-563 HTTP server error ............................................................................................ 370
017-722 Total Impressions Over Fail ............................................................................. 360 018-564 Host name solution error in HTTP ................................................................... 370
018-xxx FIP 018-565 Proxy name solution error in HTTP.................................................................. 370
018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) ............................................................ 361 018-566 Server Connect error in HTTP ......................................................................... 370
018-567 HTTP server access fail ................................................................................... 370
018-401 Incosistent SIP configuration............................................................................ 361
018-568 HTTP server SSL access fail ........................................................................... 370
018-402 SIP server communication fail.......................................................................... 361
018-403 SIP registraion fail (authentication) .................................................................. 361 018-569 HTTP server certificate fail............................................................................... 371
018-570 HTTP certificate fail.......................................................................................... 371
018-404 SIP registration fail(other)................................................................................. 361
018-571 Internal error in Scan ....................................................................................... 371
018-405 UserAccount Disable........................................................................................ 362
018-500 CA Message Receiver Boot Error(S_cert lost)................................................. 362 018-572 Invalid char in context ...................................................................................... 371
018-573 Invalid char in server........................................................................................ 371
018-501 CA Server Connection Error............................................................................. 362
018-574 Invalid char in volume ...................................................................................... 372
018-502 Login failure in SMB ......................................................................................... 362
018-503 CA Message Receiver Timeout........................................................................ 362 018-575 Invalid char in login .......................................................................................... 372
018-576 Invalid char in path........................................................................................... 372
018-504 CA SessionID Mismatch................................................................................... 362
018-577 Invalid char in file ............................................................................................. 372
018-505 SMB-DOS protocol error 1-005 ........................................................................ 363
018-506 CA FieldID Mismatch........................................................................................ 363 018-578 Nw server not found......................................................................................... 372
018-579 Nw server disk full ............................................................................................ 372
018-507 CA Credential Error .......................................................................................... 363
018-580 Netware invalid volume.................................................................................... 373
018-508 CA Server Fatal Error....................................................................................... 363
018-509 Template parameter conflict............................................................................. 364 018-581 Netware invalid path ........................................................................................ 373
018-582 Access right fail................................................................................................ 373
018-510 Host name solution error in BMLinkS............................................................... 364
018-583 Nw server disk error......................................................................................... 373
018-511 DNS server un-sets up in BMLinkS.................................................................. 364
018-584 Nw server access fail ....................................................................................... 374 018-765 LDAP protocol error 65 .................................................................................... 382
018-585 Netware error in use......................................................................................... 374 018-766 LDAP protocol error 66 .................................................................................... 382
018-586 Netware login fail.............................................................................................. 374 018-767 LDAP protocol error 67 .................................................................................... 383
018-587 File duplication fail............................................................................................ 374 018-768 LDAP protocol error 68 .................................................................................... 383
018-588 Scan filing policy invalid ................................................................................... 374 018-769 LDAP protocol error 69 .................................................................................... 383
018-589 NEXTNAME.DAT error .................................................................................... 375 018-770 LDAP protocol error 70 .................................................................................... 383
018-590 Same name exists............................................................................................ 375 018-771 LDAP protocol error 71 .................................................................................... 383
018-591 File name suffix limit over................................................................................. 375 018-780 LDAP protocol error 80 .................................................................................... 383
018-592 lock folder create fail ........................................................................................ 375 018-781 LDAP protocol error 81 .................................................................................... 384
018-593 lock folder delete fail ........................................................................................ 375 018-782 LDAP protocol error 82 .................................................................................... 384
018-595 Detected user duplication, in LDAP ................................................................. 375 018-783 LDAP protocol error 83 .................................................................................... 384
018-596 LDAP protocol error 596 .................................................................................. 376 018-784 LDAP protocol error 84 .................................................................................... 384
018-700 Network Stack is not Initialized Fail.................................................................. 376 018-785 LDAP protocol error 85 .................................................................................... 384
018-701 LDAP protocol error 01 .................................................................................... 376 018-786 LDAP protocol error 86 .................................................................................... 384
018-702 LDAP protocol error 02 .................................................................................... 376 018-787 LDAP protocol error 87 .................................................................................... 385
018-703 LDAP protocol error 03 .................................................................................... 376 018-788 LDAP protocol error 88 .................................................................................... 385
018-704 LDAP protocol error 04 .................................................................................... 376 018-789 LDAP protocol error 89 .................................................................................... 385
018-705 LDAP protocol error 05 .................................................................................... 377 018-790 LDAP protocol error 90 .................................................................................... 385
018-706 LDAP protocol error 06 .................................................................................... 377 018-791 LDAP protocol error 91 .................................................................................... 385
018-707 LDAP protocol error 07 .................................................................................... 377 018-792 LDAP protocol error 92 .................................................................................... 385
018-708 LDAP protocol error 08 .................................................................................... 377 018-793 LDAP protocol error 93 .................................................................................... 386
018-709 Active Communication is Unavailable Now Fail ............................................... 377 018-794 LDAP protocol error 94 .................................................................................... 386
018-710 LDAP protocol error 10 .................................................................................... 378 018-795 LDAP protocol error 95 .................................................................................... 386
018-711 LDAP protocol error 11 .................................................................................... 378 018-796 LDAP protocol error 96 .................................................................................... 386
018-712 LDAP protocol error 12 .................................................................................... 378 018-797 LDAP protocol error 97 .................................................................................... 386
018-713 LDAP protocol error 13 .................................................................................... 378
018-714 LDAP protocol error 14 .................................................................................... 378 021-xxx FIP
018-716 LDAP protocol error 16 .................................................................................... 378 021-210 USB IC Card Reader connection error............................................................. 387
018-717 LDAP protocol error 17 .................................................................................... 379 021-211 USB IC Card Reader broken............................................................................ 387
018-718 LDAP protocol error18 ..................................................................................... 379 021-212 USB IC Card Reader preparing error............................................................... 387
018-719 LDAP protocol error 19 .................................................................................... 379 021-213 Controller Price Table Error ............................................................................. 387
018-720 LDAP protocol error 20 .................................................................................... 379 021-214 USB IC Card Reader encryption setting error.................................................. 387
018-721 LDAP protocol error 21 .................................................................................... 379 021-215 Invalid Accessory Kind Setting......................................................................... 388
018-725 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 22 ............................................................. 379 021-360 EP Accessory Fail ............................................................................................ 388
018-726 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 70 ............................................................. 380 021-361 EP Accessory Kind Config Error ...................................................................... 388
018-727 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 71 ............................................................. 380 021-400 Check Request................................................................................................. 388
018-728 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 72 ............................................................. 380 021-401 USB IC Card Reader connection error info...................................................... 388
018-732 LDAP protocol error 32 .................................................................................... 380 021-500 EPAccessoryJobExclusion............................................................................... 388
018-733 LDAP protocol error 33 .................................................................................... 380 021-501 Invalid URL has detected. ................................................................................ 389
018-734 LDAP protocol error 34 .................................................................................... 380 021-502 Couldn't resolve proxy name............................................................................ 389
018-735 LDAP protocol error 35 .................................................................................... 381 021-503 Couldn't resolve host name.............................................................................. 389
018-736 LDAP protocol error 36 .................................................................................... 381 021-504 Couldn't connect to host/proxy......................................................................... 389
018-748 LDAP protocol error 48 .................................................................................... 381 021-505 Couldn't establish SSL session........................................................................ 390
018-749 LDAP protocol error 49 .................................................................................... 381 021-506 An invalid peer certificate has received............................................................ 390
018-750 LDAP protocol error 50 .................................................................................... 381 021-507 Proxy unauthorized access. ............................................................................. 390
018-751 LDAP protocol error 51 .................................................................................... 381 021-508 A connection to host/proxy has timed out. ....................................................... 390
018-752 LDAP protocol error 52 .................................................................................... 382 021-509 SOAP Fault: An invalid message detected. ..................................................... 390
018-753 LDAP protocol error 53 .................................................................................... 382 021-510 SOAP Fault: The MC already unregistered...................................................... 391
018-754 LDAP protocol error 54 .................................................................................... 382 021-511 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (WEP). ............................................. 391
018-764 LDAP protocol error 64 .................................................................................... 382 021-512 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-SV). .......................................... 391
021-513 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-DX). .......................................... 391 024-345 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 5....................................................................... 403
021-514 SOAP Fault: The MC already registered (EP-TRESS). ................................... 391 024-346 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 6....................................................................... 403
021-515 SOAP Fault: An invalid product code detected. ............................................... 392 024-347 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 7....................................................................... 404
021-516 SOAP Fault: An invalid serial number detected. .............................................. 392 024-348 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 8....................................................................... 404
021-517 SOAP Fault: The service not responded.......................................................... 392 024-349 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 9....................................................................... 404
021-518 SOAP Fault: An internal error occurred on server............................................ 392 024-350 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 10..................................................................... 404
021-519 SOAP Fault: Service is temporarily unavailable............................................... 392 024-351 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 11..................................................................... 404
021-520 Couldn't connect to CA..................................................................................... 393 024-352 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 12..................................................................... 404
021-521 A connection to CA has timed out. ................................................................... 393 024-353 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 13..................................................................... 405
021-522 A miscellaneous CA comm error has detected. ............................................... 393 024-354 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 14..................................................................... 405
021-523 An internal error has occurred.......................................................................... 393 024-355 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 15..................................................................... 405
021-524 A registeration conflict has detected. ............................................................... 394 024-356 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 16..................................................................... 405
021-525 An unregistration conflict has detected. ........................................................... 394 024-357 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 17..................................................................... 405
021-526 A miscellaneous http session error has detected............................................. 394 024-358 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 18..................................................................... 405
021-527 An invalid message has received..................................................................... 394 024-359 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 19..................................................................... 406
021-528 A communication settings was set as disabled. ............................................... 394 024-360 IOT-ESS Initialization Fail ................................................................................ 406
021-529 Device has already latest firmware. ................................................................. 395 024-361 Invalid IOT PaperSizeGroup Info ..................................................................... 406
021-530 An internal error has occurred on update server.............................................. 395 024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start..................................................................................... 406
021-531 Service is temporarily unavailable on update svr ............................................. 395 024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop..................................................................................... 406
021-532 Found an unsupported ROM set. ..................................................................... 395 024-364 DMA Transfer Fail ............................................................................................ 406
021-533 Software Update unoperational by user. .......................................................... 395 024-365 Overflow on Loop Back Write .......................................................................... 407
021-534 Found an unsupported submodule................................................................... 395 024-366 JBIG Library Other Fail .................................................................................... 407
021-535 Found an unsupported peripheral. ................................................................... 396 024-367 Decompress Other Fail .................................................................................... 407
021-700 Accessory Failure............................................................................................. 396 024-368 PCI Error .......................................................................................................... 407
021-701 Accessory Preparing ........................................................................................ 396 024-370 Marker Code Detection Fail ............................................................................. 407
021-731 EP Accessory - Function Disabled ................................................................... 396 024-371 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 21...................................................................... 408
021-732 EP Accessory Error732 .................................................................................... 396 024-372 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 22...................................................................... 408
021-733 EP Accessory Error733 .................................................................................... 396 024-373 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 23...................................................................... 408
021-750 U Parts Request Fail (EP-SV) .......................................................................... 397 024-374 Regi Con PLL Parameter Fail .......................................................................... 408
021-751 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-SV) ................................................................. 397 024-375 IOT-ESSCommunication Fail 24...................................................................... 408
021-770 U Parts Request Fail (EP-DX).......................................................................... 397 024-376 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 25..................................................................... 408
021-771 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-DX) ................................................................. 397 024-600 Billing Master Counter repair ........................................................................... 408
021-772 EPDX Install, Remove Error............................................................................. 397 024-601 Billing Backup Counter 1 repair ....................................................................... 409
021-941 EP - Scan Service Paused By Disable............................................................. 397 024-602 Billing Backup Counter 2 repair ....................................................................... 409
021-942 EP - Scan Service Paused By Color Mode ...................................................... 397 024-603 SWKey Master Counter repair ......................................................................... 409
021-943 EP - Print Service Paused By Disable.............................................................. 398 024-604 SWKey Backup Counter 1 repair ..................................................................... 409
021-944 EP - Print Service Paused By Color Mode ....................................................... 398 024-605 SWKey Backup Counter 2 repair ..................................................................... 409
021-945 EP - Service Paused By Disable ...................................................................... 398 024-606 Billing Meter Type Master Counter repaire ...................................................... 409
021-946 EP - Service Paused By Color Mode ............................................................... 398 024-607 Billing Meter Type Backup Counter 1 repaire ................................................. 409
021-947 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Scan) ............................................................. 398 024-608 Billing Meter Type Backup Counter 2 repaire ................................................. 409
021-948 Subtractive Accessory Disable (Print) .............................................................. 398 024-609 Billing CountType Master Counter repaire ....................................................... 410
021-949 Subtractive Accessory Disable......................................................................... 399 024-610 Billing CountType Backup Counter 1 repaire.................................................. 410
024-611 Billing CountType Backup Counter 2 repaire.................................................. 410
023-xxx FIP 024-612 Modal Break Point Master Counter repaire...................................................... 410
023-600 Held Down Key Error(UI-Panel) ....................................................................... 401 024-613 Modal Break Point Backup Counter 1 repaire.................................................. 410
023-601 Held Down Softkey Error(UI-Panel) ................................................................. 401 024-614 Modal Break Point Backup Counter 2 repaire.................................................. 410
024-xxx FIP 024-700 Shortage memory capacity, or no Hard Disk ................................................... 411
024-701 Invalid instruction of face inversion .................................................................. 411
024-340 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 1 ....................................................................... 403
024-341 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 2 ....................................................................... 403 024-702 Paper Jam........................................................................................................ 411
024-703 Booklet Sheets Count Over While Printing Fail ............................................... 411
024-342 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 3 ....................................................................... 403
024-742 Print Booklet sheets counts over ..................................................................... 411
024-343 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 4 ....................................................................... 403
024-746 Print Request Failure-Paper............................................................................. 412 024-959 Tray1 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 420
024-747 Print Instruction Fail ......................................................................................... 412 024-960 Tray2 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 420
024-748 Bates Numbering Digit Over ............................................................................ 412 024-961 Tray3 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 420
024-775 Print Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment) ................................... 412 024-962 Tray4 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 421
024-900 Upper Tray Out Of Place.................................................................................. 412 024-963 Finisher Punch DustBox FULL......................................................................... 421
024-910 Tray1 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 412 024-965 ATS/APS No Paper (IOTsc detect) .................................................................. 421
024-911 Tray2 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 413 024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error ........................................................................ 421
024-912 Tray3 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 413 024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job).................................................. 421
024-913 Tray4 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 413 024-968 Stapler/Punch Batting ...................................................................................... 421
024-914 Tray6 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 413 024-969 Different width Mix Punch ................................................................................ 421
024-915 Tray7 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 413 024-970 Tray 6 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... 422
024-916 Mix Full Stack................................................................................................... 413 024-971 Tray 7 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... 422
024-917 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count................................................................ 414 024-972 Tray6 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 422
024-919 FaceUP Tray Close.......................................................................................... 414 024-973 Tray7 size mismatch ........................................................................................ 422
024-920 Face Down Tray1 Paper FULL ........................................................................ 414 024-974 Interposer Tray Size Mismatch ........................................................................ 422
024-922 Face Down Tray2 Paper FULL ........................................................................ 414 024-975 Copy Booklet sheets counts over..................................................................... 422
024-923 Operation Y Toner Empty ................................................................................ 414 024-976 Finisher Staple Status NG................................................................................ 423
024-924 Operation M Toner Empty................................................................................ 414 024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Fail .................................................................................. 423
024-925 Operation C Toner Empty ................................................................................ 415 024-978 Booklet Stapler NG .......................................................................................... 423
024-926 Punch DustBox Miss Set.................................................................................. 415 024-979 Stapler Near Empty.......................................................................................... 423
024-927 OCT Full Stack................................................................................................. 415 024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full ................................................................................ 423
024-928 Scratch Sheet Compile (A-Fin) ........................................................................ 415 024-981 Finisher TopTray Full ....................................................................................... 424
024-929 Center Tray Full Stack ..................................................................................... 415 024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning ......................................................................... 424
024-930 Stacker Tray Full (LargeSize Full).................................................................... 415 024-983 Booklet Tray Full .............................................................................................. 424
024-931 Staple Dust Full................................................................................................ 416 024-984 Booklet Low Staple F ....................................................................................... 424
024-932 Staple Box Set Fail........................................................................................... 416 024-985 SMH Stop check .............................................................................................. 424
024-933 Operation Y Drum End of Life .......................................................................... 416 024-987 Envelop Folder Tray Full .................................................................................. 425
024-934 Paper kind mismatch........................................................................................ 416 024-988 Envelop Folder Tray Set Fail............................................................................ 425
024-936 Tray 2 paper mismatch .................................................................................... 416 024-989 Booklet Low Staple R....................................................................................... 425
024-937 Tray 3 paper mismatch .................................................................................... 416 024-990 Punch Dust Full................................................................................................ 425
024-938 OHP kind mismatch at Tray4 (Not white frame OHP)...................................... 417
024-939 OHP kind mismatch (Not white frame OHP) .................................................... 417 025-xxx FIP
024-940 Folder Tray Out Of Place ................................................................................. 417 025-596 Diag HDD Mentenance Fail ............................................................................. 427
024-941 Folder Tray Full Stack ...................................................................................... 417 025-597 Diag HDD Initialize Fail .................................................................................... 427
024-942 Booklet sheets counts over .............................................................................. 417 026-xxx FIP
024-943 Booklet Low Staple .......................................................................................... 418 026-400 Exceed the number of connection of USB Host Fail ........................................ 429
024-945 Booklet Full Stack ............................................................................................ 418
026-700 LDAP protocol MAX error................................................................................. 429
024-946 Tray 1 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... 418
026-701 Adress Book request overflow ......................................................................... 429
024-947 Tray 2 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... 418 026-702 Adress Book directory service overflow ........................................................... 429
024-948 Tray 3 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... 418
026-703 Abort with Logout ............................................................................................. 429
024-949 Tray 4 Out Of Place ......................................................................................... 418
026-704 DocuWorks Error.............................................................................................. 429
024-950 Tray 1 Empty.................................................................................................... 419 026-705 DocuWorks Short of Memory ........................................................................... 430
024-951 Tray 2 Empty.................................................................................................... 419
026-706 DocuWorks Print Prohibited ............................................................................. 430
024-952 Tray 3 Empty.................................................................................................... 419
026-707 DocuWorks Unlock Failed................................................................................ 430
024-953 Tray 4 Empty.................................................................................................... 419 026-708 URL data size over........................................................................................... 430
024-954 Tray SMH Empty.............................................................................................. 419
026-709 URL hdd full ..................................................................................................... 430
024-955 Tray 6 Empty.................................................................................................... 419
026-710 S/MIME unsupported cipher decrypt fail .......................................................... 430
024-956 Tray 7 Empty.................................................................................................... 420 026-711 Multi-page file size over ................................................................................... 431
024-957 Interposer Empty.............................................................................................. 420
026-712 HTTP out job overlap error............................................................................... 431
024-958 SMH size mismatch ......................................................................................... 420
026-713 Couldnt detect proxy server automatically. ...................................................... 431 027-528 Data write-in failure to SMB server .................................................................. 443
026-714 Couldnt connect to Xerox server or proxy. ....................................................... 431 027-529 Data read failure from SMB server .................................................................. 443
026-715 Connection to Xerox server has timed out. ...................................................... 432 027-530 File name duplicate failure in SMB .................................................................. 443
026-716 An invalid state message received from server................................................ 432 027-531 SMB scan filing policy injustice ........................................................................ 443
026-717 Invalid network settings were found. ................................................................ 432 027-532 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in SMB ...................................................... 443
026-718 PS Print Instruction Fail.................................................................................... 432 027-533 Internal error in SMB Scan............................................................................... 443
026-719 Internal error in Scan........................................................................................ 432 027-543 SMB server name specification error............................................................... 444
026-720 Media full .......................................................................................................... 433 027-547 SMB Protocol error 4-007 ................................................................................ 444
026-721 Media access fail.............................................................................................. 433 027-548 SMB Protocol error 4-008 ................................................................................ 444
026-722 Media format fail............................................................................................... 433 027-549 SMB Protocol error 4-009 ................................................................................ 444
026-723 Media access fail.............................................................................................. 433 027-564 SMB Protocol error 4-024 ................................................................................ 444
026-724 Remote Download file size error ...................................................................... 433 027-565 SMB Protocol error 4-025 ................................................................................ 445
026-725 Remote Download file checksum error ............................................................ 434 027-566 SMB Protocol error 4-026 ................................................................................ 445
026-726 Options inconsistent ......................................................................................... 434 027-569 SMB (TCP/IP)is not started.............................................................................. 445
026-727 Media filepath fail ............................................................................................. 434 027-572 SMB Protocol error 4-032 ................................................................................ 446
026-728 WSD Scan Network Access Fail ...................................................................... 434 027-573 SMB Protocol error 4-033 ................................................................................ 446
026-729 WSD Scan Data Transfer Fail .......................................................................... 434 027-574 SMB Protocol error 4-034 ................................................................................ 446
026-730 Can't Detect Paper Size Of Specified Tray ...................................................... 434 027-576 SMB Protocol error 4-036 ................................................................................ 446
026-731 PJL PIN Number Fail........................................................................................ 435 027-578 SMB Protocol error 4-038 ................................................................................ 446
026-732 PJL Printcount Range Over Fail....................................................................... 435 027-584 SMB Protocol error 4-044 ................................................................................ 446
026-733 PJL Password Fail............................................................................................ 435 027-585 SMB Protocol error 4-045 ................................................................................ 447
026-734 Can not change to the PJLDIAG MODE .......................................................... 435 027-586 SMB Protocol error 4-046 ................................................................................ 447
027-587 SMB Protocol error 4-047 ................................................................................ 447
027-xxx FIP 027-588 SMB Protocol error 4-048 ................................................................................ 447
027-400 Net Off Line ...................................................................................................... 437 027-589 SMB Protocol error 4-049 ................................................................................ 447
027-442 Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... 437 027-590 SMB Protocol error 4-050 ................................................................................ 448
027-443 DNS renewal failure of dynamic ....................................................................... 437 027-591 SMB Protocol error 4-051 ................................................................................ 448
027-444 Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... 437 027-599 SMB Protocol error 4-other .............................................................................. 448
027-445 Illegal IP address.............................................................................................. 438 027-600 ExtPrint Check Mode Error .............................................................................. 448
027-446 Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... 438 027-700 Mail address domain err .................................................................................. 448
027-447 Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... 438 027-701 Disconnect network cable ................................................................................ 449
027-452 Duplicat IP address .......................................................................................... 438 027-702 Certificate for addresses, was not found......................................................... 449
027-500 SMTP Server Fail for Mail IO ........................................................................... 438 027-703 Certificate for addresses, was expired ............................................................. 449
027-501 POP Server Fail for Mail IO.............................................................................. 439 027-704 Certificate for addresses, was untrusted.......................................................... 449
027-502 POP Authentication Fail for Mail IO.................................................................. 439 027-705 Certificate for addresses, was revoked ............................................................ 449
027-503 POP server communication timeout................................................................. 439 027-706 Certificate not found......................................................................................... 449
027-504 Response reception is not expected from server ............................................. 439 027-707 Certificate expired ............................................................................................ 449
027-513 SMB Scan client has no right to access. .......................................................... 439 027-708 Certificate untrusted......................................................................................... 450
027-514 Host name solution error in SMB ..................................................................... 440 027-709 Certificate revoked ........................................................................................... 450
027-515 DNS server un-sets up in SMB ........................................................................ 440 027-710 S/MIME mail was disabled ............................................................................... 450
027-516 Server connection error in SMB ....................................................................... 440 027-711 S/MIME mail sender certificate not found ........................................................ 450
027-518 Login name or a password error in SMB.......................................................... 440 027-712 S/MIME mail sender certificate not valid .......................................................... 450
027-519 Scanning picture preservation place error in SMB ........................................... 441 027-713 S/MIME mail was altered ................................................................................. 450
027-520 File name acquisition failure from SMB server................................................. 441 027-714 S/MIME mail sender impersonation ................................................................. 451
027-521 File name suffix limit over in SMB .................................................................... 441 027-715 S/MIME mail certficate not support .................................................................. 451
027-522 File creation failure in SMB .............................................................................. 441 027-716 No-Signed mail receipt was rejected ............................................................... 451
027-523 Lock folder creation failure in SMB................................................................... 442 027-717 No MX Record at the DNS............................................................................... 451
027-524 Folder creation failure in SMB .......................................................................... 442 027-720 Ext Srv. Host Not Found .................................................................................. 451
027-525 File delete failure in SMB ................................................................................. 442 027-721 Ext Srv. Not Found........................................................................................... 452
027-526 Lock folder delete failure in SMB...................................................................... 442 027-722 Ext Srv. Timeout Fail........................................................................................ 452
027-527 Folder delete failure in SMB ............................................................................. 442 027-723 Ext Srv. Authentication Fail .............................................................................. 452
027-724 Ext Srv. Access Fail ......................................................................................... 452 027-918 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print).................................................... 460
027-725 Ext Srv. Operation Fail ..................................................................................... 452
027-726 Ext Srv. Unknown State ................................................................................... 452 028-xxx FIP
027-727 Ext Srv. Req Invalid Params ............................................................................ 453 028-910 Wrong Fuser Type Fail..................................................................................... 461
027-728 Ext Srv. Req File Exceed ................................................................................. 453 033-xxx FIP
027-730 SMTP mail division error .................................................................................. 453
033-310 Fax Charge Function Fail By Multi Channel..................................................... 463
027-731 Server Limit Err ................................................................................................ 453
033-311 Invalid Addressbook Data are Registered........................................................ 463
027-732 Server Access Err ............................................................................................ 453 033-312 Controller not respond when system is changing mode .................................. 463
027-733 Server SSL Err ................................................................................................. 453
033-313 USB disconnected............................................................................................ 463
027-734 Server Certificate Err........................................................................................ 454
033-314 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM mismatch...................................................... 463
027-735 Device SSL Config Err ..................................................................................... 454 033-315 USB Fatal Error................................................................................................ 463
027-736 Device Certificate Err ....................................................................................... 454
033-316 FAX Device Cont Error..................................................................................... 463
027-737 Template Server Read ERR ............................................................................ 454
033-317 FAX Device Error ............................................................................................. 464
027-739 Invalid Template Server Path........................................................................... 454
033-318 Image Processing Error ................................................................................... 464
027-740 Template Server Login ERR ............................................................................ 455 033-319 Fax Control task detects error.......................................................................... 464
027-741 Template Server Connect Fail ......................................................................... 455
033-320 Controller not respond when system is Booting............................................... 464
027-742 HD File System Full ......................................................................................... 455
033-321 Fax Card not respond when system is Booting................................................ 464
027-743 Template Server Install ERR............................................................................ 455 033-322 FAX Card I/F timeout ....................................................................................... 464
027-744 Template Server ADD ERR (DNS Library) ...................................................... 455
033-323 FAX Card Mini I/F timeout................................................................................ 464
027-745 Template Server ADD ERR (DNS address)..................................................... 455
033-324 USB state change Error ................................................................................... 465
027-746 JobTemplate Pool Server Not Ready............................................................... 456 033-325 FCM Fatal Error ............................................................................................... 465
027-750 Fax document incongruent............................................................................... 456
033-326 Mini Manager Fatal Error ................................................................................. 465
027-751 Job Template analysis error............................................................................. 456
033-327 FCM no response to stop request.................................................................... 465
027-752 Must user un inputting...................................................................................... 456 033-328 Failed to initialize fax log .................................................................................. 465
027-753 Job flow service request disabled .................................................................... 456
033-329 Detected fax process failuer............................................................................. 465
027-754 Job flow service File signature setting mismatch ............................................. 456
033-330 FoIP Unrecoverable Error ................................................................................ 466
027-760 XJT Command Fail .......................................................................................... 457 033-331 FoIP Controller Init Fail .................................................................................... 466
027-761 Web Print time out............................................................................................ 457
033-332 FoIP Cont not respond when system is Booting .............................................. 466
027-762 Illegal Web Print job ticket................................................................................ 457
033-333 FoIP Cont not respond when system is sleeping ............................................. 466
027-763 Auditron - Cannot Verify User .......................................................................... 457 033-334 Can not send a message to FoIP CONT ......................................................... 466
027-770 PDL Error ......................................................................................................... 457
033-335 Illegal fault code notice..................................................................................... 466
027-771 DFE Disk Full ................................................................................................... 458
033-336 Access to a non-mounted channel................................................................... 466
027-772 SMTP server error (HELO Command refusal) ................................................. 458 033-337 FaxCard mismatch ........................................................................................... 467
027-773 SMTP server communication timeout .............................................................. 458
033-338 Illegal type of FaxBox....................................................................................... 467
027-774 SMTP address inaccurate character................................................................ 458
033-339 faxc2 not respond when system is sleeping..................................................... 467
027-775 Too many SMTP address ............................................................................... 458 033-363 Fax Card Reset (Reboot) ................................................................................. 467
027-776 SMTP server error (EHLO Command refusal) ................................................. 458
033-500 No CS after RS Req......................................................................................... 467
027-777 SMTP server un-supports SMTP-AUTH. ......................................................... 458
033-501 No Appropriate PIX Data.................................................................................. 467
027-778 There is no mode specified by SMTP-AUTH. .................................................. 459 033-502 Post-message resend exceeded...................................................................... 467
027-779 It attestation-fails by SMTP-AUTH ................................................................... 459
033-503 T1 Timeout ....................................................................................................... 468
027-796 Email Not Printed ............................................................................................. 459
033-504 T2 Timeout ....................................................................................................... 468
027-797 Invalid Output Destination ................................................................................ 459 033-505 T5 Timeout ....................................................................................................... 468
027-910 Manual duplex operation(Back Print from Tray7)............................................. 459
033-506 DCN Receive ................................................................................................... 468
027-911 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray6)............................................................. 459
033-507 Unable to receive by remote ............................................................................ 468
027-912 Manual duplex(Back Print from Tray5)............................................................. 459 033-508 Destination Polling Error .................................................................................. 468
027-913 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) ................................................... 460
033-509 DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded........................................................................... 469
027-914 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) ................................................... 460
033-510 Fallback Error................................................................................................... 469
027-915 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Front Print) ................................................... 460 033-511 No response after 3rd DTC/NSC ..................................................................... 469
027-916 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print).................................................... 460
033-512 Remote has no Relay....................................................................................... 469
027-917 Manual duplex(Back Recovery - Back Print).................................................... 460
033-513 Remote has no Mailbox.................................................................................... 469 033-565 No. of Desinations Exceeded........................................................................... 477
033-514 Carrier Down Detected..................................................................................... 469 033-566 No destination specified................................................................................... 477
033-516 EOR Receive.................................................................................................... 469 033-567 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.)........................................................................ 477
033-517 ECM Phase C Flag Timeout............................................................................. 470 033-568 FCM watchdog timeout in FAX comm ............................................................. 477
033-518 Remote cannot receive SUB. ........................................................................... 470 033-569 Detected image direction conflict ..................................................................... 478
033-519 PTX has no SEP capability .............................................................................. 470 033-570 Retry Over(no shutdown notification setting) ................................................... 478
033-520 Remote cannot receive passward .................................................................... 470 033-571 Manual send job canceled(FaxReportLogFull) ................................................ 478
033-521 Transmission Canceled via DTMF ................................................................... 470 033-572 FaxReport print job canceled(JobFull occured) ............................................... 478
033-522 DTMF I/F Timeout ............................................................................................ 470 033-573 domain regulation check error ......................................................................... 478
033-523 Line 1 not connected ........................................................................................ 471 033-574 Access to a non-mounted channel................................................................... 478
033-524 Line 2 not connected ........................................................................................ 471 033-575 Modem Polarity Inversion Detected ................................................................. 479
033-525 Line 3 not connected ........................................................................................ 471 033-576 Inaccurate dial data.......................................................................................... 479
033-526 ECM Error ........................................................................................................ 471 033-577 Modem Image Under Run................................................................................ 479
033-527 EOR Send ........................................................................................................ 471 033-578 Modem Frame Size Over ................................................................................. 479
033-528 RTN Send......................................................................................................... 471 033-580 Missing VoIP Gateway..................................................................................... 479
033-529 RTN Receive .................................................................................................... 471 033-581 Access Authentication failure........................................................................... 479
033-530 DTMF Illegal Procedure Error ......................................................................... 472 033-582 Mismatched ability ........................................................................................... 479
033-531 DTMF Procedure Error..................................................................................... 472 033-583 Temporarily unavailable ................................................................................... 480
033-532 Illegal Command Received .............................................................................. 472 033-584 SIP request timeout ......................................................................................... 480
033-533 T.30 Protocol Error ........................................................................................... 472 033-585 SIP request error.............................................................................................. 480
033-534 Unsupported Function at Remote .................................................................... 472 033-586 T38 Protocol Not Ready................................................................................... 480
033-535 DCN Receive at Phase B Send........................................................................ 472 033-587 T38 Session Error ............................................................................................ 480
033-536 Ring Stopped before Fax Device Release ....................................................... 473 033-588 T38 Packet Lost ............................................................................................... 480
033-537 In and out call conflict....................................................................................... 473 033-589 T38 Malformed Packet Received..................................................................... 481
033-538 Fax Sending Image Process Error ................................................................... 473 033-590 T38 Send Error ................................................................................................ 481
033-539 Fax Receiving Image Process Error................................................................. 473 033-591 FoIP Max Sessions Over ................................................................................. 481
033-540 Fax Printing Image Process Error .................................................................... 473 033-592 FoIP Internal Timeout ...................................................................................... 481
033-541 No destination specified ................................................................................... 473 033-593 Canceled By Remote Peer .............................................................................. 481
033-542 Selected Channel Dial Error............................................................................. 473 033-710 Document does not exist ................................................................................. 481
033-543 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.) ........................................................................ 474 033-711 Illegal Page inside Document .......................................................................... 482
033-544 Busy tone detect............................................................................................... 474 033-712 System Memory exceeded .............................................................................. 482
033-545 T0 Timeout ....................................................................................................... 474 033-713 No specified Chain Link ................................................................................... 482
033-546 Cannot detect dial tone .................................................................................... 474 033-714 Scan Error (No specified doc) .......................................................................... 482
033-547 Abort during transmission................................................................................. 474 033-715 Cannot start job................................................................................................ 482
033-548 No manual send line......................................................................................... 474 033-716 No specified Mailbox........................................................................................ 482
033-549 Fax service disabled......................................................................................... 474 033-717 Incorrect Password .......................................................................................... 482
033-550 cannot diable FAX service................................................................................ 475 033-718 No Document in Mailbox .................................................................................. 483
033-551 Internal I/F Error ............................................................................................... 475 033-719 Fax job Canceld not recovery job .................................................................... 483
033-552 too many Error lines ......................................................................................... 475 033-720 Document Creation Failed ............................................................................... 483
033-553 no mailbox/relay ............................................................................................... 475 033-721 Fax Page Creation Failed ................................................................................ 483
033-554 Wrong Password/Receive Banned................................................................... 475 033-722 Fax immediate send store job canceled .......................................................... 483
033-555 incorrect password ........................................................................................... 475 033-724 Fax receive memory over flow ......................................................................... 483
033-556 Wrong Password/Send Banned ....................................................................... 476 033-725 Insufficient HDD Space.................................................................................... 483
033-557 Desinations or Sevices Exceeded.................................................................... 476 033-726 Cannot print 2-Sided ........................................................................................ 484
033-558 remote ID is in black list ................................................................................... 476 033-727 Cannot rotate image ........................................................................................ 484
033-559 no remote ID..................................................................................................... 476 033-728 Auto print canceled .......................................................................................... 484
033-560 illegal authentication ID .................................................................................... 476 033-730 Fax Service recovery error............................................................................... 484
033-561 cannot do TRESS/RCC job .............................................................................. 476 033-731 Inconsistent Instructions .................................................................................. 484
033-562 held RCC job .................................................................................................... 477 033-732 Print job canceled by forced polling ................................................................. 484
033-563 No printable paper size .................................................................................... 477 033-733 Fax document number get error ...................................................................... 484
033-564 Power Off during transmission ......................................................................... 477 033-734 Fax Print Suspension....................................................................................... 485
033-735 Fax Memory Allocate Timeout ......................................................................... 485 034-529 No printable paper size .................................................................................... 493
033-736 Internet FAX Off Ramp fail ............................................................................... 485 034-530 DTMF I/F Timeout ............................................................................................ 493
033-737 Fax card job canceled ...................................................................................... 485 034-550 Downloader Fail ............................................................................................... 493
033-738 JBIG Information fail......................................................................................... 485 034-700 GCPLock-G3DicepBusy-CodecHang .............................................................. 493
033-740 Fax immediate receive print canceled.............................................................. 485 034-701 Software Reset................................................................................................. 493
033-741 Fax page read open timeout ............................................................................ 485 034-702 No destination specified ................................................................................... 493
033-742 Fax page read close timeout............................................................................ 485 034-703 D Channellink cut from network ....................................................................... 494
033-743 Fax page write open timeout............................................................................ 486 034-704 ISDN D Channel Data Link Error ..................................................................... 494
033-744 Fax page write close timeout ........................................................................... 486 034-705 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power on..................................................................... 494
033-745 Fax data write timeout...................................................................................... 486 034-706 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power off..................................................................... 494
033-746 Fax data read timeout ...................................................................................... 486 034-707 FRMR Received............................................................................................... 494
033-747 Fax Service don't start by cross ope ................................................................ 486 034-708 Illegal Frame Received N(R)............................................................................ 494
033-748 Fax Service illigal sequence............................................................................. 486 034-709 Illegal Frame Received .................................................................................... 494
033-749 Fax card Memory Error .................................................................................... 487 034-710 DL Link Establishment Received ..................................................................... 495
033-750 Fax format error ............................................................................................... 487 034-711 Waiting for link Timeout.................................................................................... 495
033-751 Activity Report suspended by Printing Inhibition .............................................. 487 034-712 Internal Error (Interrupt) ................................................................................... 495
033-755 Fax printing is canceled by the defect of Fax card........................................... 487 034-713 Timeout-Transmission canceled ...................................................................... 495
033-790 EP-DX Call Wait (Not Redial count)................................................................. 487 034-714 Line Disconnected-Timeout T305 .................................................................... 495
033-791 EP-DX Call Wait (Redial count) ....................................................................... 487 034-715 Line Disconnected-Timeout 3082 .................................................................... 495
033-792 EP-DX Call Stop............................................................................................... 488 034-716 Connection Timeout (T313) ............................................................................. 496
034-717 Resume Timeout.............................................................................................. 496
034-xxx FIP 034-718 Normal Disconnection ...................................................................................... 496
034-211 Slot1 Board failure............................................................................................ 489 034-719 No free and available lines............................................................................... 496
034-212 Slot2 Board failure............................................................................................ 489 034-720 Timeout (60s,T330,309,301,310)..................................................................... 496
034-500 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.)........................................................................ 489 034-721 Error (Format, Contents) .................................................................................. 496
034-501 Selected Channel Dial Error............................................................................. 489 034-722 Suspension Timeout ........................................................................................ 497
034-502 Fax Internal Must Parameter Error................................................................... 489 034-723 No Timer Assigned........................................................................................... 497
034-503 Fax Internal High Layer Service Error.............................................................. 489 034-724 Illegal Sequence............................................................................................... 497
034-504 Fax Stored Memory Exceeded......................................................................... 489 034-725 L3 Task Internal Error ...................................................................................... 497
034-505 Fax Work Memory Exceeded........................................................................... 489 034-726 HD81501 I/F Buffer Busy ................................................................................. 497
034-506 Unsupported Function at Remote .................................................................... 490 034-727 No Reply for 3 sec. for 1300Hz ........................................................................ 497
034-507 Password Check Error ..................................................................................... 490 034-728 Invalid Destination............................................................................................ 497
034-508 Transmission Canceled via DTMF ................................................................... 490 034-729 Line cut, In-Channel PB Send.......................................................................... 498
034-509 DTMF Illegal Procedure Error .......................................................................... 490 034-730 In and out call conflict....................................................................................... 498
034-510 DTMF Procedure Error..................................................................................... 490 034-731 Fax Network Cut (Setup Error)......................................................................... 498
034-511 Unable to Send File at Remote ........................................................................ 490 034-732 Fax Network Cut due to Timeout ..................................................................... 498
034-512 Detect Endless Loop ........................................................................................ 491 034-733 Incorrect Sequence,Call Status........................................................................ 498
034-513 Receive Command Error.................................................................................. 491 034-734 HI Task Internal Error....................................................................................... 498
034-514 Requested Function Unsupported ................................................................... 491 034-735 Connect only to ISDN D Channel..................................................................... 499
034-515 Illegal Command Received .............................................................................. 491 034-736 Wrong notice from fax network ........................................................................ 499
034-519 No. of Desinations Exceeded........................................................................... 491 034-737 Incoming call response error............................................................................ 499
034-520 No. of Sevices Exceeded ................................................................................. 491 034-738 Layer 1 Start Up Error ...................................................................................... 499
034-521 Internal I/F Error ............................................................................................... 491 034-739 Layer 1 not synchronized ................................................................................. 499
034-522 No manual send Line ....................................................................................... 492 034-740 Transmission of Frame Error ........................................................................... 499
034-523 Fax service disabled ........................................................................................ 492 034-741 Unable to Send Frame ..................................................................................... 499
034-524 Unable to cancel operation .............................................................................. 492 034-742 Frame Send Underrun Detected ...................................................................... 499
034-525 Specified Chainlink not exist ............................................................................ 492 034-743 Abnormal frame-sending DMA......................................................................... 500
034-526 Chainlink No. out of scope ............................................................................... 492 034-744 Unacceptable Channel..................................................................................... 500
034-527 Dial Control Error ............................................................................................. 492 034-745 Outgoing call to channel set............................................................................. 500
034-528 Cannot perform manual send........................................................................... 492 034-746 No usable lines................................................................................................. 500
034-747 Switching equipment congestion...................................................................... 500 034-798 Data Parameter Error....................................................................................... 507
034-748 Specified line cannot be used .......................................................................... 500 034-799 Auto Dial without dial data ............................................................................... 508
034-749 Network Conjestion Error ................................................................................. 500
034-750 Network Error ................................................................................................... 501 035-xxx FIP
034-751 Temporary Network Error................................................................................. 501 035-550 Downloader Fail ............................................................................................... 509
034-752 Destination terminal busy ................................................................................. 501 035-700 Modem faulty ................................................................................................... 509
034-753 Destination not responding............................................................................... 501 035-701 T1 Transmission Timeout ................................................................................ 509
034-754 No response from Destination.......................................................................... 501 035-702 Destination Receive Rejected.......................................................................... 509
034-755 Destination rejecting call .................................................................................. 501 035-703 DCN Receive at Phase B Send ....................................................................... 509
034-756 Destination Faulty............................................................................................. 501 035-704 Destination Polling Error .................................................................................. 509
034-757 Others (Normal, Semi-normal) ......................................................................... 502 035-705 DCS/NSS Resend Exceeded........................................................................... 510
034-758 Incorrect Destination Fax Dial No..................................................................... 502 035-706 Fallback Error................................................................................................... 510
034-759 No Relay Network Route.................................................................................. 502 035-707 Wrong Password/Receive Banned .................................................................. 510
034-760 No Line To Destination..................................................................................... 502 035-708 Post-message resend exceeded ..................................................................... 510
034-761 Incorrect Format Destination Fax No. .............................................................. 502 035-709 RTN Receive.................................................................................................... 510
034-762 Facility rejected ................................................................................................ 502 035-710 PIN Receive ..................................................................................................... 511
034-763 Com. Capability disallowed .............................................................................. 502 035-711 DCN Receive at Phase D ................................................................................ 511
034-764 Com. Capability not configured ........................................................................ 503 035-712 No response after 3 NSC................................................................................. 511
034-765 Error by service,feature limit............................................................................. 503 035-713 T2 timeout after sending FTT........................................................................... 511
034-766 Selected com. not implemented ....................................................................... 503 035-714 DCN Received after NSC/DTC ........................................................................ 511
034-767 Selected mode not implemented...................................................................... 503 035-715 Wrong Password-Polling Error......................................................................... 511
034-768 Restricted Digital Info. Only.............................................................................. 503 035-716 No past message-T2 Timeout.......................................................................... 512
034-769 Error by service, feature ................................................................................... 503 035-717 RTN Send ........................................................................................................ 512
034-770 Reply to status query........................................................................................ 504 035-718 Receive T1 Timeout......................................................................................... 512
034-771 Access information discarded .......................................................................... 504 035-719 Busy tone detected at Phase-B ....................................................................... 512
034-772 Inter-working connection error.......................................................................... 504 035-720 Unable to receive by remote ............................................................................ 512
034-773 Invalid Dial No. Specified ................................................................................. 504 035-721 DCN Received at Phase B............................................................................... 512
034-774 Invalid Line Specified ....................................................................................... 504 035-722 Wrong frame length of 300bps......................................................................... 513
034-775 Others (Invalid Message Class) ....................................................................... 504 035-723 No CD after receiving flag................................................................................ 513
034-776 Insufficient Required Info.................................................................................. 504 035-724 DCN Receive after sending FTT ...................................................................... 513
034-777 Undefined Message Type ................................................................................ 504 035-725 Remote has no Mailbox/Relay ......................................................................... 513
034-778 Incorrect Message or Type............................................................................... 505 035-726 PhaseC cannot receive-10 secs ...................................................................... 513
034-779 No information, or not defined .......................................................................... 505 035-727 50% Error during G3 Receive .......................................................................... 513
034-780 Invalid Information ............................................................................................ 505 035-728 C EOL cannot receive in 10 sec ...................................................................... 514
034-781 Call Status, Message Mismatch ....................................................................... 505 035-729 Carrier Down Detected .................................................................................... 514
034-782 Error cleared due to timeout............................................................................. 505 035-730 No CS with Phase-C High Speed .................................................................... 514
034-783 Other Errors (Operation, etc)............................................................................ 505 035-731 Fax V.8 Error.................................................................................................... 514
034-784 Destination No. Changed ................................................................................. 505 035-732 Fax V.34 PCH CD Off ...................................................................................... 514
034-785 Incompatible destination................................................................................... 506 035-733 Fax V.34 C/PCH CS None............................................................................... 515
034-786 Call identity not in use ...................................................................................... 506 035-734 Polling ERR at Remote Step V8 ...................................................................... 515
034-787 Call identity in use ............................................................................................ 506 035-735 No Doc. in Polling Box Step V8 ....................................................................... 515
034-788 Show other causes........................................................................................... 506 035-736 No reply DCN after sending CTC..................................................................... 515
034-789 G4 Presentation Illegal Event........................................................................... 506 035-737 No reply DCN after sending EOR .................................................................... 515
034-790 Line 0 (Ext) not connected ............................................................................... 506 035-738 No reply DCN after sending RR....................................................................... 515
034-791 Line 1 not connected ........................................................................................ 506 035-739 Fax T5 Timeout................................................................................................ 516
034-792 Line 2 not connected ........................................................................................ 507 035-740 Sending stopped after EOR Send.................................................................... 516
034-793 Line 3 not connected ........................................................................................ 507 035-741 ECM Phase C Flag Timeout ............................................................................ 516
034-794 Line 4 not connected ........................................................................................ 507 035-742 EOR Send or Receive...................................................................................... 516
034-795 Line 5 not connected ........................................................................................ 507 035-743 Remote cannot receive SUB............................................................................ 516
034-796 Dial Error (Incorrect Fax No. 2) ........................................................................ 507 035-744 Remote cannot receive password.................................................................... 516
034-797 Communication Parameter Error...................................................................... 507 035-745 PTX has no SEP capability .............................................................................. 517
035-746 Busy-Cannot detect dial tone ........................................................................... 517 036-531 DMA channel 1 illegal closing .......................................................................... 525
035-747 Abort while dialing ............................................................................................ 518 036-532 DMA channel 2 illegal closing .......................................................................... 525
035-748 Abort during transmission ................................................................................ 518 036-533 Cannot convert resources ................................................................................ 525
035-749 No reply from remote station............................................................................ 518 036-534 Decode Error in Data Convert.......................................................................... 526
035-750 Power Off during transmission ......................................................................... 518 036-535 White Line Transfer Error (Compress) ............................................................. 526
035-751 Doc. send operation canceled.......................................................................... 518 036-536 White Line Transfer Error (Decomp) ................................................................ 526
035-752 No. of Job Restriction Error.............................................................................. 518 036-537 No RTC during data convert ............................................................................ 526
035-753 Fax Memory Full .............................................................................................. 518 036-538 Doc. descriptor analysis error .......................................................................... 526
035-754 File management memory full.......................................................................... 519 036-539 Page Descriptor Analysis Error ........................................................................ 526
035-755 File Add Page Error.......................................................................................... 519 036-540 Text Unit Analysis Error ................................................................................... 526
035-756 Cannot add page.............................................................................................. 519 036-541 Page boundary without TU............................................................................... 527
035-757 No Receive Page ............................................................................................. 519 036-542 Relay Broadcast error in G4............................................................................. 527
035-758 No specified file or page................................................................................... 519 036-550 Downloader Fail ............................................................................................... 527
035-759 No specified job................................................................................................ 519 036-700 G4 Communication Error ................................................................................. 527
035-760 File common processing error.......................................................................... 519 036-701 Receiving variable N(R) error........................................................................... 527
035-761 File other processing error ............................................................................... 520 036-702 Info frame size exceeded (NI) .......................................................................... 527
035-762 Line cut during ISDN ........................................................................................ 520 036-703 Monitor/Unnumbered frame error..................................................................... 527
036-704 Undefined Command/Response 1104 ............................................................. 528
036-xxx FIP 036-705 N2 timeout of Receive Timer............................................................................ 528
036-500 Illegal PDRP Parameter ................................................................................... 521 036-706 SABM Wait Timeout in G4 ............................................................................... 528
036-501 Illegal RDPBP Parameter................................................................................. 521 036-707 UA wait Timeout in G4 ..................................................................................... 528
036-502 Illegal RDPBN Parameter ................................................................................ 521 036-708 Cannot establish link in G4 .............................................................................. 528
036-503 Illegal RDCLP Parameter................................................................................. 521 036-709 DISC receive before link close ......................................................................... 528
036-504 Illegal RDGR Parameter .................................................................................. 521 036-710 FRMR Receive (Z=1) ....................................................................................... 529
036-505 Undefined response ......................................................................................... 521 036-711 FRMR Receive (Y=1)....................................................................................... 529
036-506 Not negotiable .................................................................................................. 521 036-712 FRMR received (Z=1) W=1 .............................................................................. 529
036-507 RDPBP Receive at full capacity ....................................................................... 522 036-713 FRMR Receive (W=1)...................................................................................... 529
036-508 RDPBN Receive Terminal Error....................................................................... 522 036-714 Global Address Receive................................................................................... 529
036-509 RDPBN Receive Others................................................................................... 522 036-715 Line Open Timeout in G4 ................................................................................. 529
036-510 RDGR Receive................................................................................................. 522 036-716 Wrong LSI Send (Busy Timeout) ..................................................................... 529
036-511 Illegal procedure 1551...................................................................................... 522 036-717 Abnormal LSI operation ................................................................................... 530
036-512 Illegal CDS Parameter ..................................................................................... 522 036-718 Disconnection Notice Timeout ......................................................................... 530
036-513 Illegal CDC Parameter ..................................................................................... 522 036-719 C Line On but I Line Off ................................................................................... 530
036-514 Illegal CDE Parameter ..................................................................................... 522 036-720 C Line Off but I Line On ................................................................................... 530
036-515 Illegal CDD Parameter ..................................................................................... 523 036-721 I Line Off during Transmission ......................................................................... 530
036-516 Illegal CDR Parameter ..................................................................................... 523 036-722 Call cut during flag detect................................................................................. 530
036-517 Illegal CDPB Parameter ................................................................................... 523 036-723 Call cut while awaiting UA................................................................................ 530
036-518 Illegal CDCL Parameter ................................................................................... 523 036-724 Call cut while awaiting SABM........................................................................... 531
036-519 Undefined Command ....................................................................................... 523 036-725 Disc received before session ........................................................................... 531
036-520 Not Negotiable CDS Receive........................................................................... 523 036-726 Illegal header received ..................................................................................... 531
036-521 Not Negotiable CDC Receive........................................................................... 523 036-727 Illegal parameter of CC packet......................................................................... 531
036-522 CDD Receive Terminal Error ........................................................................... 524 036-728 Illegal parameter of CN packet......................................................................... 531
036-523 Other than above CDD receive ........................................................................ 524 036-729 Illegal parameter of DT packet ......................................................................... 531
036-524 CDR Receive Terminal Error ........................................................................... 524 036-730 Illegal parameter of RI packet .......................................................................... 532
036-525 Other than above CDR receive ........................................................................ 524 036-731 Illegal parameter of IT packet........................................................................... 532
036-526 Illegal CDUI (Normal Doc.)............................................................................... 524 036-732 Illegal parameter of CI packet .......................................................................... 532
036-527 Illegal CDUI (Operator Doc.) ............................................................................ 524 036-733 Illegal parameter of CF packet ......................................................................... 532
036-528 Illegal CDUI (Control Doc.)............................................................................... 525 036-734 Undefined Packet Received............................................................................. 532
036-529 Illegal CDUI (Monitor Doc.) .............................................................................. 525 036-735 CC Wait Timeout.............................................................................................. 532
036-530 CDSReceive-Illegal Document......................................................................... 525 036-736 CF Wait Timeout .............................................................................................. 532
036-737 CI received before G4 session ......................................................................... 533 036-788 Poll Send Error at Remote ............................................................................... 540
036-738 DT Packet P(S ), P(R ) Error ............................................................................ 533 036-789 No Password for RSSP Receive...................................................................... 540
036-739 RR, RNR Packet P(S) Error ............................................................................. 533 036-790 Polling rejected by remote ............................................................................... 540
036-740 Busy Timeout ................................................................................................... 533 036-791 Set Password-RSSP Received........................................................................ 541
036-741 SI received in transmission .............................................................................. 533 036-792 CSE Received after RSSP Send ..................................................................... 541
036-742 SF received in transmission ............................................................................. 533 036-793 Select communication error ............................................................................. 541
036-743 DT Packet D Bit Error....................................................................................... 534 036-794 Line cut during ISDN mode.............................................................................. 541
036-744 G4 Wait for Reply Timeout ............................................................................... 534 036-795 Canceled by remote station ............................................................................. 541
036-745 G4 CN Wait Timeout ........................................................................................ 534 036-796 Sent without multiple sets ................................................................................ 541
036-746 G4 Data Link Disconnect Notice Timeout ........................................................ 534 036-797 Illegal procedure 1501 ..................................................................................... 541
036-747 Fast select response received.......................................................................... 534 036-798 Illegal RDEP Parameter ................................................................................... 542
036-748 Receive remote charge request ....................................................................... 534 036-799 Illegal RDDP Parameter................................................................................... 542
036-749 Abnormal LCGN ............................................................................................... 534
036-750 Illegal procedure 1301...................................................................................... 535 041-xxx FIP
036-751 Illegal TCA Parameter ...................................................................................... 535 041-500 Write to IOT-ROM error detection (During DLD method)................................. 543
036-752 Illegal TCR Parameter...................................................................................... 535 041-501 Write to IOT-NVM-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ....................... 543
036-753 Illegal TCC Parameter...................................................................................... 535 048-xxx FIP
036-754 Illegal TBR Parameter ...................................................................................... 535 048-500 IF-Module ROM Write Error ............................................................................. 545
036-755 Illegal TDT Parameter ...................................................................................... 535
036-756 Undefined transport block ................................................................................ 535 049-xxx FIP
036-757 TCA Wait Timeout ............................................................................................ 536 049-500 HCS1 ROM Write Error.................................................................................... 547
036-758 TCR Wait Timeout............................................................................................ 536 049-700 Out tray changed from stacker1....................................................................... 547
036-759 TCC Wait Timeout............................................................................................ 536 049-950 HCS1 MIX SIZE STACK Fail ........................................................................... 547
036-760 TBR Wait Timeout ............................................................................................ 536 049-973 Stacker Extraction button was pushed............................................................. 547
036-761 TDT block size error ......................................................................................... 536
036-762 G4 NetWork Disconnect Notice Timeout.......................................................... 536 062-xxx FIP
036-763 Illegal procedure 1401...................................................................................... 536 062-394 Cont PWBA Memory Fail ................................................................................. 549
036-764 Illegal CSS Parameter...................................................................................... 537 062-500 Write to IISS-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ................................ 549
036-765 Illegal CSE Parameter...................................................................................... 537 062-790 Possible Prohibited Originals ........................................................................... 549
036-766 Illegal CSA Parameter...................................................................................... 537
063-xxx FIP
036-767 Illegal CSUI Parameter..................................................................................... 537
063-500 Write to IISS-Extension-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............... 551
036-768 Illegal CSCC Parameter ................................................................................... 537
036-769 Illegal RSSP Parameter ................................................................................... 537 071-xxx FIP
036-770 Illegal RSSN Parameter ................................................................................... 537 071-940 Tray#1 LiftUp NG ............................................................................................. 553
036-771 Illegal RSEP Parameter ................................................................................... 538
036-772 Illegal RSAP Parameter ................................................................................... 538 072-xxx FIP
036-773 Illegal RSUI Parameter..................................................................................... 538 072-940 Tray#2/TTM#2 LiftUp NG................................................................................. 555
036-774 Illegal RSCCP Parameter................................................................................. 538
036-775 Undefined command/response 1413 ............................................................... 538
073-xxx FIP
073-940 Tray#3/TTM#3 LiftUp NG................................................................................. 557
036-776 RSSN Receive ................................................................................................. 538
036-777 G4 Line Disconnect Notice Timeout................................................................. 538 074-xxx FIP
036-778 CSA received (wrong terminal) ........................................................................ 539 074-940 Tray#4 LiftUp NG ............................................................................................. 559
036-779 CSA Receive (Others)...................................................................................... 539
036-780 CSS Wait Timeout............................................................................................ 539 077-xxx FIP
036-781 RSSP Wait Timeout ......................................................................................... 539 077-911 Paper size mismatch, job contniue .................................................................. 561
036-782 RSAP Wait Timeout ......................................................................................... 539 077-967 Paper kind mismatch (APS job) ....................................................................... 561
036-783 RSEP Wait Timeout ......................................................................................... 539 077-968 Paper kind mismatch, job contniue .................................................................. 561
036-784 RSCCP Wait Timeout....................................................................................... 540
036-785 CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout ................................................................................. 540 078-xxx FIP
036-786 Incorrect Password (RSSN) ............................................................................. 540 078-500 Write to HCF-ROM error detection (During DLD method) ............................... 563
036-787 Wrong Password-Polling Error for Remote ...................................................... 540 078-940 2000A3-HCF paper misset .............................................................................. 563
078-941 2000A3-HCF size mismatch ............................................................................ 563 116-337 SNTP S/W Fail ................................................................................................. 577
078-942 4000A3HCF lower tray paper misset ............................................................... 563 116-338 JBA fatal error .................................................................................................. 577
078-943 4000A3HCF lower tray size mismatch ............................................................. 563 116-339 JBA No HD....................................................................................................... 577
116-340 Memory Not Enough ........................................................................................ 577
093-xxx FIP 116-341 ROM VER Incorrect ......................................................................................... 577
093-940 Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail .............................................................................. 565 116-342 SESAMi Manager Fail...................................................................................... 578
102-xxx FIP 116-343 Main PWBA IC Fail .......................................................................................... 578
102-356 EWS Soft Fail................................................................................................... 567 116-345 TokenRing Board Fail ...................................................................................... 578
116-346 Formatter Fail................................................................................................... 578
102-380 MF UI cont Soft Fatal error............................................................................... 567
116-347 LocaTalk Board Fail ......................................................................................... 578
102-381 Data Link Layer Error (UI-Panel)...................................................................... 567
102-382 Application Layer Command Error (UI-Panel).................................................. 567 116-348 Redirecter Fail.................................................................................................. 578
116-349 SIF Fail to Call Pflite......................................................................................... 579
103-xxx FIP 116-350 AppleTalk Soft Fail ........................................................................................... 579
103-310 Hybrid Water Mark Not Exist............................................................................ 569 116-351 EtherTalk Soft Fail............................................................................................ 579
103-311 Hybrid Water Mark Setting Mismatch............................................................... 569 116-352 NetWare Soft Fail............................................................................................. 579
103-312 Hybrid Water Mark Not Exist (Back Side) ........................................................ 569 116-353 HDD Phisycal Fail ............................................................................................ 579
103-313 SW Option Fail (IISS Mem for HWM Not Exist) ............................................... 569 116-354 HDD Product Fail ............................................................................................. 580
116-355 Agent Soft Fail.................................................................................................. 580
112-xxx FIP 116-356 HDD Format Fail .............................................................................................. 580
112-700 Punch Dust Near Full ....................................................................................... 571 116-357 PostScript Error................................................................................................ 580
116-358 Salutation Soft Fail ........................................................................................... 580
116-xxx FIP
116-359 PLW Soft Fail ................................................................................................... 580
116-210 MediaReader Faital Error................................................................................. 573
116-360 SMB Soft Fail ................................................................................................... 580
116-211 MediaReader Cable No Joint ........................................................................... 573
116-361 Spool Fatal HDD .............................................................................................. 581
116-212 MediaLib SW Logic Fail ................................................................................... 573
116-362 SSDP Soft Fail ................................................................................................. 581
116-220 Transition to Download Mode Download Initialization Failure.......................... 573
116-363 BMLinkS/Print Service Soft Fail ....................................................................... 581
116-310 ESS Font ROM DIMM #2 Check Fail............................................................... 573
116-364 Timer Fail ......................................................................................................... 581
116-311 ESS Font ROM DIMM #3 Check Fail............................................................... 573
116-365 Spool Fatal ....................................................................................................... 581
116-312 HDD Encrypt Key Fail ...................................................................................... 573
116-366 Report Gen. Soft Fail ....................................................................................... 581
116-313 HDD Encrypt Set Up Fail ................................................................................. 574
116-367 Parallel IF Soft Fail........................................................................................... 582
116-314 Ethernet Address Fail....................................................................................... 574
116-368 Dump Print Fail ................................................................................................ 582
116-315 ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check Fail ............................................................... 574
116-370 XJCL Fail.......................................................................................................... 582
116-316 ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check Fail ............................................................... 574
116-371 PCL Decomp S/W Fail ..................................................................................... 582
116-317 Standard ROM DIMM Check Fail..................................................................... 574
116-372 P-Formatter Fail ............................................................................................... 582
116-318 Op. ROM DIMM Check Fail ............................................................................. 574
116-373 Dynamic DNS Soft Fail .................................................................................... 582
116-319 Mismatch Cont ROM and Panel config ............................................................ 574
116-374 Auto Switch Fail ............................................................................................... 583
116-320 STREAMZ Soft Fatal error ............................................................................... 575
116-375 I-Formatter Fail................................................................................................. 583
116-321 System Soft Fatal error .................................................................................... 575
116-376 Port 9100 Software Fail.................................................................................... 583
116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail............................................................................................ 575
116-377 Video DMA Fail ................................................................................................ 583
116-323 ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail .......................................................................... 575
116-378 MCR Soft Fail................................................................................................... 583
116-324 Exception Fail................................................................................................... 575
116-379 MCC Soft Fail................................................................................................... 584
116-325 ESS Fan Fail .................................................................................................... 575
116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Fail............................................................... 584
116-328 L2 Cache Fail ................................................................................................... 576
116-381 ABL Initialize Fail.............................................................................................. 584
116-329 Serial IF Soft Fail.............................................................................................. 576
116-382 ABL Phisycal Initialize Fail ............................................................................... 584
116-330 HDD File System Fail....................................................................................... 576
116-383 PIT Lib Failure.................................................................................................. 584
116-331 Invalid Log Info................................................................................................. 576
116-384 DCS Software Fail............................................................................................ 584
116-332 ESS Standard ROM Error ................................................................................ 576
116-385 IDC Software Fail ............................................................................................. 585
116-333 LocalTalk Soft Fail............................................................................................ 576
116-386 Incorrect USB port used for FAX...................................................................... 585
116-334 ESS NVRAM Data Compare Fail..................................................................... 576
116-387 MRC HW Fatal Error ........................................................................................ 585
116-336 Redirector HD Fail............................................................................................ 577
116-388 No HD that Should Be...................................................................................... 585
116-389 No Add-On RAM that Should Be...................................................................... 585 116-776 Invalid JBIG Param MX Fixed.......................................................................... 593
116-390 Standard ROM and NVM Version Mismatch.................................................... 585 116-777 Invalid JBIG Param MY Fixed.......................................................................... 593
116-391 Illegal code (country/territory/size group) ......................................................... 586 116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLENGTH Fixed ................................................................... 593
116-392 Machine Code Check Fail ................................................................................ 586 116-780 Attached Document Error ................................................................................ 593
116-393 AAA Manager S/W Fail .................................................................................... 586 116-790 Stapling Canceled............................................................................................ 594
116-394 AAA Manager detect illegal setting Auth. & Acct.............................................. 586
116-395 USB Soft Fail.................................................................................................... 586 117-xxx FIP
116-396 FIPS140 Self-Test Fail ..................................................................................... 587 117-310 WSD Scan S/W Fail......................................................................................... 595
116-397 AAAmgr illegal setting area coverage threshold. ............................................. 587 117-311 Wrong insertion of security enhancing kit ........................................................ 595
116-399 MUnder initialization for 10 minutes ................................................................. 587 117-312 Device Self Test Error..................................................................................... 595
116-700 Image Extension Kit Insufficient Memory ......................................................... 587 118-xxx FIP
116-701 Out of Memory-Duplex Fail .............................................................................. 587 118-310 IPSEC Intenal Fail............................................................................................ 597
116-702 Print with Substitute Font ................................................................................. 588
116-703 PostScript LANG Interprete ERR ..................................................................... 588 121-xxx FIP
116-704 MediaReaderMedia No Insert(No Job)............................................................. 588 121-310 EPSV-Accessory Communication Fail ............................................................. 599
116-705 MediaReader Format Error(No Job)................................................................. 588 121-311 IC Card Auditron Passwd Fail .......................................................................... 599
116-706 MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(No Job) .............................................. 588 121-312 IC Card Auditron Accessory Fail ...................................................................... 599
116-707 MediaReader:Image File Read Error(No Job).................................................. 588 121-313 IC Card Auditron Software-key Fail ................................................................. 599
116-708 MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(In Job)................................................ 588 121-314 Customize User Prompts Fail .......................................................................... 599
116-709 MediaReader:Image File Read Error(In Job) ................................................... 589 121-316 EP Accessory conflicts with SecureAccess ..................................................... 600
116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow .............................................................................. 589 121-317 Continuous JOB setting missmatch of EPLyzer .............................................. 600
116-711 PLW Size/orientation mismatch ....................................................................... 589 121-318 Auth/Accout Settings Is Not Supported............................................................ 600
116-712 Out of Area-Form REGI ERR ........................................................................... 589 121-319 Fax Send Charging and Internet FAX Setting Confliction................................ 600
116-713 Job divided by HDD Full................................................................................... 589 121-320 EP-SV Setting information conflict fail. ............................................................ 600
116-714 HP-GL/2 Command ERR ................................................................................. 589 121-321 EP-DX Setting information conflict fail. ............................................................ 600
116-715 Max Form to PLW Registered .......................................................................... 589 121-322 Controller Price Table Error ............................................................................. 601
116-716 MediaReader File Not Exist.............................................................................. 590 121-323 Web EP Software Fail...................................................................................... 601
116-717 MediaLib:Not Excecute of New Request.......................................................... 590 121-324 Fax Send Charging And Scan Setting Confliction ........................................... 601
116-718 Selected PLW Form Not Registered ................................................................ 590 121-333 EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail ................................................................. 601
116-719 XPIF Parameter Cancelled............................................................................... 590 121-334 EPSV Login Fail............................................................................................... 602
116-720 PCL Memory Low,Page Simplified................................................................... 590 121-335 EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail ............................................................................ 602
116-725 HDD full for Image Log..................................................................................... 590 121-336 Unknown EP Accessory................................................................................... 602
116-737 Out of Area-Data REGI ERR............................................................................ 590 121-337 EP Accessory Self Diag Fail ............................................................................ 603
116-738 Size/orientation mismatch ................................................................................ 591 121-338 EPSV Answer Time Out................................................................................... 603
116-739 Out of Disk Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR .......................................................... 591 121-339 Price Table Error.............................................................................................. 603
116-740 Arithmetic Error ................................................................................................ 591 121-340 EP Accessory Miss Match ............................................................................... 603
116-741 Max Form to Not PLW Registered ................................................................... 591 121-350 EPSV Logic Fail ............................................................................................... 603
116-742 Max Logo Registered ....................................................................................... 591 121-370 EP-DX - unexpected error................................................................................ 604
116-743 Out of Buffer Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR ....................................................... 591
116-745 ART Command ERR ........................................................................................ 591 123-xxx FIP
116-746 Selected Form Not Registered ......................................................................... 592 123-207 Comm Manager Target Fail (UI-Panel)............................................................ 605
116-747 Invalid Page Margin.......................................................................................... 592 123-209 EVM Returns Wrong Value (UI-Panel) ............................................................ 605
116-748 Page without Image Draw Data........................................................................ 592 123-310 Send Queue Full (UI-Panel)............................................................................. 605
116-749 PostScript Font error ........................................................................................ 592 123-311 Receive Queue Full (UI-Panel) ........................................................................ 605
116-751 HDD Full Warning ............................................................................................ 592 123-312 Diag mode change Fail (Punch unit type set) .................................................. 605
116-752 Print job ticket description warning................................................................... 592 123-317 Receive Message Queue Full (UI-Panel) ........................................................ 605
116-771 Invalid JBIG Param DL Fixed ........................................................................... 593 123-318 Receive Finish Queue Full (UI-Panel) ............................................................. 605
116-772 Invalid JBIG Param D Fixed ............................................................................. 593 123-320 NVM initialized for FCW composition............................................................... 606
116-773 Invalid JBIG Param P Fixed ............................................................................. 593 123-322 Target Fail (UI-Panel) ...................................................................................... 606
116-774 Invalid JBIG Param YD Fixed........................................................................... 593 123-323 Address Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................... 606
116-775 Invalid JBIG Param L0 Fixed............................................................................ 593 123-325 Object Creation Fail (UI-Panel) ........................................................................ 606
123-326 Memory Overflow (UI-Panel)............................................................................ 606 123-396 FF Fail (UI-Panel)............................................................................................. 613
123-327 Button Overflow (UI-Panel) .............................................................................. 606 123-397 MGR Fail (UI-Panel)......................................................................................... 613
123-328 UI Internal Fail with Out of Area ....................................................................... 606 123-398 Delay Release Queue Full (UI-Panel).............................................................. 613
123-329 UI Internal Fail with Invalid Coordinates........................................................... 607 123-399 Internal Fail (UI-Panel) ..................................................................................... 613
123-332 I/F Fail (Invalid Parameter CP)......................................................................... 607 123-400 JRM I/F Internal Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................... 613
123-333 I/F Fail (Impossible Communication)................................................................ 607
123-337 Frame Data Error with Invalid Data Type......................................................... 607 124-xxx FIP
123-341 Event Queue Full (UI-Panel) ............................................................................ 607 124-310 DC132 11 ......................................................................................................... 615
123-342 Event Queue Empty (UI-Panel)........................................................................ 607 124-311 DC132 09 ......................................................................................................... 615
123-343 Invalid Class (UI-Panel) ................................................................................... 607 124-312 DC132 12 ......................................................................................................... 615
123-344 Invalid Type (UI-Panel) .................................................................................... 608 124-313 DC132 10 ......................................................................................................... 615
123-345 Timer Queue Full (UI-Panel) ............................................................................ 608 124-314 DC132 01 ......................................................................................................... 615
123-346 Invalid Timer Number (UI-Panel) ..................................................................... 608 124-315 DC132 02 ......................................................................................................... 615
123-350 One Touch Key Fail (MCW) ............................................................................. 608 124-316 DC132 03 ......................................................................................................... 616
123-352 Sys EEPROM Read Error(UI-Panel)................................................................ 608 124-317 DC132 04 ......................................................................................................... 616
123-353 UI Cable Connect Error(UI-Panel) ................................................................... 608 124-318 DC132 07 ......................................................................................................... 616
123-354 Decrease in 24V Error(UI-Panel) ..................................................................... 608 124-319 DC132 08 ......................................................................................................... 616
123-355 Decreas in 5V Error(UI-Panel) ......................................................................... 609 124-320 SEEPROM Fail ................................................................................................ 616
123-356 FAX OTK Cable Connect Error(UI-Panel)........................................................ 609 124-321 Backup SRAM Fail ........................................................................................... 616
123-357 Sys EEPROM Write Error(UI-Panel)................................................................ 609 124-322 DC132 05 ......................................................................................................... 617
123-358 Log EEPROM Write Error(UI-Panel)................................................................ 609 124-323 DC132 06 ......................................................................................................... 617
123-362 No Object (UI-Panel)........................................................................................ 609 124-324 All Billings Mismatch ........................................................................................ 617
123-368 Short of UI Memory (UI-Panel)......................................................................... 609 124-325 Billing Restoration Fail ..................................................................................... 617
123-369 Invalid Interface Value (UI-Panel) .................................................................... 609 124-326 IOT Speed Not Registered............................................................................... 617
123-370 Interface Length Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................... 609 124-327 IOT Speed Change SW Fail............................................................................. 617
123-371 Interface Parameter Fail (UI-Panel) ................................................................. 610 124-328 Punch Unit User Initial SetUp........................................................................... 618
123-372 Interface Sequence Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................. 610 124-331 ESS ROM DIMM #1 Not Found ....................................................................... 618
123-373 Channel Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................... 610 124-332 contract data mismatch .................................................................................... 618
123-374 Invalid User Job ID (UI-Panel) ......................................................................... 610 124-333 ASIC Fail (Panther) .......................................................................................... 618
123-375 Internal Resource Fail (UI-Panel)..................................................................... 610 124-334 Standard Font ROM Error ................................................................................ 618
123-376 Internal Memory Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................... 610 124-335 Font ROM Not Found....................................................................................... 618
123-377 UI Timer Fail (UI-Panel) ................................................................................... 610 124-337 ESS Standard RAM Error ................................................................................ 619
123-378 Interface Format Fail (UI-Panel)....................................................................... 611 124-338 Same Font ROMs Found ................................................................................. 619
123-379 Dispatch Fail (UI-Panel) ................................................................................... 611 124-339 ROM DIMM of Another Product Found ............................................................ 619
123-380 Copy Interface Fail (UI-Panel).......................................................................... 611 124-340 CRUM Market fail ALL ..................................................................................... 619
123-381 Fax Interface Fail (UI-Panel) ............................................................................ 611 124-341 CRUM Market fail MCU.................................................................................... 619
123-382 Scanner Interface Fail (UI-Panel)..................................................................... 611 124-342 CRUM Market fail SYS 1.................................................................................. 619
123-383 Report Interface Fail (UI-Panel) ....................................................................... 611 124-343 CRUM Market fail SYS 2.................................................................................. 619
123-384 Server Access Fail (UI-Panel).......................................................................... 611 124-344 All Billings Metertypes Mismatch...................................................................... 620
123-385 Service Object Overflow (UI-Panel) ................................................................. 611 124-345 Billing Meter Type Restoration Fail .................................................................. 620
123-386 Invalid Service Object (UI-Panel) ..................................................................... 612 124-346 All Billing CountTypes Mismatch...................................................................... 620
123-387 Invalid Service Object Attribute (UI-Panel)....................................................... 612 124-347 Billing CountType Restoration Fail................................................................... 620
123-388 Attribute Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................... 612 124-348 All Modal Break Points Mismatch..................................................................... 620
123-389 Argument Fail (UI-Panel) ................................................................................. 612 124-349 Modal Break Point Restoration Fail.................................................................. 620
123-390 Job Parameter Fail (UI-Panel) ......................................................................... 612 124-350 CRUM OEM fail ALL ........................................................................................ 620
123-391 Job Actual Parameter Fail (UI-Panel) .............................................................. 612 124-351 CRUM OEM fail MCU ...................................................................................... 621
123-392 Auditron Fail (UI-Panel).................................................................................... 612 124-352 CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 .................................................................................... 621
123-393 EP Fail (UI-Panel) ............................................................................................ 612 124-353 CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 .................................................................................... 621
123-394 File Access Fail (UI-Panel)............................................................................... 613 124-360 CRUM validation fail ALL ................................................................................. 621
123-395 NVM Fail (UI-Panel) ......................................................................................... 613 124-361 CRUM validation fail MCU ............................................................................... 621
124-362 CRUM validation fail SYS 1.............................................................................. 621 133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid............................................................................ 633
124-363 CRUM validation fail SYS 2.............................................................................. 622 133-212 Fax Read Erro No Data ................................................................................... 633
124-372 IOT sc Soft Fail................................................................................................. 622 133-213 Fax Read Error-Invalid Data ............................................................................ 633
124-373 IOT Manager SW Fail....................................................................................... 622 133-214 Fax USB Open Fail in Initializing ..................................................................... 633
124-374 IOT IM DeviceDriver SW Fail ........................................................................... 622 133-215 Fax USB Device Fatal Error............................................................................. 633
124-380 CRUM Market fail ALL (2) ................................................................................ 622 133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal Error ................................................................................ 633
124-381 CRUM Market fail MCU (2) .............................................................................. 622 133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory ........................................................................ 633
124-382 CRUM Market fail SYS 1 (2) ............................................................................ 622 133-218 Fax Card Message Library Short of Memory ................................................... 634
124-383 CRUM Market fail SYS 2 (2) ............................................................................ 623 133-219 Fax Short of Work Memory .............................................................................. 634
124-390 CRUM OEM fail ALL (2) ................................................................................... 623 133-220 Fax Control task detects error.......................................................................... 634
124-391 CRUM OEM fail MCU (2) ................................................................................. 623 133-221 Fax Card not respond when system is Booting ............................................... 634
124-392 CRUM OEM fail SYS 1 (2) ............................................................................... 623 133-222 Fax Card does not respond intervally .............................................................. 634
124-393 CRUM OEM fail SYS 2 (2) ............................................................................... 623 133-223 Fax Card Reset................................................................................................ 634
124-700 Trimming Cancelled ......................................................................................... 624 133-224 Controller ROM Fax Card ROM mismatch ...................................................... 634
124-701 Output tray changed from Side Tray ................................................................ 624 133-225 Fax address book illegal setting....................................................................... 635
124-702 Output tray changed from Stacker ................................................................... 624 133-226 Illegal country code for Fax .............................................................................. 635
124-703 Booklet Tray to Center Tray ............................................................................. 624 133-280 Fax Option Slot1 Board Fail ............................................................................. 635
124-704 Envelop Folder Tray to Center Tra................................................................... 624 133-281 Received unknown message ........................................................................... 635
124-705 Punching Canceled .......................................................................................... 624 133-282 Fax Card download fail .................................................................................... 635
124-706 Folding Canceled ............................................................................................. 624 133-283 Fax report mail box not open ........................................................................... 635
124-708 Changed To Sub Tray ...................................................................................... 624 133-700 Staple/Punch Canceled ................................................................................... 635
124-709 Stapler sheets counts over warning ................................................................. 625 133-710 Tray select fail. Used SMH instead.................................................................. 635
124-710 Output Tray changed from MailBoxSorter........................................................ 625
134-xxx FIP
125-xxx FIP 134-210 Fax Cont Parameter Invalid ............................................................................. 637
125-311 PSWcont Unexpected Fail ............................................................................... 627 134-211 Fax Card Main Board Failure........................................................................... 637
Table 1
NOTE: In OF-xxx, the replacing parts "IISS PWB", "IOT PWB", and "ESS PWB" are used. However,
they are also referred to as IIT/IPS PWB, MCU PWB, and Mother PWB respectively in some
machines. The function names need to be replaced with machine-specific PWB to perform
replacement.
2.1.4 Controller Chain-Link No. Definition Table 1
Table 2
400~498 Time Bomb This fail occurs in normal operation, so it is not referred to
(Information) as "Failure" but needs "Any Actions".
Notify the machine state in which user operation is temporarily
limited and "why the machine cannot be operated
immediately".
Notify the expected life (ERU life expectation) of consumable
replacement parts.
700~799 Job Fail This also occurs in normal operation and is not defined as
"Failure".
This failure occurs when the system detects that job operation
cannot be continued. At the time when error is detected, the
process is aborted.
This is a fault that can be recovered by repeating the
operation. If the fault persists after repeating the operation, it
becomes a "Trouble".In this case, a software failure may cause
the trouble.
700~799 Warning This also occurs in normal operation and is not defined as
"Failure".
Warning is issued only during job execution. If a user operation
instruction cannot be performed as desired due to [any
conditions], the job is continued by changing the settings in the
device and the message [Job is continued by changing
settings] is displayed in the panel.
910~990 Operation Error/ This also occurs in normal operation and is not defined as
Notice Error "Failure".
At the time when error is detected, the job is paused and the
user interruption screen is displayed in the panel.
This is a fault with which the job can be continued by clearing
the cause.
A
005-121 DADF Feed Out Sensor On Jam • Between J754 pin-B2 and J754 pin-B5/B6
Is the resistance approx. 1Ohm for each?
BSD-ON:CH5.5
Y N
After feeding started (DADF Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex, the DADF Feed Out Sensor did not turn ON Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 51.5).
within the specified time.
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Check the following:
Procedure • The document path for foreign substances.
Remove the DADF Rear Cover and open the Top Cover. • The DADF Feed/Nudger Roll for contamination, wear or revolution failure.
Enter the Diag Mode, turn ON DC330 [005-205]. Activate the Actuator of the DADF Feed Out Sensor • The DADF Feed Out Sensor Actuator for disengagement, drag and damage.
manually. Does the display change between High/Low?
Y N
Disconnect the DADF Feed Out Sensor connector J772. Is High displayed?
Y N
Check the wire between the DADF Feed Out Sensor J772-2 and the DADF PWB J757-5 for a
short circuit. If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
Check the wires between the DADF PWB J754-B1 and the DADF Feed Motor J776-5, as well
as between the DADF PWB J754-B2 and the DADF Feed Motor J776-2 for an open circuit
and poor contact.
Turn the power OFF and disconnect J754 from the DADF PWB.
Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor.
• Between J754 pin-B1 and J754 pin-B3/B4
A
Version 1.2 2010/08 2.2 Product FIP
2-29
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
2010/08
CHAIN 5 2-30 Version 1.2
A
005-122 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Pre Regi Sensor On Jam Is the resistance approx. 1Ohm for each?
Y N
BSD-ON:CH5.5
Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 51.5).
• After Pre-Feed started for the first sheet (DADF Feed Motor On (CW)) in Simplex and Duplex, the
Replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
DADF Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.
• After Pre-Feed started for the second sheet onwards (DADF Feed Motor On (CW)) in Duplex, the Check the following:
DADF Pre Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time. • The document path for foreign substances.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • Overly strong Retard pressure.
• The DADF Pre Regi Sensor Actuator for disengagement, drag and damage.
Procedure
Open the Top Cover and remove the Invert Chute.
Enter the Diag Mode, turn ON DC330 [005-206]. Block the DADF Pre Regi Sensor using a sheet of
paper, etc. Does the display change to High?
Y N
Disconnect the DADF Pre Regi Sensor connector J774. Does the display change to High?
Y N
Check the wire between the DADF Pre Regi Sensor J774-2 and the DADF PWB J757-11 for
a short circuit. If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
Check the wires between the DADF PWB J754-B1 and the DADF Feed Motor J776-5, as well
as between the DADF PWB J754-B2 and the DADF Feed Motor J776-2 for an open circuit
and poor contact.
Turn the power OFF and disconnect J754 from the DADF PWB.
Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor.
• Between J754 pin-B1 and J754 pin-B3/B4
• Between J754 pin-B2 and J754 pin-B5/B6
A
A B
005-123 DADF Simplex/Side 1 Regi Sensor On Jam Turn the power OFF and disconnect J754 from the DADF PWB.
Measure the wire wound resistance of the Motor.
BSD-ON:CH5.6 • Between J754 pin-B1 and J754 pin-B3/B4
• Between J754 pin-B2 and J754 pin-B5/B6
After Pre Regi operation started (DADF Feed Motor On (CCW)), the DADF Regi Sensor did not turn ON
within the specified time. Is the resistance approx. 1Ohm for each?
Y N
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. Replace the DADF Feed Motor (PL 51.5).
Is the voltage between the DADF Regi Sensor J775-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the connection between the DADF Regi Sensor J775-2 and the DADF PWB J757-14
for an open circuit and poor contact.
Is the voltage between the DADF Regi Sensor J775-1 (+) and J775-3 (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Check the wires between the DADF PWB J757-15 and the DADF Regi Sensor J775-1, as
well as between the DADF PWB J757-13 and the DADF Regi Sensor J775-3 for open circuits
and poor contacts.
Check the wires between the DADF PWB J754-B1 and the DADF Feed Motor J776-5, as well
as between the DADF PWB J754-B2 and the DADF Feed Motor J776-2 for an open circuit
and poor contact.
A B 1.2
Version 2010/08 CHAIN 5
2-31
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
2010/08
CHAIN 5 2-32 Version 1.2
005-125 DADF Regi Sensor Off Jam 005-131 DADF Invert Sensor On Jam (During Invert)
BSD-ON:CH5.6 BSD-ON:CH5.6
After the DADF Pre Regi Sensor turned OFF, the DADF Regi Sensor did not turn OFF within the After the DADF Regi Sensor turned ON at Invert, the DADF Invert Sensor did not turn ON within the
specified time. specified time.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path • Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path
• The surface of the roll for foreign substance • The surface of the roll for foreign substance
• The surface of the roll for wear • The surface of the roll for wear
• DADF Feed Motor: DC330 [005-017] (PL 51.5) • DADF Regi Motor: DC330 [005-038] (PL 51.5)
• DADF Regi Motor: DC330 [005-038] (PL 51.5) • Check the circuit between the DADF Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB
• Check the circuit between the DADF Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB • Check the circuit between the DADF Inverter Sensor and the DADF PWB
• Check the circuit between the DADF Pre Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB • DADF Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-110] (PL 51.17)
• DADF Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-110] (PL 51.17) • DADF Invert Sensor: DC330 [005-211] (PL 51.9)
• DADF Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-206] (PL 51.17) • DADF PWB failure. (PL 51.2)
• DADF PWB failure. (PL 51.2)
005-132 DADF Invert Sensor On Jam 005-134 DADF Inverter Sensor Off Jam (During Invert)
BSD-ON:CH5.6 BSD-ON:CH5.6
After the Read Speed Control operation started (DADF Regi Motor On (CCW)), the DADF Invert Sensor • After the DADF Regi Sensor turned OFF at Invert of the last document, the DADF Inverter Sensor
did not turn ON within the specified time. did not turn OFF within the specified time.
• During the Invert where there is a next document, after the Read Speed Control operation started
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. (DADF Regi Motor On (CCW)), the DADF Inverter Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.
Cause/Action NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Check the following:
Cause/Action
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path Check the following:
• The surface of the roll for foreign substance
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path
• The surface of the roll for wear
• The surface of the roll for foreign substance
• DADF Regi Motor: DC330 [005-038] (PL 51.5)
• The surface of the roll for wear
• Check the circuit between the DADF Inverter Sensor and the DADF PWB
• DADF Regi Motor: DC330 [005-038] (PL 51.5)
• DADF Invert Sensor: DC330 [005-211] (PL 51.9)
• Check the circuit between the DADF Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB
• DADF PWB failure. (PL 51.2)
• Check the circuit between the DADF Inverter Sensor and the DADF PWB
• DADF Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-110] (PL 51.17)
• DADF Invert Sensor: DC330 [005-211] (PL 51.9)
• DADF PWB failure. (PL 51.2)
005-135 DADF Side 2 Pre Regi Sensor On Jam 005-136 DADF Side 2 Regi Sensor On Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.5 BSD-ON:CH5.6
After the Invert operation started (DADF Regi Motor On (CW)) at Invert, the DADF Pre Regi Sensor did After the DADF Pre Regi Sensor turned ON at Invert, the DADF Regi Sensor did not turn ON within the
not turn ON within the specified time. specified time.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path • Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path
• The surface of the roll for foreign substance • The surface of the roll for foreign substance
• The surface of the roll for wear • The surface of the roll for wear
• DADF Regi Motor: DC330 [005-038] (PL 51.5) • DADF Feed Motor: DC330 [005-017] (PL 51.5)
• Check the circuit between the DADF Pre Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB • Check if the Exit Roll is nipping properly. (Including the operations of Exit Nip Release Solenoid
• DADF Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-206] (PL 51.17) (DC330 [005-072])) (PL 51.6)
• DADF PWB failure. (PL 51.2) • Check the circuit between the DADF Pre Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB
• The Invert Gate for operation failure • DADF Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-206] (PL 51.17)
• Check if the Exit Roll is nipping properly. (Including the operations of Exit Nip Release Solenoid • Check the circuit between the DADF Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB
(DC330 [005-072])) (PL 51.6) • DADF Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-110] (PL 51.17)
• DADF PWB failure. (PL 51.2)
005-139 DADF Invert Sensor Off Jam 005-145 DADF Regi Sensor Off Jam (Invert)
BSD-ON:CH5.6 BSD-ON:CH5.6
• After the DADF Regi Sensor turned OFF in the Scan operation, the DADF Invert Sensor did not turn After the DADF Pre Regi Sensor turned OFF at Invert, the DADF Regi Sensor did not turn OFF within the
OFF within the specified time. specified time.
• During the Simplex scan operation where there is a next document, after the Next Document Scan
Read Speed Control started (DADF Regi Motor On (CCW)), the DADF Inverter Sensor did not turn NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
OFF within the specified time.
Cause/Action
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. Check the following:
Cause/Action • Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path
Check the following:
• The surface of the roll for foreign substance
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path • The surface of the roll for wear
• The surface of the roll for foreign substance • DADF Regi Motor: DC330 [005-038] (PL 51.5)
• The surface of the roll for wear • DADF Feed Motor: DC330 [005-017] (PL 51.5)
• The Invert Gate for operation failure • Check the circuit between the DADF Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB
• DADF Regi Motor: DC330 [005-038] (PL 51.5) • DADF Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-110] (PL 51.17)
• Check if the Exit Roll is nipping properly. (Including the operations of Exit Nip Release Solenoid • Check the circuit between the DADF Pre Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB
(DC330 [005-072])) (PL 51.6) • DADF Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-206] (PL 51.17)
• Check the circuit between the DADF Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB • DADF PWB failure. (PL 51.2)
• DADF Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-110] (PL 51.17)
• Check the circuit between the DADF Inverter Sensor and the DADF PWB
• DADF Invert Sensor: DC330 [005-211] (PL 51.9)
• DADF PWB failure. (PL 51.2)
005-146 DADF Pre Regi Sensor Off Jam 005-147 DADF Pre Regi Sensor Off Jam (Invert)
BSD-ON:CH5.5 BSD-ON:CH5.5
• After the DADF Feed Out Sensor turned OFF in Simplex, the DADF Pre Regi Sensor did not turn After the DADF Regi Motor turned ON at Invert, the DADF Pre Regi Sensor did not turn OFF within the
OFF within the specified time. specified time.
• After the DADF Regi Motor turned ON in Duplex, the DADF Pre Regi Sensor did not turn OFF within
the specified time. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. Cause/Action
Check the following:
Cause/Action
Check the following: • Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path
• The surface of the roll for foreign substance
• Transportation failure due to foreign substance in the document path
• The surface of the roll for wear
• The surface of the roll for foreign substance
• DADF Regi Motor: DC330 [005-038] (PL 51.5)
• The surface of the roll for wear
• Check the circuit between the DADF Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB
• DADF Regi Motor: DC330 [005-038] (PL 51.5)
• Check the circuit between the DADF Inverter Sensor and the DADF PWB
• The Invert Gate for operation failure
• DADF Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-110] (PL 51.17)
• Check if the Exit Roll is nipping properly. (Including the operations of Exit Nip Release Solenoid)
DC330 [005-072] (PL 51.6) • DADF Invert Sensor: DC330 [005-211] (PL 51.9)
• Check the circuit between the DADF Pre Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB • DADF PWB failure. (PL 51.2)
• DADF Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-206] (PL 51.17)
• DADF PWB failure. (PL 51.2)
005-194 Mixed Size Mismatch Jam 005-196 Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size
BSD-ON:CH5.3 BSD-ON:CH5.4, CH5.2, CH5.3
In Mixed Size Originals, it was detected that the size in the Fast Scan Direction was different from the A document in a different size from the first document was detected in the No Mix mode.
width of the document guide.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action Check the following:
Check the following:
• DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1-3: DC330 [005-215/216/217] (PL 51.10)
• Check that the DADF Tray Set Guide operates normally. • DADF APS Sensor 1: DC330 [005-218] (PL 51.17)
• Check the circuit between the DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1-3 and the DADF PWB • Document Tray Size Sensor 1/2 : DC330 [005-221/222] (PL 51.10)
• DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1-3: DC330 [005-215/216/217] (PL 51.10) If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
005-197 Prohibit Combine Size Jam 005-198 Too Short Size Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.5 BSD-ON:CH5.5
A prohibited size combination was detected. It was detected that the document length in Slow Scan direction was out of the specifications.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• 5.5 x 8.5 SEF and all the other document sizes.
• A5 SEF and all the other document sizes. Cause/Action
• B5 SEF, plus 11 x 15 SEF, 11 x 17 SEF, A4 LEF, A3 LEF, 8.5 x 11 LEF. Check the document size a user has scanned. If its length is within the available range for DADF feeding,
• 16K SEF, plus 11 x 15 SEF, 11 x 17 SEF, A4 LEF, and A3 LEF. check the circuit between the DADF Pre Regi Sensor, the DADF Feed Out Sensor, and the DADF PWB.
It was detected that the document length in Slow Scan direction was out of the specifications. When the IISS starts up (Power ON/Sleep recovery), it was detected that the DADF is in Download
Mode.
• Simplex and Duplex modes: 431.9mm or longer
• Fax mode: 1501.0mm or longer Cause/Action
Perform the DADF software download.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Check the document size a user has scanned. If its length is within the available range for DADF feeding,
check the circuit between the DADF Pre Regi Sensor, the DADF Feed Out Sensor, and the DADF PWB.
The DADF PWB RAM failed during the Read/Write operation. (At Power ON) The DADF EEPROM Read/Write operation failed.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2). If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
005-305 DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Open (when running) 005-906 DADF Feed Out Sensor Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.1 BSD-ON:CH5.5
The Feeder Cover Interlock was opened during DADF operation. The DADF Feed Out Sensor turns ON at the following timings.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. 1. When Power is ON
2. At Feeder Cover Interlock Close
Cause/Action
3. At Platen Interlock Close
Check the following:
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• The DADF Feeder Cover for a mismatch.
• DADF Interlock Switch: DC330 [005-212] (PL 51.7)
Cause/Action
Check the following:
If the problem persists, check the circuit between the DADF Interlock Switch and the DADF PWB. If no
problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
• Check the DADF Feed Out Sensor for remaining paper, the Actuator for return failure, foreign
substances, contamination on sensors, and etc.
• DADF Feed Out Sensor: DC330 [005-205] (PL 51.6)
If the problem persists, check the circuit between the DADF Feed Out Sensor and the DADF PWB. If no
problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
005-907 DADF Pre Regi Sensor Static Jam 005-908 DADF Regi Sensor Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.5 BSD-ON:CH5.6
The DADF Pre Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings: The DADF Regi Sensor turns ON at the following timings:
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check the DADF Pre Regi Sensor for remaining paper, the Actuator for return failure, foreign • Check the DADF Regi Sensor for remaining paper, foreign substances, contamination on sensors,
substances, contamination on sensors, and etc. and etc.
• DADF Pre Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-206] (PL 51.17) • DADF Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-110] (PL 51.17)
If the problem persists, check the circuit between the DADF Pre Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB. If no If the problem persists, check the circuit between the DADF Regi Sensor and the DADF PWB. If no
problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2). problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
005-913 DADF Inverter Sensor Static Jam 005-915 DADF APS Sensor 1 Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.6 BSD-ON:CH5.4
The DADF Invert Sensor turns On at the timings below. The DADF APS Sensor 1 turns ON at the timings below.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check the DADF Inverter Sensor for remaining paper, the Actuator for return failure, foreign • Check the DADF APS Sensor 1 for remaining paper, the Actuator for return failure, foreign
substances, contamination on sensors, and etc. substances, contamination on sensors, and etc.
• DADF Invert Sensor: DC330 [005-211] (PL 51.9) • DADF APS Sensor 1: DC330 [005-218] (PL 51.17)
If the problem persists, check the circuit between the DADF Invert Sensor and the DADF PWB. If no If the problem persists, check the circuit between the DADF APS Sensor 1 and the DADF PWB. If no
problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2). problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
005-916 DADF APS Sensor 2 Static Jam 005-917 DADF APS Sensor 3 Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH5.4 BSD-ON:CH5.4
The DADF APS Sensor 2 turns ON at the timings below. The DADF APS Sensor 3 turns ON at the timings below.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check the DADF APS Sensor 2 for remaining paper, the Actuator for return failure, foreign • Check the DADF APS Sensor 3 for remaining paper, the Actuator for return failure, foreign
substances, contamination on sensors, and etc. substances, contamination on sensors, and etc.
• DADF APS Sensor 2: DC330 [005-219] (PL 51.17) • DADF APS Sensor 3: DC330 [005-220] (PL 51.17)
If the problem persists, check the circuit between the DADF APS Sensor 2 and the DADF PWB. If no If the problem persists, check the circuit between the DADF APS Sensor 3 and the DADF PWB. If no
problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2). problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
005-940 DADF No Original 005-941 Doc number of sheets is insufficient
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:-
It was detected that the document was pulled out during document feed. It was detected that some documents were missing at post-Jam recovery.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Reload the document. Follow the instructions on the UI screen to reload the document that was jammed.
005-945 FS-Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size or SS Mix-Size 005-946 SS-Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size (Cont)
(Cont) BSD-ON:CH5.4, CH5.2, CH5.5, CH5.6
BSD-ON:CH5.4, CH5.3
In No Mix mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in Slow Scan (SS) direction was
transported from the DADF. (If paper was not fed, 005-946 is displayed. If paper was fed, 005-948 is
In No Mix or Slow Scan (SS) Mixed mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in Fast
Scan (FS) direction was transported from the DADF. displayed.)
(If paper was not fed, 005-945 is displayed. If paper was fed, 005-947 is displayed.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. Cause/Action
Cause/Action Check the following:
Check the following:
• Document Tray Size Sensor 1/2 : DC330 [005-221/222] (PL 51.10)
• Check that the DADF Tray Set Guide operates normally. • Check the circuit between the Document Tray Size Sensor 1/2 and the DADF PWB.
• DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1-3: DC330 [005-215/216/217] (PL 51.10) • DADF Feed Out Sensor: DC330 [005-205] (PL 51.6)
• Check the circuit between the DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1-3 and the DADF PWB • DADF Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-110] (PL 51.17)
• DADF APS Sensors 1-3: DC330 [005-218/219/220] (PL 51.17) • DADF APS Sensors 1-3: DC330 [005-218/219/220] (PL 51.17)
• Check the circuit between the DADF APS Sensors 1-3 and the DADF PWB. • Check the circuit between the DADF APS Sensors 1-3 and the DADF PWB.
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2). If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
005-947 FS-Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size or SS Mix-Size 005-948 SS-Size Mismatch Jam On No Mix-Size
BSD-ON:CH5.4, CH5.3 BSD-ON:CH5.4, CH5.2, CH5.5, CH5.6
In No Mix or Slow Scan (SS) Mixed mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in Fast In No Mix mode, it was detected that a document with a different size in Slow Scan (SS) direction was
Scan (FS) direction was transported from the DADF. transported from the DADF. (If paper was not fed, 005-946 is displayed. If paper was fed, 005-948 is
(If paper was not fed, 005-945 is displayed. If paper was fed, 005-947 is displayed.) displayed.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check that the DADF Tray Set Guide operates normally. • Document Tray Size Sensor 1/2 : DC330 [005-221/222] (PL 51.10)
• DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1-3: DC330 [005-215/216/217] (PL 51.10) • Check the circuit between the Document Tray Size Sensor 1/2 and the DADF PWB.
• Check the circuit between the DADF Tray Set Guide Sensor 1-3 and the DADF PWB • DADF Feed Out Sensor: DC330 [005-205] (PL 51.6)
• DADF APS Sensors 1-3: DC330 [005-218/219/220] (PL 51.17) • DADF Regi Sensor: DC330 [005-110] (PL 51.17)
• Check the circuit between the DADF APS Sensors 1-3 and the DADF PWB. • DADF APS Sensors 1-3: DC330 [005-218/219/220] (PL 51.17)
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2). • Check the circuit between the DADF APS Sensors 1-3 and the DADF PWB.
If no problems are found, replace the DADF PWB (PL 51.2).
The Fuser Drive Motor revolution failure was detected. The input voltage of the IH Driver is high voltage (150VAC or higher). (Status code 0x1 is received)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Is the voltage between the Fuser Drive Motor J243-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the MD PWB J525 and the Fuser Drive
Motor J243 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Fuser Drive Motor (PL 3.1)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Press the Stop button. Check the operation of DC330 [094-012] (1st BTR Contact) and DC330 [094-013]
(1st BTR Retract) alternately. Does the Fuser Drive Motor rotate?
Y N
Turn the power OFF and check the 1st BTR Contact/Retract Gear for blockage or damage.
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the Fuser Drive Motor J243-8 and the MD PWB
J525-A1 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
010-361 IH Driver Input Low Voltage Fail 010-362 IH Driver Surge Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.3, CH1.2 BSD-ON:CH10.3
The input voltage of the IH Driver is low voltage (80VAC or lower). (Status code 0x2 is received) The IH Driver detected surge. (Status code 0x3 is received)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Cause/Action
Turn the power OFF. Remove the Right Cover and remove the Front LVPS Fan. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Turn the main power ON (turn ON the Main Power Switch). 2. Check the voltage and voltage noise at customer's outlet.
Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J6-1 and J6-3 100VAC?
If the problem was not resolved by turning the power OFF then ON and no problems were found
Y N after checking the voltage and voltage noise at the outlet, replace the IH Driver (PL 18.3).
Go to "2.2.2.1 AC Power FIP".
Turn the main power OFF and replace the following parts in sequence:
• IH Driver (PL 18.3)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
010-363 IGBT Temperature High Fail 010-364 IGBT Temperature Sensor Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.3 BSD-ON:CH10.3
The IGBT Temperature Sensor detected high temperature. (Status code 0x4 is received) An open circuit, short circuit, or abnormal change in Sensor value was detected at the IGBT Temperature
Sensor. (Status code 0x5 is received)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J592 of the MD PWB Cause/Action
and open the Chassis Assembly. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-016] (IH Intake Fan). 2. Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the IH Driver J530 and the MCU PWB
Is the IH Intake Fan rotating? J414 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Y N (For 4470/5570, perform the check after removing the Sub LVPS.)
Proceed to the 042-332 FIP.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [042-017] (IH Exhaust Fan). • IH Driver (PL 18.3)
Is the IH Exhaust Fan rotating? • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
Y N • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Proceed to the 042-330 FIP.
The input current was below the lower limit continuously for the specified time. (Status code 0x8 is The level change of the Belt Speed Sensor was in less than 1 second. (Status code 0x9 is received)
received)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Initial Actions
Initial Actions • Turn the power OFF and remove the Fuser Assembly. The Drawer Connector between the Fuser
Turn the power OFF and remove the Fuser Assembly. The Drawer Connector between the Fuser Assembly and the Main Unit ( P/DJ600) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
Assembly and the Main Unit ( P/DJ600) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc. • Check whether the MCU PWB connector J431 is connected properly.
Procedure Procedure
Check the following:(For 4470/5570, perform the check after removing the Sub LVPS.) Check the following connections for short circuits and poor contacts.
• The relay connector P/J634 for poor contact • Between MCU PWB J431-12 and Fuser Assembly DJ600-B7
• The connection between the IH Driver T60 and the Fuser Assembly DJ600-1 for short circuit and • Between MCU PWB J431-13 and Fuser Assembly DJ600-B6
poor contact
• Between MCU PWB J431-14 and Fuser Assembly DJ600-B5
• The connection between the IH Driver T61 and the Fuser Assembly DJ600-3 for short circuit and
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
poor contact
• Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• IH Driver (PL 18.3)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
010-369 IH Driver Communication Fail 010-370 IH Driver Freeze Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.3 BSD-ON:CH10.3
Communication error between the IH Driver and the MCU PWB has occurred. The IH Driver Freeze port became Active (Low). (The CPU of the IH Driver has hanged.)
(Status code 0xC is received. Or, communication error between the DD and the IH was detected)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 2. Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the MCU PWB J414 and the IH Driver
2. Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the MCU PWB J414 and the IH Driver PWB J530 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. (For 4470/5570, perform the check after
PWB J530 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. (For 4470/5570, perform the check after removing the Sub LVPS.)
removing the Sub LVPS.) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • IH Driver (PL 18.3)
• IH Driver (PL 18.3) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
010-371 Heat Belt STS Center Disconnection Fail 010-372 Heat Roll STS Center Over Temperature Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.4 BSD-ON:CH10.4
The open circuit AD value of the Center Thermistor was detected 3 times in a row. The AD value of the Center Thermistor was detected to be higher than the defined value 4 times in a
row.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: To clear this Fail, clear the history in NVM (744-001) and then turn the power OFF and ON.
Initial Actions When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• Turn the power OFF and remove the Fuser Assembly. The Drawer Connector between the Fuser
Assembly and the Main Unit ( P/DJ600) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc. Initial Actions
• Check whether the MCU PWB connector J431 is connected properly. • Turn the power OFF and remove the Fuser Assembly. Check whether foreign substances or paper
is wound around the Heat Roll.
Procedure • The Drawer Connector between the Fuser Assembly and the Main Unit ( P/DJ600) for broken/bent
pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
Measure the resistance between Fuser Assembly P600-A7 and P600-A8. Is the resistance infinite?
• Check whether the MCU PWB connector J431 is connected properly.
Y N
Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
• Between DJ600-A5 and MCU PWB J431-7 Procedure
• Between DJ600-A4 and MCU PWB J431-8 Check the following connections for short circuits and poor contacts.
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. • Between DJ600-A5 and MCU PWB J431-7
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • Between DJ600-A4 and MCU PWB J431-8
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1)
Replace the Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1). • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
010-373 Heat Belt STS Rear Disconnection Fail 010-374 Heat Belt STS Rear Over Temperature Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.4 BSD-ON:CH10.4
The open circuit AD value of the Rear Thermistor was detected 3 times in a row. The AD value of the Rear Thermistor was detected to be higher than the defined value 4 times in a row.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: To clear this Fail, clear the history in NVM (744-001) and then turn the power OFF and ON.
When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Initial Actions
• Turn the power OFF and remove the Fuser Assembly. The Drawer Connector between the Fuser Initial Actions
Assembly and the Main Unit ( P/DJ600) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc. • Turn the power OFF and remove the Fuser Assembly. Check whether foreign substances or paper
• Check whether the MCU PWB connector J431 is connected properly. is wound around the Heat Roll.
• The Drawer Connector between the Fuser Assembly and the Main Unit ( P/DJ600) for broken/bent
Procedure pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
Measure the resistance between Fuser Assembly P600-A9 and P600-A10. Is the resistance infinite? • Check whether the MCU PWB connector J431 is connected properly.
Y N
Check the following connections for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. Procedure
• Between DJ600-A3 and MCU PWB J431-9 Check the following connections for short circuits and poor contacts.
• Between DJ600-A2 and MCU PWB J431-10 • Between DJ600-A3 and MCU PWB J431-9
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. • Between DJ600-A2 and MCU PWB J431-10
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
Replace the Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1).
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
010-375 Heat Belt STS Center Warm Up Time Fail 010-376 Heat Belt STS Rear Warm Up Time Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.4 BSD-ON:CH10.4
When transitioning from the Wait state, the specified Temperature is not reached within the specified When transitioning from the Wait state, the specified Temperature is not reached within the specified
time. time.
NOTE: •This Fail may occur when the temperature in the installation environment is low (10 degree or NOTE: •This Fail may occur when the temperature in the installation environment is low (10 degree or
lower) lower)
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Cause/Action
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether IH Driver Input Low Voltage Fail has occurred. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Has Fail 010-361 occurred? 2. Turn the power OFF and check the following:
Y N
• Remove the Fuser Assembly. The Drawer Connector between the Fuser Assembly and the
Turn the power OFF and check the following:
Main Unit ( P/DJ600) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
• Remove the Fuser Assembly. The Drawer Connector between the Fuser Assembly and the
Main Unit ( P/DJ600) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc. • The connection between the DJ600-A2/A3 and the MCU PWB J431-10/9 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact
• The connection between the DJ600-A4/A5 and the MCU PWB J431-8/7 for open circuit, short
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
circuit, and poor contact
• Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
When in Ready or Standby states, the temperature monitor value of the Rear Thermistor did not reach The Belt Speed Sensor output has not changed for 500ms or longer after the Fuser Motor On.
the specified temperature within the specified time after the IH power had turned ON.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 2. Turn the power OFF and check the following:
2. Turn the power OFF and check the following: • Remove the Fuser Assembly. The Drawer Connector between the Fuser Assembly and the
• Remove the Fuser Assembly. The Drawer Connector between the Fuser Assembly and the Main Unit ( P/DJ600) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
Main Unit ( P/DJ600) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc. • The connection between the DJ600-B7/B6/B5 and the MCU PWB J431-12/13/14 for open
• The connection between the DJ600-A2/A3 and the MCU PWB J431-10/9 for open circuit, circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
short circuit, and poor contact If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1)
• Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
010-379 Fuser Hot Not Ready Return Time Fail 010-380 P/Roll Latch Motor Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.4 BSD-ON:CH10.2
The time taken to recover from High Temperature Not Ready state has exceeded the specified time. When in the P/Roll Contact/Retract operation, the Latch Position Sensor detected a Latch position error
of the P/Roll.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. Initial Actions
2. Turn the power OFF and check the following: • Turn the power OFF and check whether the Fuser Assembly is installed properly.
• Remove the Fuser Assembly. The Drawer Connector between the Fuser Assembly and the • Remove the Fuser Assembly and check the Drawer Connector between the Fuser Assembly and
Main Unit ( P/DJ600) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc. the Main Unit ( P/DJ600) for broken/bent pins, foreign substances, burns, and etc.
• The connection between the Fuser Assembly DJ600 and the MCU PWB J431 for open circuit, • Check whether the MCU PWB connector J431 is connected properly.
short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: Procedure
• Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1) Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J592 of the MD PWB
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) and open the Chassis Assembly.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [010-009] (P/Roll Latch On) and DC330
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
[010-010] (P/Roll Latch Off) alternately. Does the Latch Motor rotate?
Y N
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J520-9 (+) and the GND +24VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Turn the power OFF, then measure the Latch Motor wire wound resistance. Disconnect the Latch
Motor J254, then measure the following resistances.
• Between Latch Motor J254 pin-2 and J254 pin-6
• Between Latch Motor J254 pin-1 and J254 pin-5
Is the resistance approx. 5.7Ohm for each? (At 25 ⎦C)
Y N
Replace the P/R Latch Motor (PL 7.1).
Measure the resistance between the disconnected connector J254-1/2/5/6 and the Frame.
Is the resistance infinite for all?
Y N
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
circuits due to pinching.
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [010-009] (P/Roll Latch On) and DC330 [010-202] (P/Roll Latch
Sensor), as well as DC330 [010-010] (P/Roll Latch Off) and DC330 [010-202] (P/Roll Latch Sensor)
alternately.
Does the display change between Low/High?
Y N 010-381 Fuser Assy Illegal Fail
Is the voltage between the MCU PWB J431-4 (+) and the GND +1.2VDC?
Y N BSD-ON:CH10.4
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF.
A different type of Fuser Assembly (rapid heating/accumulative heating) was installed.
Remove the Fuser Assembly and check the connection between the DJ600-A8/A7 and the
MCU PWB J431-4/5 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1) Cause/Action
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) 2. Turn the power OFF and replace with the correct Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1).
Turn the power OFF and check the Latch Motor Gear for wear or damage. If no problems are found,
replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The Fuser Assembly Thermostat is broken. The Fuser Fan error was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Turn the power OFF and check whether the F7 on the MD PWB has melted down.
010-420 Fuser Assembly Near Life Warning 010-421 Fuser Assembly Life Over Warning
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:-
The Fuser Assembly is near the end of its lifespan. The Fuser Assembly has reached the end of its lifespan.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Replace the Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1) with a new one and clear DC135 [954-850]. If the problem persists, Replace the Fuser Assembly (PL 7.1) with a new one and clear DC135 [954-850]. If the problem persists,
replace the MCU PWB. replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The IM software control error was detected. Interface error between the MCU PWB and the IH Driver has occurred (at the IH Driver).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Install the correct version of the IOT firmware. 2. Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the IH Driver J530 and the MCU PWB
3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM). If the problem persists, replace J414 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
the MCU PWB. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • IH Driver (PL 18.3)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Interface error between the MCU PWB and the IH Driver has occurred (at the MCU). Fuse 2 on the MCU PWB has blown.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MCU PWB.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. Cause/Action
2. Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the MCU PWB J414 and the IH Driver 1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts
J530 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. or repair the circuits.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • Drive Fan (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • Suction Fan (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • Bottom Fan (3370) (PL 4.3a)
• IH Driver (PL 18.3) • Bottom Fan (4470/5570) (PL 4.3b)
• HVPS Fan (2270/3370) (PL 4.3a)
• M Fan (4470/5570) (PL 4.3b)
• 1st BTR Contact Retract Clutch (PL 3.2)
• Takeaway Clutch (2270/3370) (PL 15.1)
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
041-326 MCU PWB F3 Blows 041-327 MCU PWB F4 Blows
BSD-ON:CH1.6 BSD-ON:CH1.11
Fuse 3 on the MCU PWB has blown. Fuse 4 on the MCU PWB has blown.
NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MCU PWB. NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MCU PWB.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts 1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts
or repair the circuits. or repair the circuits.
• IH Exhaust Fan (2270/3370) (PL 4.3a) • IBT Fan 1, 2 (2270/3370) (PL 4.2a)
• IH Exhaust Fan (4470/5570) (PL 4.3b) • C Fan (4470/5570) (PL 4.2b)
• Process 2 Fan (2270/3370) (PL 4.2a) 2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB.
• Process 2 Fan (4470/5570) (PL 4.2b) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• Erase Lamp Unit (C, M, Y, K) (PL 8.1) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5)
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
041-328 MCU PWB F5 Blows 041-340 MCU Nvm (EEPROM) Data Fail
BSD-ON:CH1.11 BSD-ON:CH3.1
Fuse 5 on the MCU PWB has blown. The specific values of the NVM (EEPROM) data are not in their specified addresses.
NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MCU PWB. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts 2. Install the correct version of the IOT firmware.
or repair the circuits. 3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM). If the problem persists, replace
• HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) (PL 6.2) the MCU PWB.
• HVPS (DEVE/BCR) (2270/3370) (PL 18.6a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• HVPS (BCR) (4470/5570) (PL 18.6b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• HVPS (DEVE) (4470/5570) (PL 5.3)
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
041-341 MCU NVM (EEPROM) Access Fail 041-342 MCU Nvm (EEPROM) Buffer Fail
BSD-ON:CH3.1 BSD-ON:CH3.1
NVM (EEPROM) access error (The read values are different from those that were written, or there is I2C NVM (EEPROM) buffer fail (The write buffer has overflowed).
communication error).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 2. Turn the power OFF and check whether there is poor connection between the EEPROM and the
2. Turn the power OFF and check whether there is poor connection between the EEPROM and the MCU PWB.
MCU PWB. If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB.
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Fuse 2 on the MD PWB has blown. Fuse 3 on the MD PWB has blown.
NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB. NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts 1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts
or repair the circuits. or repair the circuits.
• LPH Unit (Y, M, C, K) (PL 2.1)
NOTE: For more information on the connection to the HCF, refer to the HCF Supplementary Service
• LPH Rear PWB (Y, M, C, K) (PL 2.2) Manual.
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB.
• Tray Module PWB (PL 10.9a)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• Fax PWB (PL 10.11)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• HCF
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB (PL 18.2a).
041-347 Serial I/O Fail 041-348 (4470/5570) MD PWB F4 Blows
BSD-ON:CH3.1 BSD-ON:CH1.6
The Serial I/O control clock is not input into the MD PWB. Fuse 4 on the MD PWB has blown.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. Cause/Action
2. Turn the power OFF and check the connector ( P/J452) between the MD PWB and the MCU PWB 1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts
for poor connection. or repair the circuits.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
NOTE: For more information on the connection to the HCF, refer to the HCF Supplementary Service
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) Manual.
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• Tray Module PWB (PL 10.9b)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• Fax PWB (PL 10.11)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• HCF
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB (PL 18.2b).
Fuse 6 on the MD PWB has blown. Fuse 7 on the MD PWB has blown.
NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB. NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts 1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts
or repair the circuits. or repair the circuits.
• Takeaway Motor (4470/5570) (PL 15.1) • Fuser Fan (PL 4.1)
• Tray 1 Feed/Lift Up Motor (PL 9.4) • Front LVPS Fan (PL 4.1)
• P/R Latch Motor (PL 7.1) • IH Intake Fan (PL 4.1)
• Agitator Motor (PL 8.2) • C Exhaust Fan (4470/5570) (PL 4.3b)
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB. • Process 1 Fan (4470/5570) (PL 4.2b)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) 2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB.
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
041-351 MD Detect Fail 041-352 MD PWB F5 Blows
BSD-ON:CH3.8 BSD-ON:CH1.6
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF then ON. Cause/Action
2. Turn the power OFF and check the connector ( P/J452) between the MD PWB and the MCU PWB 1. Check the Finisher circuit for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts or repair
for poor connection. the circuits.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
NOTE: For more information on the connection to the Finisher, refer to the Finisher Supplementary
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) Service Manual.
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Fuse 8 on the MD PWB has blown. Fuse 9 on the MD PWB has blown.
NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB. NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts 1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts
or repair the circuits. or repair the circuits.
• MSI Feed/Nudger Motor (PL 13.2) • Toner Dispense Motor (Y, M, C, K) (PL 5.1)
• Exit 2 Drive Motor (PL 17.4) 2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB.
• Duplex Motor (PL 14.5) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB. • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
041-355 MD PWB F10 Blows 041-356 MD PWB F11 Blows
BSD-ON:CH1.11 BSD-ON:CH1.11
Fuse 10 on the MD PWB has blown. Fuse 11 on the MD PWB has blown.
NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB. NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts 1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts
or repair the circuits. or repair the circuits.
• Fuser Drive Motor (PL 3.1)
NOTE: The LH Fan PWB (including the LH Fan) is an option to prevent paper blocking. If these
optional parts are installed, check their circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage too. • Main Drive Motor (PL 3.2)
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB.
• 2nd BTR Contact Retract Motor (PL 14.4)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• DC Heater (PL 14.3)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• LH Fan PWB
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB.
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Fuse 12 on the MD PWB has blown. Fuse 13 on the MD PWB has blown.
NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB. NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts 1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts
or repair the circuits. or repair the circuits.
• Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) (2270/3370) (PL 3.3a) • Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) (2270/3370) (PL 3.3a)
• Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) (4470/5570) (PL 3.3b) • Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) (4470/5570) (PL 3.3b)
• IBT Drive Motor Assembly (2270/3370) (PL 3.3a) • Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) (4470/5570) (PL 3.3b)
• IBT Drive Motor Assembly (4470/5570) (PL 3.3b) 2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB.
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB. • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
041-359 MD PWB F14 Blows 041-360 MD PWB F15 Blows
BSD-ON:CH1.11 BSD-ON:CH1.11
Fuse 14 on the MD PWB has blown. Fuse 15 on the MD PWB has blown.
NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB. NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts 1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts
or repair the circuits. or repair the circuits.
• Face Up Gate Solenoid (PL 17.5) • Exit 2 Gate Solenoid (PL 17.5)
• Exit 1 OCT Motor (PL 17.2) • Exit 2 OCT Motor (PL 17.5)
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB. 2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB.
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Fuse 16 on the MD PWB has blown. The MCU software for the 4470/5570 model is installed in the 2270/3370 model. Or, the MCU software
for the 2270/3370 model is installed in the 4470/5570 model.
NOTE: •Remove the cause of Fuse meltdown before replacing the MD PWB.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Check the following parts circuits for overcurrent and overvoltage, and then replace the faulty parts 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
or repair the circuits. 2. Install the correct version of the IOT firmware.
• Regi Clutch (PL 15.2) 3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM). If the problem persists, replace
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB. the MCU PWB.
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
041-369 MD Type Mismatch
BSD-ON:CH3.8
The MD PWD for the 4470/5570 model is installed in the 2270/3370 model. Or, the MD PWD for the
2270/3370 model is installed in the 4470/5570 model.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn the power OFF and replace with the correct MD PWB.
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
A
042-320 (2270/3370) Drum Y, M, C Motor Fail 042-320 (4470/5570) Drum Y, M, C Motor Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.1 BSD-ON:CH9.2
The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) revolution failure was detected. The Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) revolution failure was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power OFF and remove the Front Cover. Remove the Drum (Y, M, C) and the Developer (Y, M, Turn the power OFF and open the Front Cover. Remove the Drum (Y, M, C) and close the Front Cover.
C) and cheat the Front Cover Interlock Switch. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [091-027] (Drum Drive Motor Y, M, C).
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [091-026] (Drum/Deve Drive Motor Y, M, Does the Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) rotate?
C). Does the Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) rotate? Y N
Y N Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON.
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON. Is the voltage between the MD PWB J526-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J526-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N
Y N Go to 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J527-A16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J527-A16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N
Y N Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
Turn the power OFF and check the connections between the MD PWB J526 and the Drum Drive
Turn the power OFF and check the connections between the MD PWB J526 and the Drum/Deve Motor (Y, M, C) J246, as well as between the MD PWB J527 and the Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C)
Drive Motor (Y, M, C) J246, as well as between the MD PWB J527 and the Drum/Deve Drive Motor J247 for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
(Y, M, C) J247 for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) (PL 3.3b)
• Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) (PL 3.3a) • MD PWB (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2a)
Press the Stop button and open the Front Cover. Install the Drum (Y, M, C) and close the Front Cover.
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Install the Drum (Y, M, C), the Developer (Y, M, C), and Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [091-027] (Drum Drive Motor Y, M, C).
the Front Cover. Does the Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) rotate?
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [091-026] (Drum/Deve Drive Motor Y, M, Y N
C). Does the Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) rotate? Check the Drum (Y, M, C) for loading.
Y N
Check the Drum (Y, M, C) and the Developer (Y, M, C) for loading Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Drum Drive Motor
(Y, M, C) J247-8 and the MD PWB J527-A9 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Drum/Deve Drive If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Motor (Y, M, C) J247-8 and the MD PWB J527-A9 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. • MD PWB (PL 18.2b)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • MCU PWB (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2a)
The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) revolution failure was detected. The IBT Drive Motor revolution failure was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power OFF and remove the Front Cover. Remove the Drum (K) and the Developer (K) and Turn the power OFF. Remove the IBT Unit and cheat the L/H Cover Interlock Switch.
cheat the Front Cover Interlock Switch. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [094-006] (IBT Drive Motor).
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [091-033] (Drum/Deve Drive Motor K). Does the IBT Drive Motor rotate?
Does the Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) rotate? Y N
Y N Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON.
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON. Is the voltage between the MD PWB J526-5 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J526-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Y N
Y N Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J527-B8 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J527-A8 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N
Y N Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
Turn the power OFF and check the connections between the MD PWB J526 and the IBT Drive
Turn the power OFF and check the connections between the MD PWB J526 and the Drum/Deve Motor J248, as well as between the MD PWB J527 and the IBT Drive Motor J249 for open circuits,
Drive Motor (K) J240, as well as between the MD PWB J527 and the Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) short circuits, and poor contacts.
J241 for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • IBT Drive Motor (2270/3370) (PL 3.3a)
• Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) (2270/3370) (PL 3.3a) • IBT Drive Motor (4470/5570) (PL 3.3b)
• Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) (4470/5570) (PL 3.3b) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Install the IBT Unit and close the L/H Cover.
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Install the Drum (K), the Developer (K), and the Front Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [094-006] (IBT Drive Motor).
Cover. Does the IBT Drive Motor rotate?
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [091-033] (Drum/Deve Drive Motor K). Y N
Does the Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) rotate? Check the IBT Drive for loadingAlso, check the IBT for loading due to blockage in the IBT Waste
Y N Toner Collection Auger
Check the Drum (K) and the Developer (K) for loading
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the IBT Drive Motor
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Drum/Deve Drive J249-8 and the MD PWB J527-B1 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Motor (K) J241-8 and the MD PWB J527-A1 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the MD PWB.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
042-325 Main Motor Fail Y N
Check the Regi Roll for loading and the Drive Gear for revolution failure or damage
BSD-ON:CH4.1, CH8.1, CH8.4
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Main Drive Motor
The Main Drive Motor revolution failure was detected.
J245-8 and the MD PWB J525-A9 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
Procedure • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Turn the power OFF. Remove the IBT Unit and cheat the L/H Cover Interlock Switch. • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-002] (Main Drive Motor). • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Does the Main Drive Motor rotate?
Y N
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J535-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J525-A16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
Turn the power OFF and check the connections between the MD PWB J535 and the Main Drive
Motor J244, as well as between the MD PWB J525 and the Main Drive Motor J245 for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Main Drive Motor (PL 3.2)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Install the IBT Unit and close the L/H Cover.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-002] (Main Drive Motor).
Does the Main Drive Motor rotate?
Y N
Check the 2nd BTR for loading and the Drive Gear for revolution failure or damage
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [042-002] (Main Drive Motor), then turn ON DC330 [077-002]
(Regi Clutch). Does the Main Drive Motor rotate?
The IH Exhaust Fan error was detected. The IH Intake Fan error was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-326 MCU PWB F3 Blows occurred? Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-350 MD PWB F7 Blows occurred?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J592 of the MD Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J592 of the MD
PWB and open the Chassis Assembly. Rotate the IH Exhaust Fan manually to check for loading. PWB and open the Chassis Assembly.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-017] (IH Exhaust Fan). (2270/3370)
Is the IH Exhaust Fan rotating? Rotate the IH Intake Fan manually to check for loading.
Y N Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-016] (IH Intake Fan).
When the Diag is turned ON, is the voltage between the MCU PWB J414-B1 (+) and the Is the IH Intake Fan rotating?
GND (-) +24VDC? Y N
Y N When the Diag is turned ON, is the voltage between the MD PWB J529-B9 (+) and the
Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB. GND (-) +24VDC?
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) Y N
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB.
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the IH Exhaust Fan J225 and the • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
MCU PWB J414 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the IH Intake Fan J226 and the MD
• IH Exhaust Fan (2270/3370) (PL 4.3a) PWB J529 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
• IH Exhaust Fan (4470/5570) (PL 4.3b) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • IH Intake Fan (PL 4.1)
Turn the power OFF and check whether the F7 on the MD PWB has melted down.
042-334 (2270/3370) IBT Fan Fail 042-335 (4470/5570) Process 1 Fan Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.41 BSD-ON:CH9.43
The IBT Fan 1, 2 error was detected. The Process 1 Fan error was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-327 MCU PWB F4 Blows occurred? Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-350 MD PWB F7 Blows occurred?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Open the Front Cover and cheat the Front Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Open the Front Cover and cheat the Front
Cover Interlock Switch. Cover Interlock Switch.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-019] (IBT Fan). Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-022] (Process 1 Fan).
Does the IBT Fan1, 2 rotate? Is the Process 1 Fan rotating?
Y N Y N
When the Diag is turned ON, is the voltage between the MCU PWB J416-3/7 (+) and the When the Diag is turned ON, is the voltage between the MD PWB J537-1 (+) and the
GND (-) +24VDC? GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2a). Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB (PL 18.2b).
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the IBT Fan 1 J232 and the MCU Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the Process 1 Fan J228 and the MD
PWB J416, as well as between the IBT Fan 2 J236 and the MCU PWB J416 for open circuits, PWB J537 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • Process 1 Fan (PL 4.2b)
• IBT Fan 1 (PL 4.2a) • MD PWB (PL 18.2b)
• IBT Fan 2 (PL 4.2a)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2a) Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Process 1 Fan
J228-2 and the MD PWB J537-3 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the IBT Fan 1 J232- found, replace the MD PWB (PL 18.2b).
2 and the MCU PWB J416-5, as well as between the IBT Fan 2 J236-2 and the MCU PWB J416-
9 for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts. If no problems are found, replace the MCU Turn the power OFF and check whether the F7 on the MD PWB has melted down.
PWB (PL 18.2a).
Turn the power OFF and check whether the F4 on the MCU PWB has melted down
The Process 2 Fan error was detected. A fatal error was detected in NOHAD control.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Cause/Action
Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-326 MCU PWB F3 Blows occurred? 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Y N 2. Install the correct version of the MCU software. If the problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Open the Front Cover and cheat the Front
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
Cover Interlock Switch.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-013] (Process 2 Fan). • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Is the Process 2 Fan rotating?
Y N
When the Diag is turned ON, is the voltage between the MCU PWB J416-11 (+) and the
GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the Process 2 Fan J238 and the MCU
PWB J416 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Process 2 Fan (2270/3370) (PL 4.2a)
• Process 2 Fan (4470/5570) (PL 4.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Process 2 Fan
J238-2 and the MCU PWB J416-13 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems
are found, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Turn the power OFF and check whether the F3 on the MCU PWB has melted down
042-338 LVPS Front Fan Fail 042-340 (4470/5570) Cartridge Fan Fail
BSD-ON:CH1.3 BSD-ON:CH9.44
An abnormality was detected in the LVPS Front Fan. The Cartridge Fan error was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-350 MD PWB F7 Blows occurred? Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-327 MCU PWB F4 Blows occurred?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and remove the Right Cover and Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect and reconnect Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Open the Front Cover and cheat the Front
P/J239. Rotate the Front LVPS Fan manually to check for loading. Cover Interlock Switch.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-014] (Front LVPS Fan). Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-021] (Cartridge Fan).
Is the Front LVPS Fan rotating? Is the Cartridge Fan rotating?
Y N Y N
When the Diag is turned ON, is the voltage between the MD PWB J529-A13 (+) and the When the Diag is turned ON, is the voltage between the MCU PWB J416-7 (+) and the
GND (-) +24VDC? GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB. Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2b).
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the Cartridge Fan J619 and the MCU
PWB J416 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the Front LVPS Fan J239 and the MD If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
PWB J529 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. • Cartridge Fan (PL 4.2b)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • MCU PWB (PL 18.2b)
• Front LVPS Fan (PL 4.1)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Cartridge Fan
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) J619-2 and the MCU PWB J416-9 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems
are found, replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2b).
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Front LVPS Fan
J239-2 and the MD PWB J529-A14 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems Turn the power OFF and check whether the F4 on the MCU PWB has melted down
are found, replace the MD PWB.
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Turn the power OFF and check whether the F7 on the MD PWB has melted down.
The HVPS Fan (2270/3370) or M Fan (4470/5570) error was detected. The Suction Fan error was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-325 MCU PWB F2 Blows occurred? Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-325 MCU PWB F2 Blows occurred?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J592 of the MD Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J592 of the MD
PWB and open the Chassis Assembly. PWB and open the Chassis Assembly. Rotate the Suction Fan manually to check for loading.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-012] (HVPS/M Fan). Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-020] (Suction Fan).
Is the HVPS Fan or the M Fan rotating? Is the Suction Fan rotating?
Y N Y N
When the Diag is turned ON, is the voltage between the MCU PWB J417-A10 (+) and the When the Diag is turned ON, is the voltage between the MCU PWB J417-A1 (+) and the
GND (-) +24VDC? GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB. Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2b).
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the Suction Fan J231 and the MCU
PWB J417 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the HVPS/M Fan J235 and the MCU If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
PWB J417 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. • Suction Fan (PL 18.2b)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • MCU PWB (PL 18.2b)
• HVPS Fan (2270/3370) (PL 4.3a)
• M Fan (4470/5570) (PL 4.3b) Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Suction Fan
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) J231-2 and the MCU PWB J417-A3 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems
are found, replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2b).
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Turn the power OFF and check whether the F2 on the MCU PWB has melted down
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF.
Check the connection between the HVPS/M Fan J235-3 and the MCU PWB J417-A12 for open
circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Turn the power OFF and check whether the F2 on the MCU PWB has melted down
042-343 (3370/4470/5570) Rear Bottom Fan Fail 042-344 (4470/5570) C Exhaust Fan Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.42, CH9.45 BSD-ON:CH9.44
The Bottom Fan error was detected. The C Exhaust Fan error was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-325 MCU PWB F2 Blows occurred? Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-350 MD PWB F7 Blows occurred?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J592 of the MD Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J592 of the MD
PWB and open the Chassis Assembly. Rotate the Bottom Fan manually to check for loading. PWB and open the Chassis Assembly.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-015] (Bottom Fan). Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-024] (C Exhaust Fan).
Is the Bottom Fan rotating? Is the C Exhaust Fan rotating?
Y N Y N
When the Diag is turned ON, is the voltage between the MCU PWB J417-B11 (+) and the When the Diag is turned ON, is the voltage between the MD PWB J529-B13 (+) and the
GND (-) +24VDC? GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB. Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB (PL 18.2b).
• MCU PWB (3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the C Exhaust Fan J227 and the MD
PWB J529 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the Bottom Fan J234 and the MCU If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
PWB J417 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. • C Exhaust Fan (PL 4.3b)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • MD PWB (PL 18.2b)
• Bottom Fan (3370) (PL 4.3a)
• Bottom Fan (4470/5570) (PL 4.3b) Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the C Exhaust Fan
• MCU PWB (3370) (PL 18.2a) J227-2 and the MD PWB J529-B15 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems
are found, replace the MD PWB (PL 18.2b).
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Turn the power OFF and check whether the F7 on the MD PWB has melted down.
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Bottom Fan
J234-2 and the MCU PWB J417-B13 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems
are found, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Turn the power OFF and check whether the F2 on the MCU PWB has melted down
042-400 Deodorant Filter Life End 042-604 NOHAD Temperature Sensor Fail
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:CH9.27
The Deodorant Filter must be replaced. The NOHAD Thermistor error was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Replace the Deodorant Filter and clear the DC135 HFSI Counter [954-860]. Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the NOHAD Thermistor P130 and the MCU
PWB J414 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Also check whether there is poor connection
or foreign substances at the detection section of the NOHAD Thermistor.
The Drive Fan error was detected. The LH Fan 1-3 error was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: •The LH Fan is an option Fan to prevent paper blocking. If the LH Fan is installed, set NVM
(741-140) to "1".
Procedure • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-325 MCU PWB F2 Blows occurred?
Y N Procedure
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J592 of the MD Turn the power ON and enter DC122 Fail History. Has 041-355 MD PWB F10 Blows occurred?
PWB and open the Chassis Assembly. Rotate the Drive Fan manually to check for loading. Y N
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-020] (Drive Fan). Turn the power OFF. Open the L/H Cover and cheat the L/H Cover Interlock Switch.
Is the Drive Fan rotating? Disconnect and reconnect the LH Fan PWB J453, J454, LH Fan 2 P/J217, and LH Fan 3 P/J218.
Y N Rotate the LH Fan 1-3 manually to check for loading.
When the Diag is turned ON, is the voltage between the MCU PWB J417-A1 (+) and the Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [042-026] (LH Fan).
GND (-) +24VDC? Are the LH Fan 1-3 rotating?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2a). Press the Stop button. Is the voltage between the LH Fan PWB J450-5 (+) and the GND (-)
+24VDC?
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the Drive Fan J231 and the MCU Y N
PWB J417 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Remove the Rear Upper Cover. Is the voltage between the MD PWB J523-B13 (+)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: and the GND (-) +24VDC?
• Drive Fan (PL 18.2a) Y N
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2a) Turn the power OFF and replace the MD PWB (PL 18.2b).
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Drive Fan J231- Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the MD PWB J523 and the LH
2 and the MCU PWB J417-A3 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are Fan PWB J450 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
found, replace the MCU PWB (PL 18.2a).
Turn ON DC330 [042-026] (LH Fan) and measure the following voltages:
Turn the power OFF and check whether the F2 on the MCU PWB has melted down • Between the LH Fan PWB J453-1 (+) and the GND (-) (LH Fan 1)
• Between the LH Fan PWB J454-1 (+) and the GND (-) (LH Fan 2)
• Between the LH Fan PWB J454-5 (+) and the GND (-) (LH Fan 3)
Is the voltage +24VDC?
Y N
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the MD PWB J523 and the LH
Fan PWB J450 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found,
replace the following parts in sequence:
• LH Fan PWB
• MD PWB (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2b)
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the following connectors for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
• Between the LH Fan PWB J454 and the LH Fan 2 J217
• Between the LH Fan PWB J454 and the LH Fan 3 J218
If no problems are found, replace the LH Fan (1-3).
Version 1.2 A
2010/08 B
CHAIN 42
2-89
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
2010/08
CHAIN 42 2-90 Version 1.2
A B
Press the Stop button. Turn the power OFF and check the following:
• Check the connection between the LH Fan 2 J217-3 and the LH Fan PWB J454-3 for open
circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
• Check the connection between the LH Fan 3 J218-3 and the LH Fan PWB J454-7 for open
circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
• Check the connection between the LH Fan PWB J450-2 and the MD PWB J523-B16 for open
circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LH Fan PWB
• MD PWB (PL 18.2b)
Turn the power OFF and check whether the F10 on the MD PWB has melted down.
045-310 Image Ready NG 045-311 Controller Communication Fail
BSD-ON:CH3.1 BSD-ON:CH3.1
The Controller image preparation failure was detected. Communication error between ESS PWB and MCU PWB was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn the power OFF and check whether there is poor connection or foreign substances at the 2. Turn the power OFF and check whether there is poor connection or foreign substances at the
following connectors. following connectors.
• Between BP PWB J451 and MCU PWB P451 • Between BP PWB J451 and MCU PWB P451
• Between BP PWB J335 and ESS PWB P335 • Between BP PWB J335 and ESS PWB P335
• Between BP PWB J309 and ESS PWB P309 • Between BP PWB J309 and ESS PWB P309
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2) • ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
A fatal error was detected in Drive control. ENGINE internal mismatch (control logic mismatch)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Install the correct version of the IOT firmware. 2. Install the correct version of the IOT firmware.
3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM). If the problem persists, replace 3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM). If the problem persists, replace
the MCU PWB. the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
045-321 MK_Panel_NG 045-322 MK_Pitch_NG
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:-
Communication error between IM and MK (when receiving Pitch Check, the corresponding Panel Build is Communication error between IM and MK (when receiving Pitch Notify, the corresponding Pitch Check is
not received) not received)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Install the correct version of the IOT firmware. 2. Install the correct version of the IOT firmware.
3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM). If the problem persists, replace 3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM). If the problem persists, replace
the MCU PWB. the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Communication error between IM and MK (the received message was rejected) Communication error between MM and Sub Module (the received message was rejected)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Install the correct version of the IOT firmware. 2. Install the correct version of the IOT firmware.
3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM). If the problem persists, replace 3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM). If the problem persists, replace
the MCU PWB. the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
045-350 MK_Emergency_Over_Wait 045-351 MK_Emergency_No_Timer
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:-
MK internal mismatch (panel creation is obstructed continuously over the predetermined time) MK internal mismatch (Call Back Timer has ran out and can't be controlled)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Install the correct version of the IOT firmware. 2. Install the correct version of the IOT firmware.
3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM). If the problem persists, replace 3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM). If the problem persists, replace
the MCU PWB. the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
MK internal mismatch (the MM has performed a forced stop process) Power source error during LPH batch download complete verification or MCU error.
(Fail has occurred in multiple LPHs.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. Procedure
2. Install the correct version of the IOT firmware. Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-4/8/12/16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
3. Initialize the IOT NVM (includes writing back the adjustment NVM). If the problem persists, replace
the MCU PWB. Y N
Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 (+) and the GND (-) +1.8VDC?
Y N
Turn the power OFF and disconnect the MD PWB connector J532.
Measure the resistance between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 and the Frame.
Is the resistance infinite for all?
Y N
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
circuits due to pinching.
Turn the power OFF and check the following connectors for open circuit, short circuit, and poor
connection.
• Between MCU PWB J557 and LPH Rear PWB J561
• Between MCU PWB J556 and LPH Rear PWB J560
• Between MCU PWB J555 and LPH Rear PWB J559
• Between MCU PWB J554 and LPH Rear PWB J558
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
If the problem persists, refer to DC131 [749-001] (LPH Fail Color) to go to the appropriate FIP.
(1: Error has occurred at Y, 2: Error has occurred at M, 4: Error has occurred at C, 8: Error has occurred
at K)
• Y color: 061-350 FIP
• M color: 061-351 FIP
• C color: 061-352 FIP
• K color: 061-353 FIP
045-371 LPH Download Data Fail Multi 045-372 LPH Mismatch Fail Multi
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:-
DELSOL register error during the LPH batch download complete verification or connector error. The model numbers of multiple LPH Units do not match.
(Fail has occurred in multiple LPHs.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Procedure Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON. Is the voltage between
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON. Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-4/8/12/16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
the MD PWB J532-4/8/12/16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Y N
Y N Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 (+) and the GND (-) +1.8VDC?
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 (+) and the GND (-) +1.8VDC? Y N
Y N Turn the power OFF and disconnect the MD PWB connector J532.
Turn the power OFF and disconnect the MD PWB connector J532. Measure the resistance between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 and the Frame.
Measure the resistance between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 and the Frame. Is the resistance infinite for all?
Is the resistance infinite for all? Y N
Y N Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short circuits due to pinching.
circuits due to pinching.
Replace the MD PWB.
Replace the MD PWB. • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Check that the values in DC131 [749-152 to 160] (LPH Specific Code) do not contain corruption, etc.
Turn the power OFF and check the following connectors for open circuit, short circuit, and poor Furthermore, use DC402 to check the LPH EEPROM data. If no problems are found, replace the
connection. following parts in sequence:
• Between MCU PWB J557 and LPH Rear PWB J561 • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• Between MCU PWB J556 and LPH Rear PWB J560 • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• Between MCU PWB J555 and LPH Rear PWB J559 • LPH Unit (Y, M, C, K) (PL 2.1)
• Between MCU PWB J554 and LPH Rear PWB J558
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
If the problem persists, refer to DC131 [749-001] (LPH Fail Color) to go to the appropriate FIP.
(1: Error has occurred at Y, 2: Error has occurred at M, 4: Error has occurred at C, 8: Error has occurred
at K)
• Y color: 061-354 FIP
• M color: 061-355 FIP
• C color: 061-356 FIP
• K color: 061-357 FIP
045-373 LPH Read Fail Multi 045-374 LPH Write Fail Multi
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:-
Communication error between MCU and LPH Units (data read error from multiple LPHs) Communication error between MCU and LPH Units (data write error to multiple LPHs).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON. Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-4/8/12/16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC? Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-4/8/12/16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N Y N
Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP. Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 (+) and the GND (-) +1.8VDC? Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 (+) and the GND (-) +1.8VDC?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and disconnect the MD PWB connector J532. Turn the power OFF and disconnect the MD PWB connector J532.
Measure the resistance between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 and the Frame. Measure the resistance between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 and the Frame.
Is the resistance infinite for all? Is the resistance infinite for all?
Y N Y N
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
circuits due to pinching. circuits due to pinching.
Turn the power OFF and check the following connectors for open circuit, short circuit, and poor Turn the power OFF and check the following connectors for open circuit, short circuit, and poor
connection. connection.
• Between MCU PWB J557 and LPH Rear PWB J561 • Between MCU PWB J557 and LPH Rear PWB J561
• Between MCU PWB J556 and LPH Rear PWB J560 • Between MCU PWB J556 and LPH Rear PWB J560
• Between MCU PWB J555 and LPH Rear PWB J559 • Between MCU PWB J555 and LPH Rear PWB J559
• Between MCU PWB J554 and LPH Rear PWB J558 • Between MCU PWB J554 and LPH Rear PWB J558
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
If the problem persists, refer to DC131 [749-001] (LPH Fail Color) to go to the appropriate FIP. If the problem persists, refer to DC131 [749-001] (LPH Fail Color) to go to the appropriate FIP.
(1: Error has occurred at Y, 2: Error has occurred at M, 4: Error has occurred at C, 8: Error has occurred (1: Error has occurred at Y, 2: Error has occurred at M, 4: Error has occurred at C, 8: Error has occurred
at K) at K)
• Y color: 061-362 FIP • Y color: 061-366 FIP
• M color: 061-363 FIP • M color: 061-367 FIP
• C color: 061-364 FIP • C color: 061-368 FIP
• K color: 061-365 FIP • K color: 061-369 FIP
045-375 LPH Act Fail Multi
BSD-ON:-
Communication error between MCU and multiple LPH Units (error in the communication IC or cable).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON.
Check the timing at when this Fail occurs. Does this Fail occur right after the power is turned ON?
Y N
If the Fail occurs when the Drum is rotating, it is very likely due to the noise caused by high voltage
leakCheck the Drum (Y, M, C, K) for improper installation
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-4/8/12/16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 (+) and the GND (-) +1.8VDC?
Y N
Turn the power OFF and disconnect the MD PWB connector J532.
Measure the resistance between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 and the Frame.
Is the resistance infinite for all?
Y N
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
circuits due to pinching.
Turn the power OFF and check the following connectors for open circuit, short circuit, and poor
connection.
• Between MCU PWB J557 and LPH Rear PWB J561
• Between MCU PWB J556 and LPH Rear PWB J560
• Between MCU PWB J555 and LPH Rear PWB J559
• Between MCU PWB J554 and LPH Rear PWB J558
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
If the problem persists, refer to DC131 [749-001] (LPH Fail Color) to go to the appropriate FIP.
(1: Error has occurred at Y, 2: Error has occurred at M, 4: Error has occurred at C, 8: Error has occurred
at K)
• Y color: 061-370 FIP
• M color: 061-371 FIP
• C color: 061-372 FIP
• K color: 061-373 FIP
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-4/8/12/16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 (+) and the GND (-) +1.8VDC?
Y N
Turn the power OFF and disconnect the MD PWB connector J532.
Measure the resistance between the MD PWB J532-2/6/10/14 and the Frame.
Is the resistance infinite for all?
Y N
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
circuits due to pinching.
Turn the power OFF and check the following connectors for open circuit, short circuit, and poor
connection.
• Between MCU PWB J557 and LPH Rear PWB J561
• Between MCU PWB J556 and LPH Rear PWB J560
• Between MCU PWB J555 and LPH Rear PWB J559
• Between MCU PWB J554 and LPH Rear PWB J558
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
If the problem persists, refer to DC131 [749-001] (LPH Fail Color) to go to the appropriate FIP.
(1: Error has occurred at Y, 2: Error has occurred at M, 4: Error has occurred at C, 8: Error has occurred
at K)
• Y color: 061-386 FIP
• M color: 061-387 FIP
• C color: 061-388 FIP
• K color: 061-389 FIP
047-211 Exit 1 OCT Home Fail 047-212 Exit 2 OCT Home Fail
BSD-ON:CH10.8 BSD-ON:CH10.10
After the Exit 1 OCT Motor has ran for the specified operation time, the Exit 1 OCT Home Position After the Exit 2 OCT Motor has ran for the specified operation time, the Exit 2 OCT Home Position
Sensor does not turn ON. Sensor does not turn ON.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode.
Turn ON DC330 [077-109]. Move the OCT Chute manually to block/clear the light path to the Exit 1 OCT Turn ON DC330 [077-110]. Move the OCT 2 Chute manually to block/clear the light path to the Exit 2
Home Position Sensor. Does the display change between High/Low? OCT Home Position Sensor. Does the display change between High/Low?
Y N Y N
Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the Exit 1 OCT Home Position Sensor. Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the Exit 2 OCT Home Position Sensor.
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [077-040] and DC330 [077-041] alternately. Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [077-045] and DC330 [077-046] alternately.
Does the OCT 1 Chute move forward and backward? Does the OCT 2 Chute move forward and backward?
Y N Y N
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J524-3/4 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Is the voltage between the MD PWB J522-A3/A4 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP. Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Turn the power OFF and check the Exit 1 OCT Motor Gear for blockage and the OCT Chute for Turn the power OFF and check the Exit 2 OCT Motor Gear for blockage and the OCT 2 Chute for
damage. Also, check the connection between the MD PWB J524 and the Exit 1 OCT Motor J271 damage. Also, check the connection between the MD PWB J522 and the Exit 2 OCT Motor J266
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Exit 1 OCT Motor (PL 17.2) • Exit 2 OCT Motor (PL 17.5)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF.
Replace the MD PWB. Replace the MD PWB.
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
A Finisher other than the specified one is connected. Communication failure between the Finisher and the IOT was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn the power OFF and connect a Finisher that is supported by this machine. 2. Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the MD PWB J590/ J591 and the Finisher
PWB for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Also, check the power supply at the Finisher.
NOTE: For more information on the IOT connection PWB and power supply at the Finisher, refer to
the Finisher Supplementary Service Manual.
Communication failure between the HCF and the IOT was detected. All Trays connected to the IOT have become unusable.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. Cause/Action
Cause/Action Enter DC122 Fail History. Go to the FIP of the affected Output Tray.
NOTE: For more information on the IOT connection PWB and power supply at the HCF, refer to the
HCF Supplementary Service Manual.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Power source system error during LPH batch download complete verification or poor connection of Flat Power source system error during LPH batch download complete verification or poor connection of Flat
Cable. Cable.
NOTE: •If this Fail occurs when DC402 is in progress, it is possible that the process have not been NOTE: •If this Fail occurs when DC402 is in progress, it is possible that the process have not been
performed correctly because of other LPH Fail. If other LPH Fail had occurred, solving that other performed correctly because of other LPH Fail. If other LPH Fail had occurred, solving that other
LPH Fail has a higher priority. LPH Fail has a higher priority.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The connection between the MD PWB J532 and the LPH Rear PWB (Y) J553 for open circuit, • The connection between the MD PWB J532 and the LPH Rear PWB (M) J552 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact short circuit, and poor contact
• The connection between the LPH H PWB (Y) J565 and the LPH (Y) J573 for open circuit, short • The connection between the LPH H PWB (M) J564 and the LPH (M) J572 for open circuit, short
circuit, and poor contact (connection within the LPH Unit) circuit, and poor contact (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J557 and the LPH Rear PWB (Y) J561 for open circuits, • The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J556 and the LPH Rear PWB (M) J560 for open circuits,
short circuits, and poor contacts (especially for short circuits between MCU PWB J557 pins-28/27 short circuits, and poor contacts (especially for short circuits between MCU PWB J556 pins-28/27
and LPH Rear PWB (Y) J561 pins-1/2) and LPH Rear PWB (M) J560 pins-1/2)
• The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (Y) J569 and the LPH (Y) J577 for open circuits, short • The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (M) J568 and the LPH (M) J576 for open circuits, short
circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit) circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The connector ( P/J581) between the LPH Rear PWB (Y) and the LPH H PWB (Y) for damage and • The connector ( P/J580) between the LPH Rear PWB (M) and the LPH H PWB (M) for damage and
foreign substances foreign substances
• The LPH Unit (Y) for improper installation • The LPH Unit (M) for improper installation
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (Y) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (M) (PL 2.2)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Power source system error during LPH batch download complete verification or poor connection of Flat Power source system error during LPH batch download complete verification or poor connection of Flat
Cable. Cable.
NOTE: •If this Fail occurs when DC402 is in progress, it is possible that the process have not been NOTE: •If this Fail occurs when DC402 is in progress, it is possible that the process have not been
performed correctly because of other LPH Fail. If other LPH Fail had occurred, solving that other performed correctly because of other LPH Fail. If other LPH Fail had occurred, solving that other
LPH Fail has a higher priority. LPH Fail has a higher priority.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The connection between the MD PWB J532 and the LPH Rear PWB (C) J551 for open circuit, • The connection between the MD PWB J532 and the LPH Rear PWB (K) J550 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact short circuit, and poor contact
• The connection between the LPH H PWB (C) J563 and the LPH (C) J571 for open circuit, short • The connection between the LPH H PWB (K) J562 and the LPH (K) J570 for open circuit, short
circuit, and poor contact (connection within the LPH Unit) circuit, and poor contact (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J555 and the LPH Rear PWB (C) J559 for open circuits, • The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J554 and the LPH Rear PWB (K) J558 for open circuits,
short circuits, and poor contacts (especially for short circuits between MCU PWB J555 pins-28/27 short circuits, and poor contacts (especially for short circuits between MCU PWB J554 pins-28/27
and LPH Rear PWB (C) J559 pins-1/2) and LPH Rear PWB (K) J558 pins-1/2)
• The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (C) J567 and the LPH (C) J575 for open circuits, short • The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (K) J566 and the LPH (K) J574 for open circuits, short
circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit) circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The connector ( P/J579) between the LPH Rear PWB (C) and the LPH H PWB (C) for damage and • The connector ( P/J578) between the LPH Rear PWB (K) and the LPH H PWB (K) for damage and
foreign substances foreign substances
• The LPH Unit (C) for improper installation • The LPH Unit (K) for improper installation
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (C) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (K) (PL 2.2)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
061-354 LPH Download Data Fail Y 061-355 LPH Download Data Fail M
BSD-ON:CH6.8 BSD-ON:CH6.9
DELSOL register data error during the LPH batch download complete verification, download error, or DELSOL register data error during the LPH batch download complete verification, download error, or
connector error. connector error.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J557 and the LPH Rear PWB (Y) J561 for open circuits, • The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J556 and the LPH Rear PWB (M) J560 for open circuits,
short circuits, and poor contacts short circuits, and poor contacts
• The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (Y) J569 and the LPH (Y) J577 for open circuits, short • The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (M) J568 and the LPH (M) J576 for open circuits, short
circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit) circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The connector ( P/J581) between the LPH Rear PWB (Y) and the LPH H PWB (Y) for damage and • The connector ( P/J580) between the LPH Rear PWB (M) and the LPH H PWB (M) for damage and
foreign substances foreign substances
• The LPH Unit (Y) for improper installation • The LPH Unit (M) for improper installation
• Use DC402 to check the EEPROM data • Use DC402 to check the EEPROM data
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (Y) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (M) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
061-356 LPH Download Data Fail C 061-357 LPH Download Data Fail K
BSD-ON:CH6.10 BSD-ON:CH6.11
DELSOL register data error during the LPH batch download complete verification, download error, or DELSOL register data error during the LPH batch download complete verification, download error, or
connector error. connector error.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J555 and the LPH Rear PWB (C) J559 for open circuits, • The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J554 and the LPH Rear PWB (K) J558 for open circuits,
short circuits, and poor contacts short circuits, and poor contacts
• The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (C) J567 and the LPH (C) J575 for open circuits, short • The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (K) J566 and the LPH (K) J574 for open circuits, short
circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit) circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The connector ( P/J579) between the LPH Rear PWB (C) and the LPH H PWB (C) for damage and • The connector ( P/J578) between the LPH Rear PWB (K) and the LPH H PWB (K) for damage and
foreign substances foreign substances
• The LPH Unit (C) for improper installation • The LPH Unit (K) for improper installation
• Use DC402 to check the EEPROM data • Use DC402 to check the EEPROM data
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (C) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (K) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
061-358 LPH Mismatch Fail Y 061-359 LPH Mismatch Fail M
BSD-ON:CH6.8 BSD-ON:CH6.9
The model number of the LPH Unit (Y) does not match. The model number of the LPH Unit (M) does not match.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check that the values in DC131 [749-157] (LPH Specific Code 4Y) do not contain corruption, etc. • Check that the values in DC131 [749-158] (LPH Specific Code 4M) do not contain corruption, etc.
• Use DC402 to check the LPH EEPROM data. • Use DC402 to check the LPH EEPROM data.
If no problems are found, replace the LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1). If no problems are found, replace the LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1).
The model number of the LPH Unit (C) does not match. The model number of the LPH Unit (K) does not match.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check that the values in DC131 [749-159] (LPH Specific Code 4C) do not contain corruption, etc. • Check that the values in DC131 [749-160] (LPH Specific Code 4K) do not contain corruption, etc.
• Use DC402 to check the LPH EEPROM data. • Use DC402 to check the LPH EEPROM data.
If no problems are found, replace the LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1). If no problems are found, replace the LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1).
061-362 LPH Read Fail Y 061-363 LPH Read Fail M
BSD-ON:CH6.8 BSD-ON:CH6.9
Communication error between MCU and LPH Unit (Y) (data read error from LPH) Communication error between MCU and LPH Unit (M) (data read error from LPH)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J557 and the LPH Rear PWB (Y) J561 for open circuits, • The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J556 and the LPH Rear PWB (M) J560 for open circuits,
short circuits, and poor contacts short circuits, and poor contacts
• The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (Y) J569 and the LPH (Y) J577 for open circuits, short • The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (M) J568 and the LPH (M) J576 for open circuits, short
circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit) circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The connector ( P/J581) between the LPH Rear PWB (Y) and the LPH H PWB (Y) for damage and • The connector ( P/J580) between the LPH Rear PWB (M) and the LPH H PWB (M) for damage and
foreign substances foreign substances
• The LPH Unit (Y) for improper installation • The LPH Unit (M) for improper installation
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for improper installation (affected by the noises caused by • The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for improper installation (affected by the noises caused by
improper installation) improper installation)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (Y) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (M) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Communication error between MCU and LPH Unit (C) (data read error from LPH) Communication error between MCU and LPH Unit (K) (data read error from LPH)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J555 and the LPH Rear PWB (C) J559 for open circuits, • The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J554 and the LPH Rear PWB (K) J558 for open circuits,
short circuits, and poor contacts short circuits, and poor contacts
• The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (C) J567 and the LPH (C) J575 for open circuits, short • The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (K) J566 and the LPH (K) J574 for open circuits, short
circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit) circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The connector ( P/J579) between the LPH Rear PWB (C) and the LPH H PWB (C) for damage and • The connector ( P/J578) between the LPH Rear PWB (K) and the LPH H PWB (K) for damage and
foreign substances foreign substances
• The LPH Unit (C) for improper installation • The LPH Unit (K) for improper installation
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for improper installation (affected by the noises caused by • The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for improper installation (affected by the noises caused by
improper installation) improper installation)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (C) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (K) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
061-366 LPH Write Fail Y
BSD-ON:CH6.8
Communication error between MCU and LPH Unit (Y) (data write error to LPH).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Refer to DC131 [749-046] (Write Retry Data Y). Is the value of DC131 [749-046] (Write Retry Data Y)
"0"?
Y N
Check the following:
• The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J557 and the LPH Rear PWB (Y) J561 for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
• The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (Y) J569 and the LPH (Y) J577 for open circuits,
short circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The connector ( P/J581) between the LPH Rear PWB (Y) and the LPH H PWB (Y) for damage
and foreign substances
• The LPH Unit (Y) for improper installation
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for improper installation (affected by the noises caused
by improper installation)
• The NVM value for corruption
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (Y) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Communication error between MCU and LPH Unit (M) (data write error to LPH). Communication error between MCU and LPH Unit (C) (data write error to LPH).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Refer to DC131 [749-047] (Write Retry Data M). Is the value of DC131 [749-047] (Write Retry Data M) Refer to DC131 [749-048] (Write Retry Data C). Is the value of DC131 [749-048] (Write Retry Data C)
"0"? "0"?
Y N Y N
Check the following: Check the following:
• The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J556 and the LPH Rear PWB (M) J560 for open • The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J555 and the LPH Rear PWB (C) J559 for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
• The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (M) J568 and the LPH (M) J576 for open circuits, • The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (C) J567 and the LPH (C) J575 for open circuits,
short circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit) short circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The connector ( P/J580) between the LPH Rear PWB (M) and the LPH H PWB (M) for damage • The connector ( P/J579) between the LPH Rear PWB (C) and the LPH H PWB (C) for damage
and foreign substances and foreign substances
• The LPH Unit (M) for improper installation • The LPH Unit (C) for improper installation
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for improper installation (affected by the noises caused • The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for improper installation (affected by the noises caused
by improper installation) by improper installation)
• The NVM value for corruption • The NVM value for corruption
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (M) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (C) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Communication error between MCU and LPH Unit (K) (data write error to LPH).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Refer to DC131 [749-049] (Write Retry Data K). Is the value of DC131 [749-049] (Write Retry Data K)
"0"?
Y N
Check the following:
• The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J554 and the LPH Rear PWB (K) J558 for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
• The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (K) J566 and the LPH (K) J574 for open circuits,
short circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The connector ( P/J578) between the LPH Rear PWB (K) and the LPH H PWB (K) for damage
and foreign substances
• The LPH Unit (K) for improper installation
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for improper installation (affected by the noises caused
by improper installation)
• The NVM value for corruption
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (K) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Communication error between MCU and LPH Unit (Y) (error in the communication IC or cable). Communication error between MCU and LPH Unit (M) (error in the communication IC or cable).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Check the timing at when this Fail occurs. Does this Fail occur right after the power is turned ON? Check the timing at when this Fail occurs. Does this Fail occur right after the power is turned ON?
Y N Y N
If the Fail occurs when the Drum is rotating, it is very likely due to the noise caused by high voltage If the Fail occurs when the Drum is rotating, it is very likely due to the noise caused by high voltage
leakCheck the Drum (Y, M, C, K) for improper installation leakCheck the Drum (Y, M, C, K) for improper installation
Communication error between MCU and LPH Unit (C) (error in the communication IC or cable). Communication error between MCU and LPH Unit (K) (error in the communication IC or cable).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Check the timing at when this Fail occurs. Does this Fail occur right after the power is turned ON? Check the timing at when this Fail occurs. Does this Fail occur right after the power is turned ON?
Y N Y N
If the Fail occurs when the Drum is rotating, it is very likely due to the noise caused by high voltage If the Fail occurs when the Drum is rotating, it is very likely due to the noise caused by high voltage
leakCheck the Drum (Y, M, C, K) for improper installation leakCheck the Drum (Y, M, C, K) for improper installation
Open circuit detected in LPH Unit (Y) (open circuit between DELSOL and SLED). Open circuit detected in LPH Unit (M) (open circuit between DELSOL and SLED).
NOTE: •Because this Fail is detected for each color at every cycle-up, perform at least four jobs after NOTE: •Because this Fail is detected for each color at every cycle-up, perform at least four jobs after
turning the power OFF and ON. turning the power OFF and ON.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether any Fail related to connection failure of the Flat Cable between Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether any Fail related to connection failure of the Flat Cable between
the MCU PWB J557 and the LPH Rear PWB (Y) J561 has occurred. the MCU PWB J556 and the LPH Rear PWB (M) J560 has occurred.
Has any Chain No. 061 Fail (other than LPH Chip Fail) occurred? Has any Chain No. 061 Fail (other than LPH Chip Fail) occurred?
Y N Y N
Replace the LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1). Replace the LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1).
Open circuit detected in LPH Unit (C) (open circuit between DELSOL and SLED). Open circuit detected in LPH Unit (K) (open circuit between DELSOL and SLED).
NOTE: •Because this Fail is detected for each color at every cycle-up, perform at least four jobs after NOTE: •Because this Fail is detected for each color at every cycle-up, perform at least four jobs after
turning the power OFF and ON. turning the power OFF and ON.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether any Fail related to connection failure of the Flat Cable between Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether any Fail related to connection failure of the Flat Cable between
the MCU PWB J555 and the LPH Rear PWB (C) J559 has occurred. the MCU PWB J554 and the LPH Rear PWB (K) J558 has occurred.
Has any Chain No. 061 Fail (other than LPH Chip Fail) occurred? Has any Chain No. 061 Fail (other than LPH Chip Fail) occurred?
Y N Y N
Replace the LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1). Replace the LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1).
The Ltrg signal (image synchronization signal) failure was detected. The Ltrg signal (image synchronization signal) failure was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J557 and the LPH Rear PWB (Y) J561 for open circuits, • The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J556 and the LPH Rear PWB (M) J560 for open circuits,
short circuits, and poor contacts short circuits, and poor contacts
• The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (Y) J569 and the LPH (Y) J577 for open circuits, short • The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (M) J568 and the LPH (M) J576 for open circuits, short
circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit) circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The connector ( P/J581) between the LPH Rear PWB (Y) and the LPH H PWB (Y) for damage and • The connector ( P/J580) between the LPH Rear PWB (M) and the LPH H PWB (M) for damage and
foreign substances foreign substances
• The LPH Unit (Y) for improper installation • The LPH Unit (M) for improper installation
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (Y) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (M) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
061-384 LPH Ltrg Fail C 061-385 LPH Ltrg Fail K
BSD-ON:CH6.10 BSD-ON:CH6.11
The Ltrg signal (image synchronization signal) failure was detected. The Ltrg signal (image synchronization signal) failure was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J555 and the LPH Rear PWB (C) J559 for open circuits, • The Flat Cable between the MCU PWB J554 and the LPH Rear PWB (K) J558 for open circuits,
short circuits, and poor contacts short circuits, and poor contacts
• The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (C) J567 and the LPH (C) J575 for open circuits, short • The Flat Cable between the LPH H PWB (K) J566 and the LPH (K) J574 for open circuits, short
circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit) circuits, and poor contacts (connection within the LPH Unit)
• The connector ( P/J579) between the LPH Rear PWB (C) and the LPH H PWB (C) for damage and • The connector ( P/J578) between the LPH Rear PWB (K) and the LPH H PWB (K) for damage and
foreign substances foreign substances
• The LPH Unit (C) for improper installation • The LPH Unit (K) for improper installation
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (C) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (K) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
061-386 LPH PLL Lock Fail Y 061-387 LPH PLL Lock Fail M
BSD-ON:CH6.8 BSD-ON:CH6.9
LPH PLL lock mechanism failure (LPH clock failure). LPH PLL lock mechanism failure (LPH clock failure).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether 061-354 LPH Download Fail Y has occurred. Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether 061-355 LPH Download Fail M has occurred.
Has Fail 061-354 occurred? Has Fail 061-355 occurred?
Y N Y N
Replace the following parts in sequence: Replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (Y) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (M) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
LPH PLL lock mechanism failure (LPH clock failure). LPH PLL lock mechanism failure (LPH clock failure).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether 061-356 LPH Download Fail C has occurred. Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether 061-357 LPH Download Fail K has occurred.
Has Fail 061-356 occurred? Has Fail 061-357 occurred?
Y N Y N
Replace the following parts in sequence: Replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (C) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (K) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
061-390 LPH FFC Connect Posi Fail Y 061-391 LPH FFC Connect Posi Fail M
BSD-ON:CH6.8 BSD-ON:CH6.9
The image data (Y) cannot be received normally from the MCU. The image data (M) cannot be received normally from the MCU.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether 061-374 LPH Chip Fail Y has occurred. Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether 061-375 LPH Chip Fail M has occurred.
Has Fail 061-374 occurred? Has Fail 061-375 occurred?
Y N Y N
Replace the following parts in sequence: Replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (Y) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (M) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The image data (C) cannot be received normally from the MCU. The image data (K) cannot be received normally from the MCU.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether 061-376 LPH Chip Fail C has occurred. Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether 061-377 LPH Chip Fail K has occurred.
Has Fail 061-376 occurred? Has Fail 061-377 occurred?
Y N Y N
Replace the following parts in sequence: Replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (C) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (K) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
061-394 LPH FFC Connect Nega Fail Y 061-395 LPH FFC Connect Nega Fail M
BSD-ON:CH6.8 BSD-ON:CH6.9
The image data (Y) cannot be received normally from the MCU. The image data (M) cannot be received normally from the MCU.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether 061-374 LPH Chip Fail Y has occurred. Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether 061-375 LPH Chip Fail M has occurred.
Has Fail 061-374 occurred? Has Fail 061-375 occurred?
Y N Y N
Replace the following parts in sequence: Replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (Y) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (M) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The image data (C) cannot be received normally from the MCU. The image data (K) cannot be received normally from the MCU.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether 061-376 LPH Chip Fail C has occurred. Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether 061-377 LPH Chip Fail K has occurred.
Has Fail 061-376 occurred? Has Fail 061-377 occurred?
Y N Y N
Replace the following parts in sequence: Replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1)
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• LPH Rear PWB (C) (PL 2.2) • LPH Rear PWB (K) (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The Bitz1 initialization error was detected. This is an error where the CPU is unable to access the The Bitz2 initialization error was detected. This is an error where the CPU is unable to access the
memory and the register of the ASIC BITZ (image processing chip for Y and M) that is installed on the memory and the register of the ASIC BITZ (image processing chip for C and K) that is installed on the
MCU PWB. MCU PWB.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether an LPH-related Fail has occurred. Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether an LPH-related Fail has occurred.
Has any Chain No. 061 Fail occurred? Has any Chain No. 061 Fail occurred?
Y N Y N
Replace the following parts in sequence: Replace the following parts in sequence:
• LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2) • LPH Cable Assembly (PL 2.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
An irregularity was detected in the Valid signal for Y or M color. The Valid signal, which is sent from the An irregularity was detected in the Valid signal for C or K color. The Valid signal, which is sent from the
Controller to indicate the valid range of the fast scan, does not turn ON at the given timing or turns ON at Controller to indicate the valid range of the fast scan, does not turn ON at the given timing or turns ON at
an unscheduled timing. (This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.) an unscheduled timing. (This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Check whether there is poor connection or foreign substances at the following connectors. 2. Check whether there is poor connection or foreign substances at the following connectors.
• Between BP PWB J451 and MCU PWB P451 • Between BP PWB J451 and MCU PWB P451
• Between BP PWB J335 and ESS PWB P335 • Between BP PWB J335 and ESS PWB P335
• Between BP PWB J309 and ESS PWB P309 • Between BP PWB J309 and ESS PWB P309
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2) • ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
Communication cannot be established between the ESS PWB and the DADF PWB. The Platen Interlock is open.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Procedure
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. Remove the IIT Top Cover.
2. Turn the power OFF and check the following: Cheat the Platen Interlock Switch P775-1 and P775-2 and turn the power ON.
Does the 062-300 display disappear?
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign
substances Y N
Is the voltage between the Platen Interlock Switch P775-2 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
• The connection between the BP PWB J390 and the IIT Trans PWB J7129 for open circuit,
Y N
short circuit, and poor contact
Turn the power OFF and check the following:
• The connectors of the BP PWB J390 and the IIT Trans PWB J7129 for damage, foreign • The connection between the Platen Interlock Switch P775-2 and the IIT Trans PWB
substances, bent connector pins, burns, and improper soldering on the PWB J722-13 for open circuit and poor contact
• The connection between the IIT Trans PWB P750 and the DADF PWB J751 and J752 for • The connection between the IIT Trans PWB J7129-30 and the BP PWB J390-11 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
• The connectors of the IIT Trans PWB P750 and the DADF PWB J751 and J752 for damage, • The connectors of the IIT Trans PWB J7129 and the BP PWB J390 for damage, foreign
foreign substances, bent connector pins, burns, and improper soldering on the PWB substances, bent connector pins, burns, and improper soldering on the PWB
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign
• DADF PWB (PL 51.2) substances
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2) If no problems are found, replace the ESS PWB (PL 35.2).
• IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7)
Is the voltage between the Platen Interlock Switch P775-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
• BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
Y N
• BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 1.4).
Check the DC COM circuit between the Platen Interlock Switch P775-1 and the IIT Trans PWB
J722-14.
Check the installation status of the Magnet and the closing status of the DADF. If the problem persists,
replace the Platen Interlock Switch (PL 1.4).
Communication cannot be established between the IIT Trans PWB and the ESS PWB. A software error was detected at the ESS PWB.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Procedure
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then
2. Turn the power OFF and check the following: execute "NVM Write".
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign 2. A 3 or 4-digit number is displayed in the current value column.
substances 3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using the following table and replace the
• The connection between the BP PWB J390 and the IIT Trans PWB J7129 for open circuit, appropriate parts.
short circuit, and poor contact Sample Display
• The connectors of the BP PWB J390 and the IIT Trans PWB J7129 for damage, foreign • 110 (3-digit display):
substances, bent connector pins, burns, and improper soldering on the PWB LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB failure and LED Lamp Wire Harness is damaged or has poor
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: contact.
• IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7) (The first digit "1" in "110" is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2) ("0" in "01" is not displayed). The lower 2 digits "10" indicates the LED Lamp Wire Harness.)
• BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • 1100 (4-digit display):
• BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) GAP Watermark PWB failure.
(The first 2 digits "11" in "1100" are the upper digits, which indicates the GAP Watermark PWB.
The lower 2 digits "00" indicates that nothing is applicable (no failures).)
NOTE: Execute the IIT diagnosis and then call DC131 [715-030] again (press the Change Settings 062-330 GAPWM Hard Fail
button) to check the value (diagnosis result).
BSD-ON:CH3.3
Table 1
• Signal connection failure between the ESS and the GAP Watermark PWB was detected.
Current value Component Name PL No.
• Program write failure into the FPGA that is installed in the GAP Watermark PWB was detected.
00 Not applicable (No errors) - • Operation failure of the device that is installed in the GAP Watermark PWB was detected.
01 LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB PL 1.6 • Operation failure at GAP Watermark connection section of the ESS was detected.
02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 1.4
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
03 CCD Flexible Print Cable PL 1.4
04 This value is not displayed - Initial Actions
05 This value is not displayed - Check the connector between the GAP Watermark PWB J321 and the ESS PWB P321 for poor contact,
06 This value is not displayed - bent connector pins, burns, foreign substances, and improper soldering on the PWB, etc.
07 This value is not displayed -
08 This value is not displayed - Procedure
09 This value is not displayed - 1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then
execute "NVM Write".
10 LED Lamp Wire Harness PL 1.6
2. A 3 or 4-digit number is displayed in the current value column.
11 GAP Watermark PWB PL 35.3
3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using the following table and replace the
12 IIT-Control Cable PL 18.1
appropriate parts.
13 This value is not displayed -
Sample Display
14 Wire Harness (Top) PL 18.7
• 110 (3-digit display):
15 This value is not displayed -
LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB failure and LED Lamp Wire Harness is damaged or has poor
16 This value is not displayed -
contact.
17 Wire Harness PL 1.4
(The first digit "1" in "110" is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB
18 GAP PWB (2270/3370) PL 35.2 ("0" in "01" is not displayed). The lower 2 digits "10" indicates the LED Lamp Wire Harness.)
• 1100 (4-digit display):
4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then GAP Watermark PWB failure.
execute "NVM Write". (The first 2 digits "11" in "1100" are the upper digits, which indicates the GAP Watermark PWB.
5. Check that the current value column becomes "000". The lower 2 digits "00" indicates that nothing is applicable (no failures).)
6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, replace the ESS PWB (PL 35.2).
NOTE: Execute the IIT diagnosis and then call DC131 [715-030] again (press the Change Settings 062-341 (2270/3370) GAP PWB Configuration Fail
button) to check the value (diagnosis result).
BSD-ON:CH3.3
Table 1
The GAP PWB cannot be recognized.
Current value Component Name PL No.
00 Not applicable (No errors) - NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
01 LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB PL 1.6 Cause/Action
02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 1.4
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
03 CCD Flexible Print Cable PL 1.4
2. Turn the power OFF and check the connector between the GAP PWB J321 and the ESS PWB
04 This value is not displayed - P321 for poor contact, bent connector pins, burns, foreign substances, and improper soldering on
05 This value is not displayed - the PWB, etc.
06 This value is not displayed - If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
07 This value is not displayed - • GAP PWB (PL 35.2)
08 This value is not displayed - • ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
09 This value is not displayed -
10 LED Lamp Wire Harness PL 1.6
11 GAP Watermark PWB PL 35.3
12 IIT-Control Cable PL 18.1
13 This value is not displayed -
14 Wire Harness (Top) PL 18.7
15 This value is not displayed -
16 This value is not displayed -
17 Wire Harness PL 1.4
18 GAP PWB (2270/3370) PL 35.2
4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then
execute "NVM Write".
5. Check that the current value column becomes "000".
6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, check the connection between the
GAP Watermark PWB J321 and the ESS PWB P321 for poor connection, damaged connectors,
foreign substances, bent connector pins, burns, and improper soldering on the PWB.
If no problems are found, replace the GAP Watermark PWB (PL 35.3), followed by the ESS PWB
(PL 35.2).
062-342 CCD PWB Configuration Fail 062-345 IIT EEPROM Fail (IIT)
BSD-ON:CH6.6 BSD-ON:CH3.3
A CCD PWB other than the specified one is installed. Write failure to EEPROM or communication failure with EEPROM has occurred.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn the power OFF and replace with the correct CCD Lens Assembly (PL 1.4).
If the problem persists, turn the power OFF and replace the IIT Trans PWB (PL 1.7) (Write the values
from the IIT Shipment Inspection NVM List).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Remove the Platen Glass and move the Full Rate Carriage to right and left manually.
Does the Carriage moves smoothly, with no interference?
Y N
Check the Carriage operation for mechanical load, the Carriage Cable for winding failure, the Rail
for contamination/foreign substances, and the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage for improper position
(ADJ 1.6.1), etc.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [062-005] (Scan) or [062-006] (Return).
Does the Carriage move?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Carriage Motor P776-1/2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [062-212] (IIT Regi Sensor). Manually move the Carriage and
turn the IIT Regi Sensor ON then OFF. Does the display change between High/Low?
Y N
Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the IIT Regi Sensor.
It can be considered that there were no errors. Again, check the Carriage operation, check for any noise
source around the machine and check for any abnormal electrical discharge, etc.
If the problem occurs frequently, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7)
062-362 X Hard Fail 062-371 Lamp Illumination Fail
BSD-ON:CH3.3 BSD-ON:CH6.6, CH6.1
Hard modification of authentication device was detected (at usual detection/power ON). Insufficient light from Lamp detected in CCD. (During white gradation correction/AGC before Scan starts)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: Execute the IIT diagnosis and then call DC131 [715-030] again (press the Change Settings 062-380 Platen AGC Fail
button) to check the value (diagnosis result).
BSD-ON:CH6.6, CH6.1
Table 1
Insufficient lamp brightness was detected when performing AGC.
Current value Component Name PL No.
00 Not applicable (No errors) - NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
01 LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB PL 1.6 Initial Actions
02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 1.4
Check whether there is something blocking the light and check the Lamp, Lens, Mirror, and White Color
03 CCD Flexible Print Cable PL 1.4 Correction Plate for deterioration or contamination.
04 This value is not displayed -
05 This value is not displayed - Procedure
06 This value is not displayed - 1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then
07 This value is not displayed - execute "NVM Write".
08 This value is not displayed - 2. A 3 or 4-digit number is displayed in the current value column.
09 This value is not displayed - 3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using the following table and replace the
10 LED Lamp Wire Harness PL 1.6 appropriate parts.
11 GAP Watermark PWB PL 35.3 Sample Display
12 IIT-Control Cable PL 18.1 • 110 (3-digit display):
13 This value is not displayed - LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB failure and LED Lamp Wire Harness is damaged or has poor
contact.
14 Wire Harness (Top) PL 18.7
(The first digit "1" in "110" is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB
15 This value is not displayed -
("0" in "01" is not displayed). The lower 2 digits "10" indicates the LED Lamp Wire Harness.)
16 This value is not displayed -
• 1100 (4-digit display):
17 Wire Harness PL 1.4
GAP Watermark PWB failure.
18 GAP PWB (2270/3370) PL 35.2
(The first 2 digits "11" in "1100" are the upper digits, which indicates the GAP Watermark PWB.
The lower 2 digits "00" indicates that nothing is applicable (no failures).)
4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then
execute "NVM Write".
5. Check that the current value column becomes "000".
6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, continue and check the following:
• LED Lamp broken: DC330 [062-002] (PL 1.6)
• Check the Flat Cable between the LED Lamp PWB J1 and the IIT Trans PWB J723 for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was
inserted in a skewed manner).
• Check the Flat Cable between the CCD Lens Assy J700 and the IIT Trans PWB J710 for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was
inserted in a skewed manner).
• The coaxial cable between the IIT Trans PWB J7191 and the BP PWB J336 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign
substances
NOTE: Execute the IIT diagnosis and then call DC131 [715-030] again (press the Change Settings 062-386 Platen AOC Fail
button) to check the value (diagnosis result).
BSD-ON:CH6.6
Table 1
A CCD output error was detected when performing AOC.
Current value Component Name PL No.
00 Not applicable (No errors) - NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
01 LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB PL 1.6 Initial Actions
02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 1.4 Check whether there is something blocking the light and check the Lamp, Lens, Mirror, and White Color
03 CCD Flexible Print Cable PL 1.4 Correction Plate for deterioration or contamination.
04 This value is not displayed -
05 This value is not displayed - Procedure
06 This value is not displayed - 1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then
07 This value is not displayed - execute "NVM Write".
08 This value is not displayed - 2. A 3 or 4-digit number is displayed in the current value column.
09 This value is not displayed - 3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using the following table and replace the
10 LED Lamp Wire Harness PL 1.6 appropriate parts.
11 GAP Watermark PWB PL 35.3 Sample Display
12 IIT-Control Cable PL 18.1 • 110 (3-digit display):
13 This value is not displayed - LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB failure and LED Lamp Wire Harness is damaged or has poor
contact.
14 Wire Harness (Top) PL 18.7
(The first digit "1" in "110" is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB
15 This value is not displayed -
("0" in "01" is not displayed). The lower 2 digits "10" indicates the LED Lamp Wire Harness.)
16 This value is not displayed -
• 1100 (4-digit display):
17 Wire Harness PL 1.4
GAP Watermark PWB failure.
18 GAP PWB (2270/3370) PL 35.2
(The first 2 digits "11" in "1100" are the upper digits, which indicates the GAP Watermark PWB.
The lower 2 digits "00" indicates that nothing is applicable (no failures).)
4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then
execute "NVM Write".
5. Check that the current value column becomes "000".
6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, continue and check the following:
• LED Lamp broken: DC330 [062-002] (PL 1.6)
• Check the Flat Cable between the LED Lamp PWB J1 and the IIT Trans PWB J723 for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was
inserted in a skewed manner).
• Check the Flat Cable between the CCD Lens Assy J700 and the IIT Trans PWB J710 for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was
inserted in a skewed manner).
• The coaxial cable between the IIT Trans PWB J7191 and the BP PWB J336 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign
substances
NOTE: Execute the IIT diagnosis and then call DC131 [715-030] again (press the Change Settings 062-389 Carriage Over Run Fail
button) to check the value (diagnosis result).
BSD-ON:CH6.1
Table 1
The Carriage has overrun at the Scan End.
Current value Component Name PL No.
00 Not applicable (No errors) - NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
01 LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB PL 1.6 Procedure
02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 1.4
Remove the Platen Glass and move the Full Rate Carriage to right and left manually.
03 CCD Flexible Print Cable PL 1.4 Does the Carriage moves smoothly, with no interference?
04 This value is not displayed - Y N
05 This value is not displayed - Check the Carriage operation for mechanical load, the Carriage Cable for winding failure, the Rail
for contamination/foreign substances, and the Full Rate/Half Rate Carriage for improper position
06 This value is not displayed -
(ADJ 1.6.1), etc.
07 This value is not displayed -
08 This value is not displayed - Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [062-005] (Scan) or [062-006] (Return).
09 This value is not displayed - Does the Carriage move?
10 LED Lamp Wire Harness PL 1.6 Y N
Is the voltage between the Carriage Motor P776-1/2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
11 GAP Watermark PWB PL 35.3
Y N
12 IIT-Control Cable PL 18.1
Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
13 This value is not displayed -
14 Wire Harness (Top) PL 18.7 Turn the power OFF and check the following:
15 This value is not displayed - • The connection between the Carriage Motor P776 and the IIT Trans PWB J722 for open
circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
16 This value is not displayed -
• The coaxial cable between the IIT Trans PWB J7191 and the BP PWB J336 for open circuit,
17 Wire Harness PL 1.4
short circuit, and poor contact
18 GAP PWB (2270/3370) PL 35.2
• The connection between the IIT Trans PWB J7129 and the BP PWB J390 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact
4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign
execute "NVM Write".
substances
5. Check that the current value column becomes "000".
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, check the following: • IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7)
• Check the Flat Cable between the CCD Lens Assy J700 and the IIT Trans PWB J710 for • Carriage Motor (PL 1.5)
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was • ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
inserted in a skewed manner).
• BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The coaxial cable between the IIT Trans PWB J7191 and the BP PWB J336 for open circuit,
• BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
short circuit, and poor contact
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [062-212] (IIT Regi Sensor). Manually move the Carriage and
substances turn the IIT Regi Sensor ON then OFF. Does the display change between High/Low?
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: Y N
• CCD Lens Assy (PL 1.4) Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the IIT Regi Sensor.
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
It can be considered that there were no errors. Again, check the Carriage operation, check for any noise
• IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7)
source around the machine and check for any abnormal electrical discharge, etc.
• BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) If the problem occurs frequently, replace the following parts in sequence:
• BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7)
062-392 IIT Memory Fail
BSD-ON:CH3.3
ESS PWB RAM failure was detected (checked at power ON). Or, internal processing error has occurred
in the ESS PWB.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then
execute "NVM Write".
2. A 3 or 4-digit number is displayed in the current value column.
3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using the following table and replace the
appropriate parts.
Sample Display
• 110 (3-digit display):
LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB failure and LED Lamp Wire Harness is damaged or has poor
contact.
(The first digit "1" in "110" is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB
("0" in "01" is not displayed). The lower 2 digits "10" indicates the LED Lamp Wire Harness.)
• 1100 (4-digit display):
GAP Watermark PWB failure.
(The first 2 digits "11" in "1100" are the upper digits, which indicates the GAP Watermark PWB.
The lower 2 digits "00" indicates that nothing is applicable (no failures).)
NOTE: Execute the IIT diagnosis and then call DC131 [715-030] again (press the Change Settings 062-393 CCD PWB Sync Signal Fail
button) to check the value (diagnosis result).
BSD-ON:CH6.6
Table 1
• Write failure to the Shading Memory has occurred.
Current value Component Name PL No. • Write failure to the Gap Memory has occurred.
00 Not applicable (No errors) - • Averaging processing error has occurred in the ASIC.
01 LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB PL 1.6
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 1.4
03 CCD Flexible Print Cable PL 1.4 Procedure
04 This value is not displayed - 1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then
05 This value is not displayed - execute "NVM Write".
06 This value is not displayed - 2. A 3 or 4-digit number is displayed in the current value column.
07 This value is not displayed - 3. Check the upper 1 or 2 digits, or the lower 2 digits using the following table and replace the
appropriate parts.
08 This value is not displayed -
Sample Display
09 This value is not displayed -
• 110 (3-digit display):
10 LED Lamp Wire Harness PL 1.6
LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB failure and LED Lamp Wire Harness is damaged or has poor
11 GAP Watermark PWB PL 35.3
contact.
12 IIT-Control Cable PL 18.1
(The first digit "1" in "110" is the upper digit, which indicates the LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB
13 This value is not displayed -
("0" in "01" is not displayed). The lower 2 digits "10" indicates the LED Lamp Wire Harness.)
14 Wire Harness (Top) PL 18.7
• 1100 (4-digit display):
15 This value is not displayed -
GAP Watermark PWB failure.
16 This value is not displayed -
(The first 2 digits "11" in "1100" are the upper digits, which indicates the GAP Watermark PWB.
17 Wire Harness PL 1.4 The lower 2 digits "00" indicates that nothing is applicable (no failures).
18 GAP PWB (2270/3370) PL 35.2
4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then
execute "NVM Write".
5. Check that the current value column becomes "000".
6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, check the following:
• Check the Flat Cable between the CCD Lens Assy J700 and the IIT Trans PWB J710 for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was
inserted in a skewed manner).
• The coaxial cable between the IIT Trans PWB J7191 and the BP PWB J336 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign
substances
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7)
• BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
NOTE: Execute the IIT diagnosis and then call DC131 [715-030] again (press the Change Settings 062-395 (2270/3370) Trans PWB Power Cable Connection Fail
button) to check the value (diagnosis result).
BSD-ON:CH3.3
Table 1
The IIT Trans PWB power source error was detected.
Current value Component Name PL No.
00 Not applicable (No errors) - NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
01 LED Lamp/LED Lamp PWB PL 1.6 Procedure
02 CCD Lens Assembly PL 1.4 Turn the power OFF and remove the Right Cover.
03 CCD Flexible Print Cable PL 1.4 Turn the power ON. Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J502-2 (+) and J502-4 (-) +24VDC?
04 This value is not displayed - Y N
05 This value is not displayed - Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP.
06 This value is not displayed -
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the Main LVPS PWB J502 and the IIT Trans
07 This value is not displayed -
PWB J720 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
08 This value is not displayed - If no problems are found, replace the IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7).
09 This value is not displayed -
10 LED Lamp Wire Harness PL 1.6
11 GAP Watermark PWB PL 35.3
12 IIT-Control Cable PL 18.1
13 This value is not displayed -
14 Wire Harness (Top) PL 18.7
15 This value is not displayed -
16 This value is not displayed -
17 Wire Harness PL 1.4
18 GAP PWB (2270/3370) PL 35.2
4. After replacing the appropriate parts, again change the value for DC131 [715-030] to "1" and then
execute "NVM Write".
5. Check that the current value column becomes "000".
6. If the problem persists after performing the above procedure, check the following:
• Check the Flat Cable between the CCD Lens Assy J700 and the IIT Trans PWB J710 for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was
inserted in a skewed manner).
• The coaxial cable between the IIT Trans PWB J7191 and the BP PWB J336 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign
substances
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7)
• BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
062-395 (4470/5570) Trans PWB Power Cable Connection Fail 062-396 CCD Cable Connection Fail
BSD-ON:CH3.3 BSD-ON:CH3.3
The IIT Trans PWB power source error was detected. A CCD Flat Cable connection error was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Cause/Action
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Disconnect the connector J592 of the MD PWB 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
and open the Chassis Assembly. 2. Turn the power OFF and check the following:
Turn the power ON. Is the voltage between the Sub LVPS J505-1 (+) and J505-3 (-) +24VDC?
• Check the Flat Cable between the CCD Lens Assy J700 and the IIT Trans PWB J710 for
Y N open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (especially, check whether the Flat Cable was
Go to 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
inserted in a skewed manner).
• The coaxial cable between the IIT Trans PWB J7191 and the BP PWB J336 for open circuit,
Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the Sub LVPS PWB J505 and the IIT Trans
PWB J720 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. short circuit, and poor contact
If no problems are found, replace the IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7). • The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign
substances
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7)
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
062-397 IIT-Cont Video Cable Connection Fail 062-398 IIT-Cont I/O Cable Connection Fail
BSD-ON:CH3.3 BSD-ON:CH3.3
An ESS Video Cable connection error was detected. An ESS I/O Cable connection error was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn the power OFF and check the following: 2. Turn the power OFF and check the following:
• The coaxial cable between the IIT Trans PWB J7191 and the BP PWB J336 for open circuit, • The connection between the IIT Trans PWB J7129 and the BP PWB J390 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact short circuit, and poor contact
• The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign • The connector ( P/J309) between the ESS PWB and the BP PWB for damage and foreign
substances substances
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ESS PWB (PL 35.2) • ESS PWB (PL 35.2)
• IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7) • IIT Trans PWB (Switch the EEPROM) (PL 1.7)
• BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • BP PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • BP PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The document being scanned is a legal tender, securities, etc., and therefore is prohibited by law.
Procedure
Refer to "Legal Notices" in the User Guide to check the document types available for copying.
071-105 Regi Sensor On Jam (Tray1/2/3/4) 071-210 Tray 1 Lift Up Fail
BSD-ON:CH8.4, CH4.1, CH7.8, CH8.1, CH8.3 BSD-ON:CH7.8
The Regi Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Regi Clutch On after the Feed from Tray 1 Lift Up NG has occurred 3 times in a row.
the Tray has started.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Cause/Action Remove Tray 1. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [071-001]
Check the following: (Tray 1 Feed/Lift Up Motor). Does the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Up Motor rotate?
Y N
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path Is the voltage between the MD PWB J520-9 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
• The Tray 1 Feed Roll, Retard Roll, and Nudger Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure Y N
(when the jam has occurred during Feed from Tray 1) Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
• Each Takeaway Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
Turn the power OFF, then measure the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Up Motor wire wound resistance.
• Each Takeaway Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
Remove the Rear Upper Cover, then measure the following resistances.
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General) • Between the MD PWB J528-B1 and the J528-B2
• The Regi Sensor for contamination, improper installation, and Actuator operation failure • Between the MD PWB J528-B3 and the J528-B4
• The Regi Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-103] (PL 15.2) Is the resistance approx. 4Ohm for each? (At 25 degree)
• The connection between the Regi Sensor J160 and the MD PWB J523 for open circuit, short Y N
circuit, and poor contact Check the connection between the MD PWB J528 and the Tray 1 Feed/Lift Up Motor J268 for
• The Main Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [042-002] (PL 3.2) open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If there are no problems, replace the Tray 1 Feed/
Lift Up Motor (PL 9.4).
• The Tray 1 Feed/Lift Up Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [071-001] (PL 9.4)
Measure the resistance between the MD PWB J528-B1/B2/B3/B4 and the Frame.
(when the jam has occurred during Feed from Tray 1)
Is the resistance infinite for all?
• The Takeaway Clutch for failure (2270/3370): DC330 [077-001] (PL 15.1) Y N
(when the jam has occurred during Feed from Tray 1)
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
• The TM Takeaway Motor for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [077-031] (PL 10.9a) circuits due to pinching.
• The Takeaway Motor for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [077-050] (PL 15.1)
• The TM Takeaway Motor for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [077-035] (PL 10.9b) Replace the following parts in sequence:
• The TM Takeaway Motor 2 for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [077-037] (PL 10.9b) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The Regi Transport Assy (2270/3370) (PL 15.1) for installation failure • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) 071-212 Tray 1 Paper Size Sensor Broken
BSD-ON:CH7.1
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Check the following:
After the Tray 1 Lift Up has started, the Tray 1 Nudger Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified
time.
Cause/Action
1. Pull out and reinsert Tray 1 and check for improper loading of paper.
2. Enter DC122 Fail History. If this failure occurs frequently, go to the FIP 071-210.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Turn the power OFF, disconnect the TM Takeaway Motor connector J224.
Initial Actions Measure the TM Takeaway Motor wire wound resistance.
• Between the TM Takeaway Motor J224-2 and J224-1
Remove the Rear Upper Cover and the Rear Cover. Check the connection between the MD PWB J592
• Between the TM Takeaway Motor J224-2 and J224-3
and the Tray Module PWB J541 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
• Between the TM Takeaway Motor J224-5 and J224-4
Procedure • Between the TM Takeaway Motor J224-5 and J224-6
Is the resistance approx. 0.85Ohm for each? (At 25 degree)
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [072-001] (Tray 2 Feed/Lift Up Motor).
Y N
Does the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Up Motor rotate?
Y N Replace the TM Takeaway Motor.
• TM Takeaway Motor (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a)
Is the voltage between the Tray Module PWB J541-10 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N • TM Takeaway Motor (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b)
Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Measure the resistance between the disconnected TM Takeaway Motor connectors J224-1/3/4/6
Turn the power OFF, then measure the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Up Motor wire wound resistance. and the Frame. Is the resistance infinite for all?
Check the resistance of the following. Y N
• Between the Tray Module PWB J550-1 and J550-2 Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
circuits due to pinching.
• Between the Tray Module PWB J550-3 and J550-4
Is the resistance approx. 4Ohm for each? (At 25 degree)
Check the connection between the Tray Module PWB J551 and the TM Takeaway Motor J224 for
Y N open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the following parts in
Check the connection between the Tray Module PWB J550 and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Up Motor
sequence:
J221 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If there are no problems, replace the Tray
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a)
2 Feed/Lift Up Motor (PL 10.3).
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b)
Measure the resistance between the Tray Module PWB J550-1/2/3/4 and the Frame. • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
Is the resistance infinite for all? • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Y N • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
circuits due to pinching.
Press the Stop button and open the L/H Cover. Turn ON DC330 [072-103] (Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor).
Replace the following parts in sequence:
Move the Actuator manually to block/clear the light path to the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor.
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a) Does the display change between High/Low?
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b) Y N
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor.
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the following:
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The Feed Roll, Retard Roll, and Nudger Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
Press the Stop button. • The TM Takeaway Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
(2270/3370) • The Feed Roll, Retard Roll, and Nudger Roll Drive Gears for wear and damage
Turn ON DC330 [077-031] (TM Takeaway Motor). • The TM Takeaway Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General) 072-102 Feed Out Sensor 2 On Jam (Tray 3/4)
BSD-ON:CH8.2, CH8.4
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a) The Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Feed from Tray 3 or
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b) Tray 4 has started.
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) Cause/Action
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) Check the following:
Turn the power OFF, then measure the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Up Motor wire wound resistance.
Remove the Rear Upper Cover, then measure the following resistances.
• Between the Tray Module PWB J550-1 and J550-2
• Between the Tray Module PWB J550-3 and J550-4
Is the resistance approx. 4Ohm for each? (At 25 °C)
Y N
Check the connection between the Tray Module PWB J550 and the Tray 2 Feed/Lift Up Motor
J221 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If there are no problems, replace the Tray
2 Feed/Lift Up Motor (PL 10.3).
Measure the resistance between the Tray Module PWB J550-1/2/3/4 and the Frame.
Is the resistance infinite for all?
Y N
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
circuits due to pinching.
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [072-102] (Tray 2 Nudger Level Sensor). Use a sheet of paper,
etc. to block/clear the light path to the Tray 2 Nudger Level Sensor. Does the display change between
High/Low?
Y N
Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the Tray 2 Nudger Level Sensor.
072-212 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor Broken 072-900 Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH7.2 BSD-ON:CH8.3
Abnormal output AD value from Tray 2 Size Sensor was detected. When the power was turned ON, the M/C was stopped (Cycle Down/ Shut Down), or when the interlocks
were closed (all interlocks including options), the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor detected paper.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Check the following: Cause/Action
Check the following:
• Broken link and breakage at the bottom of the tray
• The Actuator at the rear of the Tray for operation failure • The Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor for remaining paper, contamination, Actuator return failure, or improper
installation
• The Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor for failure: DC140[072-200],DC330 [072-104] (PL 10.1)
• The Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor for failure: DC330 [072-103] (PL 10.12)
• Check the connection between the Tray 2 Paper Size Sensor J101 and the Tray Module PWB
J549 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact • The connection between the Tray 2 Feed Out Sensor J108-1 and the Tray Module PWB J549-A3
for short circuit
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• The connection between the MD PWB J592-A6 and the Tray Module PWB J541-6 for short circuit
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b)
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
072-940 Tray 2 Lift Up NG
BSD-ON:CH7.9
After the Tray 2 Lift Up has started, the Tray 2 Nudger Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified
time.
Cause/Action
1. Pull out and reinsert Tray 2 and check for improper loading of paper.
2. Enter DC122 Fail History. If this failure occurs frequently, go to the FIP 072-210 .
A B 1.2
Version 2010/08 CHAIN 73
2-157
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
2010/08
CHAIN 73 2-158 Version 1.2
A
073-101 (4470/5570) Tray 3 Miss Feed Measure the TM Takeaway Motor 2 wire wound resistance.
• Between the TM Takeaway Motor 2 J226-2 and J226-1
BSD-ON:CH8.3, CH7.10, CH8.4
• Between the TM Takeaway Motor 2 J226-2 and J226-3
The Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Feed from Tray 3 has • Between the TM Takeaway Motor 2 J226-5 and J226-4
started. • Between the TM Takeaway Motor 2 J226-5 and J226-6
Is the resistance approx. 0.85Ohm for each? (At 25 degree)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. Y N
Replace the TM Takeaway Motor 2 (PL 10.9b).
Initial Actions
Remove the Rear Upper Cover and the Rear Cover. Check the connection between the MD PWB J592 Measure the resistance between the disconnected TM Takeaway Motor 2 connectors J226-1/3/4/6
and the Tray Module PWB J541 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. and the Frame. Is the resistance infinite for all?
Y N
Procedure Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
circuits due to pinching.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [073-001] (Tray 3 Feed/Lift Up Motor).
Does the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Up Motor rotate?
Y N Check the connection between the Tray Module PWB J552 and the TM Takeaway Motor 2 J226
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the following parts
Is the voltage between the Tray Module PWB J541-10 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
in sequence:
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP. • Tray Module PWB (PL 10.9b)
• MD PWB (PL 18.2b)
Turn the power OFF, then measure the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Up Motor wire wound resistance. • MCU PWB (PL 18.2b)
Check the resistance of the following.
• Between the Tray Module PWB J550-5 and J550-6 Press the Stop button and open the L/H Cover. Turn ON DC330 [073-103] (Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor).
• Between the Tray Module PWB J550-7 and J550-8 Move the Actuator manually to block/clear the light path to the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor.
Does the display change between High/Low?
Is the resistance approx. 4Ohm for each? (At 25 degree)
Y N
Y N
Check the connection between the Tray Module PWB J550 and the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Up Motor Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor.
J222 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If there are no problems, replace the Tray
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the following:
3 Feed/Lift Up Motor (PL 10.5).
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
Measure the resistance between the Tray Module PWB J550-5/6/7/8 and the Frame. • The Feed Roll, Retard Roll, and Nudger Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
Is the resistance infinite for all? • The TM Takeaway Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
Y N • The Feed Roll, Retard Roll, and Nudger Roll Drive Gears for wear and damage
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
• The TM Takeaway Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
circuits due to pinching.
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General)
Replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Tray Module PWB (PL 10.9b) • Tray Module PWB (PL 10.9b)
• MD PWB (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (PL 18.2b)
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330 [077-037] (TM Takeaway Motor 2).
Does the TM Takeaway Motor 2 rotate?
Y N
Is the voltage between the TM Takeaway Motor 2 J226-2/5 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Turn the power OFF, disconnect the TM Takeaway Motor 2 connector J226.
A
073-102 Feed Out Sensor 3 On Jam (Tray 4) 073-210 Tray 3 Lift Up Fail
BSD-ON:CH8.3, CH8.4 BSD-ON:CH7.10
The Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Feed from Tray 4 has Tray 3 Lift Up NG has occurred 3 times in a row.
started.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Cause/Action Remove Tray 3. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [073-001] (Tray 3 Feed/
Check the following: Lift Up Motor). Does the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Up Motor rotate?
Y N
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path Is the voltage between the Tray Module PWB J541-10 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
• The TM Takeaway Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure Y N
Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
• The TM Takeaway Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General) Turn the power OFF, then measure the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Up Motor wire wound resistance.
• The Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor for contamination, improper installation, and Actuator operation failure Remove the Rear Upper Cover, then measure the following resistances.
• The Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor for failure: DC330 [073-103] (PL 10.12) • Between the Tray Module PWB J550-5 and J550-6
• The connection between the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor J112 and the Tray Module PWB J548 for • Between the Tray Module PWB J550-7 and J550-8
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact Is the resistance approx. 4Ohm for each? (At 25 degree)
• The TM Takeaway Motor for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [077-031] (PL 10.9a) Y N
• The TM Takeaway Motor 2 for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [077-037] (PL 10.9b) Check the connection between the Tray Module PWB J550 and the Tray 3 Feed/Lift Up Motor
• The connection between the MD PWB J592 and the Tray Module PWB J541 for open circuit, short J222 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If there are no problems, replace the Tray
3 Feed/Lift Up Motor (PL 10.5).
circuit, and poor contact
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Measure the resistance between the Tray Module PWB J550-5/6/7/8 and the Frame.
Is the resistance infinite for all?
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a)
Y N
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b) Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) circuits due to pinching.
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) Replace the following parts in sequence:
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [073-102] (Tray 3 Nudger Level Sensor). Use a sheet of paper,
etc. to block/clear the light path to the Tray 3 Nudger Level Sensor.
Does the display change between High/Low?
Y N
Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the Tray 3 Nudger Level Sensor.
Check the Tray Lift Up Gear for damage or the Tray Lift Up mechanism for mechanical load. 073-212 Tray 3 Paper Size Sensor Broken
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
BSD-ON:CH7.3
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a)
Abnormal output AD value from Tray 3 Size Sensor was detected.
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
Cause/Action
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) Check the following:
When the power was turned ON, the M/C was stopped (Cycle Down/ Shut Down), or when the interlocks After the Tray 3 Lift Up has started, the Tray 3 Nudger Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified
were closed (all interlocks including options), the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor detected paper. time.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. Cause/Action
Cause/Action 1. Pull out and reinsert Tray 3 and check for improper loading of paper.
2. Enter DC122 Fail History. If this failure occurs frequently, go to the FIP 073-210.
Check the following:
• The Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor for remaining paper, contamination, Actuator return failure, or
improper installation
• The Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor for failure: DC330 [073-103] (PL 10.12)
• The connection between the Tray 3 Feed Out Sensor J112-2 and the Tray Module PWB J548-11
for short circuit
• The connection between the MD PWB J592-A7 and the Tray Module PWB J541-7 for short circuit
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
A B 1.2
Version 2010/08 CHAIN 74
2-163
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
2010/08
CHAIN 74 2-164 Version 1.2
A
074-101 (4470/5570) Tray 4 Miss Feed Measure the TM Takeaway Motor 2 wire wound resistance.
• Between the TM Takeaway Motor 2 J226-2 and J226-1
BSD-ON:CH8.3, CH7.11, CH8.4
• Between the TM Takeaway Motor 2 J226-2 and J226-3
The Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Feed from Tray 4 has • Between the TM Takeaway Motor 2 J226-5 and J226-4
started. • Between the TM Takeaway Motor 2 J226-5 and J226-6
Is the resistance approx. 0.85Ohm for each? (At 25 degree)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. Y N
Replace the TM Takeaway Motor 2 (PL 10.9b).
Initial Actions
Remove the Rear Upper Cover and the Rear Cover. Check the connection between the MD PWB J592 Measure the resistance between the disconnected TM Takeaway Motor 2 connectors J226-1/3/4/6
and the Tray Module PWB J541 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. and the Frame. Is the resistance infinite for all?
Y N
Procedure Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
circuits due to pinching.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [074-001] (Tray 4 Feed/Lift Up Motor).
Does the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Up Motor rotate?
Y N Check the connection between the Tray Module PWB J552 and the TM Takeaway Motor 2 J226
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the following parts
Is the voltage between the Tray Module PWB J541-10 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
in sequence:
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP. • Tray Module PWB (PL 10.9b)
• MD PWB (PL 18.2b)
Turn the power OFF, then measure the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Up Motor wire wound resistance. • MCU PWB (PL 18.2b)
Check the resistance of the following.
• Between the Tray Module PWB J550-9 and J550-10 Press the Stop button and open the L/H Cover. Turn ON DC330 [074-103] (Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor).
• Between the Tray Module PWB J550-11 and J550-12 Move the Actuator manually to block/clear the light path to the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor.
Does the display change between High/Low?
Is the resistance approx. 4Ohm for each? (At 25 degree)
Y N
Y N
Check the connection between the Tray Module PWB J550 and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Up Motor Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor.
J223 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If there are no problems, replace the Tray
Check the following:
4 Feed/Lift Up Motor (PL 10.7).
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
Measure the resistance between the Tray Module PWB J550-9/10/11/12 and the Frame. • The Feed Roll, Retard Roll, and Nudger Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
Is the resistance infinite for all? • The TM Takeaway Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
Y N • The Feed Roll, Retard Roll, and Nudger Roll Drive Gears for wear and damage
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
• The TM Takeaway Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
circuits due to pinching.
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General)
Replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Tray Module PWB (PL 10.9b) • Tray Module PWB (PL 10.9b)
• MD PWB (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (PL 18.2b)
Press the Stop button. Turn On DC330 [077-037] (TM Takeaway Motor 2).
Does the TM Takeaway Motor 2 rotate?
Y N
Is the voltage between the TM Takeaway Motor 2 J226-2/5 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Turn the power OFF, disconnect the TM Takeaway Motor 2 connector J226.
A
074-210 Tray 4 Lift Up Fail • Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a)
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b)
BSD-ON:CH7.11
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
Tray 4 Lift Up NG has occurred 3 times in a row. • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Procedure
Remove Tray 4. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [074-001] (Tray 4 Feed/
Lift Up Motor). Does the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Up Motor rotate?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Tray Module PWB J541-10 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Turn the power OFF, then measure the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Up Motor wire wound resistance. Check the
resistance of the following.
• Between the Tray Module PWB J550-9 and J550-10
• Between the Tray Module PWB J550-11 and J550-12
Is the resistance approx. 4Ohm for each? (At 25 degree)
Y N
Check the connection between the Tray Module PWB J550 and the Tray 4 Feed/Lift Up Motor
J223 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If there are no problems, replace the Tray
4 Feed/Lift Up Motor (PL 10.7).
Measure the resistance between the Tray Module PWB J550-9/10/11/12 and the Frame.
Is the resistance infinite for all?
Y N
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
circuits due to pinching.
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [074-102] (Tray 4 Nudger Level Sensor). Use a sheet of paper,
etc. to block/clear the light path to the Tray 4 Nudger Level Sensor.
Does the display change between High/Low?
Y N
Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the Tray 4 Nudger Level Sensor.
074-212 Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor Broken 074-900 Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH7.4 BSD-ON:CH8.2
Abnormal output AD value from Tray 4 Size Sensor was detected. When the power was turned ON, the M/C was stopped (Cycle Down/ Shut Down), or when the interlocks
were closed (all interlocks including options), the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor detected paper.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Check the following: Cause/Action
Check the following:
• Broken link and breakage at the bottom of the tray
• The Actuator at the rear of the Tray for operation failure • The Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor for remaining paper, contamination, Actuator return failure, or improper
installation
• The Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor for failure: DC140[072-200],DC330 [072-104] (PL 10.1)
• The Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor for failure: DC330 [074-103] (PL 10.12)
• The connection between the Tray 4 Paper Size Sensor J103 and the Tray Module PWB J549 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact • The connection between the Tray 4 Feed Out Sensor J116-2 and the Tray Module PWB J548-2 for
short circuit
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• The connection between the MD PWB J592-B7 and the Tray Module PWB J541-8 for short circuit
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b)
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
074-940 Tray 4 Lift Up NG
BSD-ON:CH7.11
After the Tray 4 Lift Up has started, the Tray 4 Nudger Level Sensor did not turn ON within the specified
time.
Cause/Action
1. Pull out and reinsert Tray 4 and check for improper loading of paper.
2. Enter DC122 Fail History. If this failure occurs frequently, go to the FIP 074-210.
Turn the power OFF, then measure the MSI Feed/Nudger Motor wire wound resistance.
Check the resistance of the following.
• Between the MD PWB J525-B10 and the J525-B11
• Between the MD PWB J525-B12 and the J525-B13
Is the resistance approx. 4Ohm for each? (At 25 degree)
Y N
Check the connection between the MD PWB J525 and MSI Feed/Nudger Motor J269 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the MSI Feed/
Nudger Motor (PL 13.2).
Measure the resistance between the MD PWB J525-B10/B11/B12/B13 and the Frame.
Is the resistance infinite for all?
Y N
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
circuits due to pinching.
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [077-104] (MSI Feed Out Sensor). Activate the Actuator by using
a sheet of paper, etc. to block/clear the light path to the MSI Feed Out Sensor.
Does the display change between High/Low?
Y N
Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the MSI Feed Out Sensor.
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the following:
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
• The Front Chute Floating Snap for disengagement
• The MSI Nudger Roll and Retard Spring for deformation and snags
075-103 MSI Feed Out Sensor Off Jam 075-135 Regi Sensor On Jam (MSI)
BSD-ON:CH8.1, CH4.1, CH8.4, CH9.34, CH10.1 BSD-ON:CH8.6, CH4.1, CH8.1
The MSI Feed Out Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Regi Clutch On. The Regi Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Regi Clutch On after the Feed from
the MSI has started.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Check the following: Cause/Action
Check the following:
• A paper transportation failure due to foreign substances/burrs on the paper path and deformed
paper guides • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
• The MSI Takeaway Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
• The Regi Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • The MSI Takeaway Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
• The 2nd BTR for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • The MSI Takeaway Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
• The MSI Takeaway Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage • Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General)
• The Regi Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage • The Regi Sensor for contamination, improper installation, and Actuator operation failure
• The 2nd BTR Contact Retract Drive Gear for wear or damage • The Regi Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-103] (PL 15.2)
• The Fuser Drive Gear for wear and damage • The connection between the Regi Sensor J160 and the MD PWB J523 for open circuit, short
circuit, and poor contact
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General)
• The Main Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [042-002] (PL 3.2)
• The MSI Feed Out Sensor for contamination, improper installation, and Actuator operation failure
• The Takeaway Clutch for failure (2270/3370): DC330 [077-001] (PL 15.1)
• The MSI Feed Out Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-104] (PL 13.4)
• The Takeaway Motor for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [077-050] (PL 15.1)
• The connection between the MSI Feed Out Sensor J179 and the MD PWB J525 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• The Main Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [042-002] (PL 3.2)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The 2nd BTR Contact Retract Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [094-003] (Contact), DC330 [094-
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
004] (Retract) (PL 14.4)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The Fuser Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [010-006] (PL 3.1)
• The Takeaway Clutch for failure (2270/3370): DC330 [077-001] (PL 15.1) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The Takeaway Motor for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [077-050] (PL 15.1)
• The Regi Clutch for failure: DC330 [077-002] (PL 15.2)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [075-002] (MSI Feed/Nudger Motor).
Does the MSI Feed/Nudger Motor rotate?
Y N
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J520-1 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.4 (2270/3370) +24VDC Power FIP or 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Turn the power OFF, then measure the MSI Feed/Nudger Motor wire wound resistance. Check the
resistance of the following.
• Between the MD PWB J525-B10 and the J525-B11
• Between the MD PWB J525-B12 and the J525-B13
Is the resistance approx. 4Ohm for each? (At 25 degree)
Y N
Check the connection between the MD PWB J525 and MSI Feed/Nudger Motor J269 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the MSI Feed/
Nudger Motor (PL 13.2).
Measure the resistance between the MD PWB J525-B10/B11/B12/B13 and the Frame.
Is the resistance infinite for all?
Y N
Check the wires of the pins with non-infinite resistance for peeled-off coatings and short
circuits due to pinching.
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [075-102] (MSI Nudger Position Sensor). Move the Shielding
Board to block/clear the light path to the MSI Nudger Position Sensor.
Does the display change between High/Low?
Y N
Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the MSI Nudger Position Sensor.
The Regi Sensor does not turn OFF within the specified time after the Regi Clutch On. After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned ON, the Fuser Exit Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
• Each Takeaway Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • The Fuser for wound up, stuck paper
• The Regi Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • Each Exit Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
• The 2nd BTR for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • Each Exit Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
• Each Exit Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • The Exit 1 Gate for operation failure
• Each Takeaway Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage • The Exit 2 Gate for operation failure
• The Regi Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage • Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General)
• The 2nd BTR Contact Retract Drive Gear for wear or damage • The Fuser Exit Sensor for contamination, improper installation, and Actuator operation failure
• The Fuser Drive Gear for wear and damage • The Fuser Exit Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-101] (PL 7.1)
• Each Exit Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage • The connection between the Fuser Assembly DJ600 and the MCU PWB J431 for open circuit,
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General) short circuit, and poor contact
• The Regi Sensor for contamination, improper installation, and Actuator operation failure • The Fuser Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [010-006] (PL 3.1)
• The Regi Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-103] (PL 15.2) • The Exit 2 Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [077-060] (PL 17.4)
• The connection between the Regi Sensor J160 and the MD PWB J523 for open circuit, short • The Exit 2 Gate Solenoid for failure: DC330 [077-003] (PL 17.5)
circuit, and poor contact • The Face Up Gate Solenoid for failure: DC330 [077-004] (PL 17.5)
• The Main Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [042-002] (PL 3.2) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• The 2nd BTR Contact Retract Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [094-003] (Contact), DC330 [094-
004] (Retract) (PL 14.4) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The Fuser Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [010-006] (PL 3.1) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The Takeaway Clutch for failure (2270/3370): DC330 [077-001] (PL 15.1) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The Takeaway Motor for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [077-050] (PL 15.1) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The Regi Clutch for failure: DC330 [077-002] (PL 15.2)
• The Regi Transport Assy (2270/3370) (PL 15.1) for installation failure
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
077-104 Exit Sensor 1 Off Jam (Too Short) 077-105 Exit Sensor 2 Off Jam
BSD-ON:CH10.7, CH10.1, CH10.11, CH10.12 BSD-ON:CH10.10, CH10.11, CH10.12
After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned ON, the Fuser Exit Sensor turned OFF before the specified time has After the Exit 2 Sensor turned ON, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn OFF within the specified time.
passed.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action Check the following:
Check the following:
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path • The Exit 2 Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
• The Fuser for wound up, stuck paper • The Face Up Exit Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
• Each Exit Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • The Exit 2 Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
• Each Exit Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage • The Exit 2 Gate for operation failure
• The Exit 1 Gate for operation failure • The Face Up Exit Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
• The Exit 2 Gate for operation failure • Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General)
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General) • The Exit 2 Sensor for contamination, improper installation, and Actuator operation failure
• The Fuser Exit Sensor for contamination, improper installation, and Actuator operation failure • The Exit 2 Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-100] (PL 17.4)
• The Fuser Exit Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-101] (PL 7.1) • The connection between the Exit 2 Sensor J164 and the MD PWB J522 for open circuit, short
• The connection between the Fuser Assembly DJ600 and the MCU PWB J431 for open circuit, circuit, and poor contact
short circuit, and poor contact • The Exit 2 Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [077-060] (PL 17.4)
• The Fuser Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [010-006] (PL 3.1) • The Face Up Gate Solenoid for failure: DC330 [077-004] (PL 17.5)
• The Exit 2 Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [077-060] (PL 17.4) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• The Exit 2 Gate Solenoid for failure: DC330 [077-003] (PL 17.5)
• The Face Up Gate Solenoid for failure: DC330 [077-004] (PL 17.5) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
077-106 Exit Sensor 1 On Jam 077-109 Exit Sensor 2 On Jam
BSD-ON:CH10.7, CH4.1, CH8.1, CH8.4, CH9.34, CH10.1 BSD-ON:CH10.10, CH10.1, CH10.11, CH10.12
The Fuser Exit Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Regi Clutch On. After the Fuser Exit Sensor turned ON, the Exit 2 Sensor did not turn ON within the specified time.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
• Each Takeaway Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • Each Exit Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
• The Regi Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • The Fuser for wound up, stuck paper
• The 2nd BTR for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • Each Exit Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
• The Fuser for wound up, stuck paper • The Exit 2 Gate for operation failure
• Each Takeaway Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage • Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General)
• The Regi Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage • The Exit 2 Sensor for contamination, improper installation, and Actuator operation failure
• The 2nd BTR Contact Retract Drive Gear for wear or damage • The Exit 2 Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-100] (PL 17.4)
• The Fuser Drive Gear for wear and damage • The connection between the Exit 2 Sensor J164 and the MD PWB J522 for open circuit, short
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General) circuit, and poor contact
• The Fuser Exit Sensor for contamination, improper installation, and Actuator operation failure • The Fuser Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [010-006] (PL 3.1)
• The Fuser Exit Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-101] (PL 7.1) • The Exit 2 Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [077-060] (PL 17.4)
• The connection between the Fuser Assembly DJ600 and the MCU PWB J431 for open circuit, • The Exit 2 Gate Solenoid for failure: DC330 [077-003] (PL 17.5)
short circuit, and poor contact If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• The Main Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [042-002] (PL 3.2)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The 2nd BTR Contact Retract Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [094-003] (Contact), DC330 [094-
004] (Retract) (PL 14.4) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The Fuser Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [010-006] (PL 3.1) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The Takeaway Clutch for failure (2270/3370): DC330 [077-001] (PL 15.1) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The Takeaway Motor for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [077-050] (PL 15.1)
• The Regi Clutch for failure: DC330 [077-002] (PL 15.2)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
077-110 POB Sensor On Jam 077-130 Regi Sensor On Jam (Duplex Direct)
BSD-ON:CH9.36, CH4.1, CH8.1, CH8.4, CH9.34 BSD-ON:CH8.4, CH10.14
The POB Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Regi Clutch On. The Regi Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Regi Clutch On after the Feed has
started in Duplex Direct mode.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Check the following: Cause/Action
Check the following:
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
• Each Takeaway Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
• The Regi Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • Each Duplex Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure
• The 2nd BTR for contamination, wear, and revolution failure • Each Duplex Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage
• The IBT Belt for wound up, stuck paper • Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General)
• Each Takeaway Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage • The Regi Sensor for contamination, improper installation, and Actuator operation failure
• The Regi Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage • The Regi Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-103] (PL 15.2)
• The 2nd BTR Contact Retract Drive Gear for wear or damage • The connection between the Regi Sensor J160 and the MD PWB J523 for open circuit, short
circuit, and poor contact
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General)
• The Duplex Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [077-073] (PL 14.5)
• The POB Sensor for contamination and improper installation
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• The POB Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-102] (PL 14.4)
• The connection between the POB Sensor J180 and the MD PWB J523 for open circuit, short
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
circuit, and poor contact
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The Main Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [042-002] (PL 3.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The 2nd BTR Contact Retract Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [094-003] (Contact), DC330 [094-
004] (Retract) (PL 14.4) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The Takeaway Clutch for failure (2270/3370): DC330 [077-001] (PL 15.1)
• The Takeaway Motor for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [077-050] (PL 15.1)
• The Regi Clutch for failure: DC330 [077-002] (PL 15.2)
• The Regi Transport Assy (2270/3370) (PL 15.1) for installation failure
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
The Duplex Wait Sensor does not turn ON within the specified time after the Exit 2 Drive Motor has A different type of Tray Module is connected.
started rotating in the Duplex intake direction.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
Check the following: 2. Turn the power OFF and check the following:
• The DIP Switch settings on the Tray Module PWB
• A paper transportation failure due to a foreign substance/burr on the paper path
• The connection between the MD PWB J592 and the Tray Module PWB J541 for open circuit,
• Each Duplex Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure short circuit, and poor contact
• Each Exit Roll and Pinch Roll for contamination, wear, and revolution failure If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Each Duplex Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage • Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a)
• Each Exit Roll Drive Gear for wear and damage • Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b)
• The Exit 2 Gate for operation failure • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• Use of paper out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The Duplex Wait Sensor for contamination, improper installation, and Actuator operation failure • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The Duplex Wait Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-108] (PL 14.5) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The connection between the Duplex Wait Sensor J175 and the MD PWB J523 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact
• The Duplex Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [077-073] (PL 14.5)
• The Exit 2 Drive Motor for revolution failure: DC330 [077-062] (PL 17.4)
• The Exit 2 Gate Solenoid for failure: DC330 [077-003] (PL 17.5)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
077-212 Tray Module Reset Fail 077-214 Tray Module Logic Fail
BSD-ON:CH3.2, CH1.9 BSD-ON:CH3.2
The Tray Module reset was detected. I/F mismatch between the IOT and the Tray Module was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Check whether the voltage between the Tray Module PWB J541-12 (+) and the GND (-) is +5VDC 2. Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the MD PWB J592 and the Tray Module
and whether the voltage between the Tray Module PWB J541-10 (+) and the GND (-) is +24VDC. PWB J541 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
3. Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the MD PWB J592 and the Tray Module If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
PWB J541 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. • Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b)
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
077-215 Tray Module Communication Fail 077-300 Front Cover Interlock Open
BSD-ON:CH3.2 BSD-ON:CH1.10
Communication error between Tray Module PWB and MCU PWB was detected. The Front Cover is open.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. Check the following:
2. Turn the power OFF and check the connection between the MD PWB J592 and the Tray Module
PWB J541 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. • The Front Cover for damage or mismatch.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • The Front Cover Interlock Switch for failure: DC330 [077-303] (PL 18.5)
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a) • The connection between the Front Cover Interlock Switch J101 and the MD PWB J521 for open
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b) circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
077-301 L/H Cover Interlock Open 077-305 Tray Module L/H Cover Open
BSD-ON:CH1.10 BSD-ON:CH8.3
The L/H Cover is open. The Tray Module L/H Cover is open.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Check the following:
• The L/H Cover Unit for damage or mismatch
• The Tray Module L/H Cover for damage or mismatch
• The L/H Cover Interlock Switch for failure: DC330 [077-300] (PL 14.1)
• The Tray Module L/H Cover Switch for failure: DC330 [077-306] (PL 10.12)
• The connection between the L/H Cover Interlock Switch J100 and the MD PWB J534 for open
• The connection between the Tray Module L/H Cover Switch J104 and the Tray Module PWB
circuit, short circuit, and poor contact J549 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the Tray Module PWB.
• Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (PL 10.9a)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (PL 10.9b)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
077-307 Duplex Cover Open 077-308 L/H High Cover Open
BSD-ON:CH10.13 BSD-ON:CH10.9
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The Duplex Cover for damage or mismatch. • The L/H High Cover Assembly for damage or mismatch
• The Duplex Cover Switch for failure: DC330 [077-305] (PL 14.5) • The L/H High Cover Switch for failure: DC330 [077-302] (PL 17.4)
• The connection between the Duplex Cover Switch J176 and the MD PWB J523 for open circuit, • The connection between the L/H High Cover Switch J168 and the MD PWB J522 for open circuit,
short circuit, and poor contact short circuit, and poor contact
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
077-314 P/H Module Logic Fail 077-320 All Feed Tray Broken
BSD-ON:CH3.2 BSD-ON:-
A fatal error was detected in the Tray Module. All the Feed Trays that are connected to the IOT were detected to have malfunctioned.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. Cause/Action
Cause/Action Enter DC122 Fail History. Go to the FIP of the affected Paper Tray.
An abnormal value was detected from the Transparency Sensor. (This is a hidden failure. Data is only When the power was turned ON, the M/C was stopped (Cycle Down/ Shut Down), or when the interlocks
recorded in history.) were closed (all interlocks including options), the Regi Sensor detected paper.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The Transparency Sensor and Reflective Prism for contamination and improper installation • The Regi Sensor for remaining paper, contamination, Actuator return failure, or improper installation
• Use of Transparency out of spec (Refer to the spec in Chapter 6 General) • The Regi Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-103] (PL 15.2)
• The Transparency Sensor for failure: DC140[077-200] (PL 15.2) • The connection between the Regi Sensor J160 and the MD PWB J523 for short circuit
• The connection between the Transparency Sensor J161 and the MD PWB J523 for open circuit, If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
short circuit, and poor contact
• The connector ( P/J452) between the MD PWB and the MCU PWB for poor connection • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
077-901 Exit Sensor 1 Static Jam 077-902 Exit Sensor 2 Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH10.7 BSD-ON:CH10.10
When the power was turned ON, the M/C was stopped (Cycle Down/ Shut Down), or when the interlocks When the power was turned ON, the M/C was stopped (Cycle Down/ Shut Down), or when the interlocks
were closed (all interlocks including options), the Fuser Exit Sensor detected paper. were closed (all interlocks including options), the Exit 2 Sensor detected paper.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The Fuser Exit Sensor for remaining paper, contamination, Actuator return failure, or improper • The Exit 2 Sensor for remaining paper, contamination, Actuator return failure, or improper
installation installation
• The Fuser Exit Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-101] (PL 7.1) • The Exit 2 Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-100] (PL 17.4)
• The connection between the Fuser Assembly DJ600 and the MCU PWB J431 for short circuit • The connection between the Exit 2 Sensor J164 and the MD PWB J522 for short circuit
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. • The L/H High Cover Assembly for damage or mismatch
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
077-903 POB Sensor Static Jam 077-907 Duplex Wait Sensor Static Jam
BSD-ON:CH9.36 BSD-ON:CH10.13
When the power was turned ON, the M/C was stopped (Cycle Down/ Shut Down), or when the interlocks When the power was turned ON, the M/C was stopped (Cycle Down/ Shut Down), or when the interlocks
were closed (all interlocks including options), the POB Sensor detected paper. were closed (all interlocks including options), the Duplex Wait Sensor detected paper.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The POB Sensor for remaining paper, contamination, or improper installation • The Duplex Wait Sensor for remaining paper, contamination, Actuator return failure, or improper
• The POB Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-102] (PL 14.4) installation
• The connection between the POB Sensor J180 and the MD PWB J523 for short circuit • The Duplex Wait Sensor for failure: DC330 [077-108] (PL 14.5)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • The connection between the Duplex Wait Sensor J175 and the MD PWB J523 for short circuit
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
There is an error with the Cyan fast scan position that is used as a reference during A1 (fine adjustment During the A1 (fine adjustment pattern) and C patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor In side did
pattern) and C patch detection. (This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be guaranteed and not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. (This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec
Data is only recorded in history.) cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: •When this Fail occurs, select No. 003 in DC612 Test Pattern Print and check the printout of the
fine adjustment pattern to estimate the color position (In/Out). Before printing this test pattern, set
Initial Actions the value of DC131 [870-207] to "7".
When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (Chain No.
089 Fail is detected during the execution of Regi Control. However, 089-617 is also detected during Initial Actions
power ON.) When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (Chain No.
Table 1 089 Fail is detected during the execution of Regi Control. However, 089-617 is also detected during
Priority Chain Link Fail Item power ON.)
During the A1 (fine adjustment pattern) and C patch detection, the patch at the MOB Sensor Out side did During the B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the #1 (Yellow) patch at the MOB Sensor In side
not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. (This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. (This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec
cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.) cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: •When this Fail occurs, select No. 003 in DC612 Test Pattern Print and check the printout of the NOTE: •When this Fail occurs, select No. 004 in DC612 Test Pattern Print and check the printout of the
fine adjustment pattern to estimate the color position (In/Out). Before printing this test pattern, set rough adjustment pattern to estimate the color position (In/Out). Before printing this test pattern, set
the value of DC131 [870-207] to "7". the value of DC131 [870-207] to "7".
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Table 1 Table 1
Priority Chain Link Fail Item Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail 1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B 2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B
089-612, 089-613, 089-615, 089-612, 089-613, 089-615,
3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1 3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1 4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail 5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail 6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail
Cause/Action Procedure
1. Check the detection section of the MOB Sensor for contamination, the connectors for disconnection, Check the density of Y color. Is the density of Y color normal?
and the connections for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. If no problems are found, Y N
replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5). Adjust to correct the density of Y color.
2. Perform DC675 Regi Control Setup Cycle.
Check the connection between the MOB Sensor In J150 and the MCU PWB J415 for connector
disconnection, open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Is the connection normal?
Y N
Connect the MOB Sensor In J150 to the MCU PWB J415 properly.
Check the Y Magnet Roll for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Magnet Roll normal?
Y N
Replace the Developer (Y)(PL 5.2)
Check the IBT Belt for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the IBT Belt normal?
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt Unit(PL 6.1)
Check the Y Drum for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Drum normal?
Y N 089-606 RC Sample Block Fail-B-#1-Out
Replace Drum (Y) (PL 8.1)
BSD-ON:CH6.12
Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. If the
During the B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the #1 (Yellow) patch at the MOB Sensor Out
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) side did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. (This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi
Spec cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
NOTE: •When this Fail occurs, select No. 004 in DC612 Test Pattern Print and check the printout of the
rough adjustment pattern to estimate the color position (In/Out). Before printing this test pattern, set
the value of DC131 [870-207] to "7".
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Initial Actions
When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (Chain No.
089 Fail is detected during the execution of Regi Control. However, 089-617 is also detected during
power ON.)
Table 1
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B
089-612, 089-613, 089-615,
3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail
Procedure
Check the density of Y color. Is the density of Y color normal?
Y N
Adjust to correct the density of Y color.
Check the connection between the MOB Sensor Out J151 and the MCU PWB J415 for connector
disconnection, open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Is the connection normal?
Y N
Connect the MOB Sensor Out J151 to the MCU PWB J415 properly.
Check the Y Magnet Roll for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Magnet Roll normal?
Y N
Replace the Developer (Y)(PL 5.2)
Check the IBT Belt for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the IBT Belt normal?
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt Unit(PL 6.1)
Version 1.2 A
2010/08 CHAIN 89
2-191
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
2010/08
CHAIN 89 2-192 Version 1.2
A
Check the Y Drum for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Drum normal? 089-607 RC Sample Block Fail-B-#2-In
Y N
BSD-ON:CH6.12
Replace Drum (Y) (PL 8.1)
During the B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the #2 (Magenta) patch at the MOB Sensor In
Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. If the
side did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. (This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) Spec cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Initial Actions
When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (Chain No.
089 Fail is detected during the execution of Regi Control. However, 089-617 is also detected during
power ON.)
Table 1
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B
089-612, 089-613, 089-615,
3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail
Procedure
Check the density of M color. Is the density of M color normal?
Y N
Adjust to correct the density of M color.
Check the connection between the MOB Sensor In J150 and the MCU PWB J415 for connector
disconnection, open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Is the connection normal?
Y N
Connect the MOB Sensor In J150 to the MCU PWB J415 properly.
Check the M Magnet Roll for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Magnet Roll normal?
Y N
Replace the Developer (M)(PL 5.2)
Check the IBT Belt for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the IBT Belt normal?
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt Unit(PL 6.1)
Check the M Drum for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Drum normal?
Y N 089-609 RC Sample Block Fail-B-#2-Out
Replace Drum (M) (PL 8.1)
BSD-ON:CH6.12
Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. If the
During the B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the #2 (Magenta) patch at the MOB Sensor Out
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) side did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. (This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi
Spec cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
NOTE: •When this Fail occurs, select No. 004 in DC612 Test Pattern Print and check the printout of the
rough adjustment pattern to estimate the color position (In/Out). Before printing this test pattern, set
the value of DC131 [870-207] to "7".
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Initial Actions
When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (Chain No.
089 Fail is detected during the execution of Regi Control. However, 089-617 is also detected during
power ON.)
Table 1
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B
089-612, 089-613, 089-615,
3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail
Procedure
Check the density of M color. Is the density of M color normal?
Y N
Adjust to correct the density of M color.
Check the connection between the MOB Sensor In J151 and the MCU PWB J415 for connector
disconnection, open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Is the connection normal?
Y N
Connect the MOB Sensor Out J151 to the MCU PWB J415 properly.
Check the M Magnet Roll for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Magnet Roll normal?
Y N
Replace the Developer (M)(PL 5.2)
Check the IBT Belt for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the IBT Belt normal?
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt Unit(PL 6.1)
Version 1.2 A
2010/08 CHAIN 89
2-193
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
2010/08
CHAIN 89 2-194 Version 1.2
A
Check the M Drum for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Drum normal? 089-610 RC Sample Block Fail-B-#3-In
Y N
BSD-ON:CH6.12
Replace Drum (M) (PL 8.1)
During the B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the #3 (Cyan) patch at the MOB Sensor In side
Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. If the
did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. (This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Initial Actions
When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (Chain No.
089 Fail is detected during the execution of Regi Control. However, 089-617 is also detected during
power ON.)
Table 1
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B
089-612, 089-613, 089-615,
3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail
Procedure
Check the density of C color. Is the density of C color normal?
Y N
Adjust to correct the density of C color.
Check the connection between the MOB Sensor In J150 and the MCU PWB J415 for connector
disconnection, open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Is the connection normal?
Y N
Connect the MOB Sensor In J150 to the MCU PWB J415 properly.
Check the C Magnet Roll for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Magnet Roll normal?
Y N
Replace the Developer (C)(PL 5.2)
Check the IBT Belt for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the IBT Belt normal?
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt Unit(PL 6.1)
Check the C Drum for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Drum normal?
Y N 089-612 RC Sample Block Fail-B-#3-Out
Replace Drum (C). (PL 8.1)
BSD-ON:CH6.12
Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. If the
During the B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the #3 (Cyan) patch at the MOB Sensor Out
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) side did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. (This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi
Spec cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
NOTE: •When this Fail occurs, select No. 004 in DC612 Test Pattern Print and check the printout of the
rough adjustment pattern to estimate the color position (In/Out). Before printing this test pattern, set
the value of DC131 [870-207] to "7".
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Initial Actions
When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (Chain No.
089 Fail is detected during the execution of Regi Control. However, 089-617 is also detected during
power ON.)
Table 1
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B
089-612, 089-613, 089-615,
3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail
Procedure
Check the density of C color. Is the density of C color normal?
Y N
Adjust to correct the density of C color.
Check the connection between the MOB Sensor Out J151 and the MCU PWB J415 for connector
disconnection, open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Is the connection normal?
Y N
Connect the MOB Sensor Out J151 to the MCU PWB J415 properly.
Check the C Magnet Roll for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Magnet Roll normal?
Y N
Replace the Developer (C)(PL 5.2)
Check the IBT Belt for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the IBT Belt normal?
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt Unit(PL 6.1)
Version 1.2 A
2010/08 CHAIN 89
2-195
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
2010/08
CHAIN 89 2-196 Version 1.2
A
Check the C Drum for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Drum normal? 089-613 RC Sample Block Fail-B-#4-In
Y N
BSD-ON:CH6.12
Replace Drum (C). (PL 8.1)
During the B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the #4 (Black) patch at the MOB Sensor In side
Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. If the
did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. (This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi Spec
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Initial Actions
When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (Chain No.
089 Fail is detected during the execution of Regi Control. However, 089-617 is also detected during
power ON.)
Table 1
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B
089-612, 089-613, 089-615,
3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail
Procedure
Check the density of K color. Is the density of K color normal?
Y N
Adjust to correct the density of K color.
Check the connection between the MOB Sensor In J150 and the MCU PWB J415 for connector
disconnection, open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Is the connection normal?
Y N
Connect the MOB Sensor In J150 to the MCU PWB J415 properly.
Check the K Magnet Roll for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Magnet Roll normal?
Y N
Replace the Developer (K)(PL 5.2)
Check the IBT Belt for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the IBT Belt normal?
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt Unit(PL 6.1)
Check the K Drum for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Drum normal?
Y N 089-615 RC Sample Block Fail-B-#4-Out
Replace the Drum (K) (PL 8.1)
BSD-ON:CH6.12
Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. If the
During the B (rough adjustment pattern) patch detection, the #4 (Black) patch at the MOB Sensor Out
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) side did not satisfy the defined number of valid sample blocks. (This is a hidden failure. The Color Regi
Spec cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
NOTE: •When this Fail occurs, select No. 004 in DC612 Test Pattern Print and check the printout of the
rough adjustment pattern to estimate the color position (In/Out). Before printing this test pattern, set
the value of DC131 [870-207] to "7".
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Initial Actions
When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (Chain No.
089 Fail is detected during the execution of Regi Control. However, 089-617 is also detected during
power ON.)
Table 1
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B
089-612, 089-613, 089-615,
3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail
Procedure
Check the density of K color. Is the density of K color normal?
Y N
Adjust to correct the density of K color.
Check the connection between the MOB Sensor Out J151 and the MCU PWB J415 for connector
disconnection, open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Is the connection normal?
Y N
Connect the MOB Sensor Out J151 to the MCU PWB J415 properly.
Check the K Magnet Roll for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Magnet Roll normal?
Y N
Replace the Developer (K)(PL 5.2)
Check the IBT Belt for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the IBT Belt normal?
Y N
Replace the IBT Belt Unit(PL 6.1)
Version 1.2 A
2010/08 CHAIN 89
2-197
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
2010/08
CHAIN 89 2-198 Version 1.2
A
Check the K Drum for contamination, scratches, and distortion. Is the Drum normal? 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
Y N
BSD-ON:CH6.12
Replace the Drum (K) (PL 8.1)
The correction setting value of calculation result has exceeded the settable range. (This is a hidden
Replace the MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. If the
failure. The Color Regi Spec cannot be guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Initial Actions
When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (Chain No.
089 Fail is detected during the execution of Regi Control. However, 089-617 is also detected during
power ON.)
Table 1
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B
089-612, 089-613, 089-615,
3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail
Procedure
Display the adjustment amount in DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. Check which item has
reached the maximum adjustment amount shown in the following table.
Table 2
Adjustment Range
Correction item
MIN MAX
Fast Scan Margin -90 +90
Slow Scan Margin -4720 +4720
Skew -800 +800
Is the item that has reached the adjustment range (MIN or MAX), "Fast Scan Margin" or "Slow
Scan Margin"?
Y N
Check the following:
• Check that the value of DC131 [760-024] is "0".
• The Drum (Y, M, C, K) for improper installation.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum (Y, M, C, K) (PL 8.1)
• LPH Unit (Y, M, C, K) (PL 2.1)
• Rear Holder Assembly (PL 2.1)
A
A
Is the item that has reached the adjustment range (MIN or MAX) "Slow Scan Margin"? 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
Y N
Raise/lower the LPH (Y, M, C, K) 2 to 3 times to check the LPH lift up/down mechanism. If the BSD-ON:CH3.1
problem persists, replace the LPH Unit (Y, M, C, K) (PL 2.1).
The result from adding the offset value to the color registration correction value has exceeded the
Replace the MCU PWB and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. settable range. (This is a hidden failure. The Alignment Lead Regi or Skew might have exceeded the
adjustable range and Data is only recorded in history.)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Initial Actions
When multiple failures with Chain No. 089 occur, take action according to the priority order in the
following table. Solving a higher priority failure may sometimes also repair the other failures. (Chain No.
089 Fail is detected during the execution of Regi Control. However, 089-617 is also detected during
power ON.)
Table 1
Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B
089-612, 089-613, 089-615,
3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail
Cause/Action
1. Check that the value of DC131 [760-063] is "0". (Because this Fail occurs only when the NVM write
data is incorrect or the NVM is corrupted, if the setting value is not "0", reset it to "0".)
2. Check that the value of DC131 [760-082] is between the values of DC131 [760-084] and DC131
[760-085]. (If it is not, set the value of DC131 [760-082] to be between the values of DC131 [760-
084] and DC131 [760-085].)
3. Check that the value of DC131 [760-083] is between the values of DC131 [760-084] and DC131
[760-085]. (If it is not, set the value of DC131 [760-083] to be between the values of DC131 [760-
084] and DC131 [760-085].)
The result from adding the skew/bow correction value to the Y color linearity correction value has The result from adding the skew/bow correction value to the M color linearity correction value has
exceeded the settable range. (This is a hidden failure. The LPH Slow Scan linearity cannot be exceeded the settable range. (This is a hidden failure. The LPH Slow Scan linearity cannot be
guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.) guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Table 1 Table 1
Priority Chain Link Fail Item Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail 1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B 2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B
089-612, 089-613, 089-615, 089-612, 089-613, 089-615,
3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1 3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1 4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail 5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail 6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail
Procedure Procedure
Check that the value stored in LPH (Y) EEPROM is correct. Has any Y color related Chain No. 061 Check that the value stored in LPH (M) EEPROM is correct. Has any M color related Chain No. 061
Fail occurred? Fail occurred?
Y N Y N
Display the skew correction amount in DC675 Regi Control Setup Cycle. Display the skew correction amount in DC675 Regi Control Setup Cycle.
Is the "skew correction amount" within the range of +500~-500? Is the "skew correction amount" within the range of +500~-500?
Y N Y N
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check that the value of DC131 [760-024] is "0". • Check that the value of DC131 [760-024] is "0".
• The Drum (Y) for improper installation. • The Drum (M) for improper installation.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum (Y) (PL 8.1) • Drum (M) (PL 8.1)
• LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1)
• Rear Holder Assembly (Y) (PL 2.1) • Rear Holder Assembly (M) (PL 2.1)
Replace the LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. If the Replace the LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. If the
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The result from adding the skew/bow correction value to the C color linearity correction value has The result from adding the skew/bow correction value to the K color linearity correction value has
exceeded the settable range. (This is a hidden failure. The LPH Slow Scan linearity cannot be exceeded the settable range. (This is a hidden failure. The LPH Slow Scan linearity cannot be
guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.) guaranteed and Data is only recorded in history.)
Table 1 Table 1
Priority Chain Link Fail Item Priority Chain Link Fail Item
1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail 1 (High) 089-616 RC Data Over Flow Fail
2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B 2 089-604, 089-606, 089-607, 089-609, 089-610, RC SampleBlock Fail-B
089-612, 089-613, 089-615, 089-612, 089-613, 089-615,
3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1 3 089-601, 089-603 RC SampleBlock Fail-A1
4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1 4 089-600 RC SampleLateral Fail-A1
5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail 5 089-617 RC Lead Regi Over Range Fail
6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail 6 (Low) 089-625, 089-626, 089-627, 089-628 RC Data Linearity Fail
Procedure Procedure
Check that the value stored in LPH (C) EEPROM is correct. Has any C color related Chain No. 061 Check that the value stored in LPH (K) EEPROM is correct. Has any K color related Chain No. 061
Fail occurred? Fail occurred?
Y N Y N
Display the skew correction amount in DC675 Regi Control Setup Cycle. Display the skew correction amount in DC675 Regi Control Setup Cycle.
Is the "skew correction amount" within the range of +500~-500? Is the "skew correction amount" within the range of +500~-500?
Y N Y N
Check the following: Check the following:
• Check that the value of DC131 [760-024] is "0". • Check that the value of DC131 [760-024] is "0".
• The Drum (C) for improper installation. • The Drum (K) for improper installation.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum (C) (PL 8.1) • Drum (K) (PL 8.1)
• LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1)
• Rear Holder Assembly (C) (PL 2.1) • Rear Holder Assembly (K) (PL 2.1)
Replace the LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. If the Replace the LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1) and perform DC675 Registration Control Setup Cycle. If the
problem persists, replace the MCU PWB. problem persists, replace the MCU PWB.
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Communication error between CPU of the MCU PWB and ASIC was detected. The Waste Toner Bottle Full Sensor detected Near Full state.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Procedure
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. The Waste Toner Bottle needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Waste Toner Bottle (PL 8.2) as
2. Turn the power OFF and replace the MCU PWB. required. If the problem persists, check the Waste Toner Bottle Full Sensor.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [091-201]. Use a sheet of paper, etc. to
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
block/clear the light path to the Waste Toner Bottle Full Sensor.
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) Does the display change between High/Low?
Y N
Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the Waste Toner Bottle Full Sensor.
091-401 Drum Cartridge K Near Life 091-402 Drum Cartridge K Life Over
BSD-ON:CH9.6 BSD-ON:CH9.6
It was detected that the replacement timing for Drum (K) is closer than Pre Near. Drum (K) has reached the end of its lifespan.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
The Drum (K) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Drum (K) (PL 8.1) as required. Replace the Drum (K) (PL 8.1).
091-407 DRUM K CRUM Trouble Info 091-411 Drum Cartridge Y Near Life
BSD-ON:CH9.6 BSD-ON:CH9.5
[Detection Conditions] It was detected that the replacement timing for Drum (Y) is closer than Pre Near.
• 091-914 : DRUM K CRUM Comm Fail
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• 091-915 : DRUM K CRUM Data Broken
• 091-916 : DRUM K CRUM Data Mismatch Cause/Action
One of these occurred. The Drum (Y) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Drum (Y) (PL 8.1) as required.
[Corrective Actions]
• Remove and install (reinsert) the Drum Cartridge.
• Replace the Drum Cartridge.
091-417 DRUM Y CRUM Trouble Info 091-421 Drum Cartridge M Near Life
BSD-ON:CH9.5 BSD-ON:CH9.5
[Detection Conditions] It was detected that the replacement timing for Drum (M) is closer than Pre Near.
• 091-917 : DRUM Y CRUM Comm Fail
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• 091-940 : DRUM Y CRUM Data Broken
• 091-943 : DRUM Y CRUM Data Mismatch Cause/Action
One of these occurred. The Drum (M) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Drum (M) (PL 8.1) as required.
[Corrective Actions]
• Remove and install (reinsert) the Drum Cartridge.
• Replace the Drum Cartridge.
091-427 DRUM M CRUM Trouble Info 091-431 Drum Cartridge C Near Life
BSD-ON:CH9.5 BSD-ON:CH9.6
[Detection Conditions] It was detected that the replacement timing for Drum (C) is closer than Pre Near.
• 091-918 : DRUM M CRUM Comm Fail
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• 091-941 : DRUM M CRUM Data Broken
• 091-944 : DRUM M CRUM Data Mismatch Cause/Action
One of these occurred. The Drum (C) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Drum (C) (PL 8.1) as required.
[Corrective Actions]
• Remove and install (reinsert) the Drum Cartridge.
• Replace the Drum Cartridge.
091-437 DRUM C CRUM Trouble Info 091-480 Drum Cartridge Y Life Over
BSD-ON:CH9.6 BSD-ON:CH9.5
[Detection Conditions] Drum (Y) has reached the end of its lifespan.
• 091-919 : DRUM C CRUM Comm Fail
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
• 091-942 : DRUM C CRUM Data Broken
• 091-945 : DRUM C CRUM Data Mismatch Cause/Action
One of these occurred. Replace Drum (Y) (PL 8.1).
[Corrective Actions]
• Remove and install (reinsert) the Drum Cartridge.
• Replace the Drum Cartridge.
091-481 Drum Cartridge M Life Over 091-482 Drum Cartridge C Life Over
BSD-ON:CH9.5 BSD-ON:CH9.6
Drum (M) has reached the end of its lifespan. Drum (C) has reached the end of its lifespan.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Replace Drum (M) (PL 8.1). Replace Drum (C) (PL 8.1).
091-910 Waste Toner Bottle Not In Position 091-911 Waste Toner Bottle Full
BSD-ON:CH9.40 BSD-ON:CH9.40
The Waste Toner Bottle is not in the proper position. After the Waste Toner Bottle Near Full has occurred, the PV exceeds the threshold value.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Check that the Bottle Guide Assembly at the machine side and the Waste Toner Bottle does not have Replace the Waste Toner Bottle (PL 8.2). If the problem persists, check the Waste Toner Bottle Full
any deformation or foreign substances, and that they are installed properly. Sensor. Enter DC330 [091-201]. Use a sheet of paper, etc. to block/clear the light path to the Waste
Is the Waste Toner Bottle installed properly? Toner Bottle Full Sensor.
Y N Does the display change between High/Low?
Install the Waste Toner Bottle properly. If there is any deformation, replace the Waste Toner Bottle Y N
(PL 8.2) and Bottle Guide Assembly (PL 8.2). Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the Waste Toner Bottle Full Sensor.
Check the Waste Toner Bottle Position Sensor. Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Enter DC330 [091-200]. Use a sheet of paper, etc. to block/ Replace the MCU PWB.
clear the light path to the Waste Toner Bottle Position Sensor. • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
Does the display change between High/Low? • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Y N
Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to check the Waste Toner Bottle Position Sensor.
Drum (K) has reached the end of its lifespan. Communication failure with Drum (K) CRUM was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Replace the Drum (K) (PL 8.1). 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn the power OFF and check the following:
• The connection between the MD PWB J528 and the Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (K)
P115 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
• The connection terminals between the Drum (K) CRUM PWB and the Drum CRUM Coupler
Assembly (K) CRUM for damage and foreign substances
• The Drum (K) CRUM PWB for contamination or disengagement
• The Drum (K) for improper installation
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum (K) (PL 8.1)
• Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (K) (PL 8.1)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
091-915 Drum CRUM K Data Broken 091-916 Drum CRUM K Data Mismatch
BSD-ON:CH9.6 BSD-ON:CH9.6
The system detected that the data written to the Drum (K) CRUM and the data read from the Drum (K) Incorrect authentication area data was detected in Drum (K) CRUM.
CRUM do not match.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action Remove and reinstall the Drum (K) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found, replace
Remove and reinstall the Drum (K) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found, replace it with the correct Drum (K) (PL 8.1).
the Drum (K) (PL 8.1).
091-917 Drum CRUM Y Communication Fail 091-918 Drum CRUM M Communication Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.5 BSD-ON:CH9.5
Communication failure with Drum (Y) CRUM was detected. Communication failure with Drum (M) CRUM was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Turn the power OFF and check the following: 2. Turn the power OFF and check the following:
• The connection between the MD PWB J528 and the Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (Y) • The connection between the MD PWB J528 and the Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (M)
P112 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact P113 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
• The connection terminals between the Drum (Y) CRUM PWB and the Drum CRUM Coupler • The connection terminals between the Drum (M) CRUM PWB and the Drum CRUM Coupler
Assembly (Y) CRUM for damage and foreign substances Assembly (M) CRUM for damage and foreign substances
• The Drum (Y) CRUM PWB for contamination or disengagement • The Drum (M) CRUM PWB for contamination or disengagement
• The Drum (Y) for improper installation • The Drum (M) for improper installation
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum (Y) (PL 8.1) • Drum (M) (PL 8.1)
• Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (Y) (PL 8.1) • Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (M) (PL 8.1)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
091-919 Drum CRUM C Communication Fail 091-921 Drum CRUM K Not In Position
BSD-ON:CH9.6 BSD-ON:CH9.6
Communication failure with Drum (C) CRUM was detected. The Drum (K) CRUM is not in the proper position (loose CRUM).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Remove and reinstall the Drum (K).
2. Turn the power OFF and check the following: 2. Polish the connection terminals between the Drum (K) CRUM PWB and the Drum CRUM Coupler
• The connection between the MD PWB J528 and the Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (C) Assembly (K) CRUM with dry cloth. (When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner, etc.)
P114 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact 3. Check the following:
• The connection terminals between the Drum (C) CRUM PWB and the Drum CRUM Coupler • The connection between the MD PWB J528 and the Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (K)
Assembly (C) CRUM for damage and foreign substances P115 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
• The Drum (C) CRUM PWB for contamination or disengagement • The connection terminals between the Drum (K) CRUM PWB and the Drum CRUM Coupler
• The Drum (C) for improper installation Assembly (K) CRUM for damage and foreign substances
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • The Drum (K) for improper installation
• Drum (C) (PL 8.1) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (C) (PL 8.1) • Drum (K) (PL 8.1)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (K) (PL 8.1)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
091-927 Drum CRUM Y Not In Position 091-928 Drum CRUM M Not In Position
BSD-ON:CH9.5 BSD-ON:CH9.5
The Drum (Y) CRUM is not in the proper position (loose CRUM). The Drum (M) CRUM is not in the proper position (loose CRUM).
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Remove and reinstall the Drum (Y). 1. Remove and reinstall the Drum (M).
2. Polish the connection terminals between the Drum (Y) CRUM PWB and the Drum CRUM Coupler 2. Polish the connection terminals between the Drum (M) CRUM PWB and the Drum CRUM Coupler
Assembly (Y) CRUM with dry cloth. (When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner, etc.) Assembly (M) CRUM with dry cloth. (When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner, etc.)
3. Check the following: 3. Check the following:
• The connection between the MD PWB J528 and the Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (Y) • The connection between the MD PWB J528 and the Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (M)
P112 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact P113 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
• The connection terminals between the Drum (Y) CRUM PWB and the Drum CRUM Coupler • The connection terminals between the Drum (M) CRUM PWB and the Drum CRUM Coupler
Assembly (Y) CRUM for damage and foreign substances Assembly (M) CRUM for damage and foreign substances
• The Drum (Y) for improper installation • The Drum (M) for improper installation
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum (Y) (PL 8.1) • Drum (M) (PL 8.1)
• Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (Y) (PL 8.1) • Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (M) (PL 8.1)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
091-929 Drum CRUM C Not In Position 091-940 Drum CRUM Y Data Broken
BSD-ON:CH9.6 BSD-ON:CH9.5
The Drum (C) CRUM is not in the proper position (loose CRUM). The system detected that the data written to the Drum (Y) CRUM and the data read from the Drum (Y)
CRUM do not match.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
1. Remove and reinstall the Drum (C). Cause/Action
2. Polish the connection terminals between the Drum (C) CRUM PWB and the Drum CRUM Coupler Remove and reinstall the Drum (Y) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found, replace
Assembly (C) CRUM with dry cloth. (When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner, etc.) the Drum (Y) (PL 8.1).
3. Check the following:
• The connection between the MD PWB J528 and the Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (C)
P114 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
• The connection terminals between the Drum (C) CRUM PWB and the Drum CRUM Coupler
Assembly (C) CRUM for damage and foreign substances
• The Drum (C) for improper installation
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum (C) (PL 8.1)
• Drum CRUM Coupler Assembly (C) (PL 8.1)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
091-941 Drum CRUM C Data Broken 091-942 Drum CRUM C Data Broken
BSD-ON:CH9.5 BSD-ON:CH9.6
The system detected that the data written to the Drum (M) CRUM and the data read from the Drum (M) The system detected that the data written to the Drum (C) CRUM and the data read from the Drum (C)
CRUM do not match. CRUM do not match.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Remove and reinstall the Drum (M) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found, replace Remove and reinstall the Drum (C) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found, replace
the Drum (M) (PL 8.1). the Drum (C) (PL 8.1).
091-943 Drum CRUM Y Data Mismatch 091-944 Drum CRUM M Data Mismatch
BSD-ON:CH9.5 BSD-ON:CH9.5
Incorrect authentication area data was detected in Drum (Y) CRUM. Incorrect authentication area data was detected in Drum (M) CRUM.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Remove and reinstall the Drum (Y) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found, replace Remove and reinstall the Drum (M) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found, replace
it with the correct Drum (Y) (PL 8.1). it with the correct Drum (M) (PL 8.1).
091-945 Drum CRUM C Data Mismatch
BSD-ON:CH9.6
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Remove and reinstall the Drum (C) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found, replace
it with the correct Drum (C) (PL 8.1).
The frequency at which the ATC Average Fail [Y] or the ATC Amplitude Fail [Y] has been occurring has The frequency at which the ATC Average Fail [M] or the ATC Amplitude Fail [M] has been occurring has
exceeded the threshold value. exceeded the threshold value.
NOTE: •Although this Fail can be cleared by turning the power OFF and ON and it will be possible to NOTE: •Although this Fail can be cleared by turning the power OFF and ON and it will be possible to
output a few sheets of printouts, when this Fail has occurred a certain number of times, it will no output a few sheets of printouts, when this Fail has occurred a certain number of times, it will no
longer be clearable by turning the power OFF and ON. To clear it, clear the value of DC131 [752- longer be clearable by turning the power OFF and ON. To clear it, clear the value of DC131 [752-
346] (ATC Fail [Y]) or DC131 [752-350] (ATC Fail Continuous Count [Y]) to "0". If the machine is not 347] (ATC Fail [M]) or DC131 [752-351] (ATC Fail Continuous Count [M]) to "0". If the machine is not
repaired back to normal status, this Fail will occur again during the operation. repaired back to normal status, this Fail will occur again during the operation.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The connection between the ATC Sensor (Y) and the ATC PWB J124 for open circuit, short circuit, • The connection between the ATC Sensor (M) and the ATC PWB J125 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact and poor contact
• The connection between the ATC PWB J633 and the MD PWB J528 for open circuit, short circuit, • The connection between the ATC PWB J633 and the MD PWB J528 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact and poor contact
• The Toner Dispense Motor (Y) for revolution failure: DC330 [093-001] (PL 5.1) • The Toner Dispense Motor (M) for revolution failure: DC330 [093-006] (PL 5.1)
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [091-026] (PL 3.3a) • The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [091-026] (PL 3.3a)
• The Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [091-027] (PL 3.3b) • The Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [091-027] (PL 3.3b)
• The Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [093-022] (PL 3.3b) • The Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [093-022] (PL 3.3b)
• The path from Toner Cartridge (Y) to Developer (Y) for toner blockage • The path from Toner Cartridge (M) to Developer (M) for toner blockage
• The Developer (Y) for internal toner blockage • The Developer (M) for internal toner blockage
• The Toner Cartridge (Y) for internal toner blockage • The Toner Cartridge (M) for internal toner blockage
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ATC Sensor (Y) (PL 5.2) • ATC Sensor (M) (PL 5.2)
• ATC PWB (PL 5.2) • ATC PWB (PL 5.2)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The frequency at which the ATC Average Fail [C] or the ATC Amplitude Fail [C] has been occurring has The frequency at which the ATC Average Fail [K] or the ATC Amplitude Fail [K] has been occurring has
exceeded the threshold value. exceeded the threshold value.
NOTE: •Although this Fail can be cleared by turning the power OFF and ON and it will be possible to NOTE: •Although this Fail can be cleared by turning the power OFF and ON and it will be possible to
output a few sheets of printouts, when this Fail has occurred a certain number of times, it will no output a few sheets of printouts, when this Fail has occurred a certain number of times, it will no
longer be clearable by turning the power OFF and ON. To clear it, clear the value of DC131 [752- longer be clearable by turning the power OFF and ON. To clear it, clear the value of DC131 [752-
348] (ATC Fail [C]) or DC131 [752-352] (ATC Fail Continuous Count [C]) to "0". If the machine is not 349] (ATC Fail [K]) or DC131 [752-353] (ATC Fail Continuous Count [K]) to "0". If the machine is not
repaired back to normal status, this Fail will occur again during the operation. repaired back to normal status, this Fail will occur again during the operation.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The connection between the ATC Sensor (C) and the ATC PWB J126 for open circuit, short circuit, • The connection between the ATC Sensor (K) and the ATC PWB J127 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact and poor contact
• The connection between the ATC PWB J633 and the MD PWB J528 for open circuit, short circuit, • The connection between the ATC PWB J633 and the MD PWB J528 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact and poor contact
• The Toner Dispense Motor (C) for revolution failure: DC330 [093-011] (PL 5.1) • The Toner Dispense Motor (K) for revolution failure: DC330 [093-016] (PL 5.1)
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [091-026] (PL 3.3a) • The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [091-033] (PL 3.3a)
• The Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [091-027] (PL 3.3b) • The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [091-033] (PL 3.3b)
• The Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [093-022] (PL 3.3b) • The path from Toner Cartridge (K) to Developer (K) for toner blockage
• The path from Toner Cartridge (C) to Developer (C) for toner blockage • The Developer (K) for internal toner blockage
• The Developer (C) for internal toner blockage • The Toner Cartridge (K) for internal toner blockage
• The Toner Cartridge (C) for internal toner blockage If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ATC Sensor (K) (PL 5.2)
• ATC Sensor (C) (PL 5.2) • ATC PWB (PL 5.2)
• ATC PWB (PL 5.2) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
092-649 ADC Shutter Open Fail 092-650 ADC Shutter Close Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.27 BSD-ON:CH9.27
The ADC Sensor shutters is open (cannot be closed). (This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in The ADC Sensor shutters is closed (cannot be opened). (This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in
history.) history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the connection between the ADC Sensor (MOB ADC Assembly) J153 and the MCU PWB J415 Check the connection between the ADC Sensor (MOB ADC Assembly) J153 and the MCU PWB J415
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Also check whether there is opening/closing failure due to for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Also check whether there is opening/closing failure due to
foreign substances/burrs, etc. at the shutter section of the ADC Sensor. foreign substances/burrs, etc. at the shutter section of the ADC Sensor.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5) • MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The ADC Sensor read value of the density reference patch is abnormal. (This is a hidden failure. Data is The difference between the maximum and minimum values in the ATC Sensor (Y) measurement set is
only recorded in history.) lower than the threshold value. (This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the connection between the ADC Sensor (MOB ADC Assembly) J153 and the MCU PWB J415 Check the following:
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Also check whether there is poor connection or foreign
substances at the detection section of the ADC Sensor. • The connection between the ATC Sensor (Y) and the ATC PWB J124 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • The connection between the ATC PWB J633 and the MD PWB J528 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5)
• The Toner Dispense Motor (Y) for revolution failure: DC330 [093-001] (PL 5.1)
• IBT Belt Unit (PL 6.1)
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [091-026] (PL 3.3a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [091-027] (PL 3.3b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [093-022] (PL 3.3b)
• The path from Toner Cartridge (Y) to Developer (Y) for toner blockage
• The Developer (Y) for internal toner blockage
• The Toner Cartridge (Y) for internal toner blockage
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
The difference between the maximum and minimum values in the ATC Sensor (M) measurement set is The difference between the maximum and minimum values in the ATC Sensor (C) measurement set is
lower than the threshold value. (This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.) lower than the threshold value. (This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The connection between the ATC Sensor (M) and the ATC PWB J125 for open circuit, short circuit, • The connection between the ATC Sensor (C) and the ATC PWB J126 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact and poor contact
• The connection between the ATC PWB J633 and the MD PWB J528 for open circuit, short circuit, • The connection between the ATC PWB J633 and the MD PWB J528 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact and poor contact
• The Toner Dispense Motor (M) for revolution failure: DC330 [093-006] (PL 5.1) • The Toner Dispense Motor (C) for revolution failure: DC330 [093-011] (PL 5.1)
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [091-026] (PL 3.3a) • The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [091-026] (PL 3.3a)
• The Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [091-027] (PL 3.3b) • The Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [091-027] (PL 3.3b)
• The Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [093-022] (PL 3.3b) • The Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [093-022] (PL 3.3b)
• The path from Toner Cartridge (M) to Developer (M) for toner blockage • The path from Toner Cartridge (C) to Developer (C) for toner blockage
• The Developer (M) for internal toner blockage • The Developer (C) for internal toner blockage
• The Toner Cartridge (M) for internal toner blockage • The Toner Cartridge (C) for internal toner blockage
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ATC Sensor (M) (PL 5.2) • ATC Sensor (C) (PL 5.2)
• ATC PWB (PL 5.2) • ATC PWB (PL 5.2)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The difference between the maximum and minimum values in the ATC Sensor (K) measurement set is Abnormal value was detected by the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR (Temperature). (This is a hidden failure.
lower than the threshold value. (This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.) Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the connection between the Environment Sensor (MOB ADC Assembly) J154 and the MCU PWB
J415 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Also check whether there is poor connection or
• The connection between the ATC Sensor (K) and the ATC PWB J127 for open circuit, short circuit, foreign substances at the detection section of the Environment Sensor.
and poor contact
• The connection between the ATC PWB J633 and the MD PWB J528 for open circuit, short circuit, If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
and poor contact
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5)
• The Toner Dispense Motor (K) for revolution failure: DC330 [093-016] (PL 5.1)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [091-033] (PL 3.3a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [091-033] (PL 3.3b)
• The path from Toner Cartridge (K) to Developer (K) for toner blockage
• The Developer (K) for internal toner blockage
• The Toner Cartridge (K) for internal toner blockage
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
Abnormal value was detected by the ENVIRONMENT SENSOR (Humidity). (This is a hidden failure. The average measured value of ATC Sensor (Y) is out of the range of appropriate values. (This is a
Data is only recorded in history.) hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the connection between the Environment Sensor (MOB ADC Assembly) J154 and the MCU PWB Check the following:
J415 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Also check whether there is poor connection or
foreign substances at the detection section of the Environment Sensor. • The connection between the ATC Sensor (Y) and the ATC PWB J124 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • The connection between the ATC PWB J633 and the MD PWB J528 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact
• MOB ADC Assembly (PL 18.5)
• The Toner Dispense Motor (Y) for revolution failure: DC330 [093-001] (PL 5.1)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [091-026] (PL 3.3a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• The Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [091-027] (PL 3.3b)
• The Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [093-022] (PL 3.3b)
• The path from Toner Cartridge (Y) to Developer (Y) for toner blockage
• The Developer (Y) for internal toner blockage
• The Toner Cartridge (Y) for internal toner blockage
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
092-666 ATC Average Fail [M] 092-667 ATC Average Fail [C]
BSD-ON:(2270/3370) CH9.17, (4470/5570) CH9.18 BSD-ON:(2270/3370) CH9.19, (4470/5570) CH9.20
The average measured value of ATC Sensor (M) is out of the range of appropriate values. (This is a The average measured value of ATC Sensor (C) is out of the range of appropriate values. (This is a
hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.) hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Check the following: Check the following:
• The connection between the ATC Sensor (M) and the ATC PWB J125 for open circuit, short circuit, • The connection between the ATC Sensor (C) and the ATC PWB J126 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact and poor contact
• The connection between the ATC PWB J633 and the MD PWB J528 for open circuit, short circuit, • The connection between the ATC PWB J633 and the MD PWB J528 for open circuit, short circuit,
and poor contact and poor contact
• The Toner Dispense Motor (M) for revolution failure: DC330 [093-006] (PL 5.1) • The Toner Dispense Motor (C) for revolution failure: DC330 [093-011] (PL 5.1)
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [091-026] (PL 3.3a) • The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [091-026] (PL 3.3a)
• The Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [091-027] (PL 3.3b) • The Drum Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [091-027] (PL 3.3b)
• The Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [093-022] (PL 3.3b) • The Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [093-022] (PL 3.3b)
• The path from Toner Cartridge (M) to Developer (M) for toner blockage • The path from Toner Cartridge (C) to Developer (C) for toner blockage
• The Developer (M) for internal toner blockage • The Developer (C) for internal toner blockage
• The Toner Cartridge (M) for internal toner blockage • The Toner Cartridge (C) for internal toner blockage
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• ATC Sensor (M) (PL 5.2) • ATC Sensor (C) (PL 5.2)
• ATC PWB (PL 5.2) • ATC PWB (PL 5.2)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
092-668 ATC Average Fail [K] 092-670 ADC Patch Fail [Y]
BSD-ON:(2270/3370) CH9.21, (4470/5570) CH9.22 BSD-ON:CH9.27
The average measured value of ATC Sensor (K) is out of the range of appropriate values. (This is a The ADC patch of Y color is abnormally light. (This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Cause/Action Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether ADC Sensor Fail or ATC Fail [Y] has occurred.
Check the following: Has Fail 092-651 or 092-312 occurred?
Y N
• The connection between the ATC Sensor (K) and the ATC PWB J127 for open circuit, short circuit, Turn the power OFF and check the following:
and poor contact • The Drum (Y) for contamination
• The connection between the ATC PWB J633 and the MD PWB J528 for open circuit, short circuit, • The LPH (Y) for contamination
and poor contact • The 1st BTR (Y) for contamination
• The Toner Dispense Motor (K) for revolution failure: DC330 [093-016] (PL 5.1) • The IBT Belt for contamination
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) for revolution failure (2270/3370): DC330 [091-033] (PL 3.3a) • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) and the 1st BTR (Y) for
• The Drum/Deve Drive Motor (K) for revolution failure (4470/5570): DC330 [091-033] (PL 3.3b) open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
• The path from Toner Cartridge (K) to Developer (K) for toner blockage (2270/3370)
• The Developer (K) for internal toner blockage • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve/BCR) and the Magnet Roll (Y) for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
• The Toner Cartridge (K) for internal toner blockage
(4470/5570)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve) and the Magnet Roll (Y) for open
• ATC Sensor (K) (PL 5.2) circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
• ATC PWB (PL 5.2) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum (Y) (PL 8.1)
• MD PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• LPH Unit (Y) (PL 2.1)
• MD PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• HVPS (Deve/BCR) (2270/3370) (PL 18.6a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• HVPS (Deve) (4470/5570) (PL 5.3)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) (PL 6.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
092-671 ADC Patch Fail [M] 092-672 ADC Patch Fail [C]
BSD-ON:CH9.27 BSD-ON:CH9.27
The ADC patch of M color is abnormally light. (This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.) The ADC patch of C color is abnormally light. (This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether ADC Sensor Fail or ATC Fail [M] has occurred. Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether ADC Sensor Fail or ATC Fail [C] has occurred.
Has Fail 092-651 or 092-313 occurred? Has Fail 092-651 or 092-314 occurred?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and check the following: Turn the power OFF and check the following:
• The Drum (M) for contamination • The Drum (C) for contamination
• The LPH (M) for contamination • The LPH (C) for contamination
• The 1st BTR (M) for contamination • The 1st BTR (C) for contamination
• The IBT Belt for contamination • The IBT Belt for contamination
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) and the 1st BTR (M) for • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) and the 1st BTR (C) for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
(2270/3370) (2270/3370)
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve/BCR) and the Magnet Roll (M) for • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve/BCR) and the Magnet Roll (C) for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
(4470/5570) (4470/5570)
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve) and the Magnet Roll (M) for open • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve) and the Magnet Roll (C) for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum (M) (PL 8.1) • Drum (C) (PL 8.1)
• LPH Unit (M) (PL 2.1) • LPH Unit (C) (PL 2.1)
• HVPS (Deve/BCR) (2270/3370) (PL 18.6a) • HVPS (Deve/BCR) (2270/3370) (PL 18.6a)
• HVPS (Deve) (4470/5570) (PL 5.3) • HVPS (Deve) (4470/5570) (PL 5.3)
• HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) (PL 6.2) • HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) (PL 6.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The ADC patch of K color is abnormally light. (This is a hidden failure. Data is only recorded in history.) The difference in densities among the ADC patches of Y color is abnormal. (This is a hidden failure. Data
is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether ADC Sensor Fail or ATC Fail [K] has occurred. Procedure
Has Fail 092-651 or 092-315 occurred? Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether ADC Sensor Fail or ATC Fail [Y] has occurred.
Y N Has Fail 092-651 or 092-312 occurred?
Turn the power OFF and check the following: Y N
• The Drum (K) for contamination Turn the power OFF and check the following:
• The LPH (K) for contamination • The Drum (Y) for contamination
• The 1st BTR (K) for contamination • The 1st BTR (Y) for contamination
• The IBT Belt for contamination • The IBT Belt for contamination
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) and the 1st BTR (K) for • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) and the 1st BTR (Y) for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
(2270/3370) (2270/3370)
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve/BCR) and the Magnet Roll (K) for • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve/BCR) and the BCR (Y) for open
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
(4470/5570) • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve/BCR) and the Magnet Roll (Y) for
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve) and the Magnet Roll (K) for open open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts (4470/5570)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (BCR) and the BCR (Y) for open
• Drum (K) (PL 8.1) circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
• LPH Unit (K) (PL 2.1) • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve) and the Magnet Roll (Y) for open
• HVPS (Deve/BCR) (2270/3370) (PL 18.6a) circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
• HVPS (Deve) (4470/5570) (PL 5.3) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum (Y) (PL 8.1)
• HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) (PL 6.2)
• HVPS (Deve/BCR) (2270/3370) (PL 18.6a)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• HVPS (BCR) (4470/5570) (PL 18.6b)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
• HVPS (Deve) (4470/5570) (PL 5.3)
Go to the appropriate FIP • HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) (PL 6.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
092-676 ADC Mini Setup Fail [M] 092-677 ADC Mini Setup Fail [C]
BSD-ON:CH9.27 BSD-ON:CH9.27
The difference in densities among the ADC patches of M color is abnormal. (This is a hidden failure. The difference in densities among the ADC patches of C color is abnormal. (This is a hidden failure.
(Data is only recorded in history.) Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether ADC Sensor Fail or ATC Fail [M] has occurred. Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether ADC Sensor Fail or ATC Fail [C] has occurred.
Has Fail 092-651 or 092-313 occurred? Has Fail 092-651 or 092-314 occurred?
Y N Y N
Turn the power OFF and check the following: Turn the power OFF and check the following:
• The Drum (M) for contamination • The Drum (C) for contamination
• The 1st BTR (M) for contamination • The 1st BTR (C) for contamination
• The IBT Belt for contamination • The IBT Belt for contamination
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) and the 1st BTR (M) for • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) and the 1st BTR (C) for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
(2270/3370) (2270/3370)
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve/BCR) and the BCR (M) for open • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve/BCR) and the BCR (C) for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve/BCR) and the Magnet Roll (M) for • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve/BCR) and the Magnet Roll (C) for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
(4470/5570) (4470/5570)
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (BCR) and the BCR (M) for open • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (BCR) and the BCR (C) for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve) and the Magnet Roll (M) for open • The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve) and the Magnet Roll (C) for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum (M) (PL 8.1) • Drum (C) (PL 8.1)
• HVPS (Deve/BCR) (2270/3370) (PL 18.6a) • HVPS (Deve/BCR) (2270/3370) (PL 18.6a)
• HVPS (BCR) (4470/5570) (PL 18.6b) • HVPS (BCR) (4470/5570) (PL 18.6b)
• HVPS (Deve) (4470/5570) (PL 5.3) • HVPS (Deve) (4470/5570) (PL 5.3)
• HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) (PL 6.2) • HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) (PL 6.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The difference in densities among the ADC patches of K color is abnormal. (This is a hidden failure.
Data is only recorded in history.)
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure
Enter DC122 Fail History. Check whether ADC Sensor Fail or ATC Fail [K] has occurred.
Has Fail 092-651 or 092-315 occurred?
Y N
Turn the power OFF and check the following:
• The Drum (K) for contamination
• The 1st BTR (K) for contamination
• The IBT Belt for contamination
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) and the 1st BTR (K) for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
(2270/3370)
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve/BCR) and the BCR (K) for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve/BCR) and the Magnet Roll (K) for
open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
(4470/5570)
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (BCR) and the BCR (K) for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
• The connection and board springs between the HVPS (Deve) and the Magnet Roll (K) for open
circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Drum (K) (PL 8.1)
• HVPS (Deve/BCR) (2270/3370) (PL 18.6a)
• HVPS (BCR) (4470/5570) (PL 18.6b)
• HVPS (Deve) (4470/5570) (PL 5.3)
• HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) (PL 6.2)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
Regardless of low usage of toner from Y Toner Cartridge, it was detected to be empty. Regardless of low usage of toner from M Toner Cartridge, it was detected to be empty.
NOTE: •If the Fail occurs when printing high density images, check whether the Developer Unit Rotating NOTE: •If the Fail occurs when printing high density images, check whether the Developer Unit Rotating
Shutter is completely open. If the Rotating Shutter is not completely open, it might cause the Shutter is completely open. If the Rotating Shutter is not completely open, it might cause the
supplied toner to be insufficient, resulting in this Fail. supplied toner to be insufficient, resulting in this Fail.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Replace the Toner Cartridge (Y) (PL 5.1). 2. Replace the Toner Cartridge (M) (PL 5.1).
If the problem persists, check the following: If the problem persists, check the following:
• The connectors of the MCU PWB P411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler (Y) J120 for damage, • The connectors of the MCU PWB P411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler (M) J121 for damage,
foreign substances, bent connector pins, burns, and improper soldering on the PWB foreign substances, bent connector pins, burns, and improper soldering on the PWB
• The connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler (Y) J120 for • The connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler (M) J121 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
• The Toner Dispense Motor (Y): DC330 [093-001] (PL 5.1) • The Toner Dispense Motor (M): DC330 [093-006] (PL 5.1)
• The drive transmission path in the Dispense Assembly • The drive transmission path in the Dispense Assembly
• The MCU PWB for failure • The MCU PWB for failure
– 2270/3370 (PL 18.2a) – 2270/3370 (PL 18.2a)
– 4470/5570 (PL 18.2b) – 4470/5570 (PL 18.2b)
Regardless of low usage of toner from C Toner Cartridge, it was detected to be empty. Regardless of low usage of toner from K Toner Cartridge, it was detected to be empty.
NOTE: •If the Fail occurs when printing high density images, check whether the Developer Unit Rotating NOTE: •If the Fail occurs when printing high density images, check whether the Developer Unit Rotating
Shutter is completely open. If the Rotating Shutter is not completely open, it might cause the Shutter is completely open. If the Rotating Shutter is not completely open, it might cause the
supplied toner to be insufficient, resulting in this Fail. supplied toner to be insufficient, resulting in this Fail.
• When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. • When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Replace the Toner Cartridge (C) (PL 5.1). 2. Replace the Toner Cartridge (K) (PL 5.1).
If the problem persists, check the following: If the problem persists, check the following:
• The connectors of the MCU PWB P411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler (C) J122 for damage, • The connectors of the MCU PWB P411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler (K) J123 for damage,
foreign substances, bent connector pins, burns, and improper soldering on the PWB foreign substances, bent connector pins, burns, and improper soldering on the PWB
• The connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler (C) J122 for • The connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler (K) J123 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
• The Toner Dispense Motor (C): DC330 [093-011] (PL 5.1) • The Toner Dispense Motor (K): DC330 [093-016] (PL 5.1)
• The drive transmission path in the Dispense Assembly • The drive transmission path in the Dispense Assembly
• The MCU PWB for failure • The MCU PWB for failure
– 2270/3370 (PL 18.2a) – 2270/3370 (PL 18.2a)
– 4470/5570 (PL 18.2b) – 4470/5570 (PL 18.2b)
093-324 (4470/5570) Deve Y, M, C Motor Fail 093-400 K Toner Cartridge Near Empty
BSD-ON: CH9.3 BSD-ON: CH9.24
The Deve Motor (Y, M, C) revolution failure was detected. It was detected that the replacement timing for Toner Cartridge (K) is closer than Pre Near.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. Cause/Action
Procedure The Toner Cartridge (K) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Toner Cartridge (K) (PL 5.1) as
required.
Turn the power OFF and remove the Front Cover. Remove the Drum (Y, M, C) and the Developer (Y, M,
C) and cheat the Front Cover Interlock Switch.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [093-022] (Deve Drive Motor Y, M, C).
Does the Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) rotate?
Y N
Turn the power OFF and remove the Rear Upper Cover. Turn the power ON.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J526-7 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP.
Is the voltage between the MD PWB J527-B16 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
Y N
Go to 2.2.2.3 +5VDC Power FIP.
Turn the power OFF and check the connections between the MD PWB J526 and the Deve Drive
Motor (Y, M, C) J251, as well as between the MD PWB J527 and the Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C)
J252 for open circuits, short circuits, and poor contacts.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) (PL 3.3b)
• MD PWB (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2b)
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Install the Drum (Y, M, C), the Developer (Y, M, C), and
the Front Cover.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [093-022] (Deve Drive Motor Y, M, C).
Does the Deve Drive Motor (Y, M, C) rotate?
Y N
Check the Developer (Y, M, C) for loading.
Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Check the connection between the Deve Drive Motor
(Y, M, C) J252-8 and the MD PWB J527-B9 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• MD PWB (PL 18.2b)
• MCU PWB (PL 18.2b)
093-406 K Toner Cartridge Pre Near Empty 093-407 Y Toner Cartridge Pre Near Empty
BSD-ON: CH9.24 BSD-ON: CH9.23
It was detected that the Toner Cartridge (K) needed to be replaced soon. It was detected that the Toner Cartridge (Y) needed to be replaced soon.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
The Toner Cartridge (K) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Toner Cartridge (K) (PL 5.1) as The Toner Cartridge (Y) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Toner Cartridge (Y) (PL 5.1) as
required. required.
093-408 M Toner Cartridge Pre Near Empty 093-409 C Toner Cartridge Pre Near Empty
BSD-ON: CH9.23 BSD-ON: CH9.24
It was detected that the Toner Cartridge (M) needed to be replaced soon. It was detected that the Toner Cartridge (C) needed to be replaced soon.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
The Toner Cartridge (M) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Toner Cartridge (M) (PL 5.1) as The Toner Cartridge (C) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Toner Cartridge (C) (PL 5.1) as
required. required.
093-423 Y Toner Cartridge Near Empty 093-424 M Toner Cartridge Near Empty
BSD-ON: CH9.23 BSD-ON: CH9.23
It was detected that the replacement timing for Toner Cartridge (Y) is closer than Pre Near. It was detected that the replacement timing for Toner Cartridge (M) is closer than Pre Near.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
The Toner Cartridge (Y) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Toner Cartridge (Y) (PL 5.1) as The Toner Cartridge (M) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Toner Cartridge (M) (PL 5.1) as
required. required.
093-425 C Toner Cartridge Near Empty 093-426 TONER K CRUM Trouble Info
BSD-ON: CH9.24 BSD-ON:CH9.24
It was detected that the replacement timing for Toner Cartridge (C) is closer than Pre Near. [Detection Conditions]
• 093-924 : TONER K CRUM Comm Fail
Cause/Action • 093-925 : TONER K CRUM Data Broken
The Toner Cartridge (C) needs to be replaced soon. Replace the Toner Cartridge (C) (PL 5.1) as • 093-926 : TONER K CRUM Data Mismatch
required.
One of these occurred.
[Corrective Actions]
• Remove and install (reinsert) the Toner Cartridge.
• Replace the Toner Cartridge.
093-427 TONER Y CRUM Trouble Info 093-428 TONER M CRUM Trouble Info
BSD-ON:CH9.23 BSD-ON:CH9.23
[Corrective Actions]
• Remove and install (reinsert) the Toner Cartridge.
• Replace the Toner Cartridge.
093-916 Toner K CRUM Not In Position 093-924 Toner K CRUM Communication Fail
BSD-ON: CH9.24 BSD-ON: CH9.24
The Toner CRUM (K) is not in the proper position. Communication failure with Toner CRUM (K) was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (K). 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Polish the connection terminals between the Toner Cartridge (K) CRUM PWB and the Toner CRUM 2. Check the connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (K)
Coupler Assembly (K) CRUM with dry cloth. (When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner, etc.) J123 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Also, remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge
3. Check the following: (K) and check for improper installation.
• The connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (K) If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
J123 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact • Toner Cartridge (K) (PL 5.1)
• The connection terminals between the Toner Cartridge (K) CRUM PWB and the Toner CRUM • Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (K) (PL 5.1)
Coupler Assembly (K) CRUM for damage and foreign substances • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• The Toner Cartridge (K) for improper installation • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Toner Cartridge (K) (PL 5.1)
• Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (K) (PL 5.1)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
093-925 Toner K CRUM Data Broken Fail 093-926 Toner K CRUM Data Mismatch Fail
BSD-ON: CH9.24 BSD-ON: CH9.24
The system detected that the data written to the Toner CRUM (K) and the data read from the Toner Incorrect authentication area data was detected in Toner CRUM (K).
CRUM (K) do not match.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (K) and check for improper installation. If no problems are
Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (K) and check for improper installation. If no problems are found, replace the Toner Cartridge (K) (PL 5.1).
found, replace the Toner Cartridge (K) (PL 5.1).
093-941 Toner M CRUM Communication Fail 093-942 Toner C CRUM Communication Fail
BSD-ON: CH9.23 BSD-ON: CH9.24
Communication failure with Toner CRUM (M) was detected. Communication failure with Toner CRUM (C) was detected.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Turn the power OFF and ON. 1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
2. Check the connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (M) 2. Check the connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (C)
J121 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Also, remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge J122 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Also, remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge
(M) and check for improper installation. (C) and check for improper installation.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Toner Cartridge (M) (PL 5.1) • Toner Cartridge (C) (PL 5.1)
• Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (M) (PL 5.1) • Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (C) (PL 5.1)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
093-943 Toner Y CRUM Communication Fail 093-950 Toner Y CRUM Data Broken Fail
BSD-ON:CH9.23 BSD-ON: CH9.23
Communication failure with Toner CRUM (Y) was detected. The system detected that the data written to the Toner CRUM (Y) and the data read from the Toner
CRUM (Y) do not match.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Cause/Action
Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (Y) and check for improper installation. If no problems are
1. Turn the power OFF and ON.
found, replace the Toner Cartridge (Y) (PL 5.1).
2. Check the connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (Y)
J120 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact. Also, remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge
(Y) and check for improper installation.
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Toner Cartridge (Y) (PL 5.1)
• Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (Y) (PL 5.1)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
093-951 Toner M CRUM Data Broken Fail 093-952 Toner C CRUM Data Broken Fail
BSD-ON: CH9.23 BSD-ON: CH9.24
The system detected that the data written to the Toner CRUM (M) and the data read from the Toner The system detected that the data written to the Toner CRUM (C) and the data read from the Toner
CRUM (M) do not match. CRUM (C) do not match.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (M) and check for improper installation. If no problems are Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (C) and check for improper installation. If no problems are
found, replace the Toner Cartridge (M) (PL 5.1). found, replace the Toner Cartridge (C) (PL 5.1).
093-960 Toner Y CRUM Data Mismatch Fail 093-961 Toner M CRUM Data Mismatch Fail
BSD-ON: CH9.23 BSD-ON: CH9.23
Incorrect authentication area data was detected in Toner CRUM (Y). Incorrect authentication area data was detected in Toner CRUM (M).
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (Y) and check for improper installation. If no problems are Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (M) and check for improper installation. If no problems are
found, replace the Toner Cartridge (Y) (PL 5.1). found, replace the Toner Cartridge (M) (PL 5.1).
093-962 Toner C CRUM Data Mismatch Fail 093-970 Toner Y CRUM Not In Position
BSD-ON: CH9.24 BSD-ON: CH9.23
Incorrect authentication area data was detected in Toner CRUM (C). The Toner CRUM (Y) is not in the proper position.
Cause/Action NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (C) and check for improper installation. If no problems are Cause/Action
found, replace the Toner Cartridge (C) (PL 5.1).
1. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (Y).
2. Polish the connection terminals between the Toner Cartridge (Y) CRUM PWB and the Toner CRUM
Coupler Assembly (Y) CRUM with dry cloth. (When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner, etc.)
3. Check the following:
• The connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (Y)
J120 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
• The connection terminals between the Toner Cartridge (Y) CRUM PWB and the Toner CRUM
Coupler Assembly (Y) CRUM for damage and foreign substances
• The Toner Cartridge (Y) for improper installation
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Toner Cartridge (Y) (PL 5.1)
• Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (Y) (PL 5.1)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
093-971 Toner M CRUM Not In Position 093-972 Toner C CRUM Not In Position
BSD-ON: CH9.23 BSD-ON:CH9.24
The Toner CRUM (M) is not in the proper position. The Toner CRUM (C) is not in the proper position.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
1. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (M). 1. Remove and reinstall the Toner Cartridge (C).
2. Polish the connection terminals between the Toner Cartridge (M) CRUM PWB and the Toner CRUM 2. Polish the connection terminals between the Toner Cartridge (C) CRUM PWB and the Toner CRUM
Coupler Assembly (M) CRUM with dry cloth. (When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner, etc.) Coupler Assembly (C) CRUM with dry cloth. (When cleaning, do not use Drum cleaner, etc.)
3. Check the following: 3. Check the following:
• The connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (M) • The connection between the MCU PWB J411 and the Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (C)
J121 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact J122 for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
• The connection terminals between the Toner Cartridge (M) CRUM PWB and the Toner CRUM • The connection terminals between the Toner Cartridge (C) CRUM PWB and the Toner CRUM
Coupler Assembly (M) CRUM for damage and foreign substances Coupler Assembly (C) CRUM for damage and foreign substances
• The Toner Cartridge (M) for improper installation • The Toner Cartridge (C) for improper installation
If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence: If no problems are found, replace the following parts in sequence:
• Toner Cartridge (M) (PL 5.1) • Toner Cartridge (C) (PL 5.1)
• Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (M) (PL 5.1) • Toner CRUM Coupler Assembly (C) (PL 5.1)
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a) • MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) • MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b)
The Front Cover Open was detected by the IBT Front Cover Switch. After the 1st BTR Contact/Retract operation has started, it does not complete within the specified time.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Procedure
Check the following: Remove the 1st BTR Contact Retract Sensor Bracket. Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode.
Turn ON DC330 [094-200]. Use a sheet of paper, etc. to block/clear the light path to the 1st BTR Contact
• The Front Cover for damage or mismatch. Retract Sensor.
• The IBT Front Cover Switch for failure: DC330 [077-307] (PL 18.5) Does the display change between High/Low?
Y N
• The connection between the IBT Front Cover Switch J272 and the MCU PWB J416 for open
Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to fix the 1st BTR Contact Retract Sensor.
circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
If no problems are found, replace the MCU PWB. Press the Stop button and turn the power OFF. Install the 1st BTR Contact Retract Sensor Bracket.
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [094-012] (Contact) and DC330 [094-013]
• MCU PWB (2270/3370) (PL 18.2a)
(Retract) alternately. Does it contact/retract?
• MCU PWB (4470/5570) (PL 18.2b) Y N
Remove the IBT and check the following:
• The IBT Belt Unit for mechanical loading or damage
• The 1st BTR Contact Retract Gear for wear, damage, and operation failure
• The 1st BTR Contact Retract Clutch for improper installation
• The 1st BTR Contact Retract Sensor for improper installation
• The connection between the 1st BTR Contact Retract Clutch J250 and the MCU PWB J417
for open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
If no problems are found, replace the 1st BTR Contact Retract Clutch (PL 3.2).
094-323 2nd BTR Contact/Retract Fail 094-417 IBT Unit Near End Warning
BSD-ON:CH9.34 BSD-ON:-
After the 2nd BTR Contact/Retract operation has started, it does not complete within the specified time. The IBT Belt Unit needs to be replaced soon.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Procedure Cause/Action
Turn the power ON and enter the Diag mode. Turn ON DC330 [094-201]. Move the Shielding Board of Replace the IBT Belt Unit and clear DC135 [954-820] (IBT Unit).
the 2nd BTR Contact Retract Sensor manually to block/clear the light path to the 2nd BTR Contact
Retract Sensor. Does the display change between High/Low?
Y N
Use "2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP" to fix the 2nd BTR Contact Retract Sensor.
Press the Stop button. Turn ON DC330 [094-003] (Contact) and DC330[094-004] (Retract) alternately.
Does it contact/retract?
Y N
Remove the IBT and check the following:
• The 2nd BTR Contact Retract Gear for wear, damage, and revolution failure
• The 2nd BTR Contact Retract Motor for improper installation
• The 2nd BTR Contact Retract Sensor for improper installation
• The connection between the 2nd BTR Contact Retract Motor J280 and the MD PWB J523 for
open circuit, short circuit, and poor contact
If no problems are found, replace the 2nd BTR Contact Retract Motor (PL 14.4).
The IBT Cleaner needs to be replaced soon. The 2nd BTR needs to be replaced soon.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Replace the IBT Cleaner and clear DC135 [954-822] (IBT CLN Unit). Replace the 2nd BTR and clear DC135[954-821] (2nd BTR Unit).
094-420 IBT Unit End Warning 094-421 IBT CLN Unit End Warning
BSD-ON:- BSD-ON:-
The IBT Belt Unit must be replaced. The IBT Cleaner must be replaced.
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action Cause/Action
Replace the IBT Belt Unit and clear DC135 [954-820] (IBT Unit). Replace the IBT Cleaner and clear DC135 [954-822] (IBT CLN Unit).
094-422 2nd BTR Unit End Warning
BSD-ON:-
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch.
Cause/Action
Replace the 2nd BTR and clear DC135[954-821] (2nd BTR Unit).
Procedure Procedure
Has the GFI Breaker become "Reset"? Turn the power ON (turn ON the Main Power Switch then turn ON the Power Switch).
Y N Are the voltages between the Main LVPS J501-1/2/3 (+) and the GND (-) +5V?
Set the GFI Breaker from "Tripped" to "Reset". If the breaker is becomes "Tripped", check the AC Y N
circuit for a short circuit. Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J4-1 and J4-3 100VAC?
Y N
Is the voltage between the GFI Breaker J10 and J11 100VAC? Go to "2.2.2.1 AC Power FIP".
Y N
Unplug the Power Cord from the outlet. Is 100VAC measured at the outlet? Turn the power OFF and disconnect the Main LVPS J501 and J502. Turn ON the machine 15sec
Y N later. Are the voltages between the Main LVPS J501-1/2/3 (+) and the GND (-) +5V?
Check the customer's Breaker Y N
Replace the Main LVPS (PL 18.5).
Check the Power Cord for open circuit and poor contact. If no problems are found, replace the GFI
(PL 18.4). Check the +5VDC circuit for a short circuit in the Frame by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring Data.
Turn the main power ON (turn ON the Main Power Switch). Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J4- Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J502-1 (+) and the GND (-) +5VDC?
1 and J4-3 100VAC? Y N
Y N Replace the Main LVPS (PL 18.5).
Is the voltage between the Main Power Switch J12 and J15 100VAC?
Y N Check the wire to the applicable component for an open circuit or poor contact by referring to Chapter 7
Is the voltage between the Main Power Switch J13 and J14 100VAC? Wiring Data.
Y N
Unplug the Power Cord and disconnect J4 on the Main LVPS. Check the following
circuits for open circuits and poor contacts.
• Between Main Power Switch J13 and Main LVPS J4-4
• Between Main Power Switch J14 and Main LVPS J4-6
If no problems are found, replace the Main LVPS (PL 18.5).
Unplug the Power Cord and disconnect J4 on the Main LVPS. Check the following circuits for open
circuits and poor contacts.
• Between Main Power Switch J12 and Main LVPS J4-1
• Between Main Power Switch J15 and Main LVPS J4-3
Procedure Procedure
Turn the power ON (turn ON the Main Power Switch then turn ON the Power Switch). Turn the power ON (turn ON the Main Power Switch then turn ON the Power Switch).
Are the voltages between the Main LVPS J501-4/5 (+) and the GND (-) +5V? Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J501-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J4-1 and J4-3 100VAC? Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J4-1 and J4-3 100VAC?
Y N Y N
Go to "2.2.2.1 AC Power FIP". Go to "2.2.2.1 AC Power FIP".
Turn the power OFF and disconnect the Main LVPS J501 and J510. Turn ON the machine 15sec Turn the power OFF and disconnect the Main LVPS J501, J502, and J510. Turn ON the machine
later. Are the voltages between the Main LVPS J501-4/5 (+) and the GND (-) +5V? 15sec later. Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J501-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Replace the Main LVPS (PL 18.5). Replace the Main LVPS (PL 18.5).
Check the +5VDC circuit for a short circuit in the Frame by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring Data. Check the +24VDC circuit for a short circuit in the Frame by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring Data.
Are the voltages between the Main LVPS J510-1/2 (+) and the GND (-) +5V? Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J502-2 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Y N Y N
Replace the Main LVPS (PL 18.5). Replace the Main LVPS (PL 18.5).
Check the wire to the applicable component for an open circuit or poor contact by referring to Chapter 7 Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J510-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC?
Wiring Data. Y N
Replace the Main LVPS (PL 18.5).
Check the wire to the applicable component for an open circuit or poor contact by referring to Chapter 7
Wiring Data.
2.2.2.4 (4470/5570) +24VDC Power FIP 2.2.2.5 Image Log Failure FIP
NOTE: When turning the power OFF, turn OFF the Power Switch first and then the Main Power Switch. CAUTION
In devices that use the image log control feature, there is a high probability that the "Service
Procedure Representative Restricted Operation" is set to "Enabled". In this case, the operation check cannot be
Turn the power ON (turn ON the Main Power Switch then turn ON the Power Switch). performed when a System Administrator is not present. Therefore, it is necessary to request before the
Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J510-3 (+) and the GND (-), as well as between the Sub visit that a System Administrator (one with the System Administrator Passcode) to be present. The
LVPS J504-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? support range includes the DMP device and the options connected to the device. The limit for failure
Y N identification is up to the Ethernet connector of the DMP device, not including the Ethernet Cable.
Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J4-1 and J4-3 100VAC? Procedure
Y N Is "Image Log Control" displayed under [System Settings] > [Common Settings]?
Go to "2.2.2.1 AC Power FIP".
Y N
Check that this is the target device.
Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J6-2 and J6-4 100VAC?
Check whether the SWKEY option has been set. To check if a SWKEY was issued, go to
Y N https://swkey.fujixerox.co.jp/swkey/SWHttpServletM.
Replace the Main LVPS (PL 18.5).
Check whether the Image Extension Kit, HDD, and Extension System Memory are installed.
Turn the power OFF and disconnect the Main LVPS J501, J510, and the Sub LVPS J504. Turn Are the Image Extension Kit, HDD, and Extension System Memory installed?
ON the machine 15sec later. Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J510-3 (+) and the GND (-)
Y N
+24VDC?
Install the parts that are not installed.
Y N
Replace the Main LVPS (PL 18.5).
Are the Image Extension Kit, HDD, and Extension System Memory normal, with no error?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Sub LVPS J504-3 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Replace the faulty parts.
Y N
Turn the power OFF and unplug the Power Cord from the outlet. Disconnect J6 on the Main
Is the SOAP protocol enabled?
LVPS to check the following connections for open circuits and poor contacts. Y N
• Between the Main LVPS J6-2 and the Sub LVPS J8-2
Enable the SOAP protocol.
• Between the Main LVPS J6-4 and the Sub LVPS J8-1
If no problems are found, replace the Sub LVPS (PL 18.3). Was the HDD initialized or replaced in a previous procedure?
Y N
Check the +24VDC circuit for a short circuit in the Frame by referring to Chapter 7 Wiring Data. Is the Image Log Server to which the device is connected to operating?
Y N
Is the voltage between the Main LVPS J501-6 (+) and the GND (-) +24VDC? Ask the customer to restore the connection.
Y N
Replace the Main LVPS (PL 18.5). Is the network normal?
Y N
Check the wire to the applicable component for an open circuit or poor contact by referring to Chapter 7 Ask the customer to restore the network.
Wiring Data.
Select System Settings > Common Service Settings > Image Log Control > Image Log Transfer to
set the items as follows and then restart the machine.
• Image Log Transfer: "Enabled"
• Assurance Level: "Low"
When the Assurance Level is set to "High", it is not possible to identify the problem. Therefore, it has
to be temporarily set to "Low".
Version 1.2 A
2010/08 2.2.2 Other FIP
2-261
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
2010/08
2.2.2 Other FIP 2-262 Version 1.2
A
CAUTION
Inform the System Administrator (the customer) that when the Image Log Transfer Assurance Level
is changed from "High" to "Low", it is possible that the Image Logs that are stored in the machine do
not get sent to the Image Log Server and get deleted instead. After performing this operation,
always return the Image Log to its original settings and restart the machine.
Is the scanner (Scan to PC) operation normal?
Y N
Resolve the scanner (Scan to PC) problems.
Check the above two points. If they are normal, the DMP device is considered to be normal.
Request for support from the SE department that developed the image log system.
If the image log control settings was changed, return them to their original states.
When setting the Image Log Transfer to "Enabled" (at System Settings > Common Service Settings>
Image Log Control >Image Log Transfer), the UI panel might display the message "Unable to transfer
image log. File transfer settings have not been configured.". This indicates that the Image Log transfer
(Job Flow) that was registered has disappeared from the Image Log Server. Request the SE to perform
re-registration.
2.2.3.1 Reflective Sensor Failure FIP 2.2.3.2 Permeable Sensor Failure FIP
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC330[XXXX-XXX]. Block the sensor with a sheet of blank paper. Is [LOW] displayed? Enter DC330[XXX-XXX]. Block the sensor. Is [HIGH] displayed?
Y N Y N
Is +5VDC measured between the sensor pin-2 (+) and the GND (-)? Disconnect the sensor connector. Does the display change to [HIGH]?
Y N Y N
Check the connection between the sensor pin-2 and the PWB pin-8 for an open circuit and Check the connection between the sensor pin-2 and the PWB pin-8 for a short circuit. If no
poor contact. problem is found, replace the PWB.
If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Replace the sensor.
Is +5VDC measured between the sensor pin-1 (+) and pin-3 (-)?
Y N Remove any obstruction on the sensor light path. Does the display change to [LOW]?
Is +5VDC measured between the PWB pin-4 (+) and pin-5 (-)? Y N
Y N Is +5VDC measured between the sensor pin-2 (+) and the GND (-)?
Replace the PWB. Y N
Check the connection between the sensor pin-2 and the PWB pin-8 for an open circuit and
Check the connection between the PWB pin-4 and the sensor pin-1, as well as between the poor contact.
PWB pin-5 and the sensor pin-3 for open circuits and poor contacts. If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Check the sensor for contamination and improper installation. Is +5VDC measured between the sensor pin-1 (+) and pin-3 (-)?
If no problems are found, replace the sensor. Y N
Check the connection between the PWB pin-4 and the sensor pin-1, as well as between the
Remove the sheet of paper blocking the sensor. Is [HIGH] displayed? PWB pin-5 and the sensor pin-3 for open circuits and poor contacts.
Y N If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Disconnect the sensor connector. Does the display change to [HIGH]?
Y N Check the sensor for contamination.
Check the connection between the sensor pin-2 and the PWB pin-8 for a short circuit. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Check the sensor for improper installation and the Actuator for bending or failure.
Check the sensor for improper installation and incident light diffraction. If no problems are found, If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
replace the sensor.
Check the installation of the sensor. If no problems are found, replace the sensor.
2.2.3.3 Switch (Normal/Open) Failure FIP 2.2.3.4 Solenoid/Clutch Not Energized Failure FIP
Procedure Procedure
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX]. Turn the switch ON. Is [LOW] displayed? NOTE: Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no (mechanical) operation failure with the
Y N solenoid and the clutch.
Is +5VDC measured between the switch pin-2 (+) and the GND (-) ?
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn it ON. Is +24VDC measured between the PWB pin-3 (+) and the
Y N
Check the connection between the switch pin-2 and the PWB pin-3 for an open circuit and poor GND (-)?
Y N
contact.
Is +24VDC measured between the solenoid/clutch pin-2 (+) and the GND (-) ?
If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Y N
Is +24VDC measured between the solenoid/clutch pin-1 (+) and the GND (-) ?
Is +5VDC measured between the switch pin-1 (+) and the GND (-) ?
Y N
Y N
Replace the switch. Check the connection between the PWB pin-4 and the solenoid/clutch pin-1 for an open
circuit and poor contact.
If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Check the connection between the switch pin-1 and the PWB pin-4 for an open circuit and poor
contact.
Replace the solenoid/clutch.
If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Turn the switch OFF. Is [HIGH] displayed? Check the connection between the PWB pin-3 and the solenoid/clutch pin-2 for an open circuit and
poor contact.
Y N
Disconnect the switch connector. Is [HIGH] displayed?
Y N Replace the PWB.
Check the connection between the switch pin-2 and the PWB pin-3 for a short circuit.
If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Check the connection between the connector pin-3 and the solenoid/clutch pin-2 for a short circuit.
If no problems are found, replace the solenoid/clutch.
Figure 1 2005
NOTE: Before performing this FIP, ensure that the motor is not locked or loaded.
Check the connection between the PWB pin-4 and the motor pin-1 for an open circuit and
poor contact.
Check the connection between the PWB pin-3 and the motor pin-2 for an open circuit and poor
contact.
2.2.3.7 Motor Left Running Failure FIP 2.2.3.8 NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID Not Energized Failure FIP
Procedure Procedure
Turn OFF the power. Disconnect the PWB connector. Is the resistance between the connector pin-
3 and the frame 10Ohm or less?
Y N
Replace the PWB.
Check the connection between the connector pin-3 and the motor pin-2 for a short circuit.
If no problems are found, replace the motor.
Figure 1 2004
NOTE: Before performing this FIP, ensure that there is no (mechanical) operation failure with the
solenoid.
Is +24VDC measured between the NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID pin-1 (+) and the GND (-)?
Y N
Is +24VDC measured between the PWB pin-5 (+) and the GND (-)?
Y N
Check the +24VDC inputs of the PWB. If no problem is found, replace the PWB.
Check the connection between the PWB pin-5 and the NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID pin-1 for an open
circuit and poor contact.
Use the following FIP when there is a problem with the NIP.
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn the SOL NIP ON. Is +24VDC measured between the PWB pin-4 (+)
and the GND (-)?
Y N
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn the SOL NIP ON. Is +24VDC measured between the NIP/
RELEASE SOLENOID pin-3 (+) and the GND (-)?
Y N
Replace the NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID.
Check the connection between the PWB pin-4 and the NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID pin-3 for an open
circuit and poor contact.
Use the following FIP when there is a problem with the RELEASE.
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn the SOL RELEASE ON. Is +24VDC measured between the PWB
pin-6 (+) and the GND (-)?
Y N
Enter DC330[XXX-XXX] and turn the SOL RELEASE ON. Is +24VDC measured between the
NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID pin-2 (+) and the GND (-)?
Y N
Replace the NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID.
A B
A B
Check the connection between the PWB pin-6 and the NIP/RELEASE SOLENOID pin-2 for an open
circuit and poor contact.
Procedure
1. If error was displayed during a service call, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files
using the log tool. If no error was displayed, obtain the "Redir or xxx.tgz" file using the log tool. (See
2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
2. [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic.
(See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
3. Check the version of the Controller ROM. Download the latest version of the software if it is not.
(See 2.6.1 Software Download) The download is not required if the Controller ROM version is
already the latest. Proceed to step 4.
4. Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists after the power is turned OFF then ON, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" file using
the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of
Collected Reports by Job according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error
occurs.
5. Turn the power OFF then ON by the Breaker (or by disconnecting then reconnecting the power
plug).
If the problem persists after the power is turned OFF then ON, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" file using
the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of
Collected Reports by Job according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error
occurs.
6. If the problem persists, check the installation status of the ESS PWB and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB,
Monza PWB) connector cables to install them securely, then perform the same operation where the
error occurred.
7. Turn the power OFF, remove and insert the ESS RAM DIMM, then turn the power ON again to
perform the same operation where the error occurred.
If the problem persists, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" file log immediately after the error occurred
without turning the power OFF/ON. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
8. If the problem persists after turning the power ON, turn the power OFF and replace the RAM DIMM.
After turning the power ON, perform the same operation where the error occurred.
Always read the following three basic notes regarding the HDD in this machine model before servicing. Data Clear Method
Partition No. Diag. KO Tools Special Booting M/C power OFF/ON
1. HDD Data
2. HDD Initialization 7 O - O -
3. HDD Formatting 8 O - O -
After reading the basic notes, proceed with the service operations.
3. HDD Formatting
1. HDD Data Forcedly re-formatting the HDD by special booting will forcedly return the partition status to the factory
setting.
Description by HDD partition
Procedure
1. Check if the Controller ROM is the latest version.
If it is not the latest, ensure to upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.)
2. Obtain logs using the log tool "Redir or xxx.tgz". (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
3. Change the system data 700-530 to "0" and disable the automatic startup boot operation at
SystemFail.
If the problem persists after the same operation where the error has occurred is performed, obtain
reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job according to the Printer job type to be
reproduced and then perform Step (4) onwards.
4. Check the connection between the ESS PWB and the Net to install them securely, then turn the
power ON.
Specially check for faulty ports or Net connection. Check which of the following ports is faulty.
• SNTP
• NetWare
• Salutation IO
• SMB
• Port 9100
• USB
• lpd
• FTP Serv
• MailIO
• IPP
After checking, perform the same operation where the error occurred. If the problem persists, obtain
the "info9 or xxx.tgz" log using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
5. If the problem persists, reinstall or replace the RAM DIMM and then turn the power ON.
Perform the same operation where the error occurred.
6. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB since it may be faulty.
Perform the same operation where the error occurred.
7. If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB
and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See
2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
8. Return the set NVM(700-530) to 1.
Also, proceed with the following to collect the data recorded in each item.
• 2.4.2 "Cannot connect to the network" or "Printer is not found on PC"
• 2.4.3 "No output is available, no data is printed"
Procedure
Procedure
[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic/IIT Diagnostic only]
After checking, perform the following in sequence.
• Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
• Mechanical Check
• Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure)
Check that the internal parts (Fax Mother PWB/G3 Option PWB/G4 Option PWB/G3 Main PWB) of
Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and IISS PWB connector cables to install them securely.
the Fax Card are properly installed.
Check the installation status of the parts in the ESS PWB to install them securely.
After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred. • Check the communication related parts.
1. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (Do not replace Check the communication related parts by following the procedures below:
the ESS PWB at this step.) 1. Seeing "2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job" obtain Fax-related reports (Protocol Monitor,
2. If the problem persists after the above actions, replace the IISS PWB. Activity Report, User Options List, Expanded Functions List and Job History Report).
3. If problem persists after the actions, replace the ESS PWB. Depending on the situation, such as in the cases of Broadcast Send or Mailbox Receipt, obtain
the Speed Dial list or Stored Document list.
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and IISS PWB have been replaced, reinstall the original
ESS PWB and IISS PWB and contact Support G for instructions. 2. Check whether or not the Controller ROM and FaxCard ROM are the latest versions.
Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.) If they are not the latest, upgrade them to the latest by referring to "2.6.1 Software Download".
OF-06 IOT System Fail If the Controller ROM and FaxCard ROM are the latest versions, there is no need to download
them.
Procedure
3. After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred. If the problem persists,
[For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic/IIT Diagnostic only]
replace the USB cable.
• Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
4. Obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool immediately after the
• Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Procedure) error has occurred. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
Check the installation status of the ESS PWB and IOT PWB connector cables to install them securely, 5. Replace the FaxCard and perform the same operation where the error occurred.
then check that the installation status of the parts in the IOT PWB and ensure that they are securely
If the problem persists, reinstall the FaxCard to the original position and contact Support G for
installed.
instructions.
After that, perform the same operation where the error occurred.
1. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (Do not replace Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
the ESS PWB at this step.) OF-08 116-324 Fail
2. If the problem persists and it is related to the Net such as Scanner/Printer, proceed to collect data. Procedure
• 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally Perform the following steps.
3. If the problem persists, replace the IOT PWB. 1. Corrective actions when the problem occurred at power ON
4. If the above action does not resolve the problem, replace the ESS PWB. (Replace the IOT PWB first (1) Check whether the error persists after returning from power saver mode and take a note on the
and then the ESS PWB.) result, and then perform Steps (1) to (7) in "OF-01 Common System Fail". (No reports can be
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB and IOT PWB have been replaced, reinstall the original obtained during this failure.)
ESS PWB and IOT PWB and contact Support G for instructions. (2) If the problem persists, prepare for the recovery operation since the system may be recovered
Prepare the logs as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.) by the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".
Check with the customer whether important data is stored in the HDD. 5. Obtain logs immediately after the error has occurred without turning the power OFF/ON. (See 2.5.2
(3) If no important data is stored in the HDD, perform the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail". Logging Procedure.)
If the problem persists, reinstall the HDD that has been removed. Since the ESS PWB failure rarely occurs, contact Support G for instructions.
(4) If important data is stored in the HDD, replace it with the HDD you brought and turn the power OF-10 HDD Job Fail
OFF then ON. (If you have brought a HDD.)
Procedure
If the problem persists, reinstall the HDD and replace the ESS PWB.
1. Perform the procedures in OF-09 Common Job Fail.
(5) Since the ESS PWB failure rarely occurs in 116-234, contact Support G for instructions.
2. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".
Prepare the logs ([Redir or xxx.tgz] & [info9 or xxx.tgz]) as required to be sent to Support G. (See
2.5.2 Logging Procedure.) If the system is not recovered, contact Support G for instructions.
2. Corrective actions when the error occurred at other than power ON Prepare the logs ([Redir or xxx.tgz] & [info9 or xxx.tgz]) as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2
Logging Procedure.)
(1) Get the procedures for reproducing an error as follows, according to the operations performed
where the error occurred. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
• Obtain the job type: Copy, Scan, or Print. Initial Actions
• Check the job settings from the Panel. [Items to be asked to customer during visits]
• Check whether HDD spool enabled/disabled.
• Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error. 1. Get the procedures for reproducing an error, according to the operations performed where the error
occurred.
(2) Obtain the Function Setting List, Error History Report, Job History Report, and Shutdown
2. Check the job type: Send Mail, Receive Mail, Broadcast Send, Polling, or Mailbox Receipt.
History Report.
3. Check the job settings from the Panel.
(3) Perform Steps (1) to (6) in OF-01 Common System Fail.
4. Check whether it is Speed Dial or Keypad Dial.
(Obtain both the reports and logs since both can be obtained.)
5. Check which function was used: G3 or G4.
Check if any log has been obtained at this point. If no logs have been obtained, obtain the logs
when reproducing the error. 6. [FX Only] Check which setting is being made if the EP-TRESS is in the remote maintenance.
(4) If the problem persists and it is related to the Net such as Scanner/Printer, proceed to the Collect other procedures as much as possible to reproduce the error.
following for checking.
• 2.4.2 "Cannot connect to the network" or "Printer is not found on PC" Procedure
• 2.4.3 "No output is available, no data is printed" After checking, perform the following in sequence.
(5) Since the ESS PWB failure rarely occurs in 116-234, contact Support G for instructions. • Mechanical Check
Prepare the logs ([Redir or xxx.tgz] & [info9 or xxx.tgz]) as required to be sent to Support G. (See 2.5.2 Check that the internal parts (Fax Mother PWB/G3 Option PWB/G4 Option PWB/G3 Main PWB) of
Logging Procedure.) the Fax Card are properly installed.
OF-09 Common Job Fail • Check the communication related parts.
Check the communication related parts by following the procedures below:
Procedure
1. Obtain reports by referring to "2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job" according to the job type
1. Obtain reports by referring to "2.7.1 List of Collected Reports by Job" according to the job type "Send Mail, Receive Mail, Broadcast Send, Polling, or Mailbox Receipt" in which the error
"Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error occurs.
occurs.
2. Change any possible mechanical settings for corrective actions or detection conditions and repeat
Protocol Monitor, Activity Report, User Options List, Expanded Functions List and Job History
the operation.
Report are required
3. Check if the Controller ROM is the latest version.
2. The Fax JobFail occurs due to the remote machines and line status.
If it is not the latest, ensure to upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.)
Check the remote machine and line status and then repeat the operation.
4. Get the procedures for reproducing an error, according to the operations performed where the error
3. If the error occurs frequently, take notes on the exact occurrence timings during job execution.
occurred.
Obtain logs immediately after the error has occurred without turning the power OFF/ON. (See
• Check the exact occurrence timing during job execution. 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
• Check the job settings from the Panel. Replace the FaxCard. If the problem persists after replacement, reinstall the FaxCard to the original
• Is HDD spool enabled/disabled? position and contact Support G for instructions.
• Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.
OF-12 033-363 Fail (1) Ask (a PDC server manager) to add this product machine to a domain.
(2) Ask him to set a local user and password in the PC storage server (or a domain client higher
Procedure than WIN workstation).
This is a failure due to the FaxCard or Controller software error.
This local user and password = the user and password in the Address List.
1. Collect the logs in "Redir or xxx.tgz" even when no error is being displayed when visiting. (See 2.5.2
(3) Ask him to grant the permission for the user that has been created in the scan data storage
Logging Procedure.)
folder of the PC storage server (or the domain client higher than WIN2000) in Step (2) (for
2. Perform Steps (1) to (3) in OF-07 FAX System Fail (it is not required to replace the FaxCard). NTFS, FAT32 is not used).
3. If the problem persists, set NVM700-530 to "0" and disable the automatic startup boot operation, After that, share the folder and set the permission for sharing.
then obtain the [info9 or xxx.tgz] log immediately after the error has occurred without turning the
(4) The workgroup name in the SMB properties shown from the appropriate device internet service
power OFF. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure.)
= the same as the domain (a) to be used as a domain name.
4. Turn the power OFF then ON and collect logs using the Log "info9 or xxx.tgz" command in the log
If the procedure in (a) is inappropriate, the error 016-782 occurs. If the procedures in (b) and
tool after the Fax icon is displayed. Power OFF and ON is required because the log cannot be
obtained as the FaxCard does not respond when in 033-363 state. (c) are inappropriate, the error 016-784 occurs.
5. Contact Support G for instructions (send the obtained logs as required.) If the problem persists after performing this procedure, perform the procedures in OF-09 Common
Job Fail.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and then collect logs using the FaxDCardLog command after the Fax icon
is displayed. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
It is necessary to turn the power OFF then ON because the FaxCard does not respond when 033-363 Procedure
has occurred and no logs can be collected.
Perform the procedures in OF-07 Fax System Fail.
If 033-363 occurred multiple times in the past (you can use Shut Down History Report to check it) and the
HDD is installed, logs are stored on the HDD. Obtain a log in the event of 033-363, following the OF-15 NET Job Fail
procedure below. Procedure
From Debug Serial Tool, enter "PfShowInfoRedirFile". The following appears.
1. Check the version of the Controller ROM.
-----------from here-----------------
size date time name Download the latest version of the software if it is not. See 2.6.1Software Download.)
-------- ------ ------ -------- 2. Ask the customer what operation he/she did when the error occurred. Using the same operational
512 APR-08-2004 09:01:42 . <DIR> procedure, try to reproduce the error.
512 APR-08-2004 09:01:42 .. <DIR> 3. When the error occurs, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" file log without turning OFF the power. (See
63903 APR-08-2004 20:48:04 1.txt 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions.)
63903 APR-17-2004 20:48:04 2.txt The problem can be errors in server settings or customer operation. Instead of replacing the ESS PWB,
value = 0 = 0x0
ask the Support division for instructions.
-----------to here-----------------
Obtain a file of the same date as the date and time 33-363 occurred. OF-30 [No Error Code] (No problems during service call)
E.g.: If the shut down history shows that 33-363 occurred April 17 20:48, the 2.txt file is appropriate. Initial Actions
To display the 2.txt file,
Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred.
Enter > PfShowInfoRedirFile 2.
The 2.txt log starts appearing. Obtain this. 1. In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax)
OF-13 016-782 / 016-784 Fail 2. What job was performed when the problem occurred?
Procedure 3. Check the job settings from the UI.
Perform the following procedures: 4. Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled.
1. Since EUC codes (Japanese) are not available in the current specifications, replace it to English. 5. Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.
2. Register a job flow from EasyAdmin.
This enables the host names with EUC codes (Japanese) to be transferred.
3. Check [Server Name/IP Address] with the Address List. No problem was encountered during the service call.
• WinNT 4.0: If IP address is specified, SMB transfer to WinNT 4.0 becomes unavailable.
Change [Server Name/IP Address] to a host name.
Procedure
1. Obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging
• WinXP: Even if IP address is specified, SMB transfer is available.
Procedure)
4. Perform the following procedures to check for the failure where SMB transfer is unavailable via the
Address List.
2. At this point, if the system starts by turning the power ON, obtain reports by referring to 2.7.1 List of [For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic
Collected Reports by Job according to the job type "Copy/Scan/Print/Others" in which the error Procedure)
occurs. 8. Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
3. [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. 9. Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
(See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
10. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
4. [For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and
Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure) contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to
5. [For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic Support G.
Procedure)
OF-31 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not start up at power OF-32 [No Error Code] (Problem: "Does not return from Power
ON" error can be reproduced.) Save" error can be reproduced.)
Initial Actions Initial Actions
Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred. Collect the detailed procedures below from the customer when a trouble occurred.
1. In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax) 1. In which mode the problem occurred? (Copy/Scan/Print/Fax)
2. What job was performed when the problem occurred? 2. What job was performed when the problem occurred?
3. Check the job settings from the UI. 3. Check the job settings from the UI.
4. Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled. 4. Check whether HDD spool is enabled/disabled.
5. Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error. "Does not start up at power 5. Collect other information as much as possible to reproduce the error.
ON" during service call
The "Does not return from Power Save" problem is ongoing during the service call and can be
The problem is ongoing and can be reproduced. reproduced. (Excluding cases where the machine still do not start up normally after a power OFF and
ON)
Procedure
1. If the problem is ongoing and can be reproduced, leave it alone for 10 minutes to wait for 116-399 to Procedure
occur. After the error occurs, or even if the error does not occur after 10 minutes, obtain the "info9 or 1. If the problem is ongoing and can be reproduced, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz"
xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure) files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
2. [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic. 2. [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic.
(See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure) (See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
3. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download) 3. [For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Start up normally
4. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. Check the connection of the ESS PWB and perform IOT Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)
and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza PWB) connector cables, make sure that they are connected 4. [For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic.
properly and then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. 5. If the log could not be obtained in step 1, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files
5. Pull out and reinsert the ESS RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
occur. 6. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download)
6. Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the 7. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. Check the connection of the ESS PWB
error to occur. and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza PWB) connector cables, make sure that they are connected
7. Remove the HDD and try to start up the machine. If the machine starts up despite any error properly and then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
displays, perform the following procedures. 8. Pull out and reinsert the ESS RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to
If the log could not be obtained in step 1, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz" files occur.
using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure) 9. Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the
[For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT error to occur.
Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure) 10. Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
11. Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. 14. Replace the MCU PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
12. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur. If the system is not restored after the MCU PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original MCU PWB and
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, reinstall the original ESS PWB and contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to
contact Support G for instructions. Prepare the logs and the obtained reports as required to be sent to Support G.
Support G.
The "Remained in 'Copying...' or 'Printing...'" problem is ongoing during the service call and can be
reproduced.
Procedure
1. If the problem is ongoing during a service call, obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz" and "Redir or xxx.tgz"
files using the log tool. (See 2.5.2 Logging Procedure)
2. Check for a change in UI message by opening and closing the IOT Front Panel, etc.
3. [For machines installed with ESS Hardware Diagnostic only] Perform ESS Hardware Diagnostic.
(See ESS Hardware Diagnostic Procedure)
4. [For machines installed with IOT (AST: Analysis Support Tool) Diagnostic only] Perform IOT
Diagnostic. (See IOT Diagnostic Procedure)
5. [For machines installed with IIT Diagnostic only] Perform IIT Diagnostic. (See IIT Diagnostic
Procedure)
6. Check the software version. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1
Software Download) The download is not required if the Controller ROM version is already the
latest. Proceed to step 7.
7. Download the latest version of the software if it is not. (See 2.6.1 Software Download)
8. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures. Check the connection of the ESS PWB
and (IISS PWB, IOT PWB, Monza PWB) connector cables, make sure that they are connected
properly and then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
9. Pull out and reinsert the ESS RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to
occur.
10. Disconnect and reconnect the HDD connectors, then perform the same operation that caused the
error to occur.
11. Replace the RAM DIMM, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
12. Replace the HDD, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
13. Replace the ESS PWB, then perform the same operation that caused the error to occur.
002-500 UI error 002-770 JT Processing - HD Full
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
CUI Scan Panel UI Detection Error The HD capacity was insufficient during Job Template processing in the job.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
UI detection error during the startup of a CUI scan job. The system aborted a job due to insufficient HD capacity during Job Template processing.
1. The IIT is occupied [Corrective Actions]
2. Fault has occurred Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
3. Service is not CUI OF-02 HDD System Fail
4. Upper limit number of sheets for the XSA
[Corrective Actions]
After the Fault has been cleared, perform the same operation again. Or, check for any restrictions
due to XSA.
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the
network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS OF-05 IIT System Fail
(the Packet No. of the sent Message Packet is not correct). 003-326 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 7
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Sub System Fail
OF-05 IIT System Fail [Fault Content]
003-323 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 4 IISS sending error detected by Controller.
[Error Type] (Framing error)
Sub System Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(framing error was detected at the IISS Hardware).
IISS sending error detected by Controller.
(Incorrect message length) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-05 IIT System Fail
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(the message length of the sent Message Packet is not correct). 003-327 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 8
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Sub System Fail
OF-05 IIT System Fail [Fault Content]
003-324 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 5 IISS sending error detected by Controller.
[Error Type] (Overrun error)
Sub System Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(overrun error was detected at the IISS Hardware).
IISS sending error detected by Controller.
(Check code error) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-05 IIT System Fail
After commands were sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
(the check code of the sent Message Packet is not correct). 003-328 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 9
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Sub System Fail
OF-05 IIT System Fail [Fault Content]
003-325 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 6 IISS sending error detected by Controller.
[Error Type] (Sending abortion error)
Sub System Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] After a command was sent twice from the Cont, the Cont could not receive the ACK from the IISS
IISS sending error detected by Controller. (the receiving abortion error was detected after the header has been recognized at the IISS).
[Corrective Actions] 003-332 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 13
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
OF-05 IIT System Fail
Sub System Fail
003-329 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 10 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] IISS receiving error detected by Controller
Sub System Fail (Check code error)
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
IISS receiving error detected by Controller The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The check code of the
(Sequence No. error) received Message Packet is incorrect.)
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Sequence No. of Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
the received Message Packet is incorrect.) OF-05 IIT System Fail
[Corrective Actions] 003-333 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 14
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
OF-05 IIT System Fail
Sub System Fail
003-330 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 11 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] IISS receiving error detected by Controller
Sub System Fail (Parity error)
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
IISS receiving error detected by Controller The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A parity error was
(Incorrect Packet No.) detected by hardware of the UART.)
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The Packet No. of the Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
received Message Packet is incorrect.) OF-05 IIT System Fail
[Corrective Actions] 003-334 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 15
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
OF-05 IIT System Fail
Sub System Fail
003-331 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 12 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] IISS receiving error detected by Controller
Sub System Fail (Framing error)
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
IISS receiving error detected by Controller The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (A framing error was
(Incorrect message length) detected by hardware of the UART.)
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The NAK that notifies of the occurrence of a transmission failure is received. (The message length Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
of the received Message Packet is incorrect.) OF-05 IIT System Fail
[Corrective Actions] 003-335 IISS-ESS Communication Fail 16
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
OF-05 IIT System Fail Sub System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-05 IIT System Fail A PAR synchronization error during sending occurred.
In copying the two sides of the document simultaneously, the machine detected such settings as [Corrective Actions]
apply different magnification ratios to the face (side 1) and the back (side 2) of the document. Perform scanning below 400 dpi resolution.
[Corrective Actions] Or perform scanning in other than mixed mode.
Change the settings so that the same magnification ratio can be applied to the face (side 1) and the If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
back (side 2) of the document. OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following. 003-753 Cannot scan over 300DPI
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type]
003-750 Book Duplex-Insufficient Docs Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail 300/400/600 dpi unavailable for DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
The number of documents is insufficient in book duplex print The 300 dpi or larger resolution which cannot be scanned in the DADF Mixed 2-Sided Mode Scan
[Detection Conditions] was detected.
No sheets are stored in the setting conditions. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Perform scanning below 200 dpi resolution.
Change the parameters and repeat the operation. Or perform scanning in other than mixed mode.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
The compressed data size is larger than 8 times the size of the uncompressed data. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Operate for scanning at below 400dpi.
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.
Abort the job. Change the scan resolution parameter and repeat the operation.
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail
003-795 AMS Limit Error 003-932 Cannot scan 600DPI
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Operation Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 600dpi is not available.
AMS (Auto R/E) limit error.
(The R/E ratio became out of range after the document auto detection when AMS is specified.) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3
document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.
25%-400% was not selected by AMS/AMS Auto-Fill.
[Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions]
Operate for scanning at below 600dpi.
Abort the job. Change the parameters and repeat the operation.
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail
003-930 Cannot scan over 300DPI 003-933 Next Documents Cannot scan over 300DPI
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available.
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 300dpi, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available (when the
[Detection Conditions] next document exists).
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 [Detection Conditions]
document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3
[Corrective Actions] document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.
Operate for scanning at below 300dpi. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory. Operate for scanning at below 300dpi.
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.
OF-09 Common Job Fail If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
003-931 Cannot scan over 400DPI OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type] 003-934 Next Documents Cannot scan over 400DPI
Operation Fail [Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
For scanning in the DADF mix duplex mode, 400dpi and 600dpi are not available (when the next OF-09 Common Job Fail
document exists). 003-941 Page memory insufficient
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3
operation
document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document.
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions]
A shortage of page memory
Operate for scanning at below 400dpi.
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory.
[Detection Conditions]
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. There is not enough page memory to store the image.
Because DAM memory is not enough, a selected resolution is not available for scanning a A3 [Fault Content]
document. It is available for scanning a A4/B4 document. Document size error
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Operate for scanning at below 600dpi. The document size cannot be automatically detected.
If the problem persists, increase DAM memory. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. Input an appropriate value for the document size.
OF-09 Common Job Fail If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
003-940 DAM memory insufficient OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type] 003-944 Image repeat count fail
Operation Error [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Operation Error
Insufficient DAM memory detected. [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Incorrect image repeat count (even one image cannot be pasted).
When IITsc is activated for the jobs that meet the following AND conditions: [Detection Conditions]
• DAM memory < 384MB Even one image cannot be pasted when "Set Repeated Count-Auto" is specified for image repeat.
• Side 2 cover image is selected [Corrective Actions]
• Color mode is not set to Black/White Change the image repeat count parameter and repeat the operation.
• High Quality mode If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions] OF-09 Common Job Fail
Cancel the job
003-946 Every direction difference (Copy APS)
• Clear the B/W setting for Color mode or the Side 2 cover image setting, and execute the job
again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Reload a correct size paper and resume operation.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
003-976 FAX Line Memory Overflow (N up)
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type]
Notice Error
003-980 Staple position error
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Notice Error
No. of lines in the Slow Scan direction exceeded during Fax N-up.
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The no. of lines in the Slow Scan direction exceeds the upper limit (65535) during processes such Staple Position Error
as Fax parallel overlay or enlargement of long documents. [Detection Conditions]
Or Page Memory is full. Staple is not available at the specified position.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Press the Cancel button to stop the job. Decrease a resolution or magnification ratio and rerun the Specify a Staple position again or cancel Staple, and execute the same job again.
job. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, check the installation of the page memory. If OF-09 Common Job Fail
the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
003-981 Staple size error
[Error Type]
003-977 Document Miss Match (Multi Scan)
Notice Error
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Notice Error
Staple size error (Copy APS)
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions]
Document size mismatch (Document exchange during Multi Scan)
Staple could not be done for the selected paper size.
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions]
1. Document replacement was detected during Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster scanning.
Specify a Staple position again or cancel Staple, and execute the same job again.
2. When any operation that requires Return Document occurs in the job with Multi Scan (Bound
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Originals/Booklet/Poster) on Platen, a user returned a document of a different size from the original.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Reload a correct size document and resume operation. 003-982 IITsc HDD access error
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Notice
003-978 Color Document Miss Mutch (Multi Scan) [Fault Content]
[Error Type] HD-FULL was detected with no pages stored. An error where the FULL is not cleared even after
some time has passed.
Notice Error
[Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content]
HDD was determined to be full due to collate, stored or interrupted jobs.
Document color mismatch (Document replacement during Multi Scan)
[Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions]
Process or delete the jobs (documents) stored in the same HDD partition, and repeat the operation.
1. Document replacement was detected during Bound Originals/Booklet/Poster scanning.
If the problem persists, expand the HDD partition size of the Copy service.
Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Detection Conditions]
The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor. 011-945 MBX #05 Bin Full Stack
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray. Operation Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Fault Content]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Full Stack is detected at the relevant Bin.
011-942 MBX #02 Bin Full Stack [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The maximum Stack size is detected by the Full Stack Sensor.
The Height Alignment was not successful within 250msec when the Height Adjustment was 012-969 IOT Center Tray Full
performed for output paper to the Stacker Tray (Tray lowering down) in the middle of a job. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Operation
Remove all paper from the Stacker and check the operation of the Finisher Stacker No Paper [Fault Content]
Sensor. If it is not working, replace it.
IOT Center Tray Full
012-914 Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] When the H-Tra IOT Full Paper Sensor is detected to be ON for 10 successive seconds.
Operation [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Use the Generic FIP to check the Sensor.
Stacker Tray Staple Set Over Count If required, replace the H-Tra IOT Full Paper Sensor.
[Detection Conditions]
The Staple Set Count of the Stacker Tray has exceeded 50 sets during the Staple Set Eject
operation.
[Corrective Actions]
Remove all paper from the Stacker and check the operation of the Finisher Stacker No Paper
Sensor. If it is not working, replace it.
012-965 Stapler Pin near empty
[Error Type]
Operation
[SW optional function not achieved] Expand the Memory (Page) of the Controller Board.
One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to a HDD error or HDD not installed. 016-213 SW Option Fail (Printer CARD Not Exist)
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
The Controller Board HDD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function Local Fail
was enabled. [Fault Content]
[Option name to be detected] [SW optional function not achieved]
• Internet FAX Kit One of the SW option functions cannot be executed due to a PRT_CARD error or PRT_CARD not
• Address Book Expansion Kit installed.
• Water Marking Kit [Detection Conditions]
• Data Security Kit The PRT_CARD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function was
• Annotation enabled.
• Scanner Kit [Option name to be detected]
[Corrective Actions] • Internet FAX kit
Turn the power OFF then ON. [Corrective Actions]
Check the HDD connector. Turn the power OFF then ON.
Install or replace the HDD to the Controller Board. Install the PRT_CARD if it is not installed.
016-211 SW Option Fail (SysMemory Low) Replace it if it is installed.
[Error Type] 016-214 SW Option Fail (Fax CARD Not Exist)
Local Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Local Fail
[SW optional function not achieved] [Fault Content]
Insufficient System Memory was detected. [SW optional function not achieved]
[Detection Conditions] One of the SW optional functions cannot be executed due to a FAX_CARD error or FAX_CARD not
With SW optional functions set to Available, the System Memory of the Controller Board is installed.
insufficient. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The FAX_CARD was not installed or an error was detected when SW optional function was
Turn the power OFF then ON. enabled.
Expand the Memory (Option) of the Controller Board. [Option name to be detected]
• Internet FAX Kit
016-212 SW Option Fail (Page Memory Low)
[Corrective Actions]
[Error Type]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Local Fail
Install the FAX_CARD if it is not installed.
[Fault Content] Replace it if it is installed.
[SW optional function not achieved]
Insufficient Page Memory was detected.
016-215 SW Option Fail (JPEG boad Not Exist)
[Error Type] Local Fail
The S2X PWB has failed to access to the internal PCI space. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the Image Processing Test
1. Pull out and insert the SDRAM memory to check the installation. [Detection Conditions]
2. Replace the S2X PWB. The S2X PWB failed the desired value comparison of the high-compression process results using
the internal test patterns.
016-225 S2X ROM CheckSum Error
[Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] 1. Pull out and insert the SDRAM memory to check the installation.
Local Fail
2. Replace the S2X PWBA.
[Fault Content]
016-229 SW Option Fail (FCW-UI Not Exist)
The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the ROM CheckSum
[Error Type]
[Detection Conditions]
Local Fail
S2X PWB failed the ROM Check Sum Test.
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions]
[SW optional function not achieved]
Replace the S2X PWBA.
When the SecSys Task detected any of the following conditions during Start Up. (Condition 2) The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the Custom Service
Management selection service status has not become "Active".
(Condition 1) The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the embedded plug-in feature
(PFV_SELECTION_SERVICE_CUSTOM_SERVICE)
has become disabled.
(Condition 2) The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the XPC smart card selection
[Corrective Actions]
service status has not become "Active". (PFV_SELECTION_SERVICE_XCP_SMARTCARD) Turn the power OFF and ON.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, perform the following:
Input the software key for the External Access Kit.
Turn the power OFF and ON.
If the problem persists, perform checks as follows: 016-239 Auth contents not exist
1. Enable the embedded plug-in feature. [Error Type]
For UI Panel: Local
Login as System Administrator, select [System Settings] -> [Common Service Settings] -> [Fault Content]
[Plug-in Settings], set [Embedded Plug-ins] to [Enabled] and reboot the machine.
Authentication custom service not registered error
For CWIS:
Login as System Administrator, select [Properties] tab, [Security] -> [Plug-in Settings] ->
[Detection Conditions]
[Plug-in Settings], enable [Plug-in Settings] and reboot the machine. When the SecSys Task detected the following condition during Start Up.
2. Input the software key for the Authentication Customization Kit. (Condition 1) The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the authentication custom
service is not registered.
016-237 Auth plugin not active
[Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF and ON.
Local
If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Fault Content] Register the authentication custom service.
Authentication custom plug-in not activated error
016-240 S2X NVM CheckSum Fail
[Detection Conditions]
[Error Type]
When the SecSys Task detected any of the following conditions during Start Up.
Local Fail
(Condition 1) The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the authentication custom
plug-in is not registered. [Fault Content]
(Condition 2) The Authentication Mode is Custom Authentication and the authentication custom The High Compression PDF Board (S2X) failed the NVM CheckSum
plug-in is not activated. [Detection Conditions]
(Condition 3) Failure when reading the file of authentication custom plug-in. S2X failed the NVM CheckSum Test.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF and ON. Replace the S2X PWB Board (NVM memory is attached to the base).
If the problem persists, perform the following:
016-241 SW Option Fail (SIP_FAX Not Exist)
Version 1.2 2010/08 016-xxx FIP
2-305
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting 2010/08 ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
016-xxx FIP 2-306 Version 1.2
<SW optional function not achieved> The NGN optional function did not become available because [Detection Conditions]
the SIP_FAX SW Key is not enabled. When the SW optional function is being enabled, the system detected that the Hybrid Watermark
[Detection Conditions] Detection H/W is not installed. This is detected prior to 016-313.
When the NGN optional function is set to "Enabled", the SIP_FAX SW Key is not enabled. Option name to be detected
"Secure Watermark Kit"
[Corrective Actions]
Purchase the SIP_FAX Kit. (Only for customers who had not purchased it)
[Corrective Actions]
Check the installation of the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W. If it is installed, turn the power OFF
Enable the SIP_FAX SW Key.
then ON. If the problem persists, it could be due to detection error. Replace the Hybrid Watermark
016-310 ssmm Job Log Full Detection H/W or the IISS Board.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
system fail OF-01 Common System Fail
[Fault Content] 016-313 Hybrid WaterMark setting mismatch
SSMM job log full [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Sub
A job log file was not gotten from the external application (AWAS) and the number of files stored [Fault Content]
exceeded the specified value (280).
The SW option (Secure Watermark Kit) did not become enabled
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Get a job log file from the external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that turn the power OFF then
The Hybrid WaterMark Detection H/W was detected but the SW option (Secure Watermark Kit) did
ON.
not become enabled. The detection timing is only during power ON/reboot, and is performed after
If the problem persists, perform the following: 016-312.
Get a job log file from the external application (AWAS) via SSMI. After that turn the power OFF then [Corrective Actions]
ON.
Enable the SW option (Secure Watermark Kit).
016-311 No Scanner that Should Be If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
[Error Type] OF-01 Common System Fail
Sub System Fail 016-314 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist)
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Scanner is not installed although scanner is a standard equipment.
system fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The system detected that the scanner was not installed. [SW optional function not achieved]
[Corrective Actions] The board for detecting the back (side 2) of a document is not installed. Therefore [Paper Security]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: is unavailable.
1. Install or replace the I/F between the scanner and the Main Processor. [Detection Conditions]
2. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. When the SW optional function is set to “Available” and DADF: PF1.5 and IIT:PF1-BW are
OF-01 Common System Fail combined, the machine with two HWM boards (for the face and the back) is supposed to detect
Protection Code for both sides in scanning them simultaneously. However, when only either of the
016-312 SW Option Fail (Hybrid WaterMark Not Exist) boards is installed, the Paper Security function is available for the detected side.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
Install the board for detecting the back (side 2) of a document if it is not installed. 1. Remove and insert the Page Memory (standard).
If the problem persists, perform the following: 2. Replace the Page Memory (standard).
OF-01 Common System Fail If the problem persists, perform the following.
016-315 IIT Interface Fail OF-01 Common System Fail
1. Remove and reinstall the Page Memory (Standard) 5. Replace the Controller board.
2. Replace the Page Memory (Standard) 016-337 Cont ProgramROM Fail-3
016-334 Long Boot Diag Page Memory Broken Option Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Name] System Fail
Long Boot Diag Page Memory Broken Option Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-3
Subsystem [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] Program ROM2 write command has failed.
Page Memory (Option) broken (OS detection) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
Controller Section Page Memory (Option) error was detected. 1. Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #2.
[Corrective Actions] 2. Replace ESS ROM DIMM #2.
Turn the power OFF/ON. If the problem persists, do the following: 3. Replace the Controller board.
1. Remove and reinstall the Page Memory (Option) 016-338 Cont FontROM Fail-1
2. Replace the Page Memory (Option) [Error Type]
016-335 Cont ProgramROM Fail-1 System Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
System Fail Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-1
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-1 The Font ROM ID that is installed OnBoard is detected to be outside the specification value.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The Checksum of Program ROM2 does not match. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Corrective Actions] 1. Replace the Printer Kit.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: 2. Replace the Controller board.
1. Replace ESS ROm DIMM #2. 016-339 Cont FontROM Fail-2
2. Replace the Controller board. [Error Type]
016-336 Cont ProgramROM Fail-2 System Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
System Fail Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-2
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Cont ProgramROM Diagnostic Fail-2 The Font ROM ID that is installed in Slot 1 is detected to be outside the specification value.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
Program ROM1 write command has failed. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Corrective Actions] 1. Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #1.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: 2. Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #1.
1. Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #1. 3. Remove and insert the Printer Kit.
2. Replace ESS ROM DIMM #1. 4. Replace the Printer Kit.
3. Remove and insert the Printer Kit. 5. Replace the Controller board.
4. Replace the Printer Kit. 016-340 Cont FontROM Fail-3
[Error Type] [Fault Name]
System Fail Long Boot Diag Timer Fail
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-3 Subsystem
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The Font ROM ID that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value. Timer Fail (OS detection)
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: A Timer error was detected.
1. Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #2. [Corrective Actions]
2. Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #2. Turn the power OFF/ON. If the problem persists, do the following:
3. Replace the Controller board. 1. If an NVM PWB exists, replace the NVM PWB.
016-341 Cont FontROM Fail-4 2. Replace the ESS PWB
[Error Type] 016-345 Cont NV-Memory Fail
System Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] System Fail
Cont FontROM Diagnostic Fail-4 [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Cont NV-Memory Diagnostic Fail
The Checksum of Font ROM that is installed in Slot 2 does not match. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The data of the header address is detected to be 0x00.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: [Corrective Actions]
1. Remove and insert ESS Font ROM DIMM #2. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
2. Replace ESS Font ROM DIMM #2. 1. Replace the NV-RAM board.
3. Replace the Controller board. 2. Replace the Controller board.
016-342 Cont RTC Fail 016-347 Cont PageMemory Fail
[Error Type] [Error Type]
System Fail System Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Cont RTC Diagnostic Fail Cont PageMemory Diagnostic Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The range of RTC time is out of the specification value (E.g. Day 36 Month 13) The memory size that is installed in Slot 2 is detected to be outside the specification value.
The time is not moving forward [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following:
Turn the power OFF then ON. 1. Remove and insert the Page Memory (option).
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence. 2. Replace the Page Memory (option).
1. Replace the failed component. 3. Replace the Controller board.
2. Replace the Controller Board.
016-348 Cont PageMemory Fail-2
016-343 Long Boot Diag Timer Fail [Error Type]
system fail
1. Check SEEPROM for contact (a bent pin, etc.). 1. Disconnect and connect the UI cable.
2. Check the Controller board and the BP board for contact (disconnected cable, etc.). 2. Remove and insert the UI card.
If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the network [Detection Conditions]
administrator for advice because there is a possibility of a network failure, DHCP Server failure, or
There is no response from the Xerox Communication Server for a certain period of time, resulting in
an improper DHCP Server setting. (For example, if the DHCP Server is not set up in the way that a timeout.
allows it to give back the proxy server address, an error of this code will occur.)
The Network Environment check items are as follows:
[Corrective Actions]
– The HTTP server that provides the PAC file (CFILE) is operating normally, or the server can be Turn the power OFF then ON.
reached on the network. When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal
communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
– The contents of the PAC file have no mistakes in syntax or selected server address, or the file
size is 64KB or less. If the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the
occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
– The DHCP server that has an entry of CURL info is operating normally, or the server can be
reached on the network. 016-416 An invalid state message received from server.
When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal [Error Type]
communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
info
If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network
log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions. [Fault Content]
A server error is detected.
016-414 Couldnt connect to Xerox server or proxy.
[Detection Conditions]
[Error Type]
The Xerox Communication Server has responded with a message indicating an abnormal condition.
info
[Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
Network error
When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal
[Detection Conditions] communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
The machine could not connect to the Xerox Communication Server or the proxy server. If the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the
(A network path problem, an open wire, etc.) occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
[Corrective Actions] 016-417 Invalid network settings were found.
Check the following: [Error Type]
– the connection of the LAN Cable info
– the IP Address setting
[Fault Content]
– the default Gateway setting
Setting error
– the subnet mask setting
– the DNS Server address setting
[Detection Conditions]
An invalid or improper network setting has prevented the machine from communicating.
– the proxy server address setting
If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the [Corrective Actions]
customer’s network administrator becasuse there is a possibility of a network failure. Check the following:
When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal – the IP address setting
communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. – the default Gateway setting
If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network – the subnet mask setting
log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
– the DNS Server address setting
016-415 Connection to Xerox server has timed out. – the proxy server address setting
[Error Type] – the Xerox Communication Server URL setting
info – Set "Verify the remote server certificate" to “OFF”.
[Fault Content] If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the
customer’s network administrator becasuse there is a possibility of a network failure.
No response from the server
When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal [Detection Conditions]
communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. Dynamic DNS - Dynamic update failed.
If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network
log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
[Corrective Actions]
1. Check that DNS server address is set properly in the device.
016-450 SMB Host name duplicated 2. Check with a customer System Administrator that the DNS server settings that allow Dynamic DNS
[Error Type] have been made.
Time Bomb (Information) 3. Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.
[Fault Content] 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
SMB Host Name Duplicated 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions
[Detection Conditions] 016-455 SNTP server time out
A PC of the same host name exists on the network. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Time Bomb (Information)
1. Check whether the setting of the same host name as the device is made to another unit. If the [Fault Content]
setting is duplicate, change the host name of the device or duplicate device.
SNTP timeout.
2. If duplicate setting is not confirmed, change the device host name.
[Detection Conditions]
3. Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.
There is no response from the SNTP server within the specified time (60sec).
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions
[Corrective Actions]
If the time on the machine is incorrect, manually set the time.
016-453 Dynamic DNS - IPv6 NG 1. Check that SNTP server address is set properly in the device.
[Error Type] 2. Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.
Info 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
[Fault Content] 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions
Dynamic DNS - IPv6 Address Dynamic Update Failed 016-456 SNTP time asynchronous
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Failed to update of the IPv6 address and host name to the DNS server.
Time Bomb (Information)
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
1. Check that DNS server address is set properly in the device.
SNTP Time Asynchronous
2. Check with the customer's System Administrator whether the DNS server settings that allow
Dynamic DNS using IPv6 address have been made.
[Detection Conditions]
A standard time synchronized source message and an asynchronous message was received from
3. Follow the instructions in 2.5.1 LOG to obtain the "info9 or xxx.tgz".
the SNTP server.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
[Corrective Actions]
If the time on the machine is incorrect, manually set the time.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
1. Check a customer System Administrator that the NTP server is operating properly.
016-454 DNS renewal failure of dynamic 2. Follow the 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions to collect logs.
[Error Type] 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Time Bomb (Information) 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions
[Fault Content] 016-461 Under non-transmitted image log stagnation
Dynamic DNS - Dynamic Update Failed
[Error Type]
Information Fail
A failure in POP authentication (after the machine connected to the server). [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] An image log transfer fails.
An error occurred when the machine was receiving a response from MTP Server (after the machine 016-516 XPS PrintTicket description error
connected to the server) [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job Fail
Time-out occurred. [Fault Content]
The server or the network is thought to have a heavy load. XPS PrintTicket description error
Wait for a while and then rerun the job. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] PrintTicket included in a XPS document is based on [grammar not supported by this machine] or has
1. Time-out occurred. [print instuructions not supported by this machine].
The server or the network is thought to have a heavy load. [Corrective Actions]
Wait for a while and then rerun the job. Check whether the user’s way of using the application that sends a print job and the print instructions
have problems.
If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice.
If they have no problems, ask not Fuji Xerox but a vendor that produces the application that sends a print
016-514 XPS Error job about the operation of the application. If this does not resolve the problem, get a list of printer settings,
[Error Type] a job history report, and the print data with PrintTicket to send, and go to the following to resolve the
Job Fail problem.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Fault Content]
If the problem persists, contact the support division for instructions.
XPS Error
[Detection Conditions] 016-517 PS Booklet Illegal Color Mode Change
During XPS Bridge processing, Invalid Schema, Parameter Error, damage to XPS File, or an error [Error Type]
internal to XPS Decomposer occurred. Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Print from XPS Viewer, using a pinter driver (ART-EX, PCL, etc.). PS documents to be printed into a booklet have black, white and color areas
If the problem persists, go to the following to resolve it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail While PS Decomp was interpreting a booklet job, a change to Process Color Model or the resolution/
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed binary/multi-valued parameter was detected.
2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally [Corrective Actions]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow Rewrite the PostScript file in the way that does not allow the page device, Process Color Model, to be
016-515 XPS Short of Memory changed in the process.
If the problem persists, go to the following and resolve it. [Error Type]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Job Fail
016-518 PS Booklet Conflict WM [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Smart Card Connection Error
Job Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] After a personal signature scan job has started up, the Smart Card was removed or the Card
Simultaneous Specification of PS Booklet and Watermark Reader was detached, which causes the personal signature to fail.
NVM data to back up is over the capacity of the destination to save it. 016-570 Job ticket out of memory
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
• The backup destination has insufficient capacity. job
• The memory is not enough for data-to-back-up to be encrypted. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] XPIF memory is short.
• Before performing the HDD backup, delete existing backup files through the panel to increase the [Detection Conditions]
capacity.
XPIF Parser detects 'out of memory' while interpreting job ticket.
• Before performing USB backup, delete the backup files in the USB memory through the panel, or
use a PC to delete unnecessary files in the USB memory to increase the capacity.
[Corrective Actions]
Increase memory size for job ticket on UI Panel, restart MC, and then run the job.
016-568 Backup Restore Failed
016-571 Job ticket wrong param
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Error Type]
job
[Fault Content]
NVM data could not be backed up or restored for some reason.
[Fault Content]
XPIF parameter mismatch.
[Detection Conditions]
• An HDD access error has occurred.
[Detection Conditions]
Decomposer detects job ticket has instructed Device to do what is inconsistent with device spec.
• A USB Memory access error has occurred.
• The backup file was corrupted during restore. [Corrective Actions]
• An unexpected error has occurred. Check for a mismatch between parameters specified by job ticket, correct the parameters and then
resend the job.
[Corrective Actions]
• Format the HDD before performing HDD backup. 016-572 Job ticket media error
• Before performing restore using the HDD backup file, delete backup files through the panel. If the [Error Type]
problem persists, format the HDD. job
• For USB backup, check that the USB Memory is properly installed. If the problem persists, use a PC [Fault Content]
to format the USB Memory.
XPIF media conversion error.
• When performing restore using USB backup files, check that the USB Memory is properly installed.
If the problem persists, use the panel or a PC to delete the backup files. [Detection Conditions]
• If the problem still persists, use a PC to format the USB Memory. Decomposer detects paper whose properties are specified by job ticket cannot be recognized as
paper (size/type/color) supported by device.
016-569 Attestation Agent error 569
Version 1.2 2010/08 016-xxx FIP
2-329
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting 2010/08 ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
016-xxx FIP 2-330 Version 1.2
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 016-582 File creation failure in FTP
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation [Error Type]
016-579 Scanning picture preservation place error in FTP Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail Failed to create an FTP scan file
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Problem with scanned image storage destination of FTP Scan When creating a file in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file creation has failed.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
When moving the image storage destination after connecting to the FTP server, failed to move to 1. Check that the specified name is a file name that can be created in the storage destination
the RepositoryPath. There are problems with the scanned image data storage destination. 2. Check that the storage destination has enough free space.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
1. Check that the scanned image storage destination on the FTP scan server is correct. has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
016-580 File name acquisition failure from FTP server
[Error Type] 016-583 Lock folder creation failure in FTP
Job Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job Fail
Unable to obtain file name/folder name on the FTP scan server [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Failed to create an FTP scan lock folder
The NLST command has failed when obtaining the file/folder name on the server after connecting to [Detection Conditions]
the FTP server. When creating a lock folder in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the lock folder creation
[Corrective Actions] has failed.
1. Check the access right to the FTP scan server. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 1. When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. job.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 2. Check that the specified name is a folder name that can be created in the storage destination.
3. Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists.
016-581 File name suffix limit over in FTP
4. Check that the storage destination has enough free space.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
Job Fail has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
[Fault Content] 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
The FTP scan file name/folder name suffix has exceeded the limit 016-584 Folder creation failure in FTP
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
When determining the file/folder name in the server after connecting to the FTP server, the file
Job Fail
name/folder name suffix exceeded the limit.
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions]
Failed to create an FTP scan folder
1. Change the file name/destination folder. Else, move or delete the files in the destination folder.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem [Corrective Actions]
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Perform the following:
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
1. Reduce a send parameter of resolution (image-to-send quality) and resend the job.
016-597 Same name file exists in FTP servcer 2. Reduce a send parameter of magnification and resend the job. (A3 to A4, etc.)
[Error Type] 3. Change ""max message size"" to a larger value. (10MB recommended as default)
Job Fail If the problem still persists, obtain logs (pfshowinfo8 log and network log) just after the occurrence of
it and contact the Support division for instructions.
[Fault Content]
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions
The process was cancelled since a file (folder) with the same name exists during FTP scan
(CreditMutuel specifications) 016-600 KO Authentication Locked
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
The process was cancelled because a file/folder with the same name was detected after connecting History
to the FTP server. (CreditMutuel specifications) [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Logged by incorrect KO authentication detection (Detects NG in continuous KO authentication).
Perform the same operation again without multiple machines accessing the same folder in the same [Detection Conditions]
server.
The no. of continuous KO authentication errors reached the setting value of the System Data "KO
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
Authentication Continuous Error Maximum Count (NVM:700-563)".
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Corrective Actions]
Only record the data to the history.
016-598 Email message size over
016-601 Illegal Access Detection
[Error Type]
job
[Error Type]
History
[Fault Content]
Email message size is over spec.
[Fault Content]
Illegal trespassing detected (Identification/authentication error due to KO/CO User ID NG Or
[Detection Conditions] Password NG).
In paginating, mail data size per page exceeds system data "max message size".
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The no. of authentication errors (CO/KO inclusive) within the specified time reached the setting
Perform the following: value of the System Data "Authentication Error Maximum Count (NVM:700-564)".
1. Reduce a send parameter of resolution (image-to-send quality) and resend the job. [Corrective Actions]
2. Reduce a send parameter of magnification and resend the job. (A3 to A4, etc.)
Only record the data to the history.
3. Change ""max message size"" to a larger value. (10MB recommended as default)
If the problem still persists, obtain logs (pfshowinfo8 log and network log) just after the occurrence of
016-700 Password is under minimum figures
it and contact the Support division for instructions. [Error Type]
2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tools Operational Instructions job
016-599 Email message size over [Fault Content]
[Error Type] The number of digits used for the password for security and authentication prints is less than the
minimum.
job
[Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content]
The number of password digits for the job received is less than the minimum.
Email message size is over spec.
*Enable setting the minimum number of password digits for a security print and an authentication
[Detection Conditions] print in order not to store any job for which a less-than-minimum number of password digits are
In paginating, mail data size per page exceeds system data "max message size". entered.
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Use a minimum or larger number of password digits for the job to print out. Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following: [Fault Content]
Seeing the following, collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log, and contact the support In receiving E-Mail/Fax/Internet FAX, an invalid (not setup) mailbox no. is selected.
division for instructions.
[Detection Conditions]
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
Even if there are no options such as Internet FAX and Scan To E-Mail, this fault occurs in normal
016-701 Out of ART EX Memory Fax receiving and sending.
[Error Type] Here is detailed description.
Job Fail 1. In Fax/Internet FAX sending, a malibox is to be used in the machine for Fax communications,
but the mailbox could not be set up.
[Fault Content]
2. In receiving Email/Fax/Internet FAX no mailbox or an invalid mailbox is detected, and a job is
Insufficient PLW Decomposer Memory over.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
An insufficient memory was detected while using the ART EX.
Perform the following:
[Corrective Actions] 1. Check whether a selected mailbox is set up. If not, set it up.
Perform the following procedures in sequence: 2. Ask the sender to send E-Mail/Fax/Internet FAX to a valid mailbox.
1. Increase the allocated memory of the ART EX. (In some cases, actual memory must be If this does not resolve the problem, perform the following.
increased)
3. Replace the FMO (the IF Board for Fax).
2. Change the print mode. (Example: High Quality mode → Normal mode)
If this does not resolve the problem, it then indicates that the HDD can be defect. Perform the
3. Lower the resolution. following in order.
4. Set [Page Print mode] to [Enabled]. OF-02 HDD System Fail
5. Execute [Image Compression] in the [Graphics] tab of the printer driver. OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
OF-09 Common Job Fail
016-704 Mailbox is Full
016-702 Out of Page Buffer [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job Fail
Job Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] The system detected that a mailbox was full (it exceeded the maximum no. of documents per box)
Not able to compress any page due to insufficient Print Page Buffer and aborted a job.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Not a single page could be compressed. FULL status was detected at HD access and a job was aborted.
Insufficient Print Page Buffer was detected. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Delete unnecessary documents and then repeat the operation.
1. Set [Print Mode] to [High Speed] and reduce the print resolution before retrying the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2. Increase the memory to increase the page buffer. OF-09 Common Job Fail
3. Retry the operation in [Print Page Mode]. (PLW Decomposer (=ART-EX) only) 016-705 Secure Print Fail
For [Print Page Mode], refer to the printer driver online help.
[Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Fault Content]
016-703 Email To Invalid Box Unable to perform Secure Print/Mailbox Print/Pay for Print Storing from the Printer Driver.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Incorrect TIFF file]
016-726 PDL Auto Switch Fail The data contains a Tag that is not set in the Image File Expansion Library.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Job Fail Explain to the customer that the TIFF file is not supported. If further checking is required, contact
Support G for checking.
[Fault Content]
[Auto Judge Error] 016-729 TIFF Data Size too Big
Auto SW judgement has failed. [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job Fail
Print language auto judgement has failed. This does not occur in PCL5/ESCP machines. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] The files to be spooled in the TIFF exceeded the disk capacity.
In parallel connection, check it according to the procedures given below. [Detection Conditions]
1. Set a longer time for [Auto Output Time] by selecting [Port Settings]>[Parallel] in CWIS. [Incorrect TIFF file]
2. Replace the parallel cable. The specified settings exceed the upper limit of the valid no. of colors and pixels.
3. If a long parallel cable is used, use a short cable (genuine) and try printing again. [Corrective Actions]
4. Change the print language from [Auto] to [ARTEX] or [PS] fixed by selecting [Emulation Correct the valid range.
Settings]>[Print Mode] in CWIS.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If not in parallel connection, check Step 4 above.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
016-730 Unsupported ART Command
[Error Type]
016-727 0-page document is unstorable in a MailBox.
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
ART Command Error
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions]
The 0 page condition is detected in the Print job Mailbox storage.
[ART Command Error]
[Detection Conditions] A command not supported by the ART was detected.
The P-Formatter attempted to store a 0 page document into the Mailbox, but the job is canceled
because 0 page documents cannot be stored.
[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Do not allow the Print Result that is to be stored in the Mailbox to be 0 page.
If Paper Saving is "ON", turn it "OFF" and print again. Check that the printed document is not a blank 016-731 Invalid TIFF Data
paper, and input some text if it is blank. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Fault Content]
016-728 Unsupported TIFF Data Invalid TIFF Data
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Job Fail [Incorrect TIFF file]
[Fault Content] The TIFF data is broken or discontinued halfway.
Unsupported TIFF Data [Corrective Actions]
Send data again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail 1. Set [Receive via SMTP] for E-mail receive setting on the sending device.
016-732 Form not registerd 2. Remove the restriction on receiving E-mails from a self-domain in the receivable domain list if any.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Job Fail
2.4 NET System Fault Check
[Fault Content]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
[Form Overlay Error]
Data itself is not printed when the form specified is not registered in emulation. 016-735 Updating Job Templete
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
The decomposer detected that the form specified is not registered. Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Send the form data again. Error During Updating Job Template
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail [Updating Job Template]
016-733 Destination address resolution error The system attempted to output the Job Template List while the Job Template was being updated.
(Occurs after XPJL has recognized the received data as a Download Data) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] FULL state was detected when attempting to access the HD. Either cancel the job or proceed with
user intervention 016-981.
Conditions such as Pflite having Strm function error, Download open, ioctrl error, or unable to
secure memory. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] 1. Split the job into pages in order to prevent FULL state. Reduce the resolution if possible.
2. Delete documents that are no longer needed, such as: Mailbox documents, FAX Send Wait
Obtain log and request an investigation from the Support G
documents, Secure Print documents and Delayed Print documents. Make sure that there is space in
016-746 Unsupported PDF File the HDD before re-scanning and re-printing.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
Job Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Fault Content] OF-02 HDD System Fail
PDF Error Due To Unsupported Function Sent 016-749 JCL Syntax Error
Version 1.2 2010/08 016-xxx FIP
2-343
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting 2010/08 ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
016-xxx FIP 2-344 Version 1.2
The PJL/XPJL detected a print language that cannot be printed [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] [FX PDF]
1. The print language received from the printer driver is a print language that cannot be printed by the Use the driver from Acrobat Reader to print.
machine. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
2. ContentsBridge was used to attempt to print a PDF file through a machine that cannot process PDF. OF-09 Common Job Fail
3. When this happens with a received Internet FAX document, the Internet FAX document that was 2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed
sent by the other machine is in a print language that cannot be printed by this machine. 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally
[Corrective Actions] 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
In the case of 1, use the printer driver of the machine to print. 016-752 PDF Short of Memory
Explanation: Depending on PostScript, etc. options are necessary to print the desired print [Error Type]
language.
Job Fail
For more details, please contact our sales representatives.
In the case of 2, do not use ContentsBridge to print a PDF file.
[Fault Content]
PDF Short of Memory
In case of 3, please request the other party to resend the Internet FAX document using a print
language that can be printed by this machine. [Detection Conditions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Insufficient memory was detected during PDF Bridge processing.
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed [Corrective Actions]
2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally [FX PDF]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow When the Print mode is set to [High Quality], change the setting to [Normal]. When the Print mode is
016-750 Print job ticket description error set to [Standard], change the setting to [High Speed]. (Only for the machine with High Quality
mode.)
[Error Type] If the problem persists, expand the memory capacity.
Job Fail
If the problem persists after expanding to the maximum capacity, print using a driver from Acrobat
[Fault Content] Reader.
PDF print job ticket description error has occurred If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-09 Common Job Fail
When the customer uses applications such as "ContentsBridge2005", etc. to send PDF directly, the 016-753 PDF Password Mismatched
machine received the print job ticket that was sent together with the PDF. However, the print job
ticket data is either "Text that is not supported in this machine" or "Print instruction that is not
[Error Type]
supported in this machine". Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Obtain the Printer Setup List, the job log report and the sent print data with attached print job ticket PDF Password Mismatched
when the problem occurred. [Detection Conditions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail When processing a PDF file that is protected by a password, the password in the UI panel settings
016-751 PDF Error and the password specified using XPJL (set in the Contents Bridge Utility) do not match.
Print in the High Speed mode. If the problem persists, print in the Print Guaranteed mode. (Only for [Corrective Actions]
the machine with this mode.) 1. The machine failed to connect to the SMTP server.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Wait for a while and repeat the operation.
OF-09 Common Job Fail If the situation does not improve, contact the network administrator for advice.
016-762 Print LANG Not Installed 016-765 SMTP Server HD Full
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
[Decomposer does not exist] The SMTP Server HDD is full. (after connection to the server)
The system requested for functions (print language, print utility, etc.) that were not installed. (The [Detection Conditions]
Decomposer specified with PJL or Auto SW is not installed.)
The system detected that the SMTP Server HDD is full.
SMTP Server Response Code: 452
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The print language is not installed.
Contact the SMTP Server Administrator.
The system requested for functions (print language, print utility, etc.) that were not installed.
Retrieve E-mails in the SMTP Server HD. Check the server capacity.
(The Decomposer specified with PJL or Auto SW is not installed.)
016-766 SMTP Server File System Error
[Corrective Actions]
Fix and select the decomposer from the Operation Panel or with a command.
[Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. An error that is not due to HDD access has occurred during image conversion process at the S-
Formatter.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
2.4 NET System Fault Check
[Corrective Actions]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 1. If the failure occurred during Salutation/Fax to Email, obtain the pages one by one from the Mailbox
through a Web Browser and try again.
016-774 HD Full - Compression Convert 2. If the problem occurred when encrypting or specifying a signature using the "Default Certificate",
[Error Type] • Check the validity of the certificate.
Job Fail • Set the correct date and time on the machine.
[Fault Content] Try fetching by using the FAX forced polling.
[HDD Full at Compression type conversion] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
HDD Full occurred when the S-Formatter did the compression type conversion of the JBIG 2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow
compressed images into the MH system (partition #1). 2.4.5.4 CenterWare Internet Service Failure Check Flow
[Detection Conditions] 016-777 HD Access ERR-Image Convert
Disk Full was detected when opening/writing file for Compression type conversion. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job Fail
Free up some HDD space and repeat the operation. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Image Conversion Error]
OF-02 HDD System Fail
The HDD Access Error has occurred during image conversion process by S-Formatter.
016-775 HD Full - Image Convert [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] An error other than Disk Full was detected when opening/reading/writing file for compression
Job Fail conversion/image processing operation.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
[Image Conversion Error] Replace the HD and perform the operation again.
Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during image conversion process by S-Formatter. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-02 HDD System Fail
Disk Full was detected when opening/writing file for image processing operation. 016-778 HD Full - Scan Image Convert
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Free up some HDD space and repeat the operation. Job Fail
Retrieve each page from the EWS. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Scanned Image Conversion Error]
OF-02 HDD System Fail Insufficient HDD capacity was detected during scanned image conversion process in I-Formatter
016-776 Image Convert ERR [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] HDD Full was detected when opening/writing file for operation
Job Fail [Corrective Actions]
Free up some HDD space and scan again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-02 HDD System Fail 1. Check the network cable for connection.
016-779 Scan Image Conversion Error 2. If the host name set up on this machine has non-ASCII letters, set a new host name using ASCII
letters.
[Error Type]
Log In/Out =>System Settings =>Network Settings =>Machine Mail Address/Host Name =>Host
Job Fail
Name
[Fault Content] 3. Check that the server IP address is correct.
[Scanned Image Conversion Error]
016-782 Server Login ERR
An error due to other causes than HDD Access has occurred during scanned image conversion
process in I-Formatter [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job Fail
Job Log for Specified Job ID does not exist [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] 1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check the file format/directory in the media and the
selected mode (Digital Camera Print/Document Print), then make settings again.
When printing the report for the job, the Job Log for the job specified in the Control Panel could not
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
be retrieved.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation. 016-796 Document insert operation error
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Job Fail
016-793 MF I/O HD Full [Fault Content]
[Error Type] [Media Reader] File Attribute Retrieval Error (occurs during job) - Job Abort for this Job only
2. Although you can also avoid this problem by turning OFF the Multifunction Device [SSL Server [Fault Name]
Verification] setting, take note that this will render it unable to gurantee the authenticy of the SMTP
Contract Type Fail
Server it is connecting to.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures <<5>> to obtain the PfShowInfo 8 log
immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. [Fault Content]
017-718 SSL Server Cert Invalid Fail Contract Type value is incorrect.
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures <<5>> to obtain the PfShowInfo 8 log and the
network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
017-720 Contract Type Fail
018-400 IPSEC Error (Configuration Mismatch) [Fault Content]
[Error Type] A failure in communication with the SIP Registrar Server
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact [Corrective Actions]
the support division for instructions. Use either of the following to resolve the problem.
– Search for the latest information and get it. [Corrective Actions]
– Check that BMLinkS Services, which is a destination, has started storage service for this user. Use one of the following to resolve the problem.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact – If any letters used for the file name are found unavailable for BMLinkS storage service, change
the support division for instructions. them.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions – Check for the file or folder with the same name as the specified file name.
018-514 bmlinks access-right-violation – Set the way of handling a duplicated file to “Overwrite and Save”.
[Error Type] – Shorten the name of the storage folder or file.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact
job
the support division for instructions.
[Fault Content] 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
A wrong right to access BMLinkS scan service
018-517 bmlinks storage-full
[Detection Conditions]
For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.
[Error Type]
job
[Corrective Actions]
Check that the login name (user name) and the password are correct.
[Fault Content]
The storage disk on BMLinkS scan service is full.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions. [Detection Conditions]
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.
018-515 bmlinks storage-access-error [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Check the storage for space.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact
job
the support division for instructions.
[Fault Content] 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
Error in access to BMLinkS Scan Service Storage
018-518 bmlinks operation-not-available
[Detection Conditions]
For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.
[Error Type]
job
[Corrective Actions]
Use either of the following to resolve the problem.
[Fault Content]
a temporary error with BMLinkS scan service
– Check that the specified file name can be created in the storage.
– Check that the specified file name is not used by another user. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services.
the support division for instructions. [Corrective Actions]
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions After a while repeat the operation.
018-516 bmlinks unsupported-attribute If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.
[Error Type]
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
job
[Fault Content] 018-519 bmlinks unknown-error
An attribute of data to be saved in BMLinkS scan service is incorrect. [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] job
For some reason, the corresponding error code was received from BMLinkS Services . [Fault Content]
an error with BMLinkS scan service
018-520 Internal error in BMLinkS Scan 018-523 image send failure in BMLinkS
[Error Type] [Error Type]
job job
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
After the machine connected to BMLinkS scan service, an internal error occurred or the machine When the machine was transferring an image to BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.
received an unexpected response from the server. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] During transfer of an image to BMLinkS Services, a network error was detected.
An internal-processing error [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation.
Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact the support division for instructions.
the support division for instructions. 2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions 018-524 Invalid device network setting
018-521 request send failure in BMLinkS [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job
job [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] CUI Scan: Device Network Settings Error
When the machine was trying to connect to BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] 1. When DNS is not set in the device, the server name in the template is written as FQDN.
When a command was being sent to BMLinkS Services, a network error was detected. 2. The port for the transfer protocol that is listed in the Job Template is not activated in the device (e.g.
[Corrective Actions] SMB, FTP).
Repeat the operation. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact Check whether the port and network related settings that are required to execute the scan job are
the support division for instructions. set properly in the device.
2.5.1 Logging/Extraction Tools Functional Instructions – Check whether the DNS server setting is correct.
– Check whether the port for the specified protocol is activate.
018-522 response receive failure in BMLinkS
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network
[Error Type] log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
job
018-525 HDD full or HDD access error
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
During a response was being made from BMLinkS scan service, a network error occurred.
Job
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
CUI Scan: HDD-related Error during Processing of Job Template An invalid argument request was received from the SOAP client of custom service.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
1. During the CUI scan start process, the internal HDD is full (Job Template partition) Check whether the custom service settings are correct.
2. During the CUI scan start process, an internal HDD failure was detected. If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network
[Corrective Actions] log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. Also obtain
the packets log between the custom service and the device.
Wait for a while, then perform the same operation again. If the problem persists, perform the
following: 018-529 Duplicate scan request
Check for HDD Full, or replace the HDD where the error had occurred. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network Job
log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
[Fault Content]
018-526 Rejected to be refresh CUI Scan: Duplication of Soap Job Startup Request
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Job During the CUI scan start process that was received from the SOAP client of custom service,
[Fault Content] another CUI scan start request was received.
CUI Scan: Polling Job Template [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Wait for a while, then perform the same operation again.
A CUI scan start request was received when the Job Template is being polled. If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network
log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department.
[Corrective Actions]
Wait for a while, then perform the same operation again. 018-530 Authentication error
If the problem persists, follow the logging procedures to obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network [Error Type]
log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the Support Department. Job
018-527 JT Monitor Internal error [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Authentication/DV-related error during start-up of a CUI scan job.
Job [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] 1. DV No. of Sheets Limitation, DV Color Mode Limitation, DV Service Use Limitation
CUI Scan: Internal Error Occurred when Processing Job Template 2. Use of an unregistered card
[Detection Conditions] 3. Job error when connecting to an external device or when obtaining authentication information
1. The shared name specified did not exist on the server. [Corrective Actions]
2. Prohibited letters were found used for the shared name specified. Perform the following.
[DMP6-2 and later products only] 1. Check that the drive and directory that are specified in the HTTP server that sends scanned
documents are accessible.
1. The user had no right to access the shared name specified. (MacOS X v10.2)
2. Repeat the operation.
[Corrective Actions]
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
• Check the shared name specified and set the correct name.
has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
[DMP6-2 and later products only]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
• Check that the user has the right to access the shared name specified. (MacOS X v10.2)
This is how to check it:
018-557 HTTP Invalid char in filename
1. Log in as the specified user. [Error Type]
2. From [Dock], start the [Finder] icon. Job Fail
3. On the [Finder] window click the [Home] icon. [Fault Content]
4. From the [File] menu, select [View info]. HTTP File - Invalid Characters
5. Select [Proprietary Right and Access Right] and check that "Read/Write” is selected in the [Detection Conditions]
[Access] box for the owner. A file name that contains invalid characters was specified.
If the problem persists, see the following to collect a info9 or xxx.tgz log and a network log and contact
the support division for instructions.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Make sure that the file name that is specified in the scanned document destination does not contain HTTP Status 401 was received.
any invalid characters. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and
Perform the following.
contact the support department for instructions.
1. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
2. Check the login user name.
018-558 HTTP file not found 3. Check the login password.
[Error Type] 4. Check the name of scanned document destination HTTP server.
Job Fail 5. Check the server path name of scanned document destination HTTP server.
[Fault Content] If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and
The HTTP directory/file name does not exist. contact the support department for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Detection Conditions]
Due to some reason, this code was received from the HTTP server. 018-561 HTTP server not found
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Perform the following. Job Fail
1. Check that the directory that is specified in the scanned document destination HTTP server [Fault Content]
exists. HTTP Error - Not Found
2. Check that the file name that is specified in the scanned document destination HTTP server [Detection Conditions]
exists.
HTTP Status 404 was received.
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and
– The host name is incorrect.
contact the support department for instructions.
– The script storage is incorrect.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Corrective Actions]
018-559 HTTP File duplication fail
Perform the following.
[Error Type] 1. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.
Job Fail
2. Check the name of scanned document destination HTTP server.
[Fault Content] 3. Check the server path name of scanned document destination HTTP server.
File Name Conflict Stop If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and
[Detection Conditions] contact the Support G for instructions.
"Prohibit Overwrite" is selected for scan "File Name Conflict" 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Corrective Actions] 018-562 HTTP client error
When performing scan Jobs, set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job". [Error Type]
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and Job Fail
contact the support department for instructions.
[Fault Content]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
HTTP Response Client Error
018-560 HTTP server login fail [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] HTTP Status 4xx (other than 401 and 404) was received.
Job Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Perform the following.
HTTP User Authentication Error 1. Check whether the scanned document destination HTTP server is accessible from the PC.
2. Check the server settings.
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and [Corrective Actions]
contact the support department for instructions.
Perform the following.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
– Check whether the proxy server name that is set in the device has been registered in the DNS.
018-563 HTTP server error – Check whether it is connected to the DNS server.
[Error Type] – Check whether the DNS server address is set.
Job Fail If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
[Fault Content]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
HTTP Response Server Error
[Detection Conditions] 018-566 Server Connect error in HTTP
HTTP Status 5xx was received. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job Fail
– The certificate path of the SSL server certificate and import any necessary CA certificate. [Detection Conditions]
4. If the certificate is not registered in the scanned document destination HTTP server, disable A context name that contains invalid characters was specified.
the device certificate validation. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem Check whether the specified context name is correct.
has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred and
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation contact the support department for instructions.
018-570 HTTP certificate fail 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Error Type] 018-573 Invalid char in server
Job Fail
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation • The User who is already logged in does not have the right to access the directory.
• The User who is already logged in does not have the right to read the file.
018-580 Netware invalid volume • The User who is already logged in does not have the right to write to the file.
[Error Type] • The User who is already logged in does not have the right to delete the directory/file.
Job Fail • Although all the specified directories/files are read-only, a deletion request was issued.
[Fault Content] • Although some of the specified directories/files are read-only, a deletion request was issued.
Netware Error - Volume Does Not Exist. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Perform the following.
A nonexistent volume name was specified. 1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
[Corrective Actions] 2. Check the rights of the User.
Perform the following. Example:
1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC. Check if the user has the right to open the file.
2. Check the volume name. Check if the user has the right to create the file.
3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server. Check if the user has the right to access the directory.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has Check if the user has the right to read the file.
occurred and contact the support department for instructions. Check if the user has the right to write to the file.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation Check if the user has the right to delete the file/directory.
018-581 Netware invalid path 3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
[Error Type] occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
Job Fail
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Fault Content]
018-583 Nw server disk error
Netware Error - Path Does Not Exist.
[Error Type]
[Detection Conditions]
Job Fail
A nonexistent directory path was specified.
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions]
Netware Error - Disk Access Error
Perform the following.
1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
[Detection Conditions]
2. Check the directory path name. A failure has occurred in the Netware server disk.
3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem Perform the following.
has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 1. Check the HDD of the Netware server.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 2. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has Job Fail
occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
[Fault Content]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Netware Server Login Error
018-584 Nw server access fail [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The Netware server has refused the login.
Job Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Perform the following.
Netware Error - Access Error 1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
[Detection Conditions] 2. Check the login user name.
• Due to some reason, the communication was cut when reading. 3. Check the login password.
• Due to some reason, the communication was cut when writing. 4. Check the volume name.
• Due to some reason, the file close process has failed. 5. Check the server name/tree name.
[Corrective Actions] 6. Check the context name.
Perform the following. 7. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.
1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
2. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 018-587 File duplication fail
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation [Error Type]
018-585 Netware error in use Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail File Name Conflict Stop
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Netware Currently In Use by Other Users "Prohibit Overwrite" is selected for scan "File Name Conflict"
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
• Write is locked because netware is being referenced by another user, etc. Set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job".
• Although some of the specified directories/files are being used by other users, a deletion request If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
was issued. occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
• Although all the specified directories/files are being used by other users, a deletion request was 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
issued.
018-588 Scan filing policy invalid
[Corrective Actions]
[Error Type]
Perform the following.
Job Fail
1. Check whether the NetWare server is accessible from the PC.
2. Check the current usage status of other users.
[Fault Content]
3. Execute DSREPAIR from the Server Console of the NetWare server. Invalid Filing Policy
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has [Detection Conditions]
occurred and contact the support department for instructions. Invalid filing policy (when additional items are selected) was detected after connecting with the
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation server.
Nothing is registered in the specified search range. Consult with the Network Administrator to check 018-714 LDAP protocol error 14
the status of the authentication settings. [Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Job Fail
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
[Fault Content]
018-711 LDAP protocol error 11 LDAP protocol error 14 at Address Book operation (SASL bind in progress)
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Job Fail The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "14" (SASL bind in progress) in response
[Fault Content] to the Address Book inquiry.
LDAP protocol error 11 at Address Book operation (admin limit is exceeded) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Please wait for a while and operate again. If the situation did not improve, consult with the Network
Administrator.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "11" (admin limit is exceeded) in
response to the Address Book inquiry. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions] 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status of the Server operation. 018-716 LDAP protocol error 16
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" Job Fail
018-712 LDAP protocol error 12 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] LDAP protocol error 16 at Address Book operation (the requested attribute does not exist)
Job Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "16" (the requested attribute does not
exist) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
LDAP protocol error 12 at Address Book operation (extended function cannot be used)
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
Server side. Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
018-717 LDAP protocol error 17 018-720 LDAP protocol error 20
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 17 at Address Book operation (the specified attribute is not defined) LDAP protocol error 20 at Address Book operation (the specified attribute already exists)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "17" (the specified attribute is not The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "20" (the specified attribute already
defined) in response to the Address Book inquiry. exists) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
Server side. Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
018-718 LDAP protocol error18 018-721 LDAP protocol error 21
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 18 at Address Book operation (unsuitable combination) LDAP protocol error 21 at Address Book operation (syntax error of the specified attribute value)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "18" (unsuitable combination) in The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "21" (syntax error of the specified
response to the Address Book inquiry. attribute value) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the An attribute problem as occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the
Server side. Server side.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
018-719 LDAP protocol error 19 018-725 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 22
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail job
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
LDAP protocol error 19 at Address Book operation (limit violation) Kerberos Authentication Protocol error (22)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "19" (limit violation) in response to the The user Kerberos password has expired.
Address Book inquiry.
[Corrective Actions] 3. Check that the Kerberos Server address set on the device is the same as that written on the
Kerbeors Server KDC certificate. If they are different, change the Kerbeors Server address set on
As the user Kerbeors password set on the Kerbeors server has expired, it is necessary to ask the
server administrator to extend the expiration date of it. the device, or check the Kerbeors Server KDC certificate. In this case, there is a possibility of a
wrong setting or Kerbeors Server impersonation.
018-726 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 70 018-732 LDAP protocol error 32
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
job
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
Kerberos Authentication Protocol error (70)
LDAP protocol error 32 at Address Book operation (applicable object does not exist)
[Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions]
A higher CA certificate in the user SmartCard is not registered with the device.
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "32" (applicable object does not exist) in
[Corrective Actions] response to the Address Book inquiry.
Check if a higher CA certificate in the user SmartCard is registered with the device. If not, register it [Corrective Actions]
with the device.
"32" the applicable e-mail address does not exist.
The status is that in Kerberos authentication (PKINIT), the device cannot send the certificate path for
Either re-input the correct e-mail address or check the e-mail addresses that are registered in the Server.
user certificate to the Kerbeors Server (KDC).
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
018-727 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 71 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
[Error Type]
018-733 LDAP protocol error 33
job
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
Kerberos Authentication Protocol error (71)
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions]
LDAP protocol error 33 at Address Book operation (wrong alias)
The certificate in the user SmartCard is incorrect (rejected by the Kerbeors Server).
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "33" (wrong alias) in response to the
Check if the certificate in the user SmartCard is valid. If it has become invalid or expired, renew it, or Address Book inquiry.
if the Kerberos server prohibits the use of the certificate, it is necessary to ask the server
administrator to make the server permit it. [Corrective Actions]
A name related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at
018-728 Kerberos Attestation protocol error 72 the Server side.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
job 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
[Fault Content] 018-734 LDAP protocol error 34
Kerberos Authentication Protocol error (72)
[Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job Fail
The Kerbeors Server KDC certificate is incorrect. (The root CA certificate is not registered with the
device; the KDC certificate has expired; or the KDC certificate address is different from that written
[Fault Content]
on the certificate.) LDAP protocol error 34 at Address Book operation (wrong DN form, wrong password)
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
1. Check if the root CA certificate of KDC Certificate is registered with the device. If not, register the The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "34" (wrong DN form) in response to the
root CA certificate. Address Book inquiry.
2. If the KDC certificate has expired, renew the Kerbeors Server KDC certificate . [Corrective Actions]
A name related problem has occurred.
Check the User Name and the Password again and release the incorrect Password Name.
If it did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator to check the authentication settings at the [Corrective Actions]
Server side. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at the Server side. A security related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. authentication settings at the Server side.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
018-735 LDAP protocol error 35 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
[Error Type] 018-749 LDAP protocol error 49
Job Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job Fail
LDAP protocol error 35 at Address Book operation (object is terminated) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] LDAP protocol error 49 at Address Book operation (the specified authentication certificate is invalid,
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "35" (object is terminated) in response to login name is invalid)
the Address Book inquiry. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "49" (the specified authentication
A name related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at certificate is invalid) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
the Server side. Address search was performed when incorrect User Name and Password was used for authentication.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" A security related problem has occurred.
018-736 LDAP protocol error 36 Check the User Name and the Password used for authentication again and release the incorrect search
login name.
[Error Type]
If it did not improve, consult with the Network Administrator to check the authentication settings at the
Job Fail
Server side.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
LDAP protocol error 36 at Address Book operation (cannot refer to alias) 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
[Detection Conditions] 018-750 LDAP protocol error 50
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "36" (cannot refer to alias) in response to
the Address Book inquiry.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
A name related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the status at
[Fault Content]
the Server side. LDAP protocol error 49 at Address Book operation (the specified authentication certificate is invalid,
login name is invalid)
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC" [Detection Conditions]
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "50" (user does not have access
018-748 LDAP protocol error 48 privileges) in response to the Address Book inquiry.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Job Fail A security related problem has occurred. Consult with the Network Administrator to check the
[Fault Content] access rights at the Server side.
LDAP protocol error 48 at Address Book operation (authentication denied) If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] 2.4.2 "Cannot Connect to Network" or "Printer Cannot be Seen From PC"
The Server returned RFC2251 standard resultMessageNo "48" (authentication denied) in response 018-751 LDAP protocol error 51
to the Address Book inquiry.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Detection Condition of Fault: When powering ON the device, the EPA Lib/EP Cont detected that the 021-213 Controller Price Table Error
setting requires a USB IC Card to control jobs and that the USB IC Card is not connected. When the [Error Type]
device is in Ready state, the EPA Lib/EP Cont detected that the setting requires a USB IC Card to
local
control jobs and that the USB is disconnected or the USB IC Card Reader is malfunctioning.
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
If the USB connector is disconnected: Reconnect the disconnected USB connector and turn the An error in setting up EPA - Controller Unit-Price Table
power OFF then ON. [Detection Conditions]
If this fault occurred although the USB IC Card Reader is connected: Connect an undamaged USB With a new type of subtraction system (M/C Unit-Price Table system) ON (850-027=1), an available
IC Card Reader and turn the power OFF then ON. unit price (855-xxx) is set to a value out of the range of 1 to 9999999.
021-211 USB IC Card Reader broken [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] (Only the system administrator can repair this.)
Using CWIS, read out the Unit-Price Table into a file. Set a value between 1 and 9999999 at the
local
location(s) where a value out of the range is set. Using CWIS, write the file containing the corrected
[Fault Content] Unit Price Table.
The USB IC Card Reader is broken. – In order not to use the new type of subtraction system (M/C Unit-Price Table system), set the
[Detection Conditions] value in NVM(850-027) to 0 (The function OFF).
When the Reader of a working USB IC Card Reader that is being used malfunctioned, at the time – To use the new type of subtraction system (M/C Unit-Price Table system), set every available
that malfunction is detected. unit price (855-xxx) to a value between 1 and 9999999. Power OFF then ON. (You need to
obtain consent from the customer as to the values to set the prices to.)
[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following:
Connect the unbroken USB IC Card Reader and turn the power OFF then ON.
Go to OF-01 Common System Fail. Perform step (5) to collect reports and the subsequent steps.
021-212 USB IC Card Reader preparing error 021-214 USB IC Card Reader encryption setting error
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
local
Local
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
A failure in starting the USB IC Card Reader
Failure in the USB IC Card Reader encryption settings
[Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions]
When the device is turned ON, the accessory connected through USB has not finished starting up
• When an USB IC Card Reader error is detected during the setting of the USB IC Card Reader
within a certain period of time, which is set as SystemData.
encryption settings.
– The USB is disconnected.
• When connected to an USB IC Card Reader with incorrect encryption settings (the Mutual
– The accessory connected through USB has not finished preparing for operation. Authentication Key not matching the Specified Key), causing encrypted communication to fail.
– The accessory connected through USB has finished preparing for operation, but the device
cannot communicate with the accessory.
[Corrective Actions]
• As this may sometimes be corrected by rebooting, try turning the power OFF and ON.
[Corrective Actions]
• In case the USB is disconnected:
-> Reconnect the disconnected USB Cable and then turn the power OFF then ON.
• If the problem persists after turning the power OFF then ON, the encryption settings of the [Corrective Actions]
connected USB IC Card Reader is wrong. Connect an USB IC Card Reader that has never been
Check that the System Data 850-007 is set correctly and make the setting again.
used before, or one that has had its encryption settings initialized as factory default settings to the
machine and turn the power OFF then ON. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.
1. Check the connection to the EP accessory, pull out and insert the EPSV Board and replace the
021-215 Invalid Accessory Kind Setting cable.
[Error Type] Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
local If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
[Fault Content] 2. If the problem persists, replace the EPSV-IF Board.
Invalid Accessory Kind Setting If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
The value set in NVM850-007 (Billing/Adding Up Device Type Setting) is different from the type of 021-400 Check Request
the connected accessory. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] info
Change the value in NVM850-007 to the appropriate one for the connected accessory, then power [Fault Content]
OFF then ON. Or replace the connected accessory with the appropriate one for the setting, then
power OFF then ON. Check Request Information
[Detection Conditions]
021-360 EP Accessory Fail
Detected Check Request.
[Error Type]
[Corrective Actions]
System Fail
Perform checks.
[Fault Content]
EP Accessory Fail
021-401 USB IC Card Reader connection error info
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
info
An error occurred in the connection to the EP accessory. The accessory that should be installed is
not found. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Info that USB IC Card Reader Connection Status is incorrect
Turn the power OFF then ON. [Detection Conditions]
1. Check the connection to the EP accessory, pull out and insert the EPSV Board and replace the The number of USB IC Card Readers (including other certification devices besides Reader) set up
cable. and inserted is larger than the number set on the device.
2. Check that the Controller software is the latest version. [Corrective Actions]
3. If the problem persists, replace the EPSV-IF PWB. Disconnect the USB IC Card Reader that caused this error to occur from the USB connector.
4. If the trouble persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
021-500 EPAccessoryJobExclusion
OF-01 Common System Fail
[Error Type]
021-361 EP Accessory Kind Config Error Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
System Fail
EP-related Product Job Exclusion
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
EP Accessory - Accessory Type Setting Error
When the Fax send billing function is enabled, the following cases occurs:
[Detection Conditions] 1. There was an attempt to start up a job for accessory billing in the middle of a Fax send Job
"The system data 850-007 has not been set properly (Detected in FX only. This should not be operation.
treated as Fail.)" 2. There was an attempt to start up a Fax send Job in the middle of a Job for accessory billing
operation. This Fault is not detected when the Fax send billing function is disabled.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log
Wait for the currently running Job to complete, and then restart the job. immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. 021-503 Couldn't resolve host name.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation [Error Type]
021-501 Invalid URL has detected. Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail Server Address Resolution Error
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Invalid Server URL Failed to resolve the address of the server name.
[Detection Conditions] libcURL returned ""CURLE_COULDNT_RESOLVE_HOST"".
The server URL is grammatically incorrect. [Corrective Actions]
libcURL returned ""CURLE_URL_MALFORMAT"". Check the following.
[Corrective Actions] – Check the connection of the LAN cable.
Turn the power OFF then ON. – Check the DNS server address settings.
If the error is related to the installation operation, check the URL of the EP server again and enter the – Check the default gateway settings.
correct one. – Check the subnet mask settings.
If the error is related to operations other than installation, use the Chain-Link to overwrite the EP (920- – Check the EP server URL settings. (Chain-Link (920-003))
003) Server URL with a new value and perform the operation again. If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or DNS server
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has failure. Contact the client's Network Administrator.
occurred and contact the support department for instructions. If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
021-502 Couldn't resolve proxy name. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
– Check the connection of the LAN cable. Or, libcURL returned ""CURLE_GOT_NOTHING"".
– Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings) [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or the FQDN of Check the following.
the EPA server may have been changed (If the EPA Server is used). Contact the client's Network
– Check the EP proxy server authentication user.
Administrator.
– Check the EP proxy server authentication password.
If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log
immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or the proxy
server settings may have changed/failed. Contact the client's Network Administrator.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log
021-505 Couldn't establish SSL session. immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
[Error Type] 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Job Fail 021-508 A connection to host/proxy has timed out.
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
SSL Session Error Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
An error has occurred during SSL/TLS handshake. Communication Timeout
libcURL returned ""CURLE_SSL_CONNECT_ERROR"". [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Communication timeout has occurred.
Turn the power OFF then ON. libcURL returned ""CURLE_OPERATION_TIMEOUTED"".
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has [Corrective Actions]
occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
Check the following.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
– Check the connection of the LAN cable.
021-506 An invalid peer certificate has received. – Check the default gateway settings.
[Error Type] – Check the subnet mask settings.
Job Fail – Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006))
[Fault Content] For B-Direct configuration, check the following:
Invalid SSL Certificate (Edge Server) – Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings)
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure or the FQDN of
the EPA server may have been changed (when the EPA Server is used). Contact the client's
The SSL certificate of the server is invalid.
Network Administrator.
libcURL returned ""CURLE_SSL_PEER_CERTIFICATE"".
If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log
[Corrective Actions] immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
Turn the power OFF then ON. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has 021-509 SOAP Fault: An invalid message detected.
occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Error Type]
Job Fail
021-507 Proxy unauthorized access.
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] Invalid Communication Message
Job Fail
[Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] The server detected an invalid message.
Proxy Authentication Error
The server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the message from the device is invalid.
[Detection Conditions] Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidMessage
Authentication of the proxy server has failed. Or, an unexpected SOAP Fault was notified because of a failure in the server.
libcURL returned ""HTTP Status: 407 Proxy Authorization Required"".
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Turn the power OFF then ON. Job Fail
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has [Fault Content]
occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
EP-SV Installation Conflict (EP System)
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Detection Conditions]
021-510 SOAP Fault: The MC already unregistered. When performing installation, the server detected that it already has the EP-SV Installed.
[Error Type] When performing installation, the server has notified a SOAP Fault indicating that the device already has
Job Fail EP-SV installed on the EP system.
[Fault Content] Code=Client, Subcode=InvalidOperation, Subcode3=AlreadyRegisteredBySV
A communication error has occurred when obtaining the EP certificate. [Fault Content]
secep returned ""SECEP_COM_ERROR"". Certificate Library Error
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Check the following. An error has occurred in the certificate library.
– Check the connection of the LAN cable. secep returned a uncategorized error during CA communication.
– Check the default gateway settings. (Uncategorized errors when no communications were made are internal errors)
– Check the subnet mask settings. [Corrective Actions]
For the BB-Direct configuration: Check the following.
– Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings) – Check the connection of the LAN cable.
For the EPA-Server configuration: – Check the default gateway settings.
– Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006)) – Check the subnet mask settings.
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure. Contact the For the BB-Direct configuration:
client's Network Administrator. – Check the EP proxy server settings. (Chain-Link (920-035~920-039) or KO settings)
If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log For the EPA-Server configuration:
immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
– Check the EP server settings. (Chain-Link (920-003~920-006))
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
If the problem persists after checking the above settings, there may be a network failure. Contact the
021-521 A connection to CA has timed out. client's Network Administrator.
[Error Type] If the problem persists in a properly functioning network, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log
immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
Job Fail
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Fault Content]
CA Communication Timeout
021-523 An internal error has occurred.
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Job Fail
Timeout has occurred when obtaining the EP certificate.
secep returned ""SECEP_TIMEOU"". [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Internal Error
Or, libcURL returned ""CURLE_RECV_ERROR"". 021-526 A miscellaneous http session error has detected.
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
If the SOAP port stops, start. Job Fail
If the situation is not improved, power OFF then ON.
[Fault Content]
If the situation is still not improved, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the
problem occurs, and contact the support division for directions. Communication Library Error
As a result of an inquiry to the software update server about the versions of software this machine 021-532 Found an unsupported ROM set.
has, all the ROMs on this machine have been found to have the latest version of software. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] job
If this error is detected in spite of the latest version of software, ask the EP center (software update [Fault Content]
server) about the system operation status.
An unsupported set of ROM versions is detected. (Software Update)
021-530 An internal error has occurred on update server. [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] As a result of an inquiry to the software update server about the versions of software this machine
job has, this machine has been found to have a combination of ROM versions an update on which is not
[Fault Content] supported by EP.
Check the occurring Local Fail (described later) and take the corrective action for the Fault Code [Corrective Actions]
before rerunning the job with which the Fail has occurred. Insert a Xerox card, copy card or cash into the accessory, and ensure that there are sufficient fees
(One of the Fault Codes 021-210, 021-211 and 021-212 is occurring.) or card value.
If the problem persists, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log following 2.5.1 LOG immediately after If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
the occurrence of the problem, and then contact the support division for directions. OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail 021-733 EP Accessory Error733
021-701 Accessory Preparing [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job Fail
job [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] EP Accessory Service Canceled By Color Mode Restriction
EP Accessory - Service Canceled By Disable-USB Accessory Preparing [Detection Conditions]
With an accessory installed, there was Color Mode Restriction or the upper limit was reached.
[Corrective Actions] 021-771 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-DX)
Operate the Color Restriction Key SW to allow Color. Or, replace the card with another card that [Error Type]
does not reach its upper limit in Color mode.
Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Fault Content]
EP-DX - Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request failed.
021-750 U Parts Request Fail (EP-SV)
[Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request failed.
Job Fail
Fax Card returned NG because the line was busy.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
EP-SV - Used Parts Collection order failed. Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, contact the Telephone Center directly.
When the Used Parts Collection Order was processed, an error was sent by the EP-SV. Check the following too:
[Corrective Actions] OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Contact the telephone center. 021-772 EPDX Install, Remove Error
021-751 Maintenance Request Fail (EP-SV) [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job Fail
Job Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] EP-DX - Installation/Removal failed.
EP-SV - Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic request failed. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The system detected that the EP-DX - installation/removal has failed because it was absent at
When an Inspection/Repair/Preliminary Diagnostic Request was processed, an error was sent by power ON.
the EP-SV. Fax Card returned NG because the line was busy.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again. Check that the telephone line is connected. Wait and send the request again.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, contact the Telephone Center directly.
OF-11 Fax Job Fail Check the following too:
021-770 U Parts Request Fail (EP-DX) OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] 2. Check the paper size group setting in the Controller and set a correct value.
The paper feed and paper output that are not applicable to the NBR are detected. 3. Refer to Generic Sensor FIP to check the sensor.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail 024-362 Page Sync Illegal Start
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.) [Error Type]
024-359 IOT-ESS Communication Fail 19 Sub System Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Sub System Fail [Image Output]
[Fault Content] PAGE-SYNC occurred before video output preparation completes.
MCU transmission receiving rrror detected by Controller [Detection Conditions]
(Invalid parameter was used) During IOT output, before the output data was written to FIFO Full, PageSync became active.
Basically, this is not affected by noises but may be affected by excessive noises.
[Detection Conditions]
An abnormal parameter is set as the argument for the receiving function.
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions]
OF-06 IOT System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
The ESS PWB should be also replaced.
OF-06 IOT System Fail
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.) 024-363 Page Sync Illegal Stop
024-360 IOT-ESS Initialization Fail [Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Error Type]
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content]
[Image Output]
[Fault Content]
PAGE-SYNC completion error during video output
Initialization error between IOT-ESS
[Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions]
At IOT output, PageSync is negated before the specified paper size is output. Basically, this is not
The IOT Driver initialization failed.
affected by noises but may be affected by excessive noises.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-06 IOT System Fail
OF-06 IOT System Fail
(No need to replace the ESS PWB.)
The ESS PWB should be also replaced.
024-361 Invalid IOT PaperSizeGroup Info 024-364 DMA Transfer Fail
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Sub System Fail
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
The paper size group data is different between the ESS and the IOT. [Image Output]
[Detection Conditions] DMA Transfer Error
The paper size group setting in the Controller does not match the paper size group data detected by [Detection Conditions]
the IOT.
During Reduce/Enlarge, reduction/enlargement was not completed even though the specified data
[Corrective Actions] was entered. This is probably caused by the SW failure or garbage data (RAM/HDD).
1. Initialize the NVM (user area).
[Corrective Actions] OF-02 After performing the operation in HDD System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following. OF-01 Common System Fail
1. Pull out and insert the System Memory to check the installation. 024-368 PCI Error
2. Replace the RAM. [Error Type]
3. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-02 HDD System Fail".
Sub System Fail
4. If the problem persists, perform the procedures in "OF-01 Common System Fail".
[Fault Content]
024-365 Overflow on Loop Back Write BUTTON: [Image Output]
[Error Type] PCI Bus Error
Sub System Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] PCI access error occurred due to a faulty PCI bus.
Loopback Write Overflow [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence
The extended data exceeded the reserved buffer size. to repair it.
[Corrective Actions] OF-02 After performing the operation in HDD System Fail
OF-01 Common System Fail
This failure is currently not displayed.
024-366 JBIG Library Other Fail 024-370 Marker Code Detection Fail
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Sub System Fail
Sub System Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Marker Code Detection Error
Other errors in JBIG Lib
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Not in use now. During Enlarge, when the file was enlarged only by the specified size, the end code (FF02) cannot
be found in the compressed data.
[Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following.
1. Replace the ESS PWB.
• When it occurs only for certain documents (there is a high possibility that the S/W is faulty).
024-367 Decompress Other Fail 1. Change the Print mode (Normal/High Quality/High Resolution).
[Error Type] 2. This may occur when the RAM size is changed.
Sub System Fail A. Change the installed RAM size.
[Fault Content] B. Change the RAM size. (Change the port settings or the receive buffer size, etc.)
Other errors from Decompress (Extension) If the problem persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-01 Common System Fail
Incorrect LINE SYNC was detected. OF-06 IOT System Faill
1. Incorrect V-SYNC and H-SYNC signals were asserted during IOT output. OF-02 HDD System Fail
2. Data overrun has occurred (caused by the parameter setting error for Panther4). • When it occurs for random or most documents, there is a high possibility that the HW is faulty.
2. only occurs during debugging. 1. Pull out and insert the System Memory to check the installation.
1. is the main cause of error. 2. Replace the RAM.
3. Pull out and insert or replace the cable or back plane between the ESS and the MCU.
[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence
to repair it. OF-01 Common System Fail
Job Fail 024-703 Booklet Sheets Count Over While Printing Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Name]
A job that could not be printed due to unfulfilled conditions such as [Insufficient System Memory] or Booklet Sheets Count Over While Printing Fail
[HDD Not Installed] was received [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job Fail
This machine, which satisfies conditions 1 and 2, was instructed to perform a job that has any of [Fault Content]
these - AnalogWaterMark/HybridWaterMark/UUID added to it.
Booklet number of sheets exceeded Fail has occurred during printing.
# Condition 1 #
Any of the SW options "Paper Security Kit", "Annotation Kit", or "Sakura Paper Kit" is enabled. Note
[Detection Conditions]
that this includes cases where two or more options are enabled. After printing has started, it was detected that it had exceeded the maximum number of sheets for
Booklet.
# Condition 2 #
The HDD is not installed on the Controller board, or the system memory capacity is insufficient to [Corrective Actions]
operate the SW options enabled in Condition 1. Change the paper with one of lighter weight so as not to exceed the maximum output limit.
[Corrective Actions] 024-742 Print Booklet sheets counts over
1. Install the HDD on the Controller board. [Error Type]
2. Install the memory capacity required by the SW options enabled in Condition 1 on the Controller Job Fail
board (the required capacity depends on the machine model)
[Fault Content]
024-701 Invalid instruction of face inversion A printer job whose paper quantity exceeds Booklet Paper Quantity is canceled.
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
job
The number of sheets per set exceeds a specific allowable number for Booklet.
[Fault Content] * This fault is detected at the start of print.
Job cancellation due to the invalid Invert instruction – If the number of sheets is larger by one, automatically only saddle stitching is deselected and
[Detection Conditions] the sheets become folded in half for output.
IOTsc has detected that the device has been instructed to print paper that is not invertible. – If folding is only selected, an allowable number of sheets per set are automatically folded for
output.
(E.g.)
– Coil punch x Tab paper x Invert instruction [Corrective Actions]
– Paper size/type not invertible x Invert instruction Choose creation of every Booklet using a maximum number of sheets, or deselect Booklet.
[Corrective Actions] *When every Booklet is created using a maximum number of sheets, a specific signature is laid out
on top of each booklet consisting of the max number of sheets.
Instruct the device in the way that enables it to invert paper for reoutput.
If the problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
024-702 Paper Jam OF-09 Common Job Fail
024-775 Print Booklet sheets counts over(Not field attachment) [Detection Conditions]
When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
[Error Type] from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.
Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Load the correct paper in the tray. When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Load the correct paper in the tray.
OF-06 IOT System Faill If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
024-911 Tray2 size mismatch If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type]
OF-06 IOT System Faill
Operation Error
[Fault Content] 024-914 Tray6 size mismatch
Size Mismatch Tray 2: Measured Length Mismatch [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Operation Error
When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different [Fault Content]
from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray. Size Mismatch Tray 6: Measured Length Mismatch
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Load the correct paper in the tray. When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Load the correct paper in the tray.
OF-06 IOT System Faill If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
024-912 Tray3 size mismatch If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type]
OF-06 IOT System Faill
Operation Error
[Fault Content] 024-915 Tray7 size mismatch
Size Mismatch Tray 3: Measured Length Mismatch [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Operation Error
When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different [Fault Content]
from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray. Size Mismatch Tray 7: Measured Length Mismatch
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Load the correct paper in the tray. When the paper slow scan direction length is measured on the paper path, the length is different
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. from the slow scan length for the size detected by the tray.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Load the correct paper in the tray.
OF-06 IOT System Faill If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
024-913 Tray4 size mismatch If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type]
OF-06 IOT System Faill
Operation Error
[Fault Content] 024-916 Mix Full Stack
Size Mismatch Tray 4: Measured Length Mismatch
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. 024-959 Tray1 size mismatch
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Operation Error
024-956 Tray 7 Empty [Fault Content]
[Error Type] (H4-1) Size Mismatch
Operation Error Tray 1 Size Mismatch
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Tray 7 Empty The paper size in Tray 1 and the paper size specified for printing are different.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
No paper in Tray 7 is detected. Add paper into the appropriate tray.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
Add paper into the appropriate tray. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. 024-960 Tray2 size mismatch
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type]
024-957 Interposer Empty Operation Error
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Operation Error (H4-2) Size Mismatch
[Fault Content] Tray 2 Size Mismatch
Interposer Empty [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The paper size in Tray 2 and the paper size specified for printing are different.
No paper in the Interposer Tray is detected. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Add paper into the appropriate tray.
Add paper into the appropriate tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail 024-961 Tray3 size mismatch
024-958 SMH size mismatch [Error Type]
[Error Type] Operation Error
Operation Error [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] (H4-3) Size Mismatch
Size Mismatch 1 Tray 3 Size Mismatch
SMH Size Mismatch [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The paper size in Tray 3 and the paper size specified for printing are different.
The paper size in the SMH tray and the paper size specified for printing are different. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Add paper into the appropriate tray.
Add paper into the appropriate tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail
024-962 Tray4 size mismatch [Error Type]
[Error Type] Operation Error
The paper size in Tray 4 and the paper size specified for printing are different. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Change the settings. Or, replace the tray.
Add paper into the appropriate tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail 024-967 Different width Mix Paper detect (Stapler job)
024-963 Finisher Punch DustBox FULL [Error Type]
[Error Type] Operation Error
The number of chads has become equal to or over the number that makes the Punch Dust Box full. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Cancel User Staple.
Remove the chads. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, perform the following: If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
The paper specified for printing is not loaded in the tray. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Cancel Staple, Punch, or both.
Add paper into the appropriate tray. If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail 024-969 Different width Mix Punch
024-966 ATS/APS No Destination Error
Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly. 024-980 Finisher Stacker Tray Full
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Operation Error
024-977 Stapler Feed Ready Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Finisher Stacker Tray Full Stack
Operation Error [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] ## APC4300G##
Stapler Feed Ready Fail [When the B-Fin is installed] & [When the C-Fin/D-Fin is installed w/ Booklet]
[Detection Conditions] This occurs with "Any Output Sizes".
1. Staple Ready SNR=OFF when Staple starts, 2. 13 times or less of stapling operation* [When the C-Fin is installed w/ Booklet]
The Stack Encoder SNR has counted up to the number of sheet that is defined as Full Stack
[Corrective Actions] (Large Size).
Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly. The Stack Encoder SNR has counted up to the number of sheet that is defined as Full Stack
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. (Small Size).
## Other than APC4300G# ## Stacker Height SNR1 OFF was not detected three times sequentially within 500ms after it had
(C-Fin/D-Fin) When any of the followings is met: started to descend.
• Small size paper full was detected during the Stacker Tray height alignment operation [Corrective Actions]
(downward movement) Remove paper from the Stacker.
• Half was detected at the Stacker Tray height alignment operation (downward movement) Remove obstacles from the Stacker.
during paper eject corresponding to Half Limit 1. The Stacker obstacles is detected.
• Large Size Paper was ejected while the system already detected Large Size Paper Full (Half). 2. The system stops after the last sheet of the set is output in the Staple mode. The system stops
(A-Fin/B-Fin) When any of the followings is met: after the scheduled paper is output in the Staple OFF mode.
• At power ON, the Stacker Height Snr detected the height and the Full Position. After that, the system prohibits use of the Stacker.
• During small size paper output, Full Position was detected during the Stacker Tray height If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
alignment operation (downward movement).
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
• During large size paper output, Half Position (Full Position for large size paper) was detected
OF-09 Common Job Fail
during the Stacker Tray height alignment operation (downward movement).
• Paper for Half Limit (large size paper) was ejected while the system has already detected the 024-983 Booklet Tray Full
Half Position (Full Position for large size paper). [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Operation Error
Remove paper from the Stacker. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. Booklet Tray Full was detected.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Booklet Tray Full was detected.
024-981 Finisher TopTray Full [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Remove paper from the Booklet Tray.
Operation Error If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
Finisher Top Tray Paper Full OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] 024-984 Booklet Low Staple F
Finisher Top Tray Paper Full was detected. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Operation Error
Remove paper from the Finisher Top Tray. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP. Booklet Low Staple F
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
1. Booklet Stapler Low Staple F signal ON was detected just before Stapling operation.
024-982 Stacker Lower Safety warning 2. Booklet Stapler Low Staple F signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the
[Error Type] interlock was closed.
Operation Error [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Replace the staple cartridge for Booklet.
If the problem persists, check the sensor using the Generic Sensor Failure FIP.
Finisher Stacker Tray Lower Safety
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail
Stacker Tray Lower Safety SW ON was detected.
Height adjustment did not end within 250msec during Stacker Tray height adjustment for paper 024-985 SMH Stop check
output.
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Notice Error Booklet Low Staple R
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
SMH Pause Check 1. Booklet Stapler Low Staple R signal ON was detected just before Stapling operation.
[Detection Conditions] 2. Booklet Stapler Low Staple R signal was detected at Power ON, at initialization, or when the
interlock was closed.
The SMH Tray stopped running due to an obstruction.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Check the paper size/paper orientation/paper type settings and press the Eject/Set key. Check for Staple needles and reload them correctly.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-09 Common Job Fail
024-987 Envelop Folder Tray Full 024-990 Punch Dust Full
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Operation Error
Operation Error
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Punch Dust Full
Envelope Folder Tray Full
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The specified number of sheets was output after Envelope Tray Near Full had been detected. Punch Dust Box Full is detected
– the connection of the LAN Cable 026-717 Invalid network settings were found.
– the IP Address setting
[Error Type]
– the default Gateway setting
job
– the subnet mask setting
– the DNS Server address setting
[Fault Content]
– the proxy server address setting Setting error
If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the network [Detection Conditions]
administrator for advice because there is a possibility of a network failure. An invalid or improper network setting has prevented the machine from communicating.
When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal [Corrective Actions]
communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. Check the following:
If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network – the IP Address setting
log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
– the default Gateway setting
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
– the subnet mask setting
026-715 Connection to Xerox server has timed out. – the DNS Server address setting
[Error Type] – the proxy server address setting
job – the Xerox Communication Server URL setting
[Fault Content] – Set “Verify the remote server certificate” to “OFF”.
No response from the server If despite the confirmation of the above settings, the situation has not improved, contact the
customer network administrator becasuse there is a possibility of a network failure.
[Detection Conditions]
When after the implementation of the corrective actions, the machine has established normal
There is no response from the Xerox Communication Server for a certain period of time, resulting in
communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
a timeout.
If the network is normal but the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network
[Corrective Actions] log immediately after the occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
Turn the power OFF then ON. 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal
communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared.
026-718 PS Print Instruction Fail
If the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the [Error Type]
occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions. job
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description [Fault Content]
026-716 An invalid state message received from server. An erroneous combination of PostScript print instructions (finishing, paper size, paper tray, Duplex
instructions, output tray)
[Error Type]
job
[Detection Conditions]
An erroneous combination of print parameters selected (finishing, paper size, paper tray, Duplex
[Fault Content] instructions, output tray) prevents the device from running the job.
A server error is detected.
[Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] As to finishing, paper size, paper tray, Duplex instructions, output tray, etc., make reselections and
The Xerox Communication Server has responded with a message indicating an abnormal condition. run the job.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
Turn the power OFF then ON. OF-09 Common Job Fail
When after the implementation of the corrective action, the machine has established normal 2.4.4 Printed but not properly
communication with the Xerox Communication Server, the fault will be cleared. 2.4.5 Network Related Details Check Flow
If the situation has not improved, collect the pfshowinfo9 log and network log immediately after the
occurrence of the problem and contact the support division for directions.
026-719 Internal error in Scan
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
[Error Type] 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
job 026-722 Media format fail
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
An error internal to software (during job) job
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
An internal error has occurred. Media Not Formatted error
[Corrective Actions] Note: Unsupported Formats are included.
Retry the same operation. (during job)
If the problem still persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem occurs, [Detection Conditions]
following 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description, and contact the support
The Media is not formatted.
division for directions.
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
[Corrective Actions]
Check that the media where scanned documents will be sent is formatted.
026-720 Media full If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem occurs, following
[Error Type] 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description, and contact the support division for
job directions.
[Fault Content] 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
Media Space Full error (during job) 026-723 Media access fail
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
The media does not have enough space available. job
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Check the media where scanned documents will be sent for available space. Media Access Error
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem occurs, following (Occurs when no job is in progress.)
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description, and contact the support division for NOTE:
directions.
On DMP2009-2 or later, this is used as an error during media browsing.
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
[Detection Conditions]
026-721 Media access fail An attempt to access media has failed for some reason.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
job Perform the following in order:
[Fault Content] 1. Check that the media is neither removed nor reinserted while being referred to or that during
Media Access Error (during job) that time, another media is not inserted.
[Detection Conditions] 2. Check that the PC can access any file in the media.
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem occurs, following
An attempt to access media has failed for some reason.
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description, and contact the support division for
[Corrective Actions] directions.
Perform the following in order: 2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description
1. Check that the media exists where scanned documents will be sent.
026-724 Remote Download file size error
2. Check that the PC can access the media where scanned documents will be sent.
3. Check that a file can be created in a specified storage.
[Error Type]
If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log immediately after the problem occurs, following job
2.5.1 Log Collection/Extraction Tool Functional Description, and contact the support division for [Fault Content]
directions. Remote Download File Size Error
2. Check whether a folder with the same name as the specified name already exists. [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has Failed to delete a lock folder on the SMB scan server.
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 1. SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation The file does not exist.
027-524 Folder creation failure in SMB 2. SMBCL_NG_DIR_NOT_EMPTY (New)
The directory is not empty.
[Error Type]
3. SMBCL_NG_NOT_A_DIR (New)
Job Fail
The specified directory name is not a directory.
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions]
Failed to create an SMB scan folder
1. When a lock directory (*.LCK) remained in the transfer destination, delete it manually and retry the
[Detection Conditions] job.
Folder creation in the SMB server has failed during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer. The If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
specified folder already exists. occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
[Corrective Actions] 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Check if a file or folder with the same name as the specified name exists on the SMB server. 027-527 Folder delete failure in SMB
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Fault Content]
027-525 File delete failure in SMB
Failed to delete an SMB scan folder
[Error Type]
[Detection Conditions]
Job Fail
Failed to delete a folder on the SMB scan server.
[Fault Content] 1. SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE
Failed to delete an SMB scan file
The file does not exist.
[Detection Conditions] 2. SMBCL_NG_DIR_NOT_EMPTY (New)
Failed to delete an SMB scan file on the SMB scan server. The directory is not empty.
1. SMBCL_NG_BAD_FILE 3. SMBCL_NG_NOT_A_DIR (New)
The file does not exist. The specified directory name is not a directory.
2. SMBCL_NG_DOS_BAD_SHARE [Corrective Actions]
The file is open.
1. Check whether the file in the specified storage destination is being used by another user.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
027-528 Data write-in failure to SMB server 027-531 SMB scan filing policy injustice
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
The storage destination on the SMB scan data server has no free space Incorrect SMB scan filing policy (when additional items are selected)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The storage destination on the SMB scan server has no free space. Incorrect filing policy (when additional items are selected)
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
1. Check that the storage destination has enough free space. 1. When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the file format is not set to Multi-page.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
027-529 Data read failure from SMB server 027-532 NEXTNAME.DAT file access error in SMB
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Unexpected error of the SMB scan data server A file access error has occurred during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
An unexpected error response was received from the SMB server or an unexpected error has An error has occurred when accessing the NEXTNAME.DAT file during scanner (Save to PC) SMB
occurred in the machine during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer. transfer.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Log in to the SMB server from another PC using the same user name and check whether you can When "Add" is selected for "File Name Conflict", check that the NEXTNAME.DAT file is correct.
write a file into the same storage destination on that SMB server. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem
After that, perform the same operation again. has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
027-533 Internal error in SMB Scan
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Error Type]
027-530 File name duplicate failure in SMB Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail An internal error has occurred during SMB scan
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
"Cancel Job" is selected for SMB scan "File Name Conflict"
An internal error has occurred.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
Unable to save a file during scanner (Save to PC) SMB transfer because "File Name Conflict" is set
1. Repeat the operation.
to "Cancel Job".
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem has
[Corrective Actions] occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
Set "File Name Conflict" to other than "Cancel Job".
<When this error occurred during SMB Authentication > 027-549 SMB Protocol error 4-009
The system administrator is to check the domain name and set it correctly. [Error Type]
How to check the domain name: Job Fail
1. On the Active Directory domain controller, select the [Start] menu → [All Programs] → [Fault Content]
[Administrative Tools] → [Active Directory Domains and Trusts].
SMB protocol error (4-009)
2. In the left pane of the "Active Directory Domains and Trusts" window, select [Active Directory
Domains and Trusts] → [Domain], then right-click and select [Properties]. [Detection Conditions]
3. After selecting the [General] tab in the [Domain Properties] window, check the domain name The specification of Password is incorrect.
for [Domain Name (Windows 2000 or earlier)]. [Corrective Actions]
< When this error occurred during SMB Scanner > Operate again.
1. The system administrator is to check the domain name and set it correctly. If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
027-564 SMB Protocol error 4-024
027-548 SMB Protocol error 4-008 [Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content] If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the info9 or
SMB protocol error (4-024) xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
[Detection Conditions]
The host is missing. 027-565 SMB Protocol error 4-025
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
1. Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check Job Fail
the network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138 [Fault Content]
(UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP))
SMB protocol error (4-025)
2. Check that the SMB (TCP/IP) at the device side has started up.
[Detection Conditions]
(1) Specify the network address of the device through a Web browser, and display the remote UI
screen of the CenterWare Internet Services. Cannot connect.
(2) Select the "Properties" tab and select "Start Port" from the left frame of the properties list. [Corrective Actions]
(3) Put a check on the "Start" of "SMB", and check that "TCP/IP" is already checked for "Transport Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check
Protocol". the network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138
(UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP))
3. If the authentication server and the device are connected to different subnets, check that the device
has settings that can resolve the address of the authentication server. If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
(1) In the Tools Mode screen of the device, check the "System Settings" → "System Settings" →
"Network Settings" → "External Authentication Server/Directory Service Settings" → "SMB 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Server Settings" → "SMB Server Specification Method". 027-566 SMB Protocol error 4-026
In case the "Domain Name and Server Name Specification" is already set and the server is
already specified by NetBIOS Name
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Check if the authentication server and the device can resolve the addresses from the WINS
server. [Fault Content]
In case the "Domain Name and Server Name Specification" is already set and the server is SMB protocol error (4-026)
already specified by FQDN Name [Detection Conditions]
Check if the authentication server and the device can resolve the addresses from the DNS
The library cannot be initialized.
server.
4. Check if the "NetBIOS over TCP/IP" has become enabled at the authentication server settings.
[Corrective Actions]
In the "Start Port" screen of the "Properties" tab of CenterWare Internet Service, check that the SMB
(1) Right click the "My Network" icon and select "Properties".
(TCP/IP) has started up.
(2) Right click the "Local Area Connection" icon and select "Properties".
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
(3) Select the "General" tab in the "Local Area Connection Properties" window, select "Internet info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
Protocol (TCP/IP)" and press the [Properties] button.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
(4) Click the [Advanced] button in the "Internet Protocol (TCP/IP) Properties" window.
(5) Select the "WINS" tab in the "Advanced TCP/IP Settings" window to check the "NetBIOS 027-569 SMB (TCP/IP)is not started.
Settings". [Error Type]
5. Check at the Internet connection firewall if the communication through Ports 137, 138 and 139 are Job Fail
not blocked. (If the authentication server is WinXP)
[Fault Content]
(1) Right click the "My Network" icon and select "Properties".
The SMB (TCP/IP) is not started
(2) Right click the "Local Area Connection" icon and select "Properties".
(3) Select the "Advanced" tab in the "Local Area Connection Properties" window and click the
[Detection Conditions]
[Settings...] button. SMBCL_NG_NOT_INIT that occurs during SMB Scanner
(4) Select the "Service" tab in the "Advanced" window to check that communication through 137 The library has not been initialized.
(UDP), 138 (UDP) and 139 (TCP) are permitted.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
In the [Port Status] screen under the [Properties] tab of CentreWare Internet Services, check that
SMB (TCP/IP) is enabled. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the problem 027-576 SMB Protocol error 4-036
has occurred and contact the Support G for instructions.
[Error Type]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Job Fail
027-572 SMB Protocol error 4-032 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] SMB protocol error (4-036)
Job Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] Incorrect domain data size.
SMB protocol error (4-032) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Operate again.
Incorrect parameter. If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
[Corrective Actions] info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
Operate again. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the 027-578 SMB Protocol error 4-038
info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
[Error Type]
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Job Fail
027-573 SMB Protocol error 4-033 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] SMB protocol error (4-038)
Job Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] Communication timeout has occurred.
SMB protocol error (4-033) [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Check that the authentication server and the device can communicate through the network. (Check
Incorrect character code. the network group, TCP/IP Settings, check the communication at Port No. 137 (UDP)/Port No. 138
[Corrective Actions] (UDP)/Port No. 139 (TCP))
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
Operate again.
info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
If the problem persists, refer to 2.5.1 LOG immediately after the problem has occurred, obtain the
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
info9 or xxx.tgz log and the network log and contact Support G for instructions.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation 027-584 SMB Protocol error 4-044
027-574 SMB Protocol error 4-034 [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job Fail
As a result of checking for disconnection of the network cable before the external authentication [Fault Content]
operation, the disconnected cable has been detected. The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates. (before connection to the
[Corrective Actions] server)
The network cable is disconnected from the device. Confirm the cable is disconnected and [Detection Conditions]
reconnect it. when sending SMIME mail
027-702 Certificate for addresses, was not found (VKCMERR_CERT_REVOKED)
(VKCMERR_KEY_COMPROMISED)
[Error Type]
(VKCMERR_CERT_AFFILIATION_CHANGED)
job
(VKCMERR_CERT_SUPERSEDED)
[Fault Content] (SMLNG_KEY_REVOKED)
No certificate for the destination exists. (before connection to the server)
[Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] 1. Store in this machine a destination certificate that is not on the list of revoked certificates.
when sending SMIME mail (SMLNG_KEY_NOTHING)
027-706 Certificate not found
[Corrective Actions]
1. Store a certificate for the destination in this machine.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
027-703 Certificate for addresses, was expired
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] No device certificate exists. (before connection to the server)
job
[Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] When SMIME mail was sent, No Certificate was detected.
The certificate for the destination expired. (before connection to the server)
[Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] 1. Store the device certificate in this machine.
when sending SMIME mail (VKCMERR_CERT_EXPIRED)
If the problem persists, perform the following.
[Corrective Actions] OF-09 Common Job Fail
1. Store the correct certificate for the destination in this machine. Check the following:
027-707 Certificate expired
• the term for which the certificate is valid
• The time the device tells is correct.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
027-704 Certificate for addresses, was untrusted
[Fault Content]
[Error Type] The device certificate expired. (before connection to the server)
job
[Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] When SMIME mail was sent, an invalid (expired) certificate was detected.
The certificate for the destination is not reliable. (before connection to the server)
[Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] 1. Store the correct device certificate in this machine. Check the following:
when sending SMIME mail (SMLNG_KEY_UNTRUST)
• the term for which the certificate is valid
• The time the device tells is correct. 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
If the problem persists, perform the following. 027-711 S/MIME mail sender certificate not found
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type]
027-708 Certificate untrusted Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail SMIME Mail Certificate Retrieval Error
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
The device certificate is not reliable. (before connection to the server) The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but could not obtain the sender certificate. The S/
[Detection Conditions] MIME signature mail sent from the device always includes the device certificate.
When SMIME mail was sent, an unreliable certificate was detected. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] To validate the signature, a valid sender certificate is required. Register the sender certificate in M/C
1. Check that the mail address written on the device certificate is the same as that set up on the or change your mailer options so that the S/MIME signature mails from the sender will be sent with
the certificate.
device.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
2. Check for the certification path for the device certificate and import the necessary CA certificate.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
OF-09 Common Job Fail
027-709 Certificate revoked 027-712 S/MIME mail sender certificate not valid
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail
Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
The certificate for the destination existed on a list of revoked certificates. (before connection to the Invalid S/MIME Mail Certificate Error
server) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but as the sender certificate was invalid, a
When SMIME mail was sent, a discarded certificate was detected (which is registered in CRL). signature verification error was detected.
Sender has the S/MIME certificate for the M/C but the S/MIME settings in M/C is invalid. Enable S/ [Fault Content]
MIME setting in the device. Receive S/MIME Mail Tampered Error
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but tampered mail was detected and it was Unsigned Mail Prohibited
discarded. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] Prohibited unsigned mail was detected. All the S/MIME unsigned mails (including standard mails
Attackers may tamper mails on the sending path. Explain to the customer that the device is blocking and S/MIME encrypted mails) are discarded.
the attacks from attackers. [Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
The flag that prohibits receiving of unreliable mail is enabled. If a problem is found, disable the flag
OF-09 Common Job Fail that prohibits receiving of unreliable mail.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
027-714 S/MIME mail sender impersonation OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Error Type] 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Job Fail 027-717 No MX Record at the DNS
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
S/MIME Mail Sender Impersonation Error Job
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
The Mail I/O received the S/MIME signature mail but as the sender address and the signature mail No MX Record at the DNS
address were different. An impersonated sender was detected and the mail was discarded. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] An enquiry was sent to the DNS Server for the MX Record, but it cannot be obtained.
Mails may be sent from impersonated senders. Explain to the customer that the device is blocking [Corrective Actions]
the attacks from attackers.
1. The SMTP Server Address that is used for sending E-mails cannot be obtained from the DNS
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it. Server.
OF-09 Common Job Fail Check with the DNS Server Administrator on the existence of DNS/MX Record.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2. Check that the DNS Server Settings of the device is set properly.
027-715 S/MIME mail certficate not support If the problem persists, obtain the pfshowinfo9 log and the network packets immediately after the
[Error Type] problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
If the problem persists, obtain instructions from DocuShare and then perform the following [Fault Content]
procedures in sequence to repair it.
Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Authentication Failure
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Detection Conditions]
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
A request for application interface is issued from the machine during Web service interface, but
027-721 Ext Srv. Not Found authentication has failed because the one-time password that is set in the instructions sent from
[Error Type] DocuShare has expired.
3. Check that the scan document can be uploaded from the PC browser. When uploading is [Corrective Actions]
successful, change the application interface timeout value. Check that the application interface (CWFS) is working correctly. If ok, check the log.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
027-723 Ext Srv. Authentication Fail 027-726 Ext Srv. Unknown State
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Application Interface During Web Service Interface - Unknown Job Status split-mail error (before connection to the server)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The status of the application interface destination is unknown during Web service interface. A mail was split in linking to the system.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Check that the application interface (CWFS) is working correctly. If ok, check the log. 1. The number of original pages scanned exceeds the preset pagination value.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Increase the preset pagination value, or reduce the number of original pages scanned.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 027-731 Server Limit Err
027-727 Ext Srv. Req Invalid Params [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job Fail
Job Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] Job Template Server Connection Limit Count Error
Application Interface During Web Service - Invalid Parameter [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The CWSS NetWare Job and NetWare polling were started up simultaneously.
The parameter for the application interface is incorrect during Web service interface. [Corrective Actions]
The machine failed to send a application interface request due to job flow breakage etc. Finish the currently activate NetWareJob, and then retry the operation.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the
Check the parameters for creating a job flow. problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
OF-09 Common Job Fail 027-732 Server Access Err
027-728 Ext Srv. Req File Exceed [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job Fail
Job Fail [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] Job Template Server Access Error
The number of files requested to be sent exceeded the maximum number of files that can be sent [Detection Conditions]
during Web service interface (this occurs when a single-page document is being stored). Either the Job Template server has insufficient capacity or a failure has occurred in the server disk.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The number of files requested to be sent to an external service exceeded the maximum number of Check that the server disk is normal and has free space, and then retry the operation.
files that can be sent during Web service interface.
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the
This occurs if the instructions requesting DocuShare to scan and upload documents in the single- problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
page format is created.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
It does not occur when only multi-page documents are the target.
027-733 Server SSL Err
[Corrective Actions]
Set a job so that the maximum number of files that can be sent will not be exceeded.
[Error Type]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Job Fail
When SSL transfer was instructed, the SSL setting of the device is disabled. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] [Path Error in Obtaining JT]
The specified path of the Job Template Pool Server cannot be found.
Perform the following.
1. Enable the SSL settings of the M/C. [Detection Conditions]
2. Or, specify HTTP as the transfer protocol. An error was received from the server to the FTP command "CWD".
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and network log immediately after the [Corrective Actions]
problem has occurred and contact the support department for instructions. Check the path information, etc.
1. Set the resource of the storage destination path from the client PC using CentreWare. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [File Full in Obtaining JT]
OF-09 Common Job Fail File system was full when the Job Template was stored into the local HD.
027-740 Template Server Login ERR [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The HDD was full when writing to a local HDD Job Template or when writing temporary work files.
Job Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Delete the files in the HDD. Or, initialize the HD.
[Log-in Error in Obtaining JT] 1. Scanned images may cause the HDD to be full. Wait for a while and try again.
Cannot log in to the Job Template Pool Server. If the problem persists, perform the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-09 Common Job Fail
OF-02 HDD System Fail
Login to the FTP Server failed.
[Corrective Actions] 027-743 Template Server Install ERR
Check the user information, etc. [Error Type]
1. Set the log-in name and password in the Job Template file storage destination. Job Fail
2. From some other PC connected to the network, check that you can log in with the above [Fault Content]
account.
Job Template Pool Server Setting Failure
3. From a client PC, set a login name and password as a resource using CentreWare.
[Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
The address format of the Job Template Pool Server is incorrect.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
027-741 Template Server Connect Fail Set the parameters related to the Job Template Pool Server.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Job Fail OF-09 Common Job Fail
[Fault Content] 027-744 Template Server ADD ERR (DNS Library)
[Network Error in Obtaining JT]
[Error Type]
Cannot connect to the Job Template Pool Server.
Job Fail
[Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content]
The system failed in obtaining data connection or list data using the FTP command "LIST".
The Job Template Pool Server address cannot be resolved. (Response to the DNS library error)
[Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions]
Check the network environment and the server.
An error occurred while callng the DNS Resolution Library.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
1. Connect the network cable from the M/C properly.
[Corrective Actions]
Check the connection to the DNS. Or, check whether the Job Template Pool Server domain name
2. From the destination server, use "PING" to check that the M/C can be "seen".
has been registered in the DNS.
3. Perform the "ping" test on the destination server from PSW.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
4. From a client PC, check that the ftp connection to the destination server is possible.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
OF-09 Common Job Fail
027-745 Template Server ADD ERR (DNS address)
027-742 HD File System Full
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
Job Fail
Job Fail
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] 2. If the problem persists, enter the System Administrator mode and select [System Settings] >
When performing signature setting using XDW or PDF in an instruction, the setting in the instruction [System Settings] > [Machine Clock/Timers] > [On-Demand Print Duration] > to either extend
the time or set it to 0.
is specified as "Default" while the system data is set as "Custom".
[# Supplement #] When using the external access function to instruct printing of multiple documents
Or, the setting in the instruction is not "Default" and it is different from the system data setting.
by on-demand print, the machine does not take the print processing time into consideration until the
[Corrective Actions] last document is received. Therefore, for cases of large volume documents or complicated
Check the system data setting of the XDW/PDF signature and the signature setting that is specified documents that require long data processing time, the machine may issue timeout even before
in the instruction. If the system data setting is different from the setting in the instruction, either receiving the last document. Set the validity time according to the document format to be printed.
change the instruction or change the system data. If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred
If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure: and contact the Support G for instructions.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
027-760 XJT Command Fail 027-762 Illegal Web Print job ticket
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
XJT Command Error (Parameter setting out of specifications) Although a Web Print job was received, the attached job execution ticket is incorrect
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Incorrect Command from XDOD Client Although on-demand job was instructed to this machine using the external access function, the
[Corrective Actions] specified job ticket has the following innacuracies:
– The job ticket is abnormally overwritten due to a software error in this machine.
Check the following:
– The job ticket is abnormally overwritten due to a bug in the external server from which the job
Check 1: Check if the parameter setting specified in XDOD client is out of system specifications.
was sent.
Check 2: Check the XDOD client and Controller versions, and then save the XDOD job ticket and
– The job ticket is abnormally overwritten due to network problems.
contact Support G for checking.
– The job ticket was intentionally tampered with.
(It would be the best if PRN file can be obtained, but it is not possible from the XDOD client.)
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Corrective Actions]
OF-09 Common Job Fail Instruct to print again.
If the problem persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has occurred
027-761 Web Print time out and contact the Support G for instructions.
[Error Type] 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
Job Fail
027-763 Auditron - Cannot Verify User
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
Although a Web Print job was received, the machine did not start printing within the [On-Demand
job
Print Duration] time ([On-Demand Print Duration] is a KO system data)
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
Auditron - Cannot Verify User
Although On-demand Print due to print request from this machine restarted and instructed the
machine to print, the time "since the print was requested until the printing actually started" has [Detection Conditions]
exceeded the system data [= On-Demand Print Duration]. One of the causes for this error is that on- The device cannot check user info with the external accounting server.
demand print was instructed for multiple documents.
[Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Make the external accounting server operate properly. Repair the network failure.
Take any one of the following actions:
Connect the cable properly. Set up the device so that it can properly communicate with the external
1. If on-demand print for multiple documents was instructed using the external access function, accounting server.
reduce the number of documents before retrying it.
027-770 PDL Error
Version 1.2 2010/08 027-xxx FIP
2-457
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting 2010/08 ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
027-xxx FIP 2-458 Version 1.2
A failure in authentication based on SMTP-AUTH (after connection to the server) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Green Controller was notified by EFI Controller that one side finished being printed.
(SMTPERR_AUTH_FAILED) [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Turn over the output whose one side finished being printed in manual duplex, and load it in Tray 7.
An attempt was made to make the device transit to the Diag mode,etc. but it was unsuccessful [Corrective Actions]
because the device was communicating by fax. If necessary, ask the remote operator to check whether he or she has entered the inappropriate F
[Corrective Actions] code.
Wait until the device finishes the job in progress, and then do the same operation again. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
If necessary, ask the remote operator if he or she specified a worng machine password. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. 033-559 no remote ID
OF-11 FAX Job Fail [Error Type]
033-556 Wrong Password/Send Banned job
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
job The remote ID has not been sent from the remote terminal
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Wrong send password Under the setting that “receiving from a remote terminal without its remote ID is denied” the remote
[Detection Conditions] machine has not sent its remote ID.
The remote ID has not been sent from the remote terminal. A mismatch between send password [Corrective Actions]
and remote ID. If wanting to receive from the remote terminal, make it possible for the local terminal to receive from
[Corrective Actions] it even though its remote ID is not sent. Or ask the remote machine to set up its remote ID.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. 033-560 illegal authentication ID
OF-11 FAX Job Fail [Error Type]
033-557 Desinations or Sevices Exceeded job
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
job In Tress/RCC, the authentication ID from the remote terminal has been found to be illegal.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
The quantity of services or destinations is over the upper limit. In Tress/RCC, the authentication ID from the remote terminal has been found to be illegal.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
The total quantity of requested services or destinations has exceeded the number specified in the An error while our maintenance system is in operation.
spec. If the communication line is normal, perform the following:
[Corrective Actions] Replace the FAX Board, or upgrade the ESS ROM version.
Wait until the quantity of jobs in a queue decreases, or reduce the quantity of destinations, and then If the problem persists, perform the following:
resend. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. 033-561 cannot do TRESS/RCC job
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Error Type]
033-558 remote ID is in black list job
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
job The device cannot perform Tress/RCC because it is disabled from operating or is running a job.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
The remote ID of the remote terminal is on the black list. The device could not perform Tress/RCC because it was disabled from operating or was running a
[Detection Conditions] job.
The remote ID of the remote terminal has been registered on the black list of the local terminal. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] This is an error during the operation of our maintenance system.
If wanting to receive from the remote terminal, eliminate the remote ID of the remote terminal from If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
the black list. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
033-562 held RCC job [Error Type]
[Error Type] job
The device has suspended performing RCC because it is in the operation-prohibited mode. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The total quantity of destinations requested has exceeded the number specified in the spec.
The device has suspended performing RCCAs because it is in the operation-prohibited mode. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Wait until the quantity of jobs in a queue decreases, or reduce the quantity of destinations, and then
resend.
This is an error during the operation of our maintenance system.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
033-566 No destination specified
033-563 No printable paper size
[Error Type]
[Error Type]
job
job
[Fault Content]
[Fault Content]
The device cannot call out because the dial number is not found.
In formatting, loaded is recording paper that does not match with the document in size and cannot
be printed out. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The device cannot call out through FaxCard because the dial number is not found.
The size of the recording paper loaded does not match with the document size. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Specify the proper address by using Speed Dial where correct Fax address numbers are registered.
If the problem persists, check the software version and upgrade it to the latest version.
• Specify the size of recording paper.
If the problem still persists, go to the following and solve it.
• Check that the recording paper tray is properly installed.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail 033-567 Dial Error (Incorrect Dial Data.)
033-564 Power Off during transmission [Error Type]
[Error Type] job
Power OFF during Communication error. The power switch has been turned OFF. The system has [Corrective Actions]
been reset. Reenter the dial number and do the same operation again.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
Check that the internal/external line kit is properly installed; wait for a while; check the FAX function OF-11 FAX Job Fail
settings and the dial number; and then if having tried to send a fax, resend it. 033-568 FCM watchdog timeout in FAX comm
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
[Error Type]
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
job
033-565 No. of Desinations Exceeded
During FAX communication, there has been no response from FCM for a certain length of time. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] At the start of a job, it has been detected that the area for Fax Report is full; the job becomes
cancelled.
Do the same operation again. If a fax has arrived, ask the remote terminal to resend it.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
[Corrective Actions]
OF-11 FAX Job Fail There accumulate a lot of Fax jobs to be sent by advance request. Wait until some of the jobs are
complete, or cancel some. After that, do the same operation again.
033-569 Detected image direction conflict If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
[Error Type] OF-11 FAX Job Fail
job 033-572 FaxReport print job canceled(JobFull occured)
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
It has been detected that the direction of the image is not the same as that of paper loaded in the job
paper feed trays.
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions]
Because at Fax report creation, Job Full has been detected, only Fax Report has been created.
The state is that only the SMH can feed out paper, whose direction is the same as the direction of
the image. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] At the start of a job, Job Full has been detected; only a Fax Report document has been stored and
printing the Fax report cancelled.
Feed paper as directed on the panel.
If the problem persists, remove the Finisher, and then load an APS-selected tray with the paper whose
[Corrective Actions]
direction is the same as the direction of the image, in order to change the state of the paper feed No action in particular is required. Fax Auto Report is waiting for its turn to be printed. The report will
trays. After that, turn the power OFF then ON. soon be automatically printed.
If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it. If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail OF-11 FAX Job Fail
033-570 Retry Over(no shutdown notification setting) 033-573 domain regulation check error
[Error Type] [Error Type]
job job
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Retry Over due to communication disconnection The restriction on domains to send a fax to has made sending it impossible.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Power OFF during Communication error. The power switch has been turned OFF. The system has In specifying a destination, an unallowable domain has been specified.
been reset. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Check the destination address and reenter it.
Wait for a while; check the FAX function settings and the dial number; and then if having tried to If the problem persists, go to the following and solve it.
send a fax, resend it. OF-11 FAX Job Fail
Check the state of the local machine and the line. If the problem reoccurs in retrying the operation, go to
the following and solve the problem.
033-574 Access to a non-mounted channel
OF-11 FAX Job Fail [Error Type]
job
033-571 Manual send job canceled(FaxReportLogFull)
[Fault Content]
[Error Type]
A message to a channel that is not installed is received. (invalid DI)
job
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
The channel that is not installed has been instructed. The frame size of the received command has exceeded a specified value.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Check for an installed channel. Retry the same operation.
033-575 Modem Polarity Inversion Detected Check the remote machine and retry the same operation.
Check the line status.
[Error Type]
Check the Fax Card.
job
[Fault Content] 033-580 Missing VoIP Gateway
Polarity Inversion is detected. [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] job
The frame size of the received command is over a specified value. [Detection Conditions]
A request to connect has been refused because the destination to be connected does not have the
same capability info.
Fax Print and Fax Auto Report were started at the same time. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
During formatting, when image data was retrieved from the Fax Card, even though the image data [Detection Conditions]
was determined to be free from error, extension failed. The machine is in the status where EP-DX operation cannot be started.
[Corrective Actions] • It is necessary to enter the Diag. mode during EP-DX periodic polling.
Repeat the operation. When a call is requested from the Fax Card, this is used as the response when Diag. mode cannot be
entered.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail [Corrective Actions]
This error occurs during maintenance system operation of Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd. No action necessary.
033-751 Activity Report suspended by Printing Inhibition
1. Exit Diag. mode and then connect the TRESS.
[Error Type] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Fault Content]
033-791 EP-DX Call Wait (Redial count)
When a communication management report occurred at a print prohibited time period, the machine just
goes into sleep mode and the report output is postponed. [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Job Fail
A communication management report occurred at a print prohibited time period, and it is postponed as [Fault Content]
the machine just goes into sleep mode. The no. of redial attempts was calculated and the Fax Card Redial Wait Status was set.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
No action is necessary as it will automatically restart after exiting the print prohibited time period. An error occurred in communication LED control. The machine is in the status where EP-DX
operation cannot be started.
033-755 Fax printing is canceled by the defect of Fax card.
Version 1.2 2010/08 033-xxx FIP
2-487
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting 2010/08 ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
033-xxx FIP 2-488 Version 1.2
Dial again and then repeat the operation. 034-504 Fax Stored Memory Exceeded
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Job Fail
034-501 Selected Channel Dial Error [Fault Content]
[Error Type] The system detected Memory Full at the transmission job. (Storage memory is insufficient.)
Job Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] The system detected Memory Full at the transmission job. (Storage memory is insufficient.)
The specified channel was not found. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Repeat the operation.
The process was requested for uninstalled channel. 034-505 Fax Work Memory Exceeded
[Corrective Actions]
Repeat the operation.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
1. Check that the speed dial has been registered and then specify the appropriate address such as the OF-14 FAX Card Fail
correct speed dial number. 034-706 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power off
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type]
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
Job Fail
034-703 D Channellink cut from network [Fault Content]
[Error Type] D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered (socket plugged
Job Fail out)
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
D Channel Link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received)/Network link cutoff • D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered (socket plugged
[Detection Conditions] out)
D Channel Link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received)/Network link cutoff [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Repeat the operation.
Repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail 034-707 FRMR Received
034-704 ISDN D Channel Data Link Error [Error Type]
[Error Type] Job Fail
• D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - TEI Allocation Error [Detection Conditions]
• A DISC command was received with multi-frame set and timer recovered. FRMR received.
• An UA response was received with TEI allocated, multi-frame set and timer recovered. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
• D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - TEI Allocation Error persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
• A DISC command was received with multi-frame set and timer recovered. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• An UA response was received with TEI allocated, multi-frame set and timer recovered. 034-708 Illegal Frame Received N(R)
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Repeat the operation. Job Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Fault Content]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Illegal Frame Received N (R) error
034-705 ISDN Layer 1 Stopped-Power on [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Illegal Frame Received N (R) error.
Job Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Detection Conditions]
• D channel link cutoff (Open DL-Link Display received) - Layer 1 stopped - powered 034-709 Illegal Frame Received
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Repeat the operation. Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Illegal Frame Received Primitive Send Error (Internal Interruption Error)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Illegal Frame Received Primitive Send Error (Internal Interruption Error)
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-710 DL Link Establishment Received 034-713 Timeout-Transmission canceled
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
• DL-Link Establishment Display Received (network link resetting) Outgoing Call Timeout (T303 2nd Time)
• DM of F=1 was received when waiting for link setting and link resetting. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Outgoing Call Timeout (T303 2nd Time)
• DL-Link Establishment Display Received (network link resetting) [Corrective Actions]
• DM of F=1 was received when waiting for link setting and link resetting. Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
[Corrective Actions] persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem OF-14 FAX Card Fail
persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it, 034-714 Line Disconnected-Timeout T305
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Error Type]
034-711 Waiting for link Timeout Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail Disconnected Timeout (T305)
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
• Link Establishment Wait Timeout Disconnected Timeout (T305)
• Link setup failed. T.200 timeout has occurred N.200 times when waiting for link connection or [Corrective Actions]
reconnection.
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
[Detection Conditions] persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
• Link Establishment Wait Timeout OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• Link setup failed. T.200 timeout has occurred N.200 times when waiting for link connection or
reconnection.
034-715 Line Disconnected-Timeout 3082
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Job Fail
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Fault Content]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Disconnected Timeout (T308 2nd Time)
034-712 Internal Error (Interrupt) [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Disconnected Timeout (T308 2nd Time)
Job Fail
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem [Corrective Actions]
persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it, If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
034-773 Invalid Dial No. Specified 034-777 Undefined Message Type
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Message Type Undefined Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
Message Type Undefined Call status inconsistent with message.
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Call status inconsistent with message.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail [Corrective Actions]
034-778 Incorrect Message or Type If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
034-799 Auto Dial without dial data
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Auto Dial was started but there was no dial data.
[Detection Conditions]
Auto Dial was started but there was no dial data.
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
035-550 Downloader Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
• CS is not turned OFF at modem control. It is determined as SC Board (modem) failure. [Fault Content]
• HDLC frame sending error. • DCN detected at PHASE-B Sending.
[Corrective Actions] • DCN received.
• Congestion tone was detected after dialing. (PBX) CT was detected. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] Job Fail
• Check the Switch Board. [Fault Content]
• Check the circuit condition. An error due to Power OFF during transmission.
• Check the call conditions of the external line ("0" call). [Detection Conditions]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. An error due to Power OFF during transmission. The power has turned OFF. System reset has
OF-14 FAX Card Fail occurred.
035-747 Abort while dialing [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content]
Aborted during dialing (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.) 035-751 Doc. send operation canceled
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Aborted during dialing (Operation was aborted with the Stop button.) Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Repeat the operation. The Stop key was pressed when a document was being sent.
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
• Invalid File
• File error - Timeout occurred during COMM file access.
Or, the File Handler did not send an error code when an error has occurred.
[Detection Conditions]
• Invalid File
• File error - Timeout occurred during COMM file access.
Or, the File Handler did not send an error code when an error has occurred.
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
035-761 File other processing error
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Other File Errors
[Detection Conditions]
Other File Errors
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, check the SW version and upgrade it to the latest version.
If the problem still persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 Fax Card Fail
035-762 Line cut during ISDN
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
• Line was cut off when establishing link.
• The line has been cut off during transmission. (Error only for ISDN)
[Detection Conditions]
• Line was cut off when establishing link.
• The line has been cut off during transmission. (Error only for ISDN)
[Corrective Actions]
Check the self-terminal status and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following procedure to repair it,
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-500 Illegal PDRP Parameter [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] RDCLP Parameter Error
036-522 CDD Receive Terminal Error 036-525 Other than above CDR receive
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
• CDD Receive (Error at Terminal) • CDR Receive (Other than the above)
• (G4) Received activity rejection from session. (CDD) • (G4) Received activity interruption from session. (CDR)
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
• CDD Receive (Error at Terminal) • CDR Receive (Other than the above)
• (G4) Received activity rejection from session. (CDD) • (G4) Received activity interruption from session. (CDR)
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-523 Other than above CDD receive 036-526 Illegal CDUI (Normal Doc.)
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
• CDD Receive (Other than the above) CDUI Parameter Error (Normal Document)
• (G4) Received activity rejection from session (CDD) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] CDUI Parameter Error (Normal Document)
• CDD Receive (Other than the above) [Corrective Actions]
• (G4) Received activity rejection from session. (CDD) Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
[Corrective Actions] persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem OF-14 FAX Card Fail
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. 036-527 Illegal CDUI (Operator Doc.)
OF-14 FAX Card Fail [Error Type]
036-524 CDR Receive Terminal Error Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail CDUI Parameter Error (Operator Document)
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
CDUI Parameter Error (Operator Document) Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
[Corrective Actions] persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. 036-531 DMA channel 1 illegal closing
OF-14 FAX Card Fail [Error Type]
036-528 Illegal CDUI (Control Doc.) Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail • DMA Channel 1 was abnormally terminated.
[Fault Content] • (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
CDUI Parameter Error (Control Document) [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] • DMA Channel 1 was abnormally terminated.
CDUI Parameter Error (Control Document) • (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-529 Illegal CDUI (Monitor Doc.) 036-532 DMA channel 2 illegal closing
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
CDUI Parameter Error (Monitor Document) • DMA Channel 2 was abnormally terminated.
[Detection Conditions] • (G4) Presentation received an illegal event.
(G4) Relay Broadcast instruction error occurred in session. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Detection Conditions]
• SABM Wait Timeout
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem Job Fail
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Fault Content]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
ERMR Receive (W=1)
036-710 FRMR Receive (Z=1) [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] ERMR Receive (W=1)
Job Fail [Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content] Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
FRMR Receive (Z=1) persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec) 036-722 Call cut during flag detect
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Disconnection Notice Timeout (10sec) Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem Call was cut off during remote flag detection.
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Call was cut off during remote flag detection.
036-719 C Line On but I Line Off [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
Job Fail persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
[Fault Content] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Though Line C was turned ON, Line I was not turned ON. 036-723 Call cut while awaiting UA
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Though Line C was turned ON, Line I was not turned ON. Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem After SABM was sent, call was cut off when waiting for UA.
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
After SABM was sent, call was cut off when waiting for UA.
036-720 C Line Off but I Line On
[Corrective Actions] 036-727 Illegal parameter of CC packet
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem [Error Type]
persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
Job Fail
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Fault Content]
036-724 Call cut while awaiting SABM • CC Packet Parameter Error
[Error Type] • (G4) Other network errors.
Job Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] • CC Packet Parameter Error
Call was cut off when waiting for SABM. • (G4) Other network errors.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
Call was cut off when waiting for SABM. Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
[Corrective Actions] persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem OF-14 FAX Card Fail
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. 036-728 Illegal parameter of CN packet
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
[Error Type]
036-725 Disc received before session Job Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
Job Fail • CN Packet Parameter Error
[Fault Content] • (G4) Other network errors.
DISC was received before session. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] • CN Packet Parameter Error
DISC was received before session. • (G4) Other network errors.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-726 Illegal header received 036-729 Illegal parameter of DT packet
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Job Fail Job Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
• Illegal Header Receive (Line Switching), Illegal Procedure (Packet Switching) • DT Packet Parameter Error
• (G4) Other network errors. • (G4) Other network errors.
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
• Illegal Header Receive (Line Switching), Illegal Procedure (Packet Switching) • DT Packet Parameter Error
• (G4) Other network errors. • (G4) Other network errors.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. persists, proceed to the following and repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
DT Packet P (S) and P (R) errors occurred. OF-14 FAX Card Fail
Check the remote machine settings and line status, then perform the operation again. If the problem 036-783 RSEP Wait Timeout
persists, proceed to the following and repair it. [Error Type]
OF-14 FAX Card Fail Job Fail
036-780 CSS Wait Timeout [Fault Content]
[Error Type] RSEP Wait Timeout
Job Fail
[Detection Conditions] Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
RSEP Wait Timeout
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Poor line quality. 036-787 Wrong Password-Polling Error for Remote
Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method [Error Type]
is different depending on the remote machine and line status. Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail [Fault Content]
036-784 RSCCP Wait Timeout "Incorrect Polling Password" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Job Fail "Incorrect Polling Password" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
RSCCP Wait Timeout Poor line quality.
[Detection Conditions] Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
RSCCP Wait Timeout is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Poor line quality. 036-788 Poll Send Error at Remote
Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method [Error Type]
is different depending on the remote machine and line status. Job Fail
OF-11 FAX Job Fail [Fault Content]
036-785 CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout "No Poll Send Original" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
Job Fail "No Poll Send Original" (RSSP) was returned from the remote machine.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-11 FAX Job Fail
CSUI/RSUI Wait Timeout 036-789 No Password for RSSP Receive
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Poor line quality. Job Fail
Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the corrective action [Fault Content]
is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
No password for RSSP was received for the CSS PA password entered.
OF-11 FAX Job Fail
[Detection Conditions]
036-786 Incorrect Password (RSSN) No password for RSSP was received for the CSS PA password entered.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
Job Fail
Poor line quality.
[Fault Content] Perform the following procedure to repair the trouble by taking into account that the process method
"Incorrect Password" (RSSN) was returned from the remote machine. is different depending on the remote machine and line status.
[Detection Conditions] OF-11 FAX Job Fail
"Incorrect Password" (RSSN) was returned from the remote machine. 036-790 Polling rejected by remote
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
Poor line quality. Job Fail
[Fault Content] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
RSSP without send rights was received in Poll Receive. 036-794 Line cut during ISDN mode
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
RSSP without send rights was received in Poll Receive. Job Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
1. Repeat the operation. • Calling cut off during ISDN communication
2. Check if the remote machine is ok. • The ISDN session received an illegal event.
036-791 Set Password-RSSP Received [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] • Calling cut off during ISDN communication
Job Fail • The ISDN session received an illegal event.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
RSSN was sent when setting password. Check that the telephone line is installed properly, and then wait for a while before sending again.
[Detection Conditions] If it did not improve, check that the recipient machine is not in memory full/HDD full/maintenance state. If
that is the case, send again when the recipient machine is in normal state and check.
RSSN was sent when setting password.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Corrective Actions] OF-14 FAX Card Fail
1. Repeat the operation.
2. Check if the remote machine is ok.
036-795 Canceled by remote station
[Error Type]
036-792 CSE Received after RSSP Send
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
Disconnected because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions]
CSE was received after RSSP was sent.
Disconnected because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions]
CSE was received after RSSP was sent.
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the
[Corrective Actions] following procedure to repair it.
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the OF-14 FAX Card Fail
following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-796 Sent without multiple sets
[Error Type]
036-793 Select communication error
Job Fail
[Error Type]
[Fault Content]
Job Fail
Normal sending was performed because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions]
Selective Transmission Error
Normal sending was performed because the remote machine does not support multi-copying.
[Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions]
Selective Transmission Error
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the
[Corrective Actions] following procedure to repair it.
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the OF-14 FAX Card Fail
following procedure to repair it.
036-797 Illegal procedure 1501
Version 1.2 2010/08 036-xxx FIP
2-541
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting 2010/08 ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
036-xxx FIP 2-542 Version 1.2
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
Illegal Procedure 1501
[Detection Conditions]
Illegal Procedure
[Corrective Actions]
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the
following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-798 Illegal RDEP Parameter
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
RDEP Parameter Error
[Detection Conditions]
RDEP Parameter Error
[Corrective Actions]
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the
following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
036-799 Illegal RDDP Parameter
[Error Type]
Job Fail
[Fault Content]
RDDP Parameter Error
[Detection Conditions]
RDDP Parameter Error
[Corrective Actions]
Check if the remote machine is ok and repeat the operation. If the problem persists, perform the
following procedure to repair it.
OF-14 FAX Card Fail
041-500 Write to IOT-ROM error detection (During DLD method) 041-501 Write to IOT-NVM-ROM error detection (During DLD
[Error Type] method)
Job Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] Job Fail
An error has occurred during the process of writing data to the IOT-ROM. (During DLD method) [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Write to IOT-NVM-ROM error detection (During DLD method)
An error was detected when writing data to the IOT-ROM. [Detection Conditions]
Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing. An error was detected when writing data to the IOT-NVM-ROM.
[Corrective Actions] Not able to carry out normal operation because ROM content is missing.
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IOT-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD method [Corrective Actions]
again.
Retry job. If retry failed, replace the IOT-NVM-ROM and perform VerUP operation on the DLD
method again.
Error was detected when writing into the HCS1 ROM 2. "Eject" was instructed from an external Controller.
3. Others
[Detection Conditions]
When the entire machine has entered the Download mode and was downloading each ROM data
[Corrective Actions]
using the standard method (procedures), write to the HCS1 ROM has failed. Perform the following.
[Corrective Actions] 1. Do not press the HCS1 Eject button.
2. Request that the customer do not issue "Eject" instruction from external Controllers.
Turn the power OFF and ON.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedures:
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
As it is not physically possible for "49-973 to occur without pressing the Eject Button", if the problem
If the problem persists even after retrying, replace the HCS1 ROM, then perform download using
persists, the cause would be the Controller software. Request for the Support Department to
the DLD method.
upgrade the software to the patched version.
049-700 Out tray changed from stacker1
[Error Type]
Warning
[Fault Content]
Change the output destination from the Stacker to another Tray.
[Detection Conditions]
Error was detected when writing into the HCF-ROM
Does not operate normally because the ROM content has been erased
[Corrective Actions]
If the error remains even after retrying, replace the HCF-ROM, and download again to perform the
upgrade.
049-950 HCS1 MIX SIZE STACK Fail
[Error Type]
Operation
[Fault Content]
HCS1 Mixed Size Stack Unavailable
[Detection Conditions]
When the Controller NVM is in "Mixed Stack Prohibited Setting" state, a transfer request that results
in Mixed Stack was received.
[Corrective Actions]
If the problem persists even after the Controller NVM is set to "Mix Stack Allowed", the cause would
be the Controller software.
Request for the Support Department to upgrade the software to the patched version.
049-973 Stacker Extraction button was pushed
[Error Type]
Operation
[Corrective Actions]
Slide out the 4000A3HCF lower tray and install proper-sized paper, or adjust non-standard paper
size setting to actual paper size.
If the above does not resolve the problem, check the sensor seeing General Sensor FIP.
If the problem still persists, resolve the problem seeing the following.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
093-940 Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail
[Error Type]
Operation Fail
[Fault Content]
Toner Y CRUM Comm Fail
[Detection Conditions]
TBD
[Corrective Actions]
TBD
[Error Type] 103-313 SW Option Fail (IISS Mem for HWM Not Exist)
Sys [Error Type]
[Fault Content] System Fail
"Secure Watermark Kit" cannot be made available because the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W is [Fault Content]
not installed. [SW optional function not achieved] The "Secure Watermark Kit" did not become available because
[Detection Conditions] of insufficient IISS Ext Memory.
The Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W cannot be detected although the "Hybridwater Mark [Detection Conditions]
Detection H/W Installed" is set in the system data. When the optional HWM function is being enabled, the system detected that the IISS Ext Memory
[Corrective Actions] (Slot1: 128MB + Slot: 128MB or larger) is not installed.
Check the installation of the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W. If it is installed, turn the power OFF [Corrective Actions]
then ON. If the problem persists, replace the Hybrid Watermark Detection H/W or the IISS board. Check the installation of the IISS Ext Memory (Slot1: 128MB + Slot: 128MB or larger). After
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure: checking the installation, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, replace the IISS Ext
OF-01 Common System Fail board.
An error in the encryption key was detected on booting. 1. Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #1.
[Detection Conditions] 2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM #1.
An error in the HDD encryption key was detected on booting. 3. Replace the Controller board.
[Corrective Actions] 116-316 ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check Fail
Refer to OF-02 "HDD System Fail" to repair the trouble. [Error Type]
When the system has been recovered, set a correct HDD encryption key. System Fail
116-313 HDD Encrypt Set Up Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] ESS RAM DIMM #2 W/R Check failure
System Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] An error was detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS RAM DIMM #2.
[HDD Encrypt Set Up Failure] [Corrective Actions]
An encryption setting error was detected on booting. Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Detection Conditions] 1. Remove and insert ESS RAM DIMM #2.
The encryption key was set up but the HDD itself was not encrypted. 2. Replace ESS RAM DIMM #2.
[Corrective Actions] 3. Replace the Controller board.
Refer to OF-02 "HDD System Fail" to repair the trouble. 116-317 Standard ROM DIMM Check Fail
When the system has been recovered, set a correct HDD encryption key. [Error Type]
116-314 Ethernet Address Fail System Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
System Fail ESS ROM DIMM #1 Check Failure
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
Eternet Address Failure An error was detected when the standard ROM DIMM was checked.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
An Ethernet error was detected. Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following:
[Corrective Actions] 1. Remove and insert ESS ROM DIMM #1.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure. 2. Replace ESS ROM DIMM #1.
Check the installation of SEEPROM on the ESS. 3. Replace the Controller board.
If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. 116-318 Op. ROM DIMM Check Fail
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail [Error Type]
2.4 NET System Fault Check System Fail
116-315 ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check Fail [Fault Content]
[Error Type] ESS ROM DIMM #2 Check Failure
System Fail [Detection Conditions]
[Fault Content] An error was detected when the option ROM DIMM was checked.
ESS RAM DIMM #1 W/R Check failure [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure.
An error was detected during the Read/Write operation of the ESS RAM DIMM #1. Pull out and insert the Prt-Kit or the ROM DIMM.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, replace the Prt-Kit or the ROM-DIMM.
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following: 116-319 Mismatch Cont ROM and Panel config
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
System Fail Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Fault Content] OF-01 Common System Fail
A mismatch between the installed ROM and Panel configuration (FCW-UI or HB-UI). 116-323 ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Identify the installed program ROM type and Panel configuration using the hardware self- System Fail
diagnostics immediately after power ON to check that they match.
[Fault Content]
If they do not match, display Chain-Link code on the Panel and abort system boot-up.
ESS NVRAM W/R Check Fail (defective NV-RAM part(s))
[Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions]
To match the program ROM type (HB or FCW) and the installed Panel configuration (HB or FCW),
During a Read/Write check at power on, OS/DD detects an HW error with the ESS-NVRAM Board.
overwrite the program ROM or re-install the Panel.
[Corrective Actions]
116-320 STREAMZ Soft Fatal error
1. Disconnect and reconnect the NV-RAM Board and turn ON the power.
[Error Type] 2. If problem 116-323 still persists, replace the NV-RAM Board.
System
3. After the replacement of the NV-RAM Board, 116-334 will occur. Take the corrective actions for
[Fault Content] 116-334 in order.
Fatal error of the STREAMZ 4. If problem 116-323 still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-01 016-782/016-784 Fail
Fatal error of the STREAMZ 116-324 Exception Fail
A problem has occurred in the software processing and it is unable to continue with the subsequent [Error Type]
processes.
System Fail
[Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content]
Turn the power OFF and ON.
The system detected an exception error
116-321 System Soft Fatal error [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] A fatal software exception error has occurred in the Controller PWB CPU. The cause is most likely
System Fail the Controller software failure.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
SysCon Error Power OFF/ON
[Detection Conditions] [APC4300]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. Turn OFF the power, then turn it ON while pressing both the [Start] and the [Stop] buttons. By
maintaining that state for 6 seconds, the machine will automatically delete the print data that had
[Corrective Actions] caused the error and then restart itself.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, carry out the following procedure:
OF-01 Common System Fail Pull out and insert or replace the RAM DIMM.
116-322 WebDAV S/W Fail If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Error Type] OF-08 116-324 Fail
System Fail 116-325 ESS Fan Fail
[Fault Content] [Error Type]
Fatal error related to WebDAV. System Fail
[Detection Conditions]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
4. If the 116-334 problem still persists, go to the following procedure to resolve it. [Fault Content]
OF-01:Common System Fail JBA HDD is not connected
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 116-358 Salutation Soft Fail
• To overwrite to the HDD of another product, refer to the following to perform the special boot [Error Type]
forced formatting. System Fail
OF-02 HDD System Fail
[Fault Content]
116-355 Agent Soft Fail Fatal error related to Salutation.
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
System Fail Fatal error related to Salutation.
[Fault Content] Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
Fatal error related to the SNMP Agent. problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. 2.4 NET System Fault Check
[Corrective Actions] OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. 116-359 PLW Soft Fail
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail [Error Type]
116-356 HDD Format Fail System Fail
[Error Type] [Fault Content]
System Fail Fatal error in PLW.
[Fault Content] [Detection Conditions]
[HDD Format Fail] Fatal error in PLW.
The M/C was not started up due to an insufficient HDD capacity error detected during HDD Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
formatting. [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the Error History Report. If the
HDD was formatted but an incorrect HDD was connected or a HDD error occurred. same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it.
[Corrective Actions] OF-01 Common System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. 116-360 SMB Soft Fail
OF-02 HDD System Fail [Error Type]
116-357 PostScript Error System Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Fatal error related to SMB. BMLinkS/Print Service Software Failure
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Fatal error related to SMB. BMLinkS/Print Service Software Failure
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation.
problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it. If the problem persists, refer to the following procedures in sequence to repair it.
2.4 NET System Fault Check 2.4 NET System Fault Check
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
116-361 Spool Fatal HDD 116-364 Timer Fail
[Error Type] [Error Type]
System Fail System Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Fatal error of SPL HDD. Timer Failure
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Fatal error of SPL HDD. An error in the timer was detected.
The SpoolCont detected an error at HDD access. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the If the problem persists, replace the NVM PWB.
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it. If the problem persists, replace the ESS PWB.
OF-02 HDD System Fail If the system is not recovered after the ESS PWB has been replaced, install back the original ESS
116-362 SSDP Soft Fail PWB and contact Support G.
[Error Type] 116-365 Spool Fatal
System Fail [Error Type]
[Fault Content] System Fail
SSDP Software Fail [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] Fatal error of the SPL.
SSDP Software Fail [Detection Conditions]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. Fatal error of the SPL.
[Corrective Actions] Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility by performing the same operation. If the [Corrective Actions]
problem persists, refer to the following procedure to repair it.
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
OF-02 HDD System Fail
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
116-363 BMLinkS/Print Service Soft Fail it.
[Error Type] OF-01 Common System Fail
System Fail 116-366 Report Gen. Soft Fail
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair As this will clear all address information, request permission from the user before performing this.
it.
116-382 ABL Phisycal Initialize Fail
2.4 NET System Fault Check
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail
[Error Type]
System Fail
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
[Fault Content]
116-379 MCC Soft Fail
AddressBookLibrary Initialization Not Available
[Error Type]
[Detection Conditions]
System Fail
ABL has failed to access the NVM or HDD.
[Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions]
Fatal error of MCC (Mail Contents Creator).
Set ChainLink 790-664 to 0.
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, replace the NVM component on the NVM Controller.
Fatal error related to MCC. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. OF-02 HDD System Fail
[Corrective Actions]
116-383 PIT Lib Failure
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility.
Refer to the Error History Report. If the same failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair
[Error Type]
it. System Fail
2.4 NET System Fault Check [Fault Content]
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail Ama + toto Board Failure/Not Installed, or HDD access error
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow [Detection Conditions]
116-380 ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Fail 1. It was detected that the Image Extension Kit (Ama + toto board) was not installed on the controller
board during job execution.
[Error Type]
2. An Ama + toto board failure was detected during job execution.
System Fail
3. An HDD access error was detected during job execution.
[Fault Content] * Note that although 016-231 is detected during power ON, this fail is a "job execution detection" and has
ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 Check Failure a different timing.
[Detection Conditions] [Corrective Actions]
An error was detected when the ESS Font ROM DIMM #1 was checked. (1) (2) After turning the power OFF then ON, check the panel top right display to see whether 016-
[Corrective Actions] 231 has occurred, without this error (= 116-383) occurring.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure. If 016-231 has occurred, perform the corrective actions for 016-231.
Pull out and insert the ESS Prt-Kit, the Fax Board or the ROM DIMM. If the problem persists, If the error does not occur, proceed to (3) for the HDD access errror.
replace the Prt-Kit or the ROM-DIMM. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
116-381 ABL Initialize Fail OF-02 HDD System Fail
Country Code/Territory Code/Paper Size Group Setting Error Detected 116-393 AAA Manager S/W Fail
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
When the machine is turned on and started (or also rebooted), nation info, territory code and paper System Fail
size group kept in SEEP-ROM are checked. As a result, an undefined code is detected regarding [Fault Content]
one(s) of those pieces of information.
AAA Manager Fatal Error
However, when it is turned on and started (or also rebooted) in the following way, the machine starts
[Detection Conditions]
successfully without checking for an error. AAA-related fatal error was detected
– Special Boot (Power Saver+Clear All+Power ON) [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Upgrade to the latest version.
Turn OFF then ON the power. If the problem persists, perform the following: If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has
occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
1. Enter the correct nation code, territory code and paper size group in SEEP-ROM.
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
* CL No.
700-165=nation code 116-394 AAA Manager detect illegal setting Auth. & Acct.
700-338=territory code [Error Type]
700-402=paper size group System Fail
For correct data, see System Data List. [Fault Content]
2. After entering the correct values in SEEP-ROM, be sure to initialize NVMs (Sys-System). Abnormal Authentication Mode and Accounting Mode Settings Detected during AAA Manager Boot
If NVMs (Sys-System) are not initialized, NVN values generated based on wrong data in Sequence
SEEP-ROM will not be updated to be the correct values.
[Detection Conditions]
116-392 Machine Code Check Fail Before the AAA Manager Task had reached Task Available (Ready to Copy is displayed) during the
[Error Type] boot sequence, abnormal settings of system data in the authentication system and the accounting
system was detected. This is caused by system data mis-setting from tools other than KO TOOLS.
System Fail
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
Upgrade to the latest version.
ROM DIMM Machine Code Check Fail
If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log immediately after the problem has
[Detection Conditions] occurred and contact the support department for instructions.
The machine code that is stored in the SEEPROM of the ESS ROM, which is inserted in SLOT1 or
2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
SLOT2, does not match the machine code that is stored in the SEEPROM on the Controller board
(or on the Back Plane). 116-395 USB Soft Fail
# KOHAKU # [Error Type]
Check the machine codes for both SLOT1 and SLOT2. If even one of them does not match, this System Fail
Fault will occur.
[Fault Content]
Although the correct way is to insert ESS ROM for Netware into SLOT1 and the ESS ROM for
Fatal error related to USB.
Printer Kit into SLOT2, the machine will not display this Fault Code even if they are inserted wrongly
as long as the machine codes are matched.
[Detection Conditions] [Fault Content]
Fatal error related to USB. The machine remains in initializing state even after 10 minutes has passed since it has started up
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed. (not including the startup after Power Save).
[Corrective Actions] [Detection Conditions]
Turn the power OFF then ON, and check for reproducibility. Refer to the CE log, etc. If the same When 10 minutes had passed after the Pflite has started up, "the machine remains in initializing
failure occurs frequently, refer to the following to repair it. state" was detected. => 10 minutes had passed in a situation where neither Ack nor Nack was
2.4 NET System Fault Check returned from any task.
OF-03 NET/USB System Fail This failure is detected only in startup modes such as "Normal Cold Boot" and "Reboot Mode
(during Diag exit, etc.)". In other modes such as "Recovery from Power Save" and "Special Boot
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow
Mode", the failure is not detected because the timeout time of 10 minutes is difficult to guarantee.
116-396 FIPS140 Self-Test Fail – Reboot the machine once if it remains in initializing state even when the 10-minute timeout
[Error Type] time has passed after power ON.
– Obtain the "PfShowInfo8" log and save it in the HDD before rebooting.
system
– "Ready to Copy" is displayed and the error code is not displayed at normal start up after
[Fault Content] rebooting.
<FIPS140 Self-Test Fail> At start, the FIPS140 Encryption Module self-test has detected a failure.
– If 116-399 occurs again after rebooting, the System Fail screen is displayed.
[Detection Conditions] – For cases where 116-399 is displayed, the pfshowinfo8 log is obtained twice successively.
At start, the FIPS140 Encryption Module self-test has detected a failure. Self-Test Error due to – Although the log is saved in the HDD even if 116-399 is not displayed because the machine
illegal ROM (FW). cannot shift to the SysFail state, the latest histories might not get logged.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
1. Turn the power OFF then ON. Use "PfShowInfoRedirFile" to obtain all the logs saved in the HDD, and retry the operation to see if
2. Replace or upload again the ROM (FW). the problem persists. If the machine does not start up while displaying "Please Wait" after power
ON, obtain "info9 or xxx.tgz" before 10 minutes has passed.
116-397 AAAmgr illegal setting area coverage threshold.
Get ready to provide the obtained logs and contact the support department for instructions.
[Error Type] 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
system
116-700 Image Extension Kit Insufficient Memory
[Fault Content]
The Plain Total Color Judge Threshold setting is wrong.
[Error Type]
Warning
[Detection Conditions]
When the condition below is met in setting system data values in boot sequence:
[Fault Content]
Image Expansion Kit has Insufficient Memory
720-061(threshold B) <= 720-060(threshold A)
*If Chain-Link 720-060 Value is not below 720-061 Value, FAULT will be detected. [Detection Conditions]
[Corrective Actions] When the system data "Log/Image Creation Guarantee Level" is set to "Low", the Image Extension
Kit has insufficient memory.
1. Turn the power OFF then ON.
2. Set up system data values that meet the relation between them as below:
[Corrective Actions]
Chain-Link 720-061(threshold B) > Chain-Link 720-060(threshold A) Set the image quality to "Normal".
*Chain-Link 720-060 Value must be below 720-061 Value. 116-701 Out of Memory-Duplex Fail
116-399 MUnder initialization for 10 minutes [Error Type]
[Error Type] Warning
Printing performed with a substitute font. 116-706 MediaReader:File Attribute Read Error(No Job)
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Printing performed with a substitute font. Warning
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Install an appropriate Font ROM. [Media Reader] File Attribute Retrieval Error (Occurs in other situations than during job)
116-703 PostScript LANG Interprete ERR [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The MediaLib detected this error while performing the operation that requires access to Media.
1. Check the contents in the Media from the PC. Check whether the print file images are displayed in [Fault Content]
the PC. [HDD Full Warning]
116-710 HP-GL/2 Memory Overflow The job output was split into batches due to HDD Full.
The form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or Hard Disk space. 116-743 Out of Buffer Area-Form/Logo REGI ERR
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
The form/logo data cannot be registered due to insufficient RAM or Hard Disk space. Warning
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
After checking the registered forms/logos using the Operation Panel utility, delete the unnecessary [Form/Logo Size Overflow]
forms/logos. Or, increase the allocated capacity of the RAM disk. The received data (form/logo) exceeded the registered buffer size.
116-740 Arithmetic Error [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Form/logo cannot be registered (insufficient area)
Warning The received data (form/logo) exceeded the registered buffer size.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
[Value Calculation Error] Increase the size of the Form Registration Area using the Operation Panel. Or, install the HD.
The value calculated in the Interpreter exceeded the limit. 116-745 ART Command ERR
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
The value calculated in the Interpreter exceeded the limit. Warning
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Upgrade the driver. [ART Command Error]
116-741 Max Form to Not PLW Registered During Decompose, the Decomposer checks for syntax error and values that exceed their
respective limit values.
[Error Type]
Warning
Repeat the operation. To use the cancelled printing instructions, print to a machine that supports those functions.
Obtain the Printer Setting List, Job History Report, and the print job ticket that was sent when the
116-749 PostScript Font error problem reocurred, then contact the Support Department.
OF-09 Common Job Fail 116-775 Invalid JBIG Param L0 Fixed
116-771 Invalid JBIG Param DL Fixed [Error Type]
[Error Type] Warning
Warning [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter L0 was automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter DL was automatically corrected. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] An incorrect JBIG parameter L0 was detected and automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter DL was detected and automatically corrected. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] No action necessary.
No action necessary. 116-776 Invalid JBIG Param MX Fixed
116-772 Invalid JBIG Param D Fixed [Error Type]
[Error Type] Warning
Warning [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter MX was automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter D was automatically corrected. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] An incorrect JBIG parameter MX was detected and automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter D was detected and automatically corrected. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] No action necessary.
No action necessary. 116-777 Invalid JBIG Param MY Fixed
116-773 Invalid JBIG Param P Fixed [Error Type]
[Error Type] Warning
Warning [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter MY was automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter P was automatically corrected. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] An incorrect JBIG parameter MY was detected and automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter P was detected and automatically corrected. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] No action necessary.
No action necessary. 116-778 Invalid JBIG Par VLENGTH Fixed
116-774 Invalid JBIG Param YD Fixed [Error Type]
[Error Type] Warning
Warning [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] An incorrect JBIG parameter VLENGTH was automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter YD was automatically corrected. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] An incorrect JBIG parameter VLENGTH was detected and automatically corrected.
An incorrect JBIG parameter YD was detected and automatically corrected. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] No action necessary.
No action necessary. 116-780 Attached Document Error
[Error Type]
Warning
[Fault Content]
Attached document error of E-mail to XXX.
[Detection Conditions]
The system detected an error in the document attached to the E-mail to XXX.
[Corrective Actions]
No action necessary.
116-790 Stapling Canceled
[Error Type]
warning
[Fault Content]
Staple was canceled.
[Detection Conditions]
Either all or one of the lead Stapler is canceled during print
[Corrective Actions]
1. If the operator stops a FAX/Internet FAX Mailbox received documents print, cancel one of the lead
Stapler and print.
2. If 1. is not possible, cancel Stapler for all copy and print
117-310 WSD Scan S/W Fail
[Error Type]
system
[Fault Content]
WSD Scan S/W Fail
[Detection Conditions]
A problem occurred in the processing of WSD Scan Service Software, causing the processing to
discontinue after that.
[Corrective Actions]
Power OFF then ON.
If the problem persists, do the following:
OF-01 Common System Fail
117-311 Wrong insertion of security enhancing kit
[Error Type]
system
[Fault Content]
Wrong insertion of security enhancing kit
[Detection Conditions]
The Security Extension Kit is not installed in the correct slot.
[Corrective Actions]
Install the Security Extension Kit in the correct slot.
117-312 Device Self Test Error
[Error Type]
system
[Fault Content]
Device Program Self-Test Error
[Detection Conditions]
The OS self-program judgment test has detected that CheckSum Value is different from MiniOS/
Program.
• MiniOS is broken, stopping the self-test from being conducted.
• The program is broken and cannot start.
• (Has detected that) the data was improperly rewritten, because MiniOS/Program is different
from Checksum Value.
[Corrective Actions]
Replace the board.
Change the system data (Chain-Link) so that the detection condition will not occur. In addition, when Authentication != Remote, it becomes system failure.
(E.g. To enable Card Auditron Level 2/IC Card Auditron Level 2 when the machine is in Network Therefore, cases other than the above forms the detection condition.
Accounting Mode, set Customize User Prompts to ""both"" or ""prompt 1 only"".) 2. When "Accessory Type" = There are connections other than ICCG
The following cases are the detection conditions:
121-316 EP Accessory conflicts with SecureAccess
Authentication=OFF, Accounting=XSA or OFF (Keep Log)
[Error Type] Authentication=Local, Accounting=OFF or XSA or OFF (Keep Log)
SysR
(When Authentication=Remote or CA, it becomes system failure)
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
Prohibited Combination of EP Accessory Connection and Secure Access Authentication
(None applicable because it is automatic reboot)
[Detection Conditions]
121-319 Fax Send Charging and Internet FAX Setting Confliction
The EP Accessory is connected and the authentication method is set to Secure Access.
Because Secure Access itself is an alternate method for IC Card authentication of EPA connection,
[Error Type]
there is no meaning to install both. Therefore, combination of the EP Accessory connection and the System Fail
Secure Access authentication is prohibited. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Fax Send Charging and Internet FAX Setting Conflict
1. Remove the EP Accessory connection. [Detection Conditions]
2. Remove the EP Accessory connection temporarily, set the authentication method to an option other When the device is starting up, it was detected that the Internet FAX Kit function was already
than Secure Access (either of: Authentication OFF, LOCAL Authentication or REMOTE activated when the Fax send billing function was enabled.
Authentication), and then connect the EP Accessory again.
[Corrective Actions]
121-317 Continuous JOB setting missmatch of EPLyzer Disable the Fax send billing function or the Internet FAX Kit functions, and then restart the device.
[Error Type] 121-320 EP-SV Setting information conflict fail.
Sys
[Error Type]
[Fault Content] System Fail
Continuous Job setting mismatch of EPLyzer
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] EP-SV - Double installation contract error with Web-based EP.
When 850-020 is "0" and the Auditron Mode was changed from INTERNAL AUDITRON to an option
other than INTERNAL AUDITRON.
[Detection Conditions]
It was detected that the EP cont has doubled installation contracts for the EP-SV and the Web-
[Corrective Actions] based EP.
Set the system data 850-020 to "0".
[Corrective Actions]
Or, return the Auditron Mode to INTERNAL AUDITRON. (700-540=1)
There are double contracts for the EP-SV and the Web-based EP.
121-318 Auth/Accout Settings Is Not Supported Change the C/L to disable either one of the installation contracts and set correct contract settings.
[Error Type] 121-321 EP-DX Setting information conflict fail.
SysR
[Error Type]
[Fault Content] System Fail
Auth/Accout Settings Is Not Supported
[Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] EP-DX - Double installation contract error with Web-based EP.
When (1) or (2) in the following is met:
[Detection Conditions] If the problem persists, perform the following:
It was detected that the EP cont has doubled installation contracts for the EP-DX and the Web- Go to OF-01 Common System Fail. Perform step (5) to collect reports and the subsequent steps.
based EP. 121-323 Web EP Software Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
There are double contracts for the EP-DX and the Web-based EP.
System Fail
Change the C/L to disable either one of the installation contracts and set correct contract settings.
[Fault Content]
121-322 Controller Price Table Error Fatal error related to Web EP.
[Error Type] [Detection Conditions]
System Fail Fatal error related to Web EP.
[Fault Content] Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
EPA - Controller unit price table settings error [Corrective Actions]
[Detection Conditions] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem still persists, obtain the info9 or xxx.tgz log and
When the Fax send billing function is turned ON (850-021=1), the following was detected at power network log immediately after the problem has occurred and contact the support department for
ON or at recovery from Power Save. instructions.
1. The standard image quality unit price (850-022) or the high image quality unit price (850-023) 2.5.1 Log collection/extraction tool function explanation
in the unit price table for Fax send billing was set to "0". 121-324 Fax Send Charging And Scan Setting Confliction
2. The accumulated value from the Maximum Stored Number of Sheets (840-003: 999 by default)
and the standard image quality unit price (850-022) or the high image quality unit price (850-
[Error Type]
023) in the unit table was set to a value larger than the maximum price (15.120 yen) that can system
be inserted for Coin Kit 8. [Fault Content]
3. The standard image quality unit price (850-022) is larger than the high image quality unit price Fax Send Charging and Scan Setting Confliction.
(850-023).
[Detection Conditions]
4. With a new type of subtraction system (M/C Unit-Price Table system) ON (850-027=1),
While device is on, it is detected that with FAX Send Charging enabled, Blank Document Detection
an available unit price (855-xxx) is set to a value out of the range of 1 to 9999999.
is enabled or Blank Document Detection Display (display on KO screen) is enabled.
(As to DMP2009 or later, switch to another Fault (21-213).)
[Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Set 850-021 to 0 (disable FAX Send Charging), or
Detection Condition (1): When the Fax send billing function is not used, set 850-021 to "0" (function set 820-123 to 0 and 790-670 to 0 and restart the device.
OFF).
When using the Fax send billing function, set both the standard image quality unit price (850-022) 121-333 EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail
and the high image quality unit price (850-023) to a value other than "0", and then turn the power [Error Type]
OFF then ON. System Fail
Detection Condition (2): When the Fax send billing function is not used, set 850-021 to "0" (function
OFF).
[Fault Content]
When using the Fax send billing function, correct the Maximum Stored Number of Sheets and unit EPSV-EP M/C Communication Fail
prices, and then turn the power OFF then ON. [Detection Conditions]
Detection Condition (3): Set the standard image quality unit price (850-022) to a value that is equal 1. The power was turned ON, with the Power Saver key, the Start key and the numeric key [0] pressed
to or less than the high image quality unit price (850-023), and then turn the power OFF then ON. down.
Detection Condition (4): If this condition does not apply to your case, check what value is set in [850-014: Accessory
(As to DMP2009 or later, switch to another Fault (21-213).) Connection Monitoring Timer Value] and go to one of the following.
– In order not to use the new type of subtraction system (M/C Unit Price Table system), set the 2. 850-014 = 0
value in NVM(850-027) to 0 (The function OFF). For one of the reasons given under (4), this error is detected. See (4) Others.
– To use the new type of subtraction system (M/C Unit-Price Table system), set every available 3. 850-014 = 1-9
unit price (855-xxx) to a value between 1 and 9999999. Power OFF then ON.
A certain time (1-9 min) preset in [850-014] after this machine was turned on and reported the Wake [Error Type]
Up command to the accessory, the machine did not receive any response from the accessory.
System Fail
850-014 = 1-9: This error will occur a certain minute(s) [1-9 min] after the UI panel displays [Please
wait].
[Fault Content]
EPSV Login Fail
4. Others
When turned on, this machine asked for a response to the [Does the accessory exist?] signal and [Detection Conditions]
detected [The accessory does not exist]. Verification of the login information in WAKE UP ANSWER resulted in an error.
Or [Corrective Actions]
A lapse of 10 sec after the accessory reported ACK to this machine, the accessory did not report Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.
Wake Up Answer to this machine.
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the
Or following procedure to repair it.
This machine received three consecutive NAKs. 1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
When the problem occurs for one of these reasons under [Others], this error will occur [within 30 If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
sec] after the UI panel displays [Please wait]. 2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.
[Corrective Actions] 3. Replace the EP-SV.
1. Turn ON the power without pressing down the Power Saver key, the Start key, and the numeric key If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[0]. Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
If this condition does not apply to your case, check what value is set in [850-014: Accessory
Connection Monitoring Timer Value] and go to one of the following. 121-335 EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail
2. 850-014 = 0 This error is thought to be detected for one of the reasons under (4) Others. [Error Type]
• Take the appropriate actions given under (4) Others. System Fail
3. 850-014 = 1-9 [Fault Content]
Set 850-014 to a larger value than the current one and operate again. EPSV Wake Up Answer Fail
• If 9 causes the problem to reoccur, set 850-014 to 0. [Detection Conditions]
• If 0 causes the problem to reoccur, take the appropriate actions given under (4) Others.
The WAKE UP ANSWER cannot be received.
4. Others
[Corrective Actions]
Check that the accessory is ON.
Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.
Check if the cable is connected between EP-SV and ESS.
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the
If the cable is properly connected, turn OFF then ON this machine. If the problem persists, perform following procedure to repair it.
the following:
1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
4-1. Check if Controller ROM is the latest version. If not, upgrade it to the latest version.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
If so, you do not need to download the latest version of it.
2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.
4-2. Reinstall the EPSV-IF board.
3. Replace the EP-SV.
4-3. Replace the EPSV-IF board.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
4-4. Replace EP-SV.
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
– If you intentionally removed EP-SV or EP Accessory, set 850-001 to 0 in DC131. (Set it to
EP Accessory Connected. ) 121-336 Unknown EP Accessory
4-5. If the problem persists, go to the following and resolve it. [Error Type]
– If you intentionally removed EP-SV or EP Accessory, set 850-001 to 0 in DC131. (Set it to System Fail
EP Accessory Connected. )
[Fault Content]
– OF-01 Common System Fail: Perform the step for collecting reports and subsequent
steps. EP-SV - Accessories type unknown.
[Detection Conditions]
121-334 EPSV Login Fail
The EP related accessory type was unknown in WAKE UP ANSWER.
[Corrective Actions] 1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS. If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the 2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.
following procedure to repair it. 3. Replace the EP-SV.
1. Check whether or not the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it. Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board. 121-339 Price Table Error
3. Replace the EP-SV.
[Error Type]
4. If the problem persists, refer to EP Accessory manual to perform the corrective actions.
System Fail
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
[Fault Content]
EPA - Unit price table error
121-337 EP Accessory Self Diag Fail
[Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] Detection Condition (1): When the M/C is running, a notification is issued from the Coin Kit
System Fail indicating that the price data in the Coin Kit has been changed.
[Fault Content] Detection Condition (2): When the M/C is booting or returning from Power Save, a notification is
EP-SV - Accessories self-diagnostic result error. issued from the Coin Kit indicating a unit price error. (The unit price table in the Coin Kit contains
unset unit price(s))
[Detection Conditions]
Self-diagnostic of the EP related accessories in WAKE UP ANSWER resulted in an error.
[Corrective Actions]
Detection Condition (1): Turn the power OFF then ON.
[Corrective Actions]
Detection Condition (2): Correct the unit price settings in the Coin Kit, and then turn the power OFF
Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.
then ON.
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
following procedure to repair it.
OF-01 Perform the procedures after (5) obtaining reports in Common System Fail.
1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it. 121-340 EP Accessory Miss Match
2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board. [Error Type]
3. Replace the EP-SV. System Fail
4. If the problem persists, refer to EP Accessory manual to perform the corrective actions. [Fault Content]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. EP-SV - Accessories Form Mismatch
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail. [Detection Conditions]
121-338 EPSV Answer Time Out The combination of accessories that are installed does not match the specifications.
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
System Fail Checks whether they are installed correctly against the specifications.
[Fault Content] If they are installed correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the
EPSV - Answer Timeout following procedure to repair it.
1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
[Detection Conditions]
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
Answers other than WAKE UP ANSWER from the EP-SV cannot be received.
2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.
[Corrective Actions] If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Check connection of the cable between the EP-SV and the ESS.
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
If they are connected correctly, turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the
following procedure to repair it. 121-350 EPSV Logic Fail
Version 1.2 2010/08 121-xxx FIP
2-603
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270 Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting 2010/08 ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
121-xxx FIP 2-604 Version 1.2
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
EP-SV - Unexpected Error
[Detection Conditions]
Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
2. Reinstall or replace the EPSV-IF Board.
3. Replace the EP-SV.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
121-370 EP-DX - unexpected error
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Fault Content]
EP-DX - Unexpected Error
[Detection Conditions]
Pflite Function Error
Library Function Error
Undefined Message/Undefined Parameter Received, etc.
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
1. Check whether the Controller ROM is the latest version and upgrade it to the latest.
If the Controller ROM is the latest version, there is no need to download it.
2. Check the connections of the FAX USB cable.
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Perform the procedures after obtaining reports in OF-01 Common System Fail.
123-207 Comm Manager Target Fail (UI-Panel) [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in the
Panel.
System Fail
[Corrective Actions]
[Fault Content]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
COMM. Manager Target Error
OF-04 Panel System Fail
Incorrect mailbox value on the cm_send_msg statement, or the target is not SYS when receiving
from SIO. 123-312 Diag mode change Fail (Punch unit type set)
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
Serial Transmission Failure System Fail
[Corrective Actions] [Fault Content]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. SB-Fin Punch Unit Initial Installation NG After Diag Mode
OF-04 Panel System Fail [Detection Conditions]
123-209 EVM Returns Wrong Value (UI-Panel) The data received from the Controller has exceeded the upper limit of the processing capability in
the Panel.
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF and ON.
[Fault Content]
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure:
(UI-Panel) Return Value Error from EVM
OF-04 Panel System Fail
[Detection Conditions]
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
123-317 Receive Message Queue Full (UI-Panel)
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail [Fault Content]
(UI-Panel) Receive Message Queue Full
123-310 Send Queue Full (UI-Panel)
[Detection Conditions]
[Error Type]
The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in the
System Fail
Panel.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
(UI-Panel) Send Queue Full
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
[Detection Conditions] OF-04 Panel System Fail
The data sent from the Panel to the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing
capability.
123-318 Receive Finish Queue Full (UI-Panel)
[Corrective Actions] [Error Type]
System Fail
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail [Fault Content]
(UI-Panel) Receive Completion Queue Full
123-311 Receive Queue Full (UI-Panel)
[Detection Conditions]
[Error Type]
The data received from the Controller exceeded the upper limit for the processing capability in the
System Fail Panel.
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
(UI-Panel) Receive Queue Full
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
FAX OTK Cable Connection Error (UI-Panel) 123-368 Short of UI Memory (UI-Panel)
[Detection Conditions] [Error Type]
The Control Panel has detected that FFC is disconnected from One Touch Key for FAX or that One System Fail
Touch Key has a problem. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Insufficient Memory (FCW)
Power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: [Detection Conditions]
OF-04 Panel System Fail
There is insufficient memory or the connection failed.
123-357 Sys EEPROM Write Error(UI-Panel) [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
sysR OF-04 Panel System Fail
[Fault Content] 123-369 Invalid Interface Value (UI-Panel)
Sys EEPROM Write Error (UI-Panel) [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] System Fail
The Control Panel has detected that writing in the EEPROM there failed. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] Incorrect Interface Value (UI-Panel)
Power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following: [Detection Conditions]
OF-04 Panel System Fail
UI-SW failure in the ESS PWB.
123-358 Log EEPROM Write Error(UI-Panel) [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
sysR OF-04 Panel System Fail
[Fault Content] 123-370 Interface Length Fail (UI-Panel)
Log EEPROM Write Error (UI-Panel) [Error Type]
System Fail
[Detection Conditions]
There was insufficient area, an internal error or invalid IF Sequencing (or parameter) entered into
the Converter.
[Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-04 Panel System Fail
124-310 DC132 11 [Fault Content]
[Error Type] Stored Data Mismatch
Y N [Corrective Actions]
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB. Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.
124-316 DC132 03 124-319 DC132 08
[Error Type] [Error Type]
System Fail System Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Stored Data Mismatch Stored Data Mismatch
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Internal control error was detected. Internal control error was detected.
[Corrective Actions] Procedure
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB. Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write].
124-317 DC132 04 Compare the following values.
[Error Type] • dC131[700-606]
System Fail • dC131[700-607]
• dC131[700-608]
[Fault Content]
Compare the 3 numbers.
Stored Data Mismatch
All 3 numbers are different.
[Detection Conditions] Y N
Internal control error was detected.
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match.
Procedure Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
124-320 SEEPROM Fail
Execute dC131[NVM Read/Write].
Compare the following values.
[Error Type]
System Fail
• dC131[700-600]
• dC131[700-601] [Fault Content]
• dC131[700-602] SEEPROM Fail
Compare the 3 numbers. [Detection Conditions]
All 3 numbers are different. Write error occurred in the SEEPROM on the ESS Board.
Y N [Corrective Actions]
Execute dC132[Billing Data Matching & Serial No Setting]. Make the 3 values match. Pull out and insert SEEPROM, or replace the ESS PWB.
Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB. If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, install back the original ESS
124-318 DC132 07 PWB and contact Support G.
Obtain the logs that have been recorded in 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tool Operational Instructions
[Error Type] and contact Support G.
System Fail
124-321 Backup SRAM Fail
[Fault Content]
Stored Data Mismatch
[Error Type]
System Fail
[Detection Conditions]
Internal control error was detected.
[Fault Content]
Backup SRAM Fail
[Detection Conditions] 124-324 All Billings Mismatch
Write error occurred in the NVM on the ESS Board. [Error Type]
[Corrective Actions] System Fail
1. If the Fax Card is installed, reinstall it. [Fault Content]
2. Pull out and insert NVM Board or replace it. All Billing Counter Mismatch
3. Replace the ESS PWB.
[Detection Conditions]
If the system is not restored after the ESS PWB has been replaced, install back the original ESS
PWB and contact Support G. The billing counters in multiple locations are all different.
Obtain the logs that have been recorded in 2.5.2 Logging/Extraction Tool Operational Instructions [Corrective Actions]
and contact Support G. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
124-322 DC132 05 Replace the MCU PWB and the ESS PWB.
The system detected that a duplicate Font ROM was installed. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] One of CRUM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1).
1. Pull out and insert the Prt-Kit or the ROM DIMM #3. Replace it. [Detection Conditions]
One of the CRUM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the
124-339 ROM DIMM of Another Product Found Controller Board does not match).
[Error Type] [Corrective Actions]
System Fail
(Software available for DC132)
[Fault Content] Enter DC132. Master the MCU to resolve the problem. If the problem persists, replace the Cont
Error due to installation of ROM DIMM for other models. PWB.
[Detection Conditions] (Software unavailable for DC132)
The system detected that the ROM DIMM for another model was installed. Extract the SEEPROM from and reinsert it into the Controller PWB. If the problem still persists,
replace the Controller PWB.
[Corrective Actions]
Check the ROM DIMM and install the appropriate ROM DIMM. 124-343 CRUM Market fail SYS 2
If the problem persists, contact Support G. [Error Type]
124-340 CRUM Market fail ALL System Fail
One of CRUM OEM destinations is different from the others (SYS 1). [Fault Content]
[Detection Conditions] One of CRUM Enable/Disable settings is different from the others (IOT).
One of the CRUM OEM destinations stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in the [Detection Conditions]
Controller Board does not match). One of the CRUM Enable/Disable settings stored in three positions does not match (Data stored in
[Corrective Actions] the MCU Board does not match).
Reinstall/replace the NVMPWB. If the problem still reoccurs, replace the Controller PWB. [Corrective Actions]
124-700 Trimming Cancelled Repair the Booklet Tray using another FIP detected at the same time.
[Fault Name] 124-704 Envelop Folder Tray to Center Tra
Trimming Cancelled [Error Type]
[Error Type] Warning
Warning [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] The output tray was changed from the Folder Tray to the Center Tray and printing continued.
Trimming was cancelled due to incorrect finished size during trimming. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] The output tray has been changed to the Center Tray because a failure was detected in the Folder
When the paper size to be output is compared with the finished size specified by trimming, it was Tray.
detected that the finished size is out of the range where trimming can be done. [Corrective Actions]
[Corrective Actions] Repair the Folder Tray using another FIP detected at the same time.
Specify a post-trimming finished size that can conform to the output size. 124-705 Punching Canceled
124-701 Output tray changed from Side Tray [Error Type]
[Error Type] Warning
Warning [Fault Content]
[Fault Content] Punching instruction was canceled and printing continued.
The machine changed output tray from Side Tray to another and continued printing. [Detection Conditions]
[Detection Conditions] Punching function was canceled and printing was continued because a failure was detected in the
Paper that cannot be output to SideTray was detected. (paper size and paper type) Puncher.
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Replace the paper with paper that can be output to Side Tray and rerun the job. Repair Punch using another FIP detected at the same time.
[JT Monitor Failure] Due to an error in software processing, subsequent processes cannot be performed.
[Detection Conditions]
An error has occurred in registering device info with the SIP Registration Server.
[Corrective Actions]
Check what the SIP Registration Server is set to on the device.
Check that the SIP Registration Server is available.
133-210 Fax Parameter incorrect [Detection Conditions]
[Error Type] The specified data cannot be read due to reasons such as the specified data is broken.
• The host may treat this failure as a System Fail.
Service Fail
[Fault Content] [Corrective Actions]
Incorrect Parameter Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail
[Detection Conditions]
The parameter value was inappropriate. 133-214 Fax USB Open Fail in Initializing
(An error of the interface itself, such as a too long parameter) The necessary parameter is not [Error Type]
notified. Service Fail
NOTE: Depending on the host, this error may not be returned but the Fax card may be reset. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] USB Open failed at initialization.
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-07 FAX System Fail
Detected by FAPE (createInstance failed).
133-211 Fax Parameter Value Invalid [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Service Fail OF-07 FAX System Fail
[Fault Content] 133-215 Fax USB Device Fatal Error
Incorrect Parameter [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Service Fail
The PV exceeds the range. [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] USB Device Fatal Error
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-07 FAX System Fail
Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event.
133-212 Fax Read Erro No Data [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Service Fail OF-07 FAX System Fail
[Fault Content] 133-216 Fax USB Host Fatal Error
Data Read Error - No Data [Error Type]
[Detection Conditions] Service Fail
The specified data was not found (incorrect no. or channel). [Fault Content]
[Corrective Actions] USB Host Fatal Error
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. [Detection Conditions]
OF-07 FAX System Fail
Sent to the FAPE as an asynchronized event.
133-213 Fax Read Error-Invalid Data [Corrective Actions]
[Error Type] Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
Service Fail OF-07 FAX System Fail
[Fault Content] 133-217 Fax Manager Short of Memory
Data Read Error - Invalid Data
Unknown message received. 133-710 Tray select fail. Used SMH instead.
[Error Type]
Warning
[Fault Content]
When printing Fax-received documents, it was performed via the Bypass tray since the selected tray
cannot be used for Fax
[Detection Conditions]
The "Receiving Paper Size Tray Mode Function" is provided to determine "Which tray to print the
Fax-received data from". This error can occur when this function is "enabled."
Even if this function is "disabled," this error can also occur when printing Fax reports and documents
for polling.
* When set to automatically print Fax/Internet FAX received documents, this machine automatically
selects a paper tray. During that selection, any of the following occurs.
– Since the selected tray is set as "Unavailable for Fax document print", the machine selects the
Bypass tray to continue printing.
– Since the paper size in the selected tray is set as a size that cannot be used for Fax, the
machine selects the Bypass tray to continue printing.
– Since the paper type (= paper quality) in the selected tray is set as a quality that cannot be
used for Fax, the machine selects the Bypass tray to continue printing.
– If none of the above applies, the selected tray might be malfunctioning.
* This error also occurs when any of the four conditions above is detected when "the customer
selects the Bypass tray and tries to print from a mailbox".
[Corrective Actions]
• Load the paper size that can be used for Fax printing.
A3SEF, A4LEF, B4SEF, B5LEF, A4SEF, A5SEF, B5SEF, Letter SEF, Legal (14inch), Legal
(13inch), Ledger, Letter LEF, and Half Letter SEF can be used.
• Load the paper type (= paper quality) that can be used for Fax printing.
Plain Paper, Bond Paper, Recycled Paper, Backing Paper, and Custom Paper can be used.
• When the machine is set to "Enable Receiving Paper Size Tray Mode Function", perform any one of
the following:
1. Select [Settings List] → [Fax Control] → [Tray Mode] to add the tray number that the customer
wants to specify for printing.
2. Select a tray number for the customer's printing use from the one of the trays that are set in
[Settings List] → [Fax Control] → [Tray Mode].
Instead of selecting [Settings List] → [Fax Control] → [Tray Mode], the same settings can be performed
through [SystemData: 820-002] → [Tray selection in tray mode].
If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-09 Common Job Fail
134-210 Fax Cont Parameter Invalid 134-211 Fax Card Main Board Failure
[Error Type] [Error Type]
Service Fail Service Fail
[Fault Content] [Fault Content]
Incorrect Parameter Fax Card Main Board Failure
[Detection Conditions] [Detection Conditions]
Incorrect parameter (A value out of the PV range was specified, or the parameter is too long, or an TBD
error of the interface itself), the necessary parameter is not notified. Fax Card Main Board Failure
[Corrective Actions] [Corrective Actions]
Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it. Turn the power OFF then ON. If the problem persists, perform the following procedure to repair it.
OF-07 FAX System Fail OF-14 FAX Card Fail
2.4.3 No output is available, no data is printed 2.4.4 Printing can be performed but abnormally
1. Check whether or not the Controller ROM and Printer Driver are the latest version. 1. Check whether the Controller ROM and Printer Driver are the latest version.
If it is not the latest, always upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.) If it is not the latest, always upgrade the software. (See 2.6.1 Software Download.)
After checking the above items, check whether the Indicator is blinking and take the corrective 2. Ask a customer about the status of unavailable printing and collect information based on it.
actions accordingly. • System Settings List
(1) When the Indicator (Panel Send/Receive Lamp) is blinking • Check PDL name.
It is highly possible that print data cannot be decomposed in the Printer main processor. • Check the Printer Driver name and version.
Perform the corrective actions according to "2.4.5Network-Related Details Check Flow" in this • Check the Printer Driver settings in details.
document, and then collect the following information:
• Perform Printer setting printing in each mode.
• System Settings List
• Print sample that has been printed improperly.
• Check the panel message (error message, etc).
• Print sample that has been printed properly (including the samples from other machines).
• Error History Report
• Create Print files on the PC and collect them on CD-R.
• Job History Report
• Shutdown History Report
• Check the Printer Driver name and version.
• Check the Printer Driver settings in details.
• Network Capture Log
• Create Print files on the PC and collect them on CD-R.
[How to Create Print file]
Method 1)
i. Select [Print] from File menu in the target document.
ii. In [Print] screen, select the [Output to File] check box and click [OK].
If there is no [Output to File] check box displayed in the [Print] screen, create the file in
Method 2.
iii. Enter a descriptive file name in "File Name" using a customer name and date, and click
[OK] to create a Print file in the specified destination.
Method 2)
i. Open the Printer Driver Properties and select the [Ports] tab. The screen shown on the
right appears.
ii. In [Ports], select [FILE:] in the list and click [OK] to close the Properties screen.
Take note of the port setting before it was changed in [FILE:] in order to restore the port to
original setting after creating a Print file.
iii. Select [Print] from File menu in the target document.
iv. The [Output to File] screen appears. Specify a storage destination and file name, and
click [OK] to create a Print file in the specified destination.
v. Restore the port to the original setting in the procedures 1 and 2 shown above.
(2) When the Indicator (Panel Send/Receive Lamp) is not blinking
It is highly possible that connection is not established and hence print data has not reached the
Printer main processor.
Obtain the information relevant to the items described in 2.4.2"Cannot connect to the network".
2.4.5 Network-Related Details Check Flow 3. Check at [Documents Cannot Be Deleted from [Printer] Window]
When the power is turned ON again and a new print instruction is issued, the stored print data 1. Check at [Printing Not Performed]
will be printed first.
(3) When [Do not spool] is set for [SMB (Spool)] Table 4
All the print data including the data being printed that have been spooled in the machine Cause Check Method Corrective Action
receiving buffer will be deleted. When the power is turned ON again, no print data remains. The network configura- Check that the data link lamp of the net- Set the frame type that has been
However, if the power is turned OFF immediately after print instruction, the print data may be tion devices (HUB etc.) work configuration device port that is con- set for the file server to be con-
stored on the computer. do not match the auto- nected to the machine is lit on. nected from the machine.
In this case, even if a new print instruction is issued, the stored print data will be printed first. matic settings of the Check that the same frame types are used
7. Check [At Printing] frame type. in the file servers that exist on a network.
(1) When [Hard Disk] or [Memory] is set for [SMB (Spool)] A failure has occurred Use NWADMIN from the workstation to Replace the non-communicating
When the machine starts receiving print data and the print data size is larger than the hard disk on the network from a check that the target printer objects can be network cable that exists between
workstation to a viewed. the workstation and the printer.
or memory remaining capacity, the print data will not be recieved.
printer.
NOTE: If the print data exceeds the receiving capacity, some computers will resend data The user name of a job Use NWADMIN from the workstation to 1. Resend print data to the print
immediately. In this case, the computer looks like stopped. As a corrective action for this, abort sender or the group view the target queue objects and check queue in which the user name of
sending the print data on the computer. name to which the job that the user name of the job sender or the the job sender or the group name
sender belongs is not group name to which the job sender to which the job sender belongs
(2) When [Do not spool] is set for [SMB (Spool)]
registered in the belongs is registered in the [Users] infor- has been registered in [Users] of
When a print request is received from a computer, the print requests from other computers [Users] for Print queue. mation. [Print Queue Information].
cannot be received.
2. Use NWADMIN from the work-
(3) When a computer IP address or name has been changed station to register the user name of
When a computer IP address or name has been changed, the inquiry and cancelation of pro- the job sender or the group name
cesses from the main processor cannot be performed properly. Turn the machine OFF then to which the job sender belongs in
ON when no print data is stored in the machine receiving buffer. the [Users] of [Print Queue Infor-
mation].
NOTE: The print cancel/forced output processes of the print data stored in the machine receiv-
Sending jobs to the Use PCONSOLE to check that [Yes] is set Set it to [Yes] using PCONSOLE.
ing buffer can be operated from the machine Operation Panel. Refer to "11 Job Check" in "User
print queue is prohib- for [User can register data to queue] in the
Guide" for more information on how to operate.
ited. [Current Queue Status] of [Print Queue
(4) When the machine is in the offline state Information].
When the machine is in offline state and a print instruction is issued from a computer, the data Same as above Use NWADMIN from the workstation to Use NWADMIN from the worksta-
will not be received in the machine, and an error dialog box appears on the computer indicating check that the operator flag is checked in tion to check that the each item for
that write error has occurred. However, for SMB, the print data can be received from the com- [Identification] for the target print queue. the operator flag is checked in
puter even when the machine is offline. [Identification] for the target print
(5) Deleting Jobs queue.
For WindowNT 4.0, jobs can be deleted when Service Pack 4.0 or later is installed. When a job The user name of a job Use NWADMIN from the workstation to 1. Resend print data to the print
is deleted while data is being received, write error appears. In this case, the [Retry] button on sender or the group check that the user name of the job sender queue in which the user name of
the error dialog box is not available. name to which the job or the group name to which the job sender the job sender or the group name
sender belongs is not belongs is registered in [Users] of the tar- to which the job sender belongs
2.4.5.2 Check Flow at NetWare Failure defined for the print get print server. has been registered in [Users] of
The following describes the possible causes, check procedures, and corrective actions when a failure server users of a print [Print Server Information].
occurs when NetWare is used. server. 2. Use NWADMIN from the work-
station to register the user name of
the job sender or the group name
to which the job sender belongs in
the [Users] information of the tar-
get print server.
Table 4 Table 4
Cause Check Method Corrective Action Cause Check Method Corrective Action
The print queue that Use NWADMIN from the workstation to 1. Resend print data to the print NCP packet signature Use the set command in the file server Enter the following command in the
has sent print data is check that the target printer is allocated in queue that has been allocated to level settings are differ- console screen to check the NCP packet file sever console screen to set the
not allocated to the the list of the printers in service in [Alloca- the printer. ent. signature is not set to Level 3. NCP packet signature to Level 0,
printer. tion] of the target print queue. 2. Use NWADMIN from the work- 1, or 2 and then restart the file
station to add a target queue using server. Set NCP Packet Signature
[Allocation] of the target printer. Option=x (x: 0, 1, or 2)
The data type of the - When the workstation uses Win- The default device Print "System Settings List" to check the 1. Use a correct Ethernet address
print data does not dows, make settings so that it does name setting is wrong. lower 6 digits (3 bytes) of the Ethernet to set the device name.
match the print envi- not output Ctrl-D. address. 2. Set the device name to other
ronment settings of the than the default value.
workstation. No directory tree name Print the "System Settings List" to check if Set a tree name.
The number of print Use NWADMIN from the workstation to Resend print data to the print is set. a tree name is set.
queues that exceeds check that the desired print queue is allo- queue that has been allocated to Context is not set in Print the "System Settings List" to check if Set the Context.
the maximum number cated in the list of the printers in [Alloca- the printer. place. a context is set.
of supported queues tion] of the target printer.
Another printer object Use NWADMIN from the workstation to 1. Use the CentreWare Utilities
has been set. has been connected. check that a correct object has been allo- CD-ROM from the workstation to
No slave file servers Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to Use PCONSOLE from the worksta- cated in the Layout Information of the set the file server name/tree/con-
have been set (bind- check that a slave file server is registered tion to register a slave file server desired print server. text/operation mode correctly.
ery service mode). in [Service NetWare Server] of the appro- and then reflect the setting param- 2. Use the CentreWare Internet
priate print server in [Print Server Informa- eters. Services from the workstation to
tion]. set the file server name/tree/con-
Printer types are differ- Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to Use PCONSOLE from the worksta- text/operation mode correctly.
ent. check that Port: LPT1 and Position: Auto tion to set Port: LPT1 and Position: The NetWare port is Print the "System Settings List" to check if Enable the NetWare port.
Mode (Local) are set in [Print Server Infor- Auto Mode (Local), and reflect the not enabled. the NetWare port is enabled.
mation] > [Printers] > [Environment Set- setting parameters.
The file server is down. Search for a target file server from
tings for Printer xxx].
[Network Computers].
The slave file server Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to If it is not set to [Defined by Other
A printer with the same Turn OFF the machine and use NWADMIN Use the CentreWare Utilities CD-
settings are different check that [Defined by Other Settings] is Settings], change it to [Defined by device name exists on from the workstation to check that the ROM from the workstation to set a
(bindery service displayed for the printer type in [Print Other Settings] and then reflect the
a network. appropriate printer object status is set to different device name.
mode). Server Information] > [Printers] > [Environ- setting parameters.
job standby.
ment Settings for Printer xxx].
The NetWare port is Print the "System Settings List" to check if For IPX/SPX, activate the NetWare
The sheet number of Use NWADMIN from the workstation to Use NWADMIN from the worksta- not enabled. the network number remains [0000000] server.
the print data is differ- select a target printer and then check that tion to match the number for [Start
(NetWare server down) when the IPX/SPX For TCP/IP, set a fixed IP address
ent from the sheet the start sheet number in the environment Sheet] with the number of the print
is being used. or activate the address providing
number that has been settings is the same as the number of the data in the environment settings for Also check if the IP address remains server (DHCP).
set in the printer. print data. the target printer.
[0.0.0.0] (Fixed IP address not set, or
IPX check sum level Use the set command in the file server Enter the following command in the address providing server (DHCP) is down)
settings are different. console screen to check the IPX check file sever console screen to set the when TCP/IP is used.
sum is not set to Level 2. IPX check sum to Level 0 or Level
1. Set Enable IPX Checksum=x (x:
0 or 1)
2. Check at [Printing not performed as desired] 1. For Windows95, Windows98 and WindowsMe
Table 5 Table 8
Cause Check Method Corrective Action Cause Status Display Check Method Corrective Action
Different printer lan- Check the printer language in the main Match the printer languages set in the The machine is con- Printing Not Avail- Check with the Net- Connect the machine directly to
guages are set in the processor. print data and the main processor. nected to a network able status (Network work System Admin- the network in which the com-
print data and the main that is different from the Error) istrator that a router puter is connected.
processor. computer. or gateway exists
between the network
3. Check at [Printer failure not notified] in which the computer
is connected and the
network in which the
Table 6
machine is con-
Cause Check Method Corrective Action nected.
The notifier is not regis- Use PCONSOLE from the workstation to Register the user name of a job Connection cannot be Printing Not Avail- None. Request the Network System
tered in the notifier list check that the user name of a job sender or sender or the group name to established due to the able status (Network Administrator to check for any
of the print server. the group name to which the job sender which the job sender belongs in failure on the network Error) network failures.
belongs is registered in [Print Server Infor- [Notification]. from a computer to the
mation] > [Printers] > [Environment Settings printer.
for Printer xxx] > [Notification]. The machine was Printing Not Avail- Check that the Turn ON the machine.
turned OFF after print able status (Network machine is turned
4. Check at [Job completion not notified] instruction had been Error) ON.
issued from a com-
Table 7 puter. Or, a print
instruction was issued
Cause Check Method Corrective Action
from a computer when
The NOTIFY option was Check that the NOTIFY option is set for Set the NOTIFY option for sending the machine is turned
not set for sending print sending print data. print data from a workstation. OFF.
data from a workstation. Print instructions are Printing Not Avail- None. None (printing will be automati-
NetWare CASTOFF was - Execute NetWare CASTON on the issued from multiple able status (Network cally resumed).
executed on the user user workstation. computers to the Error)
workstation. machine at the same
time.
2.4.5.3 Check Flow at TCP/IP (LPD) Failure Print files cannot be Printing Not Avail- Open [My Computer] Delete unnecessary files to
spooled due to insuffi- able status (Spool and right-click the secure the disk free space.
The following describes the possible causes and actions when a failure occurs when TCP/IP (LPD) is
cient computer disk Error) disk in which the sys- Then, select [Pause] from the
used. capacity. tem is installed (e.g. [Documents] menu of the [Print-
Drive C). Select ers] window to clear the pause
[Properties] from the status (resumes printing).
displayed menu to
check the free disk
space.
NOTE: If the print data exceeds the receiving capacity, some computers will resend data immedi-
The following describes the precautions and limitations for TCP/IP (LPD).
ately. In this case, the computer looks like stopped. As a corrective action for this, abort sending the
Machine Settings print data on the computer.
• IP addresses are managed in a whole system. Consult with the Network Administrator thoroughly • When [Do not spool] is set for [lpd (Spool)]
before perform setting. When a print request is received from a computer, the print requests from other computers cannot
be received.
The following describes the corrective actions for troubles when Mail Notice Service, Print E-mail, or
Scanner (Send E-mail) is used.
Table 11
Also, depending on the failure condition, the CWIS itself may be stopped. In this case, logs cannot be col- 7. Enter the "IP address" of the main processor in the target IP address column and the M/C No. of the
lected. You can check if the CWIS is active by checking if the CWIS screen (URL:http://Printer IP main processor in the M/C column, then click "(1) Save Dir renew".
Address/) can be displayed on the browser. 8. The file storing column is updated and the directory in which logs will be stored is determined.
9. Select [Redir or xxx.tgz] or [info9 or xxx.tgz] from the collection column and click "(2) Collecting
Purpose Start/Stop".
1. Print the "Printer Settings List" and confirm the following: Redir or xxx.tgz: Retrieves 20 files. This is the item that will be retrieved mainly at visit.
• The HDD is installed. info9 or xxx.tgz: Retrieves 1 file. This is the item to be retrieved when the trouble occurs again.
• An IP Address was set. 10. The directory that has been determined in Step 9 is opened, in which the collected logs are stored.
• The CWIS is activated. 11. After collecting the logs, click [Cancel/Exit] to exit the logging tool.
2. Disconnect the Ethernet cable that is connected to the main processor. 12. If the main processor/client IP address has been changed, restore it to the original value.
3. Change the client IP address so that it can communicate with the printer via TCP/IP. 13. Connect the Ethernet cable that is connected to the main processor.
Change an IP address to the one with the same network number as the IP address of the main pro- 14. Print the collected logs and reports and send them to Support G.
cessor that collects logs. • Failure Conditions
(E.g.) When the main processor IP address is set to 192.168.1.100 and its subnet mask is set to • Service Log
255.255.255.0, change the address to 192.168.1.xxx (such as 101, not 100). • System Settings List
And set the main processor IP address if the machine is set for DHCP. Change an IP address to the • Job History Report
one with the same network number as the IP address of the client that collects logs.
• Error History Report
4. Connect the PC and the main processor with the UTP cross-cable.
• Log file that has been collected this time
5. After the PC has been started, click "MS-DOS Prompt" from the "Programs" menu in the "Start"
menu.
(For Windows(R)NT/2000, after the PC has been started, click "Command Prompt" from "Accesso-
ries" under "Programs" in the "Start" menu.)
Execute "PING IP Address" and check if the network connection is working properly.
(E.g.) C:\ ping 192.168.1.100 (IP address of the main processor)
6. Activate the logging tool. (Figure 1)
The following window appears.
2.5.4 Collecting Logs by using [CoPAnDA2.exe] NOTE:
C:\ping 192.168.1.100 (Device IP Address)
1. Outline
*On the PSW, select "Start Menu" > "Programs" > "Accessories" > "Command Prompt".
CoPAnDA2 is the Log Collection Tool that operates on a PSW (PC).
The function of collecting a batch of information about failures by using CoPAnDA2 is capable of (8) Write down the current Device Power Save Timer settings* and change them in both Low
collecting not only ESS-related logs as so far, but also IIT/IOT-related logs, electronic reports, and Power and Sleep modes to 10 minutes or more.
logs of system data automatically rewritten through the software update service.
NOTE:
2. Required tools
*In the System Administrator mode of the device, select "System Settings" > "Common Set-
• A PSW (PC) operating under Windows2000/XP
tings" > "System Clock/Timer Setting" > "Power Save Timer" and change the settings.
• UTP Cable Category 5 Cross Cable (to connect the device and the PSW)
(9) Double-click "copanda2.exe" to start the tool.
NOTE: TOOL No. 499T7774 (1m long) is also available.
After the tool has started, set the device IP Address. As required, set CWIS Port No., select log
3. Obtaining the Log Collection Tool options and specify a folder to save logs in*.
Download "Log Collection & Extraction Tool CoPAnDA2" (zip file) from Maintenance Tool Download NOTE: *If a secure PC is used, be sure to specify a writable folder.
on the Firmware Download Services page for CEs. Unzip the file into any folder.
• FX : http://download.tsc.ksp.fujixerox.co.jp/ CAUTION
• APO/GCO : TBD Report collection and job log collection involve the customer's confidential information and per-
sonal information. Before collecting logs by using this function, be sure to obtain the cus-
4. Device requirements for log collection
tomer's consent.
• HDD must be installed.
• IP Address must be assigned.
• The device must not go into Power Save Mode (low power/sleep).
• CentreWare Internet Services (referred to as CWIS hereafter) must be active.
NOTE: *No job log can be collected when the device is in UI Diag (CE) Mode.
Figure 2 j0rk41818
(12) Press down the [X] button at the upper right of the tool to finish it.
(13) Return the Device Power Save Timer settings (low power/sleep) to their original values.
(14) Return the device IP Address and the PSW IP Address to their original values.
(15) For the machine with EP (EP-DX/EP-BB, etc.), return the NVM below to its former value.
Chain-Link(700-355): 0->3
(16) Reconnect the cables to the device.
(17) Escalate the status by attaching the collected log files to the following reports. Also, as
required, obtain other reports such as a FAX activity report*.
• Machine History
• Error History Report
• Job History Report*
• Configuration Report*
NOTE: *These are the customer fs confidential information and personal information.
2.6.1 Software Download
Follow "4.3 Adjustment: Upgrade Main Processor Firmware" in Service Manual to upgrade the Controller
software to the latest version.
3. At Scan/Fax/Internet Fax
Table 2
Report Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
System Settings List Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Extended Features Settings List
Job History Report Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Error History Report Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Fail Counter Report (CE) (Note) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Shutdown History Report (CE) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
Debug Report (CE) Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes
NOTE: Depending on the printer, some lists cannot be retrieved. There is no need to retrieve the
lists that cannot be retrieved.
CAUTION
The lists below may contain important customer data of the customer. For such lists, ensure to
check with the customer before taking them back to the company.
Also, contact Support G for confirmation. Never decide what to do by yourself.
Table 3
Fax Scan Internet Fax
Extended Features Settings List Yes Yes Yes
Job History Report Yes Yes Yes
Error History Report Yes Yes Yes
Fail Counter Report (CE) (Note) Yes Yes Yes
Shutdown History Report (CE) Yes Yes Yes
Debug Report (CE) Yes Yes Yes
Stored Document List Yes Yes
Receive Domain Restriction List Yes
Registered Address Dial List Yes Yes Yes
Mailbox Registration List Yes Yes Yes
Box Selector List Yes
Secured Receive Report Yes Yes
Job Flow Error Report Yes Yes Yes
Activity Report Yes
Unsend Report Yes
Broadcast Report Yes
Relay Broadcast Report Yes
Protocol Monitor (CE) Yes
Transmission Report Yes
Job Template List Yes
Internet Fax Monitor Kit Yes
Internet Fax Unsend Report Yes
But gathered information are depends on MC model, configuration and Option installed or not.
NOTE: Since log data that are collected by using this function correspond to customer's classified infor- Table 4
mation and personal data, be sure to obtain approval from a customer when using this function. No Type Remarks
The following data are targeted when this function is used.
5 Report* Collectable as data from DMPYoko-
• Printer settings list hama
Table 4
• Job history report
No Type Remarks
• Error history report
1 ESS Log Same as conventional machines • HFSI counter report (CE)
2 IIS Log Add from DMPYokohama • Jam counter report (CE)
3 IOT Log Add from DMPYokohama • Fail counter report (CE)
4 Job Log* Add from DMPYokohama • Shutdown history report (CE)
• Debug log report (CE)
• Stored document list
• Receive domain restriction list
• Extended function setting list
• Registered destination list
• Mailbox registration list
• Box selector list
• Counter report by function
• Total count report by job
• Total count management report for copy
• Total count report for printer
• Font list
• ART EX form registration list
• PCL setting list
• PCL macro registration list
• PostScript logical printer registration list
• PDF setting list
• HP-GL/2 setting list
• HP-GL/2 logical printer/memory registration list
• PC-PR201H setting list
• PC-PR201H logical printer/memory registration list
• Total count management report for printer
• Comment registration list
• Total count management report for fax
• Job template list
• Total count management report for scan
NOTE: Refer to Chapter 6 General for Spec values of the IIT (image scanning unit).
Before outputting to the IOT, change the value of NVM 870-207 from "11" to "7".
NOTE: The NVM value must be set each time because it returns to default whenever the power is turned
OFF then ON.
Using This Image Quality Troubleshooting Image Quality Problem SUB Symptoms FIP
Perform the following procedure to check the fault sample that is obtained Toner Droplet Contamination Developer A contamination consisting of random spatters IQ-10
of toner in sizes of a few millimeters.
during visit or the one that is provided by the customer and proceed with the
Smear on Heavyweight Transfer When the lead edge of paper reaches the IQ-11
appropriate FIP. Secondary Transfer, it immediately increases
1. Compare the NG samples with "NG Image Samples" in this chapter to determine the problem, then the Secondary Transfer section load and causes
check the parts that may be the cause of the NG image quality. the IBT Drive Roll speed to change (decrease in
2. When the problem cannot be determined or there was no corresponding NG sample in 1 above, speed). This change in speed changes the
proceed to the corresponding FIP below to repair the problem. difference in relative speed between the
Photoreceptor and the IBT Belt surface in the
Table 1 K-color Primary Transfer section, hence creating
a smear (distorted image).
Image Quality Problem SUB Symptoms FIP
Rough Black Transfer On paper that is not flat or has poor hue, the IQ-12
White Streaks in SS Direction LPH At Cin50% and Cin30%, the lines in the process IQ-1
toner may not have been transferred properly
(Dirt, Scratches) direction have reversed black and white colors. due to the irregular paper surface, creating a
Width is approx. 1mm.
rough transferred image.
IN/OUT Density Difference LPH The densities between the IN and OUT sides IQ-2
Moist Paper Transfer Failure Transfer The resistance is lowered because the paper is IQ-13
are different.
moist. The K color contains carbon that causes it
Chip/Half Chip Blanks LPH Blank areas in sizes of 2.7mm or 5.4mm. IQ-3 to have larger dielectric loss, and hence it
SLED Transfer Failure LPH Black stripes and blank areas (stripes) appear IQ-4 requires a different electrical field from the other
repeatedly in units of 2.7mm. They appear by colors. There is no latitude because the
half chip units. difference in required electrical field between
Tapes Not Peeled LPH The highlight portions are too obvious. The IQ-5 multi color and K color is larger than the
whole paper seems to be filled with stripes. difference between paper resistance and toner
resistance.
Charging Roll Pitch White XERO If the BCR is deformed at the BCR and IQ-6
Stripes - 1 Photoreceptor NIP sections (NIP pressure is Toner Contamination at Lead/ Transfer Lead Edge: Paper lead edge contacts the Belt IQ-14
larger compared to SanRemo), the trace may Tail Edge when it is transported from REGI to Transfer.
appear as thin white stripes in the FS direction Tail Edge: The tail edge of Paper that loops
on the highlight portion at the Charging Roll between the Transfer-Fusing sections, at the
Pitch. release of the Secondary Transfer NIP, moves
Charging Roll Pitch White XERO If the substances contained in the CLN-Roll get IQ-7 opposite to the feed direction and contacts the
BTR surface, or bounds up and contacts the Belt
Streaks - 2 stuck to the BCR at the BCR and CLN-Roll NIP
sections, the resistance on the BCR gets Multi Color Transfer Failure Transfer Paper that has had its Side 1 fused has a IQ-15
reduced and may cause the appearance of reduced percentage of moisture content, which
white stripes in the FS direction. increases its electric resistance. Since the
resistance in the Secondary Transfer section
Photoreceptor Pitch Color XERO/ Vibrations during the Drum CRU transportation IQ-8
also increases by lower humidity or over time,
Stripes CLN may cause scrapes and friction in the BCR and
the Photoreceptor, resulting in leftover the required electrical field may not be attained,
especially in the early mornings (low humidity
electrostatic memory on the Photoreceptor,
environment). This is because the setting is to
which generates thin white streaks in the FS
direction on the highlight portion at the keep the MWS within the limit.
Photoreceptor Pitch. Tail Edge Transfer Failure Transfer The paper tail edge, after the Secondary IQ-16
Limit sample: SIR.84.00, < (incl.) G3 level Transfer NIP has been released, bounded up
due to the fusing stroke effect and re-transfers to
Background on Coated Paper Developer Compared to Plain Paper, background is a lot IQ-9
more visible on Coated Paper. the Intermediate Transfer Belt.
Table 1 Table 1
Image Quality Problem SUB Symptoms FIP Image Quality Problem SUB Symptoms FIP
MWS (Side2) Transfer When the resistance in the Secondary Transfer IQ-17 CVT Streaks IPS Dirt such as paper dust is generated at the IQ-30
(MicroWhiteSpots) section is high, e.g. in the early mornings DADF scan position. The streaks in the SS
(low humidity environment), the transfer latitude direction are created when that contamination is
between multi color and mono color is narrow scanned.
and the setting voltage favors multi color. In Copy: Gradation Jump in Text & IPS In the BW and Text & Photo Copy mode, IQ-31
other words, the voltage is a little high for mono Photo gradation jump occurs on 100-line photo
color, and this causes the Transfer NIP documents.
discharge phenomenon that creates the white Scan: JPEG Mosquito Noise IPS Color texts are blurred and mosquito noise is IQ-32
spots.
generated around the texts due to JPEG
Color Stripes Transfer Presence of paper dust in between the IQ-18 compression.
Intermediate Transfer Belt and the CLN Blade
Moire In Text Mode (Fine) BW IPS When a document with tint on the whole paper IQ-33
causes poor cleaning. Scan/Fax For 133 lpi Originals or a background image is scanned using Fax
Wetting Fuser Distorted image may appear at one side or both IQ-19 Text mode in High Quality (Fine), the file size or
sides of the paper tail edge when printing the Fax transmission time may increase
halftone fill. drastically.
White Streaks in Process XERO/ IQ-20 Copy: Bleed on 2 Sided IPS Bleed occurs in the Copy BW and Text mode. IQ-34
Direction/Dropping Density CLN Document
Moist Paper Wrinkles Fuser When moisture gets into vertical grained paper, IQ-21 Copy: Platen Background IPS When A4 stark white paper such as J Paper/ IQ-35
paper waves occurs at the tip of short edge side. Premier 80 is scanned into A3 when in Copy BW
If the paper enters the Fuser Nip in this Text mode and AE is ON, the platen back
condition, the Fuser Nip cannot feed the paper density is reproduced outside of the copy range.
properly, resulting in wrinkles.
White Streaks Due to Trimmer Developer IQ-36
Lines on Coated Paper EXIT When HW Gloss paper is output to Exit 1 using IQ-22 Jam
the 2 Sided mode in high temperature/high
Heat Haze/Mock Heat Haze Transfer IQ-37
humidity environment, its Side 1 gets rubbed
against the Exit Gate, resulting in lines. Poor Reproducibility of Fine IOT IQ-38
Lines Image
Caterpillar Mark Transfer IQ-23
Quality
Background IPS The default background suppression function is IQ-24 Unevenness Correction Within IOT IQ-39
unable to fully remove the background.
Image Area Image
Light Ink Support IPS This is used to copy an image to be lighter than IQ-25 Quality
the current BW Copy settings; e.g. when using
light ink.
Highlight Density Reproduction IPS This is used to reproduce the highlight (light IQ-26
(NVM Darken +3) colors) in darker shade.
Highlight Density Reproduction IPS This is used to reproduce the density in lighter IQ-27
(NVM Lighten +3) shade.
Bleed on Tracing Paper IPS When copying or scanning Tracing Paper IQ-28
document, bleed or background occur around
the texts.
Dual Color Copy IPS When using Dual Color (Red/Black Copy) in IQ-29
Copy Service, the Yellow marker pen is
reproduced differently from the previous model
Able1401 α.
IQ-1 White Streaks in SS Direction (Dirt, Scratches) IQ-2 IN-OUT Density Difference
At Cin50% and Cin30%, the lines in the process direction have reversed black and white colors. Width is The densities between the IN and OUT sides are different.
approx. 1mm.
Figure 1 j0ki31001
Figure 1 j0ki31000
[Cause for In/Out density difference]
[Cause for stripes] 1. The LPH Z direction positioning pin is not in contact with the Photoreceptor.
This is caused by dirt or scratches. 2. Failure in the retract mechanism.
3. The positioning plate cannot fit in.
[Corrective action] 4. The LPH positioning pin is bent.
1. Clean the SLA surface. 5. The tip of the pin is contaminated.
2. Replace the LPH. 6. Check whether the section that contacts the Xero CRU bearing of the Developer Housing Assembly
NOTE: This must be separated from Deve trimmer jam. Do not replace the LPH without consideration. is abnormal.
Reference: Cin50% and Cin30% half tones can be printed by using DC612-14.
[Corrective action]
1. Replace the LPH.
Reference: Because the phenomenon is similar to the case in IQ-28, it is good to refer to IQ-28 as well. 2. Replace the CRU.
NOTE: As the retract mechanism for the LPH also acts as the Retract Mechanism for the Deve, it may
also cause Deve positioning failure.
Figure 1 j0ki31002
Figure 1 j0ki31003
[Cause]
Poor contact within the LPH. (FPC) [Cause]
Power source failure. LED Chip failure.
[Procedure]
1. Perform 061-374 to 377. Does LPH Chip Fail occur? [Procedure]
2. Is the blank area in units of chips or half chips? (The DC612-15 has a scale in half chip units. 1. Is 5V output from the MD PWB J532?
Check whether it matches.) 2. Is the connection between the MD Board and the LPH normal?
[Corrective action] 3. Use DC402 to check the EEPROM data.
1. Replace the LPH. [Corrective action]
1. Check the MD - LPH connection.
2. Check the power source.
3. Replace the LPH.
4. Replace the power source.
Reference: Although this could be due to a failure of the power source, in most cases, it can be repaired
by replacing the LPH.
IQ-5 Tapes Not Peeled IQ-6 Charging Roll Pitch White Stripes - 1
The highlight portions are too obvious. The whole paper seems to be filled with stripes. In the BCR and Photoreceptor NIP sections, when the BCR is deformed, the trace may appear as thin
white stripes in the FS direction on the highlight portion at the Charging Roll Pitch.
Figure 1 j0ki31004
Figure 1 j0wa31013
[Cause]
The SLA surface protective tape is not peeled off. [Cause]
This problem may occur with New Drum CRU that has been stored for a long time.
[Procedure]
It also occurs when the MC has rested in a high temperature environment for a long time. (Halftone
1. Remove the LPH to check whether any protective tape remains on the SLA.
image)
[Corrective action]
1. Peel off the tape. [Procedure]
Reference: Do not forget to check for and peel off any tape when replacing the LPH (spare part). 1. On a halftone image, check that lines with 38mm pitch appear in the FS direction.
[Corrective action]
1. Make approx. 10 to 30 printouts.
2. Verify that no lines appear.
IQ-7 Charging Roll Pitch White Stripes - 2 IQ-8 Photoreceptor Pitch Color Stripes
If the substances contained in the CLN-Roll get stuck to the BCR at the BCR and CLN-Roll NIP sections, Vibrations during the Drum CRU transportation may cause scrapes and friction in the BCR and the
the resistance on the BCR gets reduced and may cause the appearance of white stripes in the FS Photoreceptor, resulting in leftover electrostatic memory on the Photoreceptor, which generates thin
direction. white streaks in the FS direction on the highlight portion at the Photoreceptor Pitch.
[Cause] [Cause]
This may occur when the MC has been resting for a long time or in the early mornings. (Halftone image) This problem may occur right after the replacement of Drum CRU. (Occurs at Halftone image quality)
[Procedure] [Procedure]
1. On a halftone image, check that lines with 38mm pitch appear in the FS direction. 1. On a halftone image, check that lines with 94mm pitch appear in the FS direction.
2. If the problem persists after you make approx. 10 to 30 printouts, this may be a case of "IQ-15 [Corrective action]
White Stripes". Perform the solution in IQ-15. → This disappears over time.
1. Make approx. 10 to 30 printouts.
[Corrective action] → If the fault lies with the Y, M, or C Drum, print Full Color images. If it is with the K Drum, print
1. Make approx. 10 to 30 printouts. either Full Color or Black & White images.
Reference: If the fault lies with the Y, M, or C Drum, print Full Color images. If it is with the K Drum,
print either Full Color or Black & White images.
2. Restore mode (NVM switch) → Set the NVM (Drum Del SW) 751-280 to "2". (Default is "0") When
"2" is selected, the sequence is performed (after an 8 hour rest) at power ON or when the system
returns from Sleep.
Reference: NVM (Rest Time) allows you to set how many rest hours should pass before the
sequence is performed.751-287 Default: "8" (after 8 hours). It is recommended to set this to the
maximum value - "30".
IQ-9 Background on Coated Paper IQ-10 Toner Droplet Contamination
Compared to Plain Paper, background is a lot more visible on Coated Paper. A contamination consisting of random spatters of toner in sizes of a few millimeters.
[Cause]
Paper types with better surface flatness (better transfer ability) and better toner absorption ability has
more stress.
[Procedure]
1. Verify that the background level is worse than that on Plain Paper.
[Corrective action]
1. Increase the background voltage by 10 to 20V to reduce background on the Drum. However, this
will sacrifice the reproducibility of fine lines and highlight sections.
2. Enter the Diag Mode and change the value of NVM 753-090 ~ 093 (in order of YMCK) from 110
(default) to 120.
3. After changing the NVM, turn the power OFF and ON and re-enter the Diag Mode to perform Procon
"On" Print.
4. Obtain a verification sample (using Coated paper).
If there has been improvement → End
If there has been no (or very little) improvement → repeat Step 2 and change the NVM value to 130. Figure 1 j0wa31017
Perform Steps 3 and 4.
NOTE: [Cause]
• Perform this only for the color that is causing problem on the printout. This happens when the Developer Unit Cover is badly contaminated. The Cover is likely to be
contaminated when there are rapid changes in humidity or a certain amount of low and high density
• However, this change in NVM value will sacrifice the reproducibility of fine lines and highlight
images are copied repeatedly.
sections. (The sacrifice is larger for NVM value of 130.)
• If the background became worse instead after changing the NVM values, restore the NVM values to
their original values.
[Procedure]
1. Clean the Upper Cover of the Deve Housing.
2. Clean the Trimmer Cover of the Deve Housing.
[Corrective action]
1. If the trouble persists after performing the above procedure, contact PSC at TS section via PSS.
Figure 1 j0wa31019
NOTE: Note that the above NVM change causes the IOT to operate in the FC mode, regardless of the
color mode setting (Color Priority, BW Priority, ACS) in the Controller, when performing monochrome
printing for "Extra Heavyweight and HW Gloss" in 35-sheet models and "Extra Heavyweight, HW Gloss,
and Transparencies" in 25-sheet models.
IQ-13 Moist Paper Transfer Failure IQ-14 Toner Contamination at Lead/Tail Edge
The resistance is lowered because the paper is moist. The K color contains carbon that causes it to have Lead Edge: Paper lead edge contacts the Belt when it is transported from REGI to Transfer.
larger dielectric loss, and hence it requires a different electrical field from the other colors. There is no
latitude because the difference in required electrical field between multi color and K color is larger than Tail Edge: The tail edge of Paper that loops between the Transfer-Fusing sections, at the release of the
the difference between paper resistance and toner resistance. Secondary Transfer NIP, moves opposite to the feed direction and contacts the BTR surface, or bounds
up and contacts the Belt
Figure 1 j0wa31019
Figure 1 j0wa31020
[Cause]
This occurs when the paper that has been kept in a high humidity environment (moist paper) is fed. [Cause]
Toner contamination suddenly appears on the 2nd BTR or Belt (background)
[Procedure]
1. Print using freshly unpacked paper of the same type as the defective paper, then compare the [Procedure]
roughness and blank areas for K color and single color. 1. Run 1 Sided print to check on which side (transfer side or side 2) does the contamination exists.
[Corrective action] [Corrective action]
1. Be sure to use freshly unpacked paper. 1. To prevent the background, set to widen the cleaning field.
NOTE: Since widening the cleaning field causes the repeatability of fine lines to deteriorate, take
the balance into consideration when widening.
2. Enter the Diag Mode and change the value of NVM 753-090 ~ 093 (in order of YMCK) from 110
(default) to 120.
3. After changing the NVM, turn the power OFF and ON and re-enter the Diag Mode to perform Procon
"On" Print.
4. Obtain a verification sample (using Coated paper).
If there has been improvement → End
If there has been no (or very little) improvement → repeat Step 2 and change the NVM value to 130.
Perform Steps 3 and 4.
Figure 1 j0wa31021
[Cause]
Due to the characteristics of the EA-ECO Toner, high Rsys (in the early morning low temperature and low
humidity environment) requires a transfer voltage for the areas where multiple transfers and MWS cannot
be used at the same time. Because the machine is adjusted for Multiple Transfer Priority by default, MWS
may be visible from Side 1.
[Procedure]
1. Verify that the hue on Side 2 becomes lighter when printing a high density image in a low
temperature and low humidity environment.
2. Change the Secondary Transfer voltage setting up or down, then compare the hue to the paper with
defective image.
[Corrective action]
1. Increase the Secondary Transfer voltage by decreasing the single color density or by changing the
permissible range for MWS.
2. Apply the Secondary Transfer voltage user offset specifications.
Reference: UI Operation Instructions for User Offset.
(1) "Maintenance/Inspection" → "Max Setup" → "User Offset" feature
(2) While the nominal value is "6", perform variable output (between 1 and 16, low to high voltage)
for secondary voltage, and register the optimal value.
(3) Nominal 200V/1 step and 747-019/020: Change the step width.
NOTE: Although the user offset is helpful, it deteriorates multiple transfers because they cannot be IQ-16 Tail Edge Transfer Failure
used at the same time. Also, because this problem recovers when the Rsys gets lowered as the
machine internal temperature rises, the user offset adjustment cannot be recommended. Recovery The paper tail edge, after the Secondary Transfer NIP has been released, bounded up due to the fusing
stroke effect and re-transfers to the Intermediate Transfer Belt.
can be faster by using condensation (plus, Tray Heater).
Figure 1 j0wa31022
[Cause]
This problem can occur in any environment.
[Procedure]
1. Rough image or blank area (in SS direction) occurs for images within 10mm (including margins)
from the paper tail edge.
[Corrective action]
1. There is no corrective action.
Figure 1 j0wa31024
[Procedure] [Procedure]
1. Verify that the micro white spots appear on Side 2 in a low humidity environment. 1. Remove the IBT CLN to check if foreign substances exist at the tip of the Blade.
2. If using the NVM to decrease the Secondary Transfer voltage for the paper type being used solves 2. If the side that is opposite to the Intermediate Transfer Belt has toner scrapes or if the color stripes
it, then it can be identified as this problem. disappear after the tip of the Blade is cleaned, it can be identified as this problem.
[Corrective action] [Corrective action]
1. Use the NVM to decrease the Secondary Transfer voltage as a trade-off with the multi color. 1. Change the NVM to change the frequency and amount of Intermediate Transfer Belt reverse
2. Apply the Secondary Transfer voltage user offset specifications. rotation.
UI Operation Instructions for User Offset. Reference: In the basic settings, the reverse rotation starts at job end after 70 printouts.
(1) Reverse Rotation Switch NVM 746-020:
1. "Maintenance/Inspection" → "Max Setup" → "User Offset" feature 0: Reverse at Job End
2. While the nominal value is "6", perform variable output (between 1 and 16, low to high voltage) for 1: Reverse during Job
secondary voltage, and register the optimal value.
2: Do not Reverse
3. Nominal 200V/1 step and 747-019/020: Change the step width.
(2) Lowering the value of Reverse Rotation Frequency Change NVM: 746-125 (Reverse Rotation
Execution pv at Job End) increases the frequency. Nominal 7000 (= 70 pv)
(3) Reverse Rotation Time Change NVM: 746-021; Nominal 150; Increasing this value increases
the reverse rotation time.
IQ-19 Wetting IQ-20 White Streaks in Process Direction/Dropping Density
Distorted image may appear at one side or both sides of the paper tail edge when printing halftone fill. (XERO/CLN)
Figure 1 j0ki31016
Figure 1 j0wa31027
[Cause]
[Cause]
This minor problem may occur with uniform images, such as like halftone fill. It is more likely to occur in
the early mornings, in a high temperature and high humidity environment, or when moist paper is used
[Procedure]
[Procedure] 1.
IQ-21 Moist Paper Wrinkles (Fuser) IQ-22 Lines on Coated Paper (EXIT)
Lines are generated on Side 1 in 2 Sided mode.
[Cause] [Cause]
When moisture gets into vertical grained paper, paper waves occurs at the tip of short edge side. If the When HW Gloss paper is output to Exit 1 using the 2 Sided mode in high temperature/high humidity
paper enters the Fuser Nip in this condition, the Fuser Nip cannot feed the paper properly, resulting in environment, its Side 1 gets rubbed against the Exit Gate, resulting in lines.
wrinkles.
[Procedure]
[Procedure] 1. Check whether both sides are output to Exit 1.
1. Check the paper in the Tray for moistness and presence of waves at the lead edge in the Paper 2. During Side 2 output, check whether the Side 1 output direction is at the Tail Edge.
Feed direction.
If the above two conditions are met, this defect is likely to occur.
[Corrective action] [Corrective action]
• Use fresh paper. 1. Change the output tray to the Exit 2 Tray or the Side Tray.
• Change the Paper Feed direction (LEF).
[Occurrence Mechanism]
• Use horizontal grained paper.
• When paper is output to Exit 1 in 2 Sided mode, the convex part of the paper that bowed due to the
corrugation of the Exit section makes contact with the Exit Gate, which generates brushed lines
from the middle to the Tail Edge on the upper side (Side 1) of the exiting paper.
This happens when the paper area that bowed due to corrugation makes contact with the Exit Gate.
Exit Gate
Output to Exit 1
Paper output direction
Upper side of the exiting paper in 2 Sided mode
IQ-23 Caterpillar Mark (Transfer) IQ-24 Background (IPS)
A phenomenon like background (e.g. background color or document bleed) may occur depending on the
document.
Figure 1 j0ki31018
Figure 1 j0ki31019
[Cause]
This is caused by low electric charge in toner. [Cause]
The default background suppression function is unable to fully remove the background.
A bit of changed electricity remains at Side 1 Tail Edge of lightweight paper in the C-Zone (stress
condition: DTS HSG warpage upper limit + higher side of the TC). [Procedure]
1. Set Background Suppression to "Enabled" and check whether background still occur on the
[Procedure] customer's document.
1. Compare with the image sample. [Corrective action]
[Corrective action] 1. Background Suppression Level Adjustment
1. Lower the TC and increase the primary (same as the heat haze/mock heat haze countermeasure). 1 Background Suppression: Default Table 1: Rough Standard for Suppression Levels
2. Because this may get worse during condensation, go through a few dozens of full image 2 Sided
sheets to handle it. Table 1
Suppression Rough Standard for Suppression Levels (documents with white background, or
Level level of effect on documents)
IQ-26 Highlight Density Reproduction (NVM Darken +3) (IPS) Table 1 Density Adjustment: Darkening the Highlight
This is used to reproduce the highlight (light colors) in darker shade. NVM Chain-
Link Service Mode How to Use
[Cause] 715-723 Fax Scan Color Scanning "BW" The highlight is reproduced darker when
1. To prevent background, the highlight reproducibility is adjusted. Original Type "Text" a value larger than the default value
Density "Darken +3" (128) is set.
[Procedure] The recommended value is 125.
1. No special actions required. The density of "Darken +3" and "Normal"
[Corrective action] may be reversed depending on the
1. Set the density adjustment to "Darken +1" ~ "Darken +3". setting value.
* When the highlight is not reproduced after performing the density adjustment in (1), it can be
* The NVM value adjustment is done by visually checking the copy or scan output while performing
adjusted by the following method:
the adjustment.
2. Set the background suppression to "Disabled".
* Although may cause background to appear, it improves the highlight reproducibility.
3. In the case of Copy Service, adjust the density by using "DC919: Color Balance Adjustment".
In the case of Scan Service, increase the "Scan Resolution".
* The highlight reproducibility is improved more with 600dpi than 200dpi.
4. The following describes the adjustment method that is only valid for Output Color "BW" and Original
Type "Text".
[Cause]
No special actions required.
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
1. Set the density adjustment to "Lighten +1" ~ "Lighten +3".
* When desired image quality cannot be obtained after performing the density adjustment in (1), the
following adjustment method is also available:
Countermeasure (2): In the case of Copy Service, adjust the density by using "Color Balance
Adjustment".
The following describes the adjustment method that is only valid for Output Color "BW" and Original
Type "Text".
Density Adjustment: Lightening
IQ-28 Bleed on Tracing Paper (IPS) IQ-29 Dual Color Copy (IPS)
When copying or scanning Tracing Paper document, bleed or background occur around the texts. When using Dual Color (Red/Black Copy) in Copy Service, the Yellow marker pen is reproduced
differently from the previous model Able1401 α.
Figure 1 j0ki31009
[Cause]
1. Because of the characteristics of Tracing Paper, shades are generated around the texts when
scanning using CCD.
Figure 1 j0ki31010
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required. [Cause]
[Corrective action] 1. For Able, Kutani, and later models, this defect is caused by the condition that the image processing
1. Use the Lightweight mode. space is different.
(1) Copy Service Settings [Procedure]
Perform the following procedure to display the Lightweight mode on the UI. 1. No special actions required.
[Tools] → "System Settings" tab → [Copy Service Settings] → [Copy Control] → [Corrective action]
[Original Type - See-Through Paper] → [Enabled] 1. Set NVM 715-668 to "1".
The Lightweight mode becomes selectable when "Output Color = BW" and "Original Type =
Text" are specified.
(2) Scan Service Settings
Change the following NVM values to enable the Lightweight mode.
NVM715-669 0: Normal → 1: Tracing Paper mode
Select "Color Scanning = BW" and "Original Type = Photo" for the Lightweight mode.
(The Lightweight mode button does not exist on the UI. It is attached as a background mode to
the Photo mode.)
IQ-30 CVT Streaks (IPS)
Figure 2 j0ki31011
Figure 1 j0ki31012
[Cause]
1. Dirt such as paper dust is generated at the DADF scan position. The streaks in the SS direction are
created when that contamination is scanned.
[Procedure]
1. Check whether dirt such as paper dust exists at the DADF scan position.
[Corrective action]
1. Clean it.
IQ-31 Copy: Gradation Jump in Text & Photo (IPS) IQ-32 Scan: Smeared Text, JPEG Mosquito Noise (IPS)
In the BW and Text & Photo Copy mode, gradation jump occurs on 100-line photo documents. Color texts are blurred and mosquito noise is generated around the texts due to JPEG compression.
[Cause] [Cause]
As Text & Photo mode gives priority to 175 lpi halftone dots and text quality, Sharpen Edge is performed As the JPEG compression technique is for images, not texts, noise is easy to crop up when it is used to
for lower lpi. compress texts.
[Procedure] [Procedure]
1. No special actions required. 1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action] [Corrective action]
100-line document: Countermeasures 1. Set the compression mode from "Normal" to "Low Compression". (Secondary defect: The file size
becomes bigger.)
Table 1 100-line document: Countermeasures
Countermeasures Secondary Defect
Set the Original Type to "Photo". The text becomes blurred.
Select [Tools] → [Common Service Image quality of photographs deteriorate in [More Text] and [Text]
Settings] → [Image Quality settings. Text becomes blurred in [More Photo] and [Photo]
Adjustment] → [Image Quality] and settings.
adjust [Photo & Text Recognition]
IQ-33 Moire In Text Mode (Fine) BW Scan/Fax For 133 lpi IQ-34 Copy: Bleed on 2 Sided Document (IPS)
Originals (IPS) Bleed occurs in the Copy BW and Text mode.
When a document with tint on the whole paper or a background image is scanned using Fax Text mode
in High Quality (Fine), the file size or the Fax transmission time may increase drastically. [Cause]
Because the gradation feature is designed to improve the reproducibility of Low Contrast, when bleed
density of the document is high, the background suppression function might not be able to remove it
completely.
[Procedure]
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
Bleed on document: Countermeasures
Figure 1 j0ki31015
[Cause]
As the Text mode is designed to highlight texts, it generates halftone dot moire.
[Procedure]
1. Scan the customer's document (photo image) in Binary Scan mode and check whether moire is
generated and the file size became bigger.
[Corrective action]
133-line document: Countermeasures
IQ-35 Copy: Platen Background (IPS) IQ-36 White Streaks Due to Trimmer Jam (DEVE)
When A4 stark white paper such as J Paper/Premier 80 is scanned into A3 when in Copy BW Text mode [Cause]
and AE is ON, the platen back density is reproduced outside of the copy range. When foreign substances such as dirt, dust, toner aggregate (including the case of heated one) exist in
the Toner Cartridge, on the Toner Supply Path, or in the Developer Housing Assy and they reach the
[Cause] section between the Developer Roll and the Trimmer, it could obstruct the formation of developer layer.
Because paper such as J paper/Premier 80 has a low background detection level, the density of the
Platen Back might not be fully removed depending on the S/N level status of the IIT. [Procedure]
1. Clean the LPH.
[Procedure] 2. If the white streaks did not dissapear, perform the following:
1. No special actions required.
[Corrective action]
[Corrective action] 1. Scoop and remove the foreign substances by inserting a sheet of paper into the gap between the
Platen Background: Countermeasures Developer Roll and the Trimmer.
2. In most cases, the above procedure will not be be able to remove the foreign substances.
Table 1 Platen Background: Countermeasures
The assured method is to replace the Developer Housing Assy.
Countermeasures Secondary Defect
Switch the AE suppression level Reproducibility of highlights is degraded.
settings. (Switch the NVM)
Set the density adjustment to "Lighten The density on the whole area becomes lighter and the
+1". reproducibility of highlights is degraded.
Set the sharpness adjustment to The text becomes blurred.
"Soften +1".
IQ-37 Heat Haze/Mock Heat Haze
[Cause]
The heat haze/mock heat haze is generated in various places and in different ways.
Figure 3 j0rk31002
[Cause]
The heat haze occurs at the place where paper is peeled off from the IBT Belt as shown in Figure1,2.
The toner scatters in small clouds around the Solid Patch.
Figure 1 j0ki31020
The mock heat haze occurs when the transported paper rubs against the Holder DTS (Chute at the
• Heat Haze
Transfer EXIT) as shown in the figure1,3, which charges it electrically and causes the toner to scatter at
the Lead and Tail edges of the Solid section. This might form streaks in some parts.
[Procedure]
1. Obtain the Chart for Secondary Transfer Voltage Offset Mode to check whether the defect occurs
for single K color or multi colors and whether it changes at the secondary voltage.
CAUTION
Perform paper (Tray) selection and paper type selection.
2. Adjust Toner Density. Perform checking. If the TC is higher after the installation, lower the TC.
[Corrective action]
1. When a heat haze or mock heat haze occurs during installation, print 25 sheets of test chart, etc. on
A3.
2. Increase the secondary voltage.
Increase the secondary voltage based on the result of 1. (Secondary voltage offset)
→ This is mainly effective for heat haze.
3. Increase the primary transfer current value. Perform the following procedures:
Figure 2 j0rk31001 Corrective action - adjusting the primary transfer current value for toner scattering (mock heat haze)
around K color texts
• Mock Heat Haze
(1) Refer to 746-015 (the Environment No. selected based on temperature and humidity) and take
note of that value *1.
*1 : This value indicates the machine internal environment (temperature and humidity) and it is NOTE: This adjustment may result in worse ghosting (residual image due to electrostatic record on
stored as an integer value between 1 and 10. The higher the temperature and humidity are, the the photoreceptor).
smaller the value becomes and vice versa. Print and check a test pattern. If the level is bad, decrease the value in (2) above.
(2) Change the primary transfer current value (approximate) to the value corresponding to the → This is effective for heat haze/mock heat haze.
conditions at which the problem occurs (Model & Output Color + the value in (1) above).
• Refer to the following table for the NVM address to be changed. 4. Decrease the TC by 1%. Δ ATC target manual correction amount
• Because the machine internal temperature and humidity changes slightly within the day, Decrease K color by 1%. 752-845: 0 → 35
also change the values before and after the value that was taken note in (1) above (if the Decrease Y color by 1%. 752-842: 0 → 35
value is "5", change "4" and "6" too). Decrease M color by 1%. 752-843: 0 → 35
Example) If this problem occurs for 25ppm Full Color print and 746-015 is "9", change the value of Decrease C color by 1%. 752-844: 0 → 35
745-405, 406, and 407 from 103 to 150. → When the value is changed, the target value for MAX Setup/Adjust Toner Density also shifts by
35.
Table 1 CAUTION
746-015 (Environment No.) Occurrence of both heat haze and mock heat haze are easily influenced by the paper orientation. As
final step, copy an image which have solid portions located at various positions to check for them.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Especially for the secondary voltage offset chart, only one patch in the area is useful because the
25ppm FC 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- Secondary Transfer voltage changes between Lead and Tail edges.
398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407
BW 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417
35ppm FC 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457
BW 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467
45ppm FC 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507
BW 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517
55ppm FC 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557
BW 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745- 745-
568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577
Table 2
Model 25ppm 35ppm 45ppm 55ppm 55ppm
FC/BW FC/BW FC/BW FC BW
Initial Value 103 148 169 193 216
After Change 150 200 220 250 255
c. Perform a to b. After performing the test print, refer to 746-005 (1st BTR Transfer Bias Last
Output Value K) *2 to check that the primary transfer output has changed.
*2 : This stores the current value that was output last. In the case of 25/25ppm, 103 (10.3MicroAmp)
is stored before the adjustment and 150 (15.0MicroAmp) is stored after the adjustment.
IQ-38 Poor Reproducibility of Fine Lines (IOT Image Quality) 3. Thin Line Correction Amount Adjustment
Table 1
Adjustment
NVM Address Contents Initial Value Range
749-243 Thin Line Correction Amount Y Color 200 140~200
749-244 Thin Line Correction Amount M Color 200 140~200
749-245 Thin Line Correction Amount C Color 200 140~200
749-246 Thin Line Correction Amount K Color 200 140~200
The smaller the value, the more emphasis the thin line gets (amount of exposure is increased).
(Default value - Adjustment value)/2 = amount of increased exposure in %.
Amount of exposure is increased by: 30% for 140, 20% for 160, and 10% for 180.
The recommended value is 160.
4. 752-006 Thin Line Correction_ADC_Switch - 0: OFF, 1: ON.
Although this is normally set as 0 (OFF) during use, if the highlight reproduction is overdone, set this
to 1 (ON).
Default value is 0.
Figure 1 j0wa31029
[Purpose]
The Thin Line Correction Mode is the mode for correcting the poor reproducibility of 600dpi/1200dpi thin
lines.
Because of the dispersion due to the difference in the machines, thin lines, especially slanted ones, tend
to break up.
When this happens, use the Thin Line Correction Mode to correct it.
NOTE: When in use, the Thin Line Correction Mode might cause defects to appear in the images.
The Thin Line Correction only emphasizes line images and it cannot be used to increase the text density.
1. Interference in the form of banding in ladder images
2. LPH streaks appearing in high temperature environment
Because of these reasons, keep the adjustment amount as low as possible.
[Procedure]
Perform the Thin Line Correction by adjusting the following NVMs.
1. 749-006 1200 Only Fine Line Correction - 15: OFF (also perform correction for 600dpi), 0: ON
(only perform correction for 1200dpi)
If the Thin Line Correction is also to be performed for 600dpi, use "15". The default value is 15.
2. 749-007 Thin Line Correction Switch - 0: Thin Line Correction OFF, 1: Thin Line Correction ON.
The default value is 0.
IQ-39 Unevenness Correction Within Image Area (IOT Image NOTE: As an overly large adjustment might cause jumps in gradation, make the adjustments as small as
possible.
Quality) The adjustment amount (%) is not = amount of change in density.
[Purpose] The actual exposure level includes a process that converts the brightness of ADC Sensor Position to
The LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment is the process of adjusting the LPH exposure amount to 100%.
correct the uneven density in the Axis Direction that arose due to various causes in the vicinity of the
Drum for each YMCK color individually. [Purpose]
The LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment is the process of adjusting the LPH exposure amount to
The LPH Exposure Amount Adjustment can be performed as negative correction within the range of 0 to correct the uneven density in the Axis Direction that arose due to various causes in the vicinity of the
-20 (%). Drum for each YMCK color individually.
Correction Area The LPH Exposure Amount Adjustment can be performed as negative correction within the range of 0 to
-20 (%).
[Procedure]
1. LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment ON/OFF Switch Selector
To enable the LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment function, set the following NVM as ON.
Table 2
Adjustment
NVM Names NVM Address Contents Initial Value Range
Smile Correction Switch 749-005 0: OFF 0 0 or 1
1: ON
*Although there is also an adjustment range at the positive side, it only involves reducing the
brightness at the IN side or the OUT side and therefore will not have any correction that goes
above 100%.
Figure 5 j0wa41854
Table 4
Adjustment
NVM Names NVM Address Initial Value Range
Correction Pattern (Pattern Selection) 749-195 Y 1 1~6
749-196 M 1 1~6
749-197 C 1 1~6
749-198 K 1 1~6
Figure 3 j0wa41852
Table 5
Adjustment
NVM Names NVM Address Initial Value Range
Correction Level 749-199 Y 1 1~6
749-200 M 1 1~6
749-201 C 1 1~6
749-202 K 1 1~6
NOTE: Take note that "0" and "5" for Pattern means "Disabled" and "1" for Level means "No
correction".
Table 6
Initial Value
NVM Adjustme
Names NVM Address Contents A B C D E F G nt Range
Custom 749-203~209 R/E (%) within Y 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -20~20
Correction 749-210~216 Pulse Width M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -20~20
Value Variable Range
749-217~223 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -20~20
749-224~230 K 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -20~20
Figure 6 j0wa41855
As shown in figure B, the control is such that the final exposure at the ADC Sensor Position
becomes 100%.
By this, the exposure amount that was corrected by Smile Correction (figure A) is corrected
again until it is at the actual output level (figure B).
(The figures are the exposure models when Pattern 1, Level 4 correction have been
performed)
Figure 2 j0ki31008
Table 2 IBT
Module Name Diameter Pitch
IBT D/R 25.703 80.71
I/R 14 43.96
1st BTR 8 25.12
S/R 14 43.52
T/R 18 56.52
BUR 18 56.52
IBT Belt Perimeter 872.471
2nd BTR 18 17.2 54.01
Table 3 FUSER
Module Name Diameter Pitch
FUSER Belt 30.55 (reference) 94.8
P/Roll 28 (reference) 87.92*1
EXIT Roll 11.9 37.37
D Roll 8 25.12
*1: The P/Roll pitch can vary up to 89.5 due to heat expansion.
Figure 2 j0wa31032
Chapter 4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustments
4 Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
4.1 Introduction REP 8.1.1 Drum ............................................................................................................. 69
4.1 Introduction............................................................................................................... 3 REP 8.1.2 Erase Lamp Unit (K) ..................................................................................... 69
REP 8.1.3 Erase Lamp Unit (Y, M, C)............................................................................ 73
4.2 Disassembly/Assembly REP 8.2.1 (SCC) Agitator Motor Assembly.................................................................... 76
1 IIT 9 Tray 1 Feeder/Tray 1
REP 1.1.1 Platen Cushion.............................................................................................. 5 REP 9.3.1 (SCC) Tray 1 Feeder Assembly.................................................................... 79
REP 1.2.1 Platen Glass.................................................................................................. 5 REP 9.5.1 Tray 1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll................................................................... 80
REP 1.2.2 W85 Control Panel........................................................................................ 6
REP 1.2.3 USB Cable .................................................................................................... 8 10 Tray Module (3T)
REP 1.3.1 W85 Console Assembly................................................................................ 9 REP 10.1.1 (SCC) Tray 2 Feeder Assembly.................................................................. 81
REP 1.4.1 CCD Lens Assembly..................................................................................... 12 REP 10.1.2 (SCC) Tray 3 Feeder Assembly.................................................................. 82
REP 1.5.1 Front/Rear Carriage Cable............................................................................ 14 REP 10.1.3 (SCC) Tray 4 Feeder Assembly.................................................................. 83
REP 1.5.2 (SCC) Carriage Motor ................................................................................... 17 REP 10.4.1 Tray 2 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll................................................................. 85
REP 1.6.1 LED Lamp PWB............................................................................................ 18 REP 10.6.1 Tray 3 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll................................................................. 85
REP 1.6.2 LED Lamp Wire Harness .............................................................................. 20 REP 10.8.1 Tray 4 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll................................................................. 86
REP 1.6.3 Light Guide.................................................................................................... 23 REP 10.9.1 (SCC) Tray Module PWB............................................................................ 86
REP 1.7.1 (SCC) IIT Trans PWB ................................................................................... 24
REP 1.8.1 USB Connector ............................................................................................. 26
11 TRAY MODULE (TT)
REP 11.1.1 (SCC) Tray 3 Assembly .............................................................................. 87
2 LPH REP 11.1.2 (SCC) Tray 4 Assembly .............................................................................. 87
REP 2.1.1 (SCC) LPH Unit (Y, M, C, K)......................................................................... 29 REP 11.4.1 Tray Cable .................................................................................................. 88
REP 2.2.1 LPH Cable Assembly (2270/3370)................................................................ 30 REP 11.5.1 (SCC) Tray 4 Feeder .................................................................................. 89
REP 2.2.2 LPH Cable Assembly (4470/5570)................................................................ 33 REP 11.6.1 (SCC) Tray 2 Feeder .................................................................................. 91
REP 11.6.2 (SCC) Tray 3 Feeder .................................................................................. 93
3 Drive REP 11.8.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (Tray 2) .............................................................. 94
REP 3.2.1 Main Drive Assembly (2270/3370)................................................................ 37 REP 11.10.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (Tray 3) ............................................................ 95
REP 3.2.2 Main Drive Assembly (4470/5570)................................................................ 38 REP 11.12.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (Tray 4) ............................................................ 95
REP 3.3.1 Drum/Deve Drive Assembly (2270/3370) ..................................................... 40 REP 11.17.1 (SCC) Tray Module PWB.......................................................................... 96
REP 3.3.2 Drum/Deve Drive Assembly (4470/5570) ..................................................... 42
13 MSI
5 Development REP 13.1.1 MSI Unit ...................................................................................................... 97
REP 5.1.1 Toner Dispense Motor Assembly.................................................................. 45 REP 13.3.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll ............................................................................ 98
REP 5.2.1 Developer Housing Assembly (Y, M, C, K) ................................................... 47 REP 13.5.1 (SCC) MSI Paper Size Sensor.................................................................... 99
REP 5.2.2 Developer...................................................................................................... 51
REP 5.3.1 LVPS (Deve) ................................................................................................. 54 14 L/H Cover
REP 14.1.1 L/H Cover Unit ............................................................................................ 101
6 Transfer REP 14.2.1 2nd BTR Assembly ..................................................................................... 102
REP 6.1.1 IBT Belt Cleaner Assembly ........................................................................... 57 REP 14.2.2 Duplex Assembly ........................................................................................ 103
REP 6.1.2 IBT Belt Unit.................................................................................................. 58
REP 6.2.1 (SCC) HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC).......................................................................... 62 15 Registration
REP 6.3.1 IBT Belt ......................................................................................................... 62 REP 15.1.1 Registration Transport Assembly................................................................ 105
REP 6.3.2 TR0 Seal ....................................................................................................... 64
17 Exit/OCT
7 Fuser REP 17.1.1 Exit/OCT 1 Assembly.................................................................................. 107
REP 7.1.1 (SCC) Fuser.................................................................................................. 67 REP 17.1.2 Exit 2 Assembly .......................................................................................... 108
8 Xerographic 18 Electrical
REP 18.1.1 Opening/Closing the PWB Chassis Unit ..................................................... 109 35 ESS
REP 18.2.1 (SCC) BP PWB ........................................................................................... 110 ADJ 35.1.1 Firmware Version Upgrade (Firmware Update Service System) (FX Only) 171
REP 18.2.2 (SCC) MCU PWB........................................................................................ 112 ADJ 35.2.1 Backup/Restore (Recovery)/Reproduce...................................................... 171
REP 18.2.3 (SCC) MD PWB .......................................................................................... 114 ADJ 35.3.1 Parts Condition Assessment by ESS Status LED ....................................... 174
REP 18.3.1 (SCC) IH Driver PWB.................................................................................. 115 ADJ 35.3.2 Special Booting ........................................................................................... 178
REP 18.5.1 MOB ADC Assembly................................................................................... 117 ADJ 35.3.3 Settings Recovery Tool (Freeware)............................................................. 180
REP 18.6.1 (SCC) HVPS (Deve/BCR) ........................................................................... 120
51 DADF
19 Cover ADJ 51.1.1 DADF Lead-Skew Adjustment..................................................................... 183
REP 19.2.1 Top Cover ................................................................................................... 123 ADJ 51.1.2 DADF Side Registration .............................................................................. 184
REP 19.3.1 Rear Lower Cover ....................................................................................... 124 ADJ 51.1.3 DADF Original Detection Correction
(Size Detection Auto-Correction) .................................................................................... 186
35 ESS ADJ 51.1.4 DADF Lead Edge Registration .................................................................... 187
REP 35.2.1 (SCC) Control Unit ...................................................................................... 127
51 DADF
REP 51.1.1 DADF .......................................................................................................... 129
REP 51.1.2 DADF Platen Cushion ................................................................................. 130
REP 51.2.1 DADF Front Cover ...................................................................................... 131
REP 51.2.2 DADF Rear Cover ....................................................................................... 131
REP 51.2.3 (SCC) DADF Feeder Assembly .................................................................. 133
REP 51.2.4 (SCC) DADF PWB ...................................................................................... 134
REP 51.3.1 (SCC) Left Counter Balance ....................................................................... 136
REP 51.3.2 (SCC) Right Counter Balance ..................................................................... 137
REP 51.4.1 (SCC) DADF Document Tray...................................................................... 138
REP 51.4.2 (SCC) Top Cover ........................................................................................ 140
REP 51.5.1 Harness Guide and Wire Harness .............................................................. 140
REP 51.5.2 DADF Regi Motor........................................................................................ 142
REP 51.5.3 DADF Feed Motor ....................................................................................... 143
REP 51.8.1 Regi Chute .................................................................................................. 144
REP 51.8.2 Retard Chute............................................................................................... 145
REP 51.9.1 Takeaway Roll............................................................................................. 145
REP 51.9.2 Sensor Bracket............................................................................................ 148
REP 51.12.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll.............................................................................. 148
REP 51.14.1 Retard Roll ................................................................................................ 150
4.3 Adjustment
1 IIT
ADJ 1.6.1 Full/Half Rate Carriage Position Adjustment ................................................. 151
ADJ 1.6.2 IIT Lead Edge Registration ............................................................................ 153
ADJ 1.6.3 IIT Side Registration ...................................................................................... 153
ADJ 1.6.4 IIT Vertical/Horizontal Reduce/Enlarge.......................................................... 154
ADJ 1.6.5 DADF Original Detection Correction (Size Detection Auto-Correction) ......... 156
ADJ 1.6.6 UI Touch Panel Origin Point Correction......................................................... 157
18 ELECTRICAL
ADJ 18.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration....................................................... 159
ADJ 18.1.2 Edge Erase Value Adjustment..................................................................... 160
ADJ 18.2.3 Things to take note when replacing Important Information Stored Components (ISC)161
ADJ 18.2.4 Firmware Version Upgrade(FX Only) .......................................................... 164
ADJ 18.2.5 Thin Line Correction Mode Adjustment ....................................................... 165
ADJ 18.2.6 LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment ..................................................... 166
4.1 Introduction 4.1.2 Terms and Symbols
This section contains procedures required for parts disassembly, assembly, replacement and adjustment The terms and symbols used throughout this manual are explained here.
in the field service.
WARNING
4.1.1 How to Use the Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment Indicates an imminently hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
1. For installation procedures, only NOTEs are described here since installation procedures are the handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
reverse of removal ones. WARNING
2. (Figure X) at the beginning of a procedure indicates that its detailed steps are shown in illustration. Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as death or serious injury if operators do not
Numbers in the illustration indicate the sequence of the steps. handle the machine correctly by disregarding the statement.
3. (REP X.X.X) at the end of a procedure indicates the replacement procedure to be referred to. CAUTION
4. Item numbers of disassembly/assembly and adjustment procedures (i.e. REP/ADJ No.) correlate to Indicates a potentially hazardous situation, such as injury if operators do not handle the machine
PL No. in Chapter 5 Parts List. Therefore, an appropriate replacement or adjustment procedure can correctly by disregarding the statement.
easily be referred to a PL No. or vice versa. E.g. The replacement or adjustment procedure of
• Note: Used when work procedures and rules are emphasized.
Component PL 1.1 is REP 1.1.X or ADJ 1.1.X.
Used to alert you to a procedure, if not strictly observed, could result in damage to the machine or
5. When replacement/adjustment procedures or title items vary by modification or model, the equipment.
modification number or the model are indicated at the beginning or the end of the respective titles or
• Refer: Used when other explanations are given.
procedures.
• Purpose: Used to explain the purpose of adjustment.
E.g. 1) REP X.X.X Main PWB [Models with 1V]
• Safety Critical Components (SCC)
*Indicates that the entire procedure under this title applies to machines with Tag 1V.
For the safety control of the Safety Critical Components and the components specified, follow the
E.g. 2)
regulations regarding the Safety Critical Components set by Fuji Xerox Co., Ltd.
Table 1 • Important Information Stored Component (ISC)
This component stores all the important customer information that is input after the installation.
Symbol Description
When performing replacement, follow the procedures in "Chapter 4 Adjustment" to replace/discard.
Illustration 1: Indicates that a specific part has been modified by the tag number Make absolutely sure that no customer information gets leaked outside.
within the circle.
Figure 1 4001
Illustration 2: Indicates that the configuration of the part shown is the
configuration before the part was modified by the number within the circle.
Figure 2 4002
6. Positions or directions of the machine and directions inside the machine used in the procedure are
defined as listed below.
(1) Front: Front of the machine
(2) Right: Right-hand side when facing the front of the machine.
(3) Left: Left-hand side when facing the front of the machine.
(4) Rear: Rear when facing the front of the machine.
Figure 1 j0ki40102
Replacement
Figure 1 j0ki40101 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: Push the Platen Glass in the direction of arrow A and the Right Side Plate in the direction of arrow
B.
(Figure 2)
Figure 2 j0ki40103
Figure 1 j0ki91083
4. Remove the screws that secure the W85 Control Panel. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the Stylus Pen.
(2) Remove the screws (x2).
Figure 2 j0ki40104 Figure 4 j0ki91086
5. Remove the screws that secure the W85 Control Panel. (Figure 3) Replacement
(1) Remove the screws (x2). 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Align the cable tie of the USB Cable to the right side of the clamp. (Figure 5)
Figure 3 j0ki91085
Figure 5 j0ki40164
6. Remove the W85 Control Panel. (Figure 4)
(1) Hold the W85 Control Panel and slide it slowly to the front. 3. Push in the excess length of the USB Cable into the opening. (Figure 6)
(2) Release the W85 UI Cable from the hooks (x2).
(3) Release the hook at the bottom of the Connector Housing and disconnect the connector.
(4) Release the USB Cable from the clamp.
(5) Disconnect the connector of the USB Cable at the inner side.
Figure 6 j0ki40165
4. When attaching the W85 UI Cable to the hook, make it so that the coated end of the W85 UI Cable
is positioned at the hook as shown in the figure. (Figure 7)
Figure 1 j0ki40163
Figure 7 j0ki40166
REP 1.3.1 W85 Console Assembly
Parts List on PL 1.3
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn the main power switch OFF and unplug the power plug.
Reference: Cleaning the Touch Panel
• When cleaning the Touch Panel, use soft cloth with mild detergent or alcohol and wipe gently.
1. Open the Platen Cover or DADF.
2. Open the Front Cover.
3. Remove the Front Left Cover. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screw.
Figure 2 j0ki40151
(2) Remove the Front Left Cover in the direction of the arrow.
5. Remove the One Touch Panel. (Figure 3)
(1) Release the hooks (x2).
(2) Remove the One Touch Panel.
(3) Move the Block of the Connector Housing in the direction of the arrow.
(4) Remove the Flexible Flat Cable.
Figure 1 j0ki91083
Figure 3 j0ki40152
Figure 6 j0ki91124
Figure 4 j0ki91180 9. Remove the screws that secure the W85 Console Assembly. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw.
7. Remove the Overlay Cover. (Figure 5) (2) Remove the screws (x2).
(1) Remove the Overlay Cover in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 7 j0ki40153
Figure 5 j0ki91123
10. Remove the screws that secure the W85 Console Assembly. (Figure 8)
8. Remove the Overlay Cover. (Figure 6) (1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x2).
(1) Release the hooks (x3) and remove the Overlay Cover in the direction of the arrow. (2) Remove the screw.
Figure 8 j0ki40154 Figure 10 j0ki40156
11. Move the W85 Console Assembly in the direction of the arrow. (Figure 9) 13. Turn the W85 Console Assembly upside down and place it gently on the Platen Glass.
(1) Move the W85 Console Assembly in the direction of the arrow. 14. Disconnect the connector of the W85 Console Assembly. (Figure 11)
(1) Release the hook and disconnect the connector.
(2) Disconnect the connector of the USB Cable.
Figure 9 j0ki40155
12. Remove the W85 UI Cable from the hook. (Figure 10)
Figure 11 j0ki40157
(1) Remove the W85 UI Cable from the hook.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When attaching the W85 UI Cable to the hook, make it so that the coated end of the W85 UI Cable
is positioned at the hook as shown in the figure. (Figure 12)
(A) Coated end of W85 UI Cable
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn the main power switch OFF and unplug the power plug.
NOTE: Because the removal procedure for 2270/3370 and 4470/5570 are the same (they differ only by
the shape of their CCD Lens Assembly), only the shape for 4470/5570 will be described here.
Figure 13 j0ki40159
Figure 1 j0ki40112
NOTE: In the following steps, it is best to work in a condition in which outside light is minimized. If
the servicing site is located directly below the fluorescent light, perform the servicing with the Platen
(or DADF) somewhat closed to shut out the outside light.
Table 1
Optical Axis Correction
Optical Axis Correction Judgment (Result) NG
Figure 2 j0ki40113
Front Nut Correction Angle -: Left rotation -90
4. Replace the CCD Lens Assembly. (Figure 3) Rear Nut Correction Angle +: Right rotation -555
NOTE: When removing the CCD Lens Assembly, never remove the screws (x2) of the jig pin.
Optical Axis Correction Judgment (Result): Displays OK/NG. If OK appears, the operation is
(1) Remove the screws (x4). complete. If NG appears, correction is needed. Front/Rear Nut Correction Angle: Shows a
(2) Replace the CCD Lens Assembly. combination of ± with a numeral.
(3) Secure the CCD Lens Assembly by using the screws (x4). • Front Nut refers to the nuts at the front of the CCD Lens Assembly.
• Rear Nut refers to the nuts at the rear of the CCD Lens Assembly.
• +: Refers to right rotation.
• -: Refers to left rotation.
• Numeral: Refers to the angle. (Unit: degrees)
Using the content of the above table as an example:
The Front Nut must be rotated 90 deg. to the left.
The Rear Nut must be rotated 555 deg. to the left.
NOTE: If the value is an abnormal number such as 990, clean the Platen Glass and the mirror, etc.
and start again. This may be due to the light path being blocked.
15. Carry out the steps above using the information on the UI screen.
16. Rotate the nut. (Figure 4)
Figure 3 j0ki40114
NOTE: As it is difficult to control the rotation amount, it is recommended to draw a line on a strip of REP 1.5.1 Front/Rear Carriage Cable
paper and tape it to the tip of the Box Driver to make a mark as shown in the figure below.
Parts List on PL 1.5
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
The burr at the edge of the IIT Frame might cause injury. Be very careful when disconnect the Carriage.
NOTE: The front and rear coatings of the Carriage Cable are different.
Front: Silver
Rear: Black
NOTE: Only the replacement procedures for the Rear Carriage Cable is described here. The
replacement procedures for the Front Carriage Cable is the same as for the Rear Carriage Cable.
NOTE: The Carriage Cables must be replaced one by one. Never remove both front and rear cables at
Figure 4 j0ki40115 the same time.
17. After the adjustment, enter IIT Calibration (White Reference Adjustment, CCD Calibration, Optical 1. Open the DADF or the Platen Cover.
Axis Correction) and perform the Optical Axis Correction again. [Refer to 6.4.2.19] 2. Remove the following parts:
18. Repeat Steps 10 to 17 until the judgment displays "OK". • Platen Glass (REP 1.2.1)
NOTE: If the result is OK, the operation can be completed even if the number of rotations is still • W85 Control Panel (REP 1.2.2)
displayed. • IIT Left Cover (PL 1.1)
3. Unfasten the Full Rate Carriage from the Carriage Cable. (Figure 1)
19. Reinstall all removed parts.
(1) Move the Full Rate Carriage to the notch on the Frame.
(2) Remove the screw.
Figure 1 j0ki40118
Figure 4 j0wa40112
Figure 2 j0sr41815 2. Wind the Carriage Cable at the spring end around the Pulley for 2 rounds. (Figure 5)
(1) Wind the cable 2 rounds.
5. Remove the Carriage Cable. (Figure 3) (2) Fix the cable at the spring end on the Frame with tape.
(1) Pull out the ball from the notch of the Frame and remove the Carriage Cable.
Figure 5 j0sr41817
Figure 3 j0ki40150
3. Wind the Carriage Cable at the ball end around the Pulley for 1.5 rounds. (Figure 6)
Replacement (1) Wind the cable 1.5 rounds.
1. Insert the ball of the Carriage Cable into the groove of the Pulley. (Figure 4) (2) Fix the cable wound on the Pulley with tape to prevent it from getting loose.
NOTE: The figure below shows the number of rounds made by Carriage Cable at the front and rear. 5. Install the spring end of the Carriage Cable. (Figure 9)
(Figure 7) (1) Peel off the tape that secures the cable.
(2) Hang the cable on the Pulley.
(3) Hang it on the Pulley at the rear of Half Rate Carriage.
(4) Hang the spring on the Cable and attach it to the Frame.
Figure 7 j0ki40162
Figure 9 j0ki40120
6. Affix the cable to the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 10) REP 1.5.2 (SCC) Carriage Motor
(1) Peel off the tape.
Parts List on PL 1.5
(2) Move the Full Rate Carriage to the notch on the Frame.
(3) Affix the cable to the Full Rate Carriage.
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the following parts:
• Platen Cover or DADF Assembly (REP 51.1.1)
• Filter Cover (PL 19.3)
• Rear Upper Cover (PL 19.3)
• IIT Right Cover (PL 1.1)
• IIT Rear Cover (PL 1.1)
• IIT Top Cover (PL 1.1)
2. Remove the Carriage Motor. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the cable band.
Figure 10 j0ki40121 (3) Remove the spring.
(4) Remove the screws (x3).
7. Adjust the position of Full Rate/Half Rate Carriages. (ADJ 1.6.1) (5) Remove the Carriage Motor.
8. Restore the machine to its original state.
Figure 1 j0ki40122
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Install the Belt to the Pulley of the Carriage Motor. (Figure 2)
Figure 1 j0ki40124
6. Remove the LED Lamp PWB. (Figure 3) 3. When installing the LED Lamp, insert the rear side of the LED Lamp PWB into the square hole of
(1) Remove the screws (x4). the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 5)
(2) Remove the LED Lamp PWB.
(A) Take note so as not to touch the LED chip.
Figure 5 j0ki40128
4. When installing the LED Lamp, affix the Full Rate Carriage by using the hook of the LED Lamp.
Figure 3 j0ki40126 (Figure 6)
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the LED Lamp PWB, loosely affix screw A and tighten the screws in order of 1 to 4.
(Figure 4)
Figure 1 j0ki40130
Figure 4 j0ki40133
5. Remove the LED Lamp Wire Harness from the Harness Holder. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the LED Lamp Wire Harness from the Harness Holder.
Figure 5 j0ki40134
9. Remove the LED Lamp Wire Harness from the Full Rate Carriage. (Figure 6)
Figure 3 j0ki40132 (1) Remove the LED Lamp Wire Harness.
Replacement 4. When installing the PWB Cover, attach the hooks (x4). (Figure 9)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. The LED Lamp Wire Harness is to be installed to the Harness Guide of the Half Rate Carriage.
(Figure 7)
(A) Harness Guide
Figure 9 j0ki40138
Figure 7 j0ki40136
3. When securing the LED Lamp Wire Harness to the Base Frame using adhesive tape, align it to the
mark as shown in the figure to paste it. (Figure 8)
REP 1.6.3 Light Guide
Parts List on PL 1.6
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
Figure 1 j0ki40148
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the Light Guide, insert the boss of the Light guide into the positioning hole of the Full
Rate Carriage. (Figure 2)
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is
not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
1. Remove the Filter Cover and Rear Upper Cover. (PL 19.3)
2. Remove the IIT Rear Cover. (Figure 1) Figure 2 j0ki40140
(1) Loosen the screws (x2) and disconnect the connector.
4. Open the Platen or the DADF.
(2) Remove the screws (x2).
5. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 1.2.1)
(3) Remove the IIT Rear Cover.
6. Remove the Lens Cover. (PL 1.4)
7. Remove the PWB Cover. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screw (Blue, x1).
(2) Remove the screws (Round: x2).
(3) Remove the PWB Cover in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 1 j0ki40139
3. Disconnect the connectors at the rear side that are connected to the IIT Trans PWB. (Figure 2)
(1) Release the hook and disconnect the connector.
(2) Disconnect the connector.
(3) Remove the Lock Screws (x2). Figure 3 j0ki40130
(4) Remove the screw.
8. Disconnect the connectors that are connected to the IIT Trans PWB. (Figure 4)
(1) Move the Block of the Connector Housing in the direction of the arrow.
(2) Remove the Flexible Print Cable.
(3) Open the Plate of the Connector Housing in the direction of the arrow.
(4) Remove the Flexible Print Cable.
(5) Release the hook and disconnect the connector.
(6) Disconnect the connector.
Figure 5 j0ki40143
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removed steps in reverse order.
2. When the PWB is replaced, remove the EEP ROM from the old PWB and install it onto the new one.
(Figure 6)
Figure 4 j0ki40141
Figure 6 j0ki40142
3. When installing the PWB Cover, attach the hooks (x4). (Figure 7)
Figure 7 j0ki40138
Figure 1 j0ki91180
Figure 2 j0ki91123
3. Remove the screws that secure the USB Connector. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Tapping Screws (x2).
Figure 3 j0ki40160
Figure 4 j0ki40161
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
NOTE: Because the removal procedure for the LPH Units (Y, M, C, and K) are the same, the following
describes only the procedure for the LPH Unit (K).
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
NOTE: Place paper under the Developer Housing Assembly (Y, M, C, K) and on the floor so that the
toner, etc. do not dirty the floor and the machine during servicing.
Figure 1 j0ki40212
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
1. Disconnect all cables connected to the Control section on the right of the machine.
2. Remove the following parts:
• Drum (Y, M, C, K) (REP 8.1.1)
• Rear Lower Cover (REP 19.3.1) Figure 2 j0ki40202
• Left Rear Upper Cover (PL 19.2)
3. Disconnect the LPH Cables (x4) from the MCU PWB. (Figure 1) 7. Remove the Takeaway Clutch. (Figure 3)
(1) Disconnect the LPH Cables (x2). (1) Release the wire harness from the clamp.
(2) Disconnect the LPH Cables (x2). (2) Disconnect the connector.
(3) Release the LPH Cable from the cable holder. (3) Remove the screws (x2).
(4) Release the LPH Cable from the cable holder. (4) Remove the Bracket and Takeaway Clutch.
4. Remove the HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC). (REP 6.2.1) 8. Remove the Cable Supports (x2). (Figure 4)
5. Remove the Drum/Deve Drive Assembly. (REP 3.3.1) (1) Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).
6. Release the wire harness from the Harness Holder. (Figure 2) (2) Remove the Cable Support.
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x4). (3) Remove the Cable Support.
(2) Release the wire harness from the Harness Holder.
Figure 4 j0ki40214 Figure 6 j0ki40209
9. Remove the Main Drive Assembly. (Figure 5) 11. Remove the screws that secure the LPH Cable Assembly. (Figure 7)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Disconnect the LPH Cables (x4).
(2) Remove the screws (x4). (2) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the Main Drive Assembly. (3) Remove the LPH Cable Assembly.
10. Release the LPH Cable. (Figure 6) 12. Remove the LPH Cable Assembly. (Figure 8)
(1) Disconnect the connector. (1) Release the hooks (x2) and remove the LPH Cable Assembly in the direction of the arrow.
(2) Release the LPH Cable from the clamps (x3).
(3) Release the LPH Cable from the cable holder.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the Takeaway Clutch, align the bosses (x4) of the bearing to the installation holes.
(Figure 9)
Figure 9 j0ki40216
3. When installing the Bracket, insert the Bracket into the tab of the Takeaway Clutch. (Figure 10)
REP 2.2.2 LPH Cable Assembly (4470/5570)
Parts List on PL 2.2
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
1. Disconnect all cables connected to the Control section on the right of the machine.
2. Remove the following parts:
• Drum (Y, M, C, K) (REP 8.1.1)
• Rear Lower Cover (REP 19.3.1) Figure 2 j0ki40202
• Left Rear Upper Cover (PL 19.2)
3. Disconnect the LPH Cables (x4) from the MCU PWB. (Figure 1) 7. Remove the Takeaway Motor. (Figure 3)
(1) Disconnect the LPH Cables (x2). (1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Disconnect the LPH Cables (x2). (2) Remove the cable band.
(3) Release the LPH Cable from the cable holder. (3) Remove the screws (x3).
(4) Release the LPH Cable from the cable holder. (4) Release the clamp.
(5) Move the wire harness in the direction of the arrow.
(6) Remove the screw.
(7) Remove the Takeaway Motor.
Figure 1 j0ki40201
9. Remove the Cable Supports (x2). (Figure 5) 11. Release the LPH Cable. (Figure 7)
(1) Remove the Cable Support. (1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the Cable Support. (2) Release the LPH Cable from the clamps (x3).
(3) Release the wire harness from the clamp. (3) Release the LPH Cable from the cable holder.
(4) Remove the cable band.
Figure 7 j0ki40209
Figure 5 j0ki40207
12. Remove the screws that secure the LPH Cable Assembly. (Figure 8)
10. Remove the Main Drive Assembly. (Figure 6) (1) Disconnect the LPH Cables (x4).
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x2). (2) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the screws (x4).
(3) Remove the Main Drive Assembly.
Figure 8 j0ki40210 Figure 10 j0ki40205
13. Remove the LPH Cable Assembly. (Figure 9) 3. When installing the Takeaway Motor, align the shaft to the hole of the bearing. (Figure 11)
(1) Release the hooks (x2) and remove the LPH Cable Assembly in the direction of the arrow.
Figure 11 j0ki40206
Figure 9 j0ki40211
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the gear and shaft, align the bosses (x4) of the bearing to the installation holes.
(Figure 10)
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the Takeaway Clutch, align the bosses (x4) of the bearing to the installation holes.
(Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0ki40314
3. When installing the Bracket, insert the Bracket into the tab of the Takeaway Clutch. (Figure 4)
Figure 1 j0ki40307
5. Remove the Main Drive Assembly. (Figure 3) 3. When installing the Takeaway Motor, align the shaft to the hole of the bearing. (Figure 5)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
(2) Remove the screws (x4).
(3) Remove the Main Drive Assembly.
Figure 5 j0ki40206
Figure 3 j0ki40308
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. When installing the gear and shaft, align the bosses (x4) of the bearing to the installation holes.
(Figure 4)
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
Figure 1 j0ki40309
Figure 4 j0ki40304
Figure 5 j0ki40312
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
Figure 1 j0ki40301
Figure 3 j0ki40303
7. Move the Harness Holder. (Figure 2)
(1) Release the wire harness from the Harness Holder. 9. Slide the Bracket. (Figure 4)
(2) Disconnect the connectors (x2). (1) Remove the screws (x3).
(3) Disconnect the connectors (x4). (2) Slide the Bracket.
(4) Release the hook and move the Harness Holder.
NOTE: When placing the Drum/Deve Drive Assembly on the floor, place it with its Motor section
facing downwards as shown in the following figure. (Figure 6)
Figure 4 j0ki40304
Figure 5 j0ki40305
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
Figure 1 j0ki40806
Figure 6 j0ki40511
Figure 4 j0ki40509
Replacement
12. Disconnect the connectors (x4). (Figure 5) 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(1) Remove the cable bands (x4).
NOTE: If any of the Toner Dispense Motors (Y, M, C, K) was removed, align the connector sections
(2) Release the wire harness from the clamp. to the arrows when installing. (Figure 7)
(3) Disconnect the connectors (x4).
Figure 7 j0ki40512
Figure 5 j0ki40510
NOTE: Because the removal procedure for the Developer Housing Assemblies (Y, M, C, and K) is the
same, the following describes only the procedure for the Developer Housing Assembly (K).
NOTE: When removing the Deve. Housing, pay attention to the following:
• Foreign substances in the Deve. Housing.
• Foreign substances on the surface of the Deve. Housing, especially on the Developer Material Roll
and Lower Seal.
• Toner sticking to the gear of the Developer Housing Assembly. Figure 1 j0ki40806
• Toner sticking to the MOB ADC Assembly.
3. Open the L/H Cover Unit.
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue. 4. Remove the Front Cover together with the Inner Cover. (Figure 2)
NOTE: Do not touch the Drum surface with your hands. (1) Remove the screws (x6).
(2) Remove the Front Cover together with the Inner Cover.
NOTE: Place paper under the Dispenser Assembly (Y, M, C, K) and on the floor so that the toner, etc. do
not dirty the floor and the machine during servicing.
Figure 2 j0ki40807
5. [4470/5570]:
Remove the Process 1 Fan and Duct. (Figure 3)
(1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the screw.
(3) Remove the Process 1 Fan and Duct.
(4) Remove the cable band.
6. Disconnect the connectors of the ATC PWB Assembly. (Figure 4) 8. Close the shutters of the Dispenser Pipe (Y, M, C, K) and the Developer Housing Assembly
(1) Release the wire harness from the hooks (x4). (Y, M, C, K). (Figure 6)
(2) Disconnect the connectors (x5). (1) Close the shutter.
(2) Turn the Lever counterclockwise and close the shutter.
Figure 4 j0ki40809
Figure 6 j0ki40811
Figure 9 j0ki40813
Figure 7 j0ki40812
11. Slide the Dispenser Pipe (K). (Figure 10)
NOTE: Make sure that the shutter at the Waste Box side of the Waste Toner Pipe Assembly is (1) Pull the joint section between the Dispenser Pipe (K) and the Developer Housing Assembly (K)
closed. Also make sure that the shutter is closed when installing. (Figure 8) in the direction of the arrow.
(2) Open the Dispenser Pipe (K) upwards.
Figure 8 j0wa40525
Figure 10 j0ki40503
10. Remove the Plate. (Figure 9)
(1) Remove the screws (x6). 12. Remove the Deve Plate Assembly. (Figure 11)
(2) Remove the Plate. (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the Deve Plate Assembly.
NOTE: When cleaning the inner part of the Waste Toner Pipe Assembly, siphon the cleaner from the
outlet at the Waste Box side. Rotating the gear indicated in the figure clockwise will result in the
toner being ejected. (Figure 13)
Figure 11 j0ki40504
NOTE: If there is toner stuck to the MOB ADC Assembly, it has to be cleaned.
NOTE: Before installing the Developer Housing Assembly, check the locations on the Frame that
are indicated in the following figure and clean it thoroughly if any toner, etc. are found to have gotten
stuck there. (Figure 14)
Figure 12 j0ki40505
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 14 j0ki40506
NOTE: If the Developer Housing Assembly is installed with toner stuck to the gears, it will cause REP 5.2.2 Developer
banding of the gear, hastened wear and tear, and etc. (Figure 15)
Parts List on PL 5.2
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
NOTE: When replacing the Developer, spread paper on the floor in advance to keep the site clean.
2. If it was replaced, supply the Developer Housing Assembly with new developer. (REP 5.2.2)
NOTE: When replacing the Developer Housing Assembly, put the removed Developer Housing
Assembly into the provided plastic bag without removing the developer from it, and collect it back.
3. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-830" (Y)
• "Chain Link: 954-831" (M)
• "Chain Link: 954-832" (C)
• "Chain Link: 954-833" (K)
• "Chain Link: 954-834" (Y)
• "Chain Link: 954-835" (M)
• "Chain Link: 954-836" (C)
• "Chain Link: 954-837" (K)
4. Obtain the value of the ATC Sensor that is installed to the replaced Developer Housing Assembly Figure 1 j0wa40515
and perform DC950 ATC Sensor Setup.
5. Perform DC949 ATCInitSet on the replaced Developer Housing Assembly. 3. Remove the Triumph Plate. (Figure 2)
6. Obtain the NVM values of the Developer Housing Assembly Replacement Target Color that is found
on the inspection sheet that comes with the machine ("ATC Setup Coefficient", "ATC Setup Offset",
"ATC_Barcode_No", and "deltaATC target Setup correction") and overwrite the values of the
inspection sheet.
4. Put the Developer Housing Assembly into the plastic bag that comes bundled with the developer 6. Hold the Developer Housing Assembly steady with your hand and supply the new developer to the
and turn it upside down, then rotate the gear clockwise as shown in the figure to eject the developer. Mag Roll side. (Figure 5)
(Figure 3)
(1) Turn the Developer Housing Assembly upside down.
(2) Rotate the gear in clockwise direction.
Figure 5 j0wa40518
7. Rotate the gear indicated in the figure clockwise to even out the developer on the Mag Roll.
Figure 3 j0wa40516 (Figure 6)
(1) Rotate the gear in clockwise direction.
5. Install the Triumph Plate. (Figure 4)
Figure 6 j0wa40519 Figure 8 j0wa40521
8. Make sure that no developer or toner has gotten stuck to the seal section indicated in the figure, on
NOTE: After the developer on the Mag Roll is evened out, take note of the following points.
the Upper Cover that was removed in Step 2. If there is any, clean it up by using a vacuum cleaner
• Make sure that the developer does not go beyond the line that is approx. 3mm below the or by gently using a dry cloth, etc. (Figure 9)
Upper Cover installation slot hole. (Figure 7)
Figure 9 j0wa40522
Figure 7 j0wa40520
9. Reinstall the Upper Cover that was removed in Step 2.
• Make sure that no developer or toner has gotten stuck to the locations shown in the figure. If
there is any, clean it up by using dry cloth, etc. (Figure 8) 10. Turn the Developer Housing Assembly upside down and check for the following.
• Make sure that no developer or toner has gotten stuck to the DRS Block locations indicated in
the figure. If there is any, clean it up by using dry cloth, etc. (Figure 10)
Figure 10 j0wa40523
• Make sure that no developer or toner has gotten stuck to the gear locations indicated in the
figure by turning the gear clockwise. If there is any, clean it up by using a vacuum cleaner or a
brush, etc. (Figure 11)
Figure 1 j0ki40501
Figure 11 j0wa40524
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-837" (K)
• "Chain Link: 954-836" (C)
• "Chain Link: 954-835" (M)
• "Chain Link: 954-834" (Y)
Figure 2 j0ki40502
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 2 j0ki40602
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-822"
Figure 1 j0ki40601
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
NOTE: Do not touch the IBT Belt surface with your hands.
NOTE: When placing the IBT Belt Unit on the floor, spread paper or sheets, etc. on the floor beforehand
to ensure that dirt or dust do not get stuck to the IBT Belt.
Figure 3 j0ki40606
9. Remove the Rear Lock Bracket. (Figure 5) 11. Pull out the IBT Belt Unit by holding onto the indicated sections (A) of the Front/Rear Frame until the
(1) Remove the screw. Handle at the front/rear become accessible. (Figure 7)
(2) Remove the Rear Lock Bracket. NOTE: When pulling out the IBT Belt Unit, take care because it may drop from the front/rear rails if
pulled too far out.
Figure 5 j0ki40608
Figure 7 j0ki40610
10. Pull the Stopper Lever. (Figure 6)
(1) Pull the Stopper Lever.
12. Hold onto the Handle at the front/rear and remove the IBT Belt Unit. (Figure 8)
(1) Hold onto the handles (x2) and pull it out.
13. While holding the IBT Belt Unit steady with your hand, remove the handle at the rear. (Figure 9) 15. With the handle at the bottom, place the IBT Belt Unit into an upright position.
(1) Remove the KL-Clips (x2). Replacement
(2) Remove the handle. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: When installing the handle at the rear, install the KL-Clip in the orientation shown in the
following figure. (Figure 11)
Figure 9 j0ki40612
14. Push the handle all the way in at the position shown in the following figure. (Figure 10)
(1) Install the handle. Figure 11 j0ki40614
NOTE: When the IBT Belt Unit installation, direct the D-Cut of the Coupling Shaft to upward. (Figure 12)
Figure 14 j0wa40620
Figure 12 j0ki40616
• Install the Tension Plate. (Figure 15)
NOTE: Insert the IBT Belt Unit completely into the Main Unit. After that, the positioning is done by (1) Install the Tension Plate.
the following procedure. (2) Tighten the screw.
(1) Secure the Front Lock Bracket.
(2) Lift the “A” part of the Rear Frame, during the Stopper Lever insertion. (Figure 13)
Figure 15 j0wa40621
3. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
Figure 13 j0ki40617
counter.
(3) Secure the Rear Lock Bracket. • "Chain Link: 954-820"
2. When replacing the IBT Belt Unit, switch the Tension Plate of the new IBT Belt Unit.
• Remove the Tension Plate. (Figure 14)
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the Tension Plate.
Figure 1 j0ki40603
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. Figure 1 j0wa40618
6. Remove the Inlet Chute. (Figure 3) 8. Remove the Backup Roll. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the Backup Roll.
(2) Remove the Inlet Chute.
Figure 5 j0ki40615
Figure 3 j0wa40610
9. Remove the IBT Belt. (Figure 6)
7. Remove the BUR Front Frame. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the screw.
(2) Remove the BUR Front Frame.
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
NOTE: Do not touch the IBT Belt surface with your hands.
NOTE: Do not touch the IBT Drive Roll surface with your hands.
Figure 1 j0wa40616
7. Paste the new TR0 Seal at approx. 1mm to 2mm beside the old TR0 Seal and less than 0.5mm
away from the edge of the IBT Belt. (Figure 2)
NOTE: When peeling off the new TR0 Seal from its backing paper, make sure to do so by first
bending the backing paper away to expose the edge. If you attempt to peel off the TR0 Seal directly,
it may result in its edges getting bunched up and rendering it unusable.
NOTE: If the new TR0 Seal is skewed, or has dirt/air trapped in it, redo the pasting.
Figure 2 j0wa40617
8. From the top, gently press on the whole surface of the pasted TR0 Seal.
9. Peel off the old TR0 Seal and use drum cleaner to clean off any adhesive that may have remained
on the IBT Belt.
10. Clean the IBT Belt Home Position Sensor by using a piece of dry cloth.
Removal
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: When installing the IBT Belt, install it with the TR0 Seal at the rear.
Figure 1 j0ki40701
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-850"
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue. NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
NOTE: Do not touch the Drum surface with your hands. NOTE: Do not touch the Drum surface with your hands.
Figure 1 j0ki40801
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0ki40806
Figure 5 j0ki40810
8. Close the shutters of the Dispenser Pipe (Y, M, C, K) and the Developer Housing Assembly
(Y, M, C, K). (Figure 6)
Figure 3 j0ki40808
(1) Close the shutter.
6. Disconnect the connectors of the ATC PWB Assembly. (Figure 4) (2) Turn the Lever counterclockwise and close the shutter.
(1) Release the wire harness from the hooks (x4).
(2) Disconnect the connectors (x5).
NOTE: Make sure that the shutter at the Waste Box side of the Waste Toner Pipe Assembly is
closed. Also make sure that the shutter is closed when installing. (Figure 8)
Figure 8 j0wa40525
Figure 9 j0ki40813
NOTE: When cleaning the inner part of the Waste Toner Pipe Assembly, siphon the cleaner from the
outlet at the Waste Box side. Rotating the gear indicated in the figure clockwise will result in the
toner being ejected. (Figure 12)
Figure 10 j0ki40814
Figure 11 j0ki40815
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 8.1.3 Erase Lamp Unit (Y, M, C) 4. Remove the Front Cover together with the Inner Cover. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screws (x6).
Parts List on PL 8.1
(2) Remove the Front Cover together with the Inner Cover.
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
NOTE: Because the removal procedure for the Erase Lamp Units (Y, M, C) is the same, the following
describes only the procedure for the Erase Lamp Unit (C).
NOTE: Place paper under the removed Dispenser Pipe (Y, M, C, K) and on the floor so that the toner,
etc. do not dirty the floor and the machine during servicing.
Figure 3 j0ki40808
Figure 1 j0ki40806
6. Disconnect the connectors of the ATC PWB Assembly. (Figure 4)
3. Open the L/H Cover Unit.
Figure 4 j0ki40809
Figure 5 j0ki40810
8. Close the shutters of the Dispenser Pipe (Y, M, C, K) and the Developer Housing Assembly
(Y, M, C, K). (Figure 6)
(1) Close the shutter.
Figure 7 j0ki40812
(2) Turn the Lever counterclockwise and close the shutter.
NOTE: Make sure that the shutter at the Waste Box side of the Waste Toner Pipe Assembly is
closed. Also make sure that the shutter is closed when installing. (Figure 8)
Figure 10 j0ki40817
13. Remove the screw that secures the Erase Lamp Unit (C) at the rear. (Figure 11)
Figure 8 j0wa40525
(1) Remove the screw.
10. Remove the Plate. (Figure 9)
(1) Remove the screws (x6).
(2) Remove the Plate.
Figure 11 j0ki40818
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
1. Disconnect all cables connected to the Control section on the right of the machine.
2. Remove the following parts:
• Drum (Y, M, C, K) (REP 8.1.1)
Figure 12 j0ki40819 • Waste Box (PL 8.2)
• Rear Lower Cover (REP 19.3.1)
Replacement • Right Cover (PL 19.3)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. • HVPS (1st/2nd/DTC) (REP 6.2.1)
• [2270/3370] : Drum/Deve Drive Assembly (REP 3.3.1)
NOTE: When cleaning the inner part of the Waste Toner Pipe Assembly, siphon the cleaner from the
outlet at the Waste Box side. Rotating the gear indicated in the figure clockwise will result in the • [4470/5570] : Drum/Deve Drive Assembly (REP 3.3.2)
toner being ejected. (Figure 13) 3. Slide the GFI Chassis Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the wire harness from the clamp.
(2) Remove the screws (x4).
(3) Slide the GFI Chassis Assembly.
Figure 13 j0ki40816
NOTE: After installing the Waste Toner Pipe Assembly, do not forget to open the shutters of the
Dispenser Pipe (Y, M, C, K) and the Developer Housing Assembly (Y, M, C, K) that were closed in Figure 1 j0ki40802
Step 8.
4. Remove the Harness Holder. (Figure 2)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
(2) Release the wire harness from the hook.
(3) Remove the cable band.
(4) Remove the screws (x2).
(5) Remove the Harness Holder.
Figure 4 j0ki40805
Replacement
Figure 2 j0ki40803 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 3 j0ki40804
Figure 1 j0ki40901
Figure 1 j0ki40904
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-800"
REP 10.1.1 (SCC) Tray 2 Feeder Assembly
Parts List on PL 10.1
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove Tray 2.
2. Open the L/H Cover Unit.
3. Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Feed Out Chute.
Figure 2 j0ki41002
Figure 1 j0ki41001
Figure 3 j0ki41003
Figure 4 j0ki41004
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-801"
Figure 1 j0ki41005
Figure 2 j0ki41006
Figure 1 j0ki41008
Figure 3 j0ki41007
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-802"
Figure 3 j0ki41010
Replacement Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order. 1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI 2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter. counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-801" • "Chain Link: 954-802"
REP 10.8.1 Tray 4 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll REP 10.9.1 (SCC) Tray Module PWB
Parts List on PL 10.8 Parts List on PL 10.9a/PL 10.9b
Removal Replacement
WARNING WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF. progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove Tray 3/4. 1. After replacement, set the switch of the Tray Module PWB as follows. (Figure 1)
2. Remove the Tray 4 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll. (Figure 1)
(1) Slide the chute towards you.
(2) Remove the Tray 4 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll.
Figure 1 j0ki41015
Figure 1 j0ki41014
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-803"
REP 11.1.1 (SCC) Tray 3 Assembly REP 11.1.2 (SCC) Tray 4 Assembly
Parts List on PL 11.1 Parts List on PL 11.1
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF. progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Pull out Tray 3. 1. Pull out Tray 4.
2. Remove the paper from Tray 3. 2. Remove the paper from Tray 4.
3. Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (Figure 1) 3. Remove the Tray 4 Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the screw. (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the stopper. (2) Store the Tray 4 Transport Assembly.
(3) Remove the Tray 3 Assembly. (3) Remove the screw.
(4) Remove the stopper.
(5) Remove the Tray 4 Assembly.
Figure 1 j0ki41101
Figure 2 j0ki41104
NOTE: Only the removal procedure for the Tray Cable at the front is described here. The Tray Cable
at the rear is removed in the same way.
Figure 1 j0ki41103
NOTE: Only the removal procedure for the Tray Cable at the front is described here. The Tray Cable
at the rear is removed in the same way.
(1) Remove the E-Clip and Cable Guide.
(2) Remove the E-Clip and Cable Guide.
Figure 3 j0ki41105
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removed steps in reverse order.
REP 11.5.1 (SCC) Tray 4 Feeder
Parts List on PL 11.5
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove Tray 1 and Tray 2.
2. Disconnect the connector of the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
Figure 2 j0ki41107
5. Remove the screws that secure the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screws (x2).
Figure 1 j0ki41106
Figure 3 j0ki41108
8. Remove the Upper Chute. (Figure 6) 10. Remove the various parts from the Tray 4 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the screws (x2). (1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the Upper Chute. (2) Remove the Bracket.
(3) Remove the screw.
(4) Remove the Bracket.
(5) Remove the screw.
(6) Remove the Bracket.
REP 11.6.1 (SCC) Tray 2 Feeder
Parts List on PL 11.6
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Pull out Tray 2.
2. Open the Left Cover.
3. Remove the Feed Out Chute. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Feed Out Chute.
Figure 8 j0ki41113
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removed steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• "Chain-Link: 954-803"
Figure 1 j0ki41114
Figure 3 j0ki41116
6. Remove the screws that secure the Tray 3 Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screw.
Figure 1 j0ki41118
NOTE: Replace Feed, Retard, and Nudger Roll at the same time because they have the same duration
of life.
1. Remove Tray 2.
2. Remove the Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll. (Figure 1)
(1) Slide the Front Chute towards you.
(2) Remove the Retard Roll.
Figure 4 j0ki41121 (3) Remove the Nudger Roll.
(4) Remove the Feed Roll.
8. Remove the Tray 3 Feeder. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the Bracket.
Figure 1 j0ki41123
Replacement
Figure 5 j0ki41122
1. To install, carry out the removed steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
Replacement counter.
1. To install, carry out the removed steps in reverse order.
• "Chain-Link: 954-801"
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• "Chain-Link: 954-802"
REP 11.10.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (Tray 3) REP 11.12.1 Feed/Retard/Nudger Roll (Tray 4)
Parts List on PL 11.10 Parts List on PL 11.12
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF. progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
NOTE: Replace Feed, Retard, and Nudger Roll at the same time because they have the same duration NOTE: Replace Feed, Retard, and Nudger Roll at the same time because they have the same duration
of life. of life.
Replacement Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removed steps in reverse order. 1. To install, carry out the removed steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI 2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter. counter.
• "Chain-Link: 954-802" • "Chain-Link: 954-803"
Figure 1 j0ki41126
REP 13.1.1 MSI Unit
Parts List on PL 13.1
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the Left Rear Lower Cover. (PL 19.2)
2. Open the L/H Cover Unit.
3. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the wire harness from the clamps (x4).
(2) Remove the cable band.
(3) Disconnect the connector.
Figure 2 j0ki41302
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: Be careful not to pinch the wire harness of the MSI when installing the Left Rear Lower
Cover.
Figure 1 j0ki41301
Figure 3 j0ki41305
Figure 1 j0ki41303
Figure 4 j0ki41306
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-805"
Figure 2 j0ki41304
REP 13.5.1 (SCC) MSI Paper Size Sensor
Parts List on PL 13.5
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Gently extend the Extension Tray and pull it out. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Extension Tray.
Figure 2 j0wa41306
Figure 1 j0ki41307
Figure 3 j0wa41307
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order taking note of the following:
NOTE: When installing the MSI Paper Size Sensor, make sure that the pin is inserted properly into
the long hole of the Link. (Figure 4)
Figure 4 j0wa41308
NOTE: When installing the Pinion Gear, align the marks on the Front/Rear Rack to the marks on the
MSI Tray. (Figure 5)
Figure 5 j0wa41309
REP 14.1.1 L/H Cover Unit
Parts List on PL 14.1
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the Left Rear Lower Cover. (PL 19.2)
2. Open the L/H Cover Unit.
3. Disconnect the connector. (Figure 1)
(1) Release the wire harness from the clamps (x2).
(2) Disconnect the connector.
(3) Disconnect the connector.
Figure 2 j0ki41402
5. Remove the Rear Support from the L/H Cover Unit. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the KL-Clip.
(2) Remove the Rear Support.
Figure 1 j0ki41401
4. Rotate the Front Support 90 degree counterclockwise and remove it from hole of the Frame.
(Figure 2)
(A) Front Support
Figure 3 j0ki41403
NOTE: Do not touch the 2nd BTR Roll surface with your hands.
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0ki41405
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• "Chain Link: 954-821"
REP 14.2.2 Duplex Assembly
Parts List on PL 14.2
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
NOTE: Do not touch the 2nd BTR Roll surface with your hands.
Figure 1 j0ki41406
Figure 4 j0ki41409
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 15.1.1 Registration Transport Assembly
Parts List on PL 15.1
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the L/H Cover Unit. (REP 14.1.1)
2. Remove the MSI. (REP 13.1.1)
3. Remove the Registration Transport Assembly. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the Registration Transport Assembly.
Figure 1 j0ki41501
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
CAUTION
Make sure you secure the screw (Figure 1) at the rear side of the Registration Transport Assembly.
If it is not secured, it may cause the DUP MOT DRIVE of the MD PWB to be damaged.
Figure 1 j0ki41701
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 2 j0ki41704
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0ki41904
Figure 2 j0ki91075
6. Remove the screws that secure the PWB Chassis Unit. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screws (x3).
Figure 1 j0ki91074
5. Remove the screws that secure the PWB Chassis Unit. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screws (x2).
Figure 3 j0ki91076
NOTE: Do not replace the BP PWB, MCU PWB and NVM PWB at the same time because they contain
Figure 4 j0ki91077 information such as Billing.
Figure 1 j0ki91051
9. Disconnect the connector of the BP PWB. (Figure 3) 11. Remove the Bracket. (Figure 5)
(1) Disconnect the connectors (x2). (1) Remove the screws (x6).
(2) Release the hook and disconnect the connectors (x2). (2) Remove the Bracket.
(3) Release the hook and disconnect the connector.
NOTE: Take care to not pull too forcefully as it may damage the hook.
Figure 5 j0ki41819
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is
not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION
Figure 6 j0ki41820 Do not get yourself hurt by a soldered part on the back of the PWB.
NOTE: Do not replace the MCU PWB, BP PWB and NVM PWB at the same time because they contain
Replacement information such as Billing.
1. When replacing the BP PWB, remove the EEP ROM from the old BP PWB and install it onto the
new one. (Figure 7) 1. Remove the Control Unit Connector Cover. (PL 19.3)
2. Remove the Filter Cover and Rear Upper Cover. (PL 19.3)
3. Remove the Rear Lower Cover. (REP 19.3.1)
4. Remove the MD PWB. (REP 18.2.3)
5. Disconnect the Flexible Print Cables. (Figure 1)
(1) Disconnect the Flexible Print Cables (x2).
(2) Disconnect the Flexible Print Cables (x2).
Figure 7 j0ki41821
Figure 1 j0ki41813
7. Remove the MCU PWB. (Figure 3) 2. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(1) Remove the screws (x6). 3. "041-340 (MCU NVM <EEPROM> Data Fail)" is displayed and the IOT initialization will be
(2) Disconnect the connector and remove the MCU PWB. performed.
Figure 3 j0ki41815
Replacement
1. When replacing the MCU PWB, remove the EEP ROM from the old MCU PWB and install it onto the
new one. (Figure 4)
Figure 1 j0ki41811
Figure 2 j0ki41801
4. [4470/5570]:
Remove the Sub LVPS. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screws (x4).
(2) Remove Sub LVPS.
Figure 1 j0ki40139
3. [4470/5570]:
Disconnect the connector of the Sub LVPS. (Figure 2)
(1) Disconnect the connector.
Figure 3 j0ki41802
Figure 5 j0ki41804
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
Figure 3 j0ki40813
7. Remove the Process 2 Fan and Duct. (2270/3370: Figure 6) (4470/5570: Figure 7) 8. [2270/3370]:
(1) Release the wire harness from the clamp. Remove the Plate. (Figure 8)
(2) Disconnect the connector. (1) Remove the Plate in the direction of the arrow.
(3) Remove the screw.
(4) Remove the Process 2 Fan and Duct.
Figure 8 j0ki41829 Figure 10 j0ki41825
Figure 9 j0ki41824
Figure 1 j0ki41807
5. [2270/3370]:
Remove the HVPS (Deve/BCR). (Figure 4)
(1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Hold onto the tabs (x2) of the Bracket and pull out the HVPS (Deve/BCR) in the direction of the
arrow.
Figure 4 j0ki41830
6. [4470/5570]:
Remove the HVPS (BCR). (Figure 5)
(1) Disconnect the connector.
(2) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Pull out and remove the HVPS (BCR).
Figure 5 j0ki41810
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
NOTE: When removing the Drum, cover it with a black sheet, etc. to prevent light fatigue.
Figure 3 j0ki41903
Figure 1 j0ki40806
6. Remove the Paper Weight. (Figure 4)
3. Open the L/H Cover Unit. (1) Release the hook and remove the Paper Weight.
4. Remove the Front Cover together with the Inner Cover. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the screws (x6).
(2) Remove the Front Cover together with the Inner Cover.
Figure 1 j0ki41901
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 2 j0ki41902
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
Static electricity may damage electrical parts. Always wear a wrist band during servicing. If a wrist band is
not available, touch some metallic parts before servicing to discharge the static electricity.
CAUTION
Do not get yourself hurt by a soldered part on the back of the PWB. Figure 1 j0ki91051
NOTE: Do not replace the MCU PWB, BP PWB, and NVM MF PWB on the ESS PWB at the same time 4. Remove the HDD. (Figure 2)
because they contain information such as Billing.
CAUTION
NOTE: When replacing the NVM PWB, make sure to perform "Clear User Area" to output the address list To prevent damage, make sure you adhere to the order of removal.
and check that it is cleared before proceeding. (1) Release the hook and disconnect the connector.
How to Backup: (2) Release the hook and remove the HDD in the direction of the arrow.
• Request for the customer to perform backup using CWIS or Easy Admin.
How to Clear User Area:
• Enter the UI Diag and select "System Settings" tab -> [Common Service Settings] ->
[Maintenance / Diagnostics] -> [Initialize NVM] -> [Sys-USER] -> [Start].
NOTE: When installing the NVM PWB, perform "Clear User Area", output the all addresses in the
address list, and check that there is no user data.
Figure 2 j0ki43501
5. [2270/3370]:
Remove the GAP PWB. (Figure 3)
(1) Remove the screws (x2).
(2) Remove the GAP PWB.
(3) Remove the Spacer Screws (x2).
6. Remove the NVM PWB and cover. (Figure 4) 8. Replace the NVM PWB.
(1) Release the hooks (x2) and remove the NVM PWB and cover. 9. If there are any extension options on the ESS PWB, make sure to move all of them to the new ESS
PWB.
10. Restore the machine to its original state.
11. Plug in the power plug and turn ON the power switch.
12. Fault Code [124-324: Billing Mismatch] will appear.
13. Enter UI Diag "Machine ID / Billing Data".
14. Follow the steps in "Machine ID / Billing Data" to match the Billing.
15. Enter DC131 "NVM Read/Write" and enter all the NVM values described in the NVM List that comes
with the machine
Figure 4 j0ki43503
WARNING
To prevent the battery from short circuiting, never remove the cover unless the cover has to
be replaced.
Reference: Remove the NVM PWB together with the cover. (PL 35.2 Item 20)
NOTE: If the NVM ALL Clear is required, perform ADJ 35.3.2 Special Booting for complete NVM
initialization (return it to the default factory shipment state) or perform NVM initialization.
Figure 2 j0ki45106
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Install the DADF. (Figure 3)
(1) Insert the tabs of the Counter Balance into the grooves of the installation holes.
Figure 1 j0ki91096
Figure 3 j0ki91094
3. Perform the DADF Original Detection Correction when replacing the DADF. (Refer to ADJ 51.1.3
DADF Original Detection Correction.)
NOTE: The DADF Platen Cushion is pasted on with double sided adhesive tapes.
Figure 2 j0ki91095
Figure 1 j0ki45107
Replacement
1. Paste on the DADF Platen Cushion. (Figure 2)
(1) Place the DADF Platen Cushion on the Platen Glass.
(2) Set the gap between the Regi Guide and Platen Guide.
(3) Slowly lower the DADF and press it onto the DADF Platen Cushion.
REP 51.2.1 DADF Front Cover REP 51.2.2 DADF Rear Cover
Parts List on PL 51.2 Parts List on PL 51.2
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF. progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Open the Top Cover. 1. Turn the DADF Document Tray upside down. (Figure 1)
2. Open the DADF. (1) Open the Top Cover.
3. Remove the DADF Front Cover. (Figure 1) (2) Turn the DADF Document Tray upside down.
(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x4).
(2) Remove the DADF Front Cover.
Figure 1 j0ki45101
2. Remove the screws that secure the DADF Rear Cover. (Figure 2)
Figure 1 j0ki45108
(1) Remove the screws (x2).
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 3 j0ki45103
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Align the positioning pin of the Base Frame and the hole of the FADF Feeder Assembly. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0ki45113
3. When installing the DADF Feeder Assembly to the Base Frame, check the following A and B.
(Figure 4)
(A)At the front: The Frame of the DADF Feeder Assembly is attached to the positioning pin of the
Base Frame as shown in the figure.
(B)The Bracket of the DADF Feeder Assembly is attached to the support of the Base Frame as
shown in the figure.
Figure 4 j0ki45116
4. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• Chain Link: 955-806
Figure 1 j0ki45117
5. Remove the DADF PWB. (Figure 3) 3. Check the software version. Update the version if an old software is installed in the new PWB.
(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x2) and the Ground Wires (x2).
(2) Remove the Tapping Screws (x2).
(3) Remove the DADF PWB.
Figure 3 j0ki45119
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Switch the ROM on the new PWB with the EEP ROM from the old PWB. (Figure 4)
This is because it stores the alignment value of the DADF.
Figure 3 j0ki45123
Figure 1 j0ki45121
3. Align the Ground Plate to the positioning boss. (Figure 4)
7. Remove the Left Counter Balance. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (Large: x2).
(2) Remove the Left Counter Balance thorough the hole of the Mylar Seal.
REP 51.3.2 (SCC) Right Counter Balance
Parts List on PL 51.3
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
CAUTION
Left/Right Counter Balance is identified by its spring pressure.
• Left Counter Balance: strong spring pressure
• Right Counter Balance: weak spring pressure
1. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 51.2.2)
2. Remove the DADF. (REP 51.1.1)
Figure 4 j0ki45124 3. Take note of the graduation of the scale. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0ki45147
Figure 2 j0ki45148
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. If it was replaced, perform checking for DADF Lead-Skew Adjustment. (ADJ 51.1.1)
Figure 1 j0ki45109
5. At the front side of the DADF Document Tray, remove the boss of the DADF Document Tray from Replacement
the installation hole of the Frame. (Figure 3)
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
(1) Position the DADF Document Tray vertically.
(2) Press the boss of the DADF Document Tray in the direction of the arrow and remove it from the
installation hole.
(3) Remove the wire harness of the DADF Document Set LED from the groove of the Frame.
Figure 3 j0ki45111
6. Pull out and remove the wire harness at the rear side of the DADF Document Tray from the hole of
the Frame. (Figure 4)
(1) Pull out and remove the wire harness through the hole on the Frame.
REP 51.4.2 (SCC) Top Cover REP 51.5.1 Harness Guide and Wire Harness
Parts List on PL 51.4 Parts List on PL 51.5
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF. progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the DADF Front Cover. (REP 51.2.1) 1. Remove the DADF Front Cover. (REP 51.2.1)
2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 51.2.2) 2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 51.2.2)
3. Remove the DADF. (REP 51.1.1) 3. Remove the DADF. (REP 51.1.1)
4. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 51.4.1) 4. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 51.4.1)
5. Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 51.2.3) 5. Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 51.2.3)
6. Remove the Regi Chute. (REP 51.8.1) 6. Remove the Regi Chute. (REP 51.8.1)
7. Open the Top Cover. 7. Remove the Top Cover. (REP 51.4.2)
8. Remove the Top Cover. (Figure 1) 8. Remove the wire harness from the Harness Guide. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screw. (1) Disconnect the connectors (x2).
(2) Remove the Stud Bracket. (2) Remove the wire harness from the Harness Guide.
(3) Remove the Top Cover.
Figure 1 j0ki45127
Figure 1 j0ki45126
9. Remove the wire harness from the Harness Guide. (Figure 2)
Replacement (1) Remove the J753 wire harness from the Harness Guide.
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 2 j0ki45128 Figure 4 j0ki45130
10. Remove the wire harness of the solenoid from the Harness Guide. (Figure 3) 12. Remove the Harness Guide and the wire harness. (Figure 5)
(1) Disconnect the connector (Blue). (1) Remove the screw.
(2) Disconnect the connector (White). (2) Remove the screw and the Ground Wire.
(3) Remove the wire harness from the Harness Guide. (3) Remove the Harness Guide and the wire harness.
Figure 1 j0ki45134
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Install the Belt (A) to the Pulley of the DADF Regi Motor. (Figure 6)
(A)Belt
REP 51.5.3 DADF Feed Motor
Parts List on PL 51.5
Removal
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the DADF Front Cover. (REP 51.2.1)
2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 51.2.2)
3. Remove the DADF. (REP 51.1.1)
4. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 51.4.1)
5. Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 51.2.3)
6. Remove the Regi Chute. (REP 51.8.1)
Figure 2 j0ki45135 7. Remove the Top Cover. (REP 51.4.2)
8. Remove the Harness Guide and the wire harness. (REP 51.5.1)
9. Turn the DADF Feeder Assembly upside down.
10. Remove the DADF Feed Motor. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the spring.
(2) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the DADF Feed Motor.
Figure 1 j0ki45136
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. Install the Belt to the Pulley of the DADF Feed Motor. (Figure 2)
Figure 1 j0ki45125
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
REP 51.8.2 Retard Chute REP 51.9.1 Takeaway Roll
Parts List on PL 51.8 Parts List on PL 51.9
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF. progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the DADF Front Cover. (REP 51.2.1) 1. Remove the DADF Front Cover. (REP 51.2.1)
2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 51.2.2) 2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 51.2.2)
3. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 51.4.1) 3. Remove the DADF. (REP 51.1.1)
4. Open the Retard Chute. 4. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 51.4.1)
5. Remove the Retard Chute. (Figure 1) 5. Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 51.2.3)
(1) Remove the Retard Chute in the direction of the arrow. 6. Remove the Regi Chute. (REP 51.8.1)
7. Remove the Top Cover. (REP 51.4.2)
8. Remove the Harness Guide and the wire harness. (REP 51.5.1)
9. Loosen the Belt tension of the DADF Regi Motor. (Figure 1)
(1) Loosen the screws (x2).
Figure 1 j0ki45133
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 1 j0ki45138
10. Remove the DADF Regi Motor and the Bracket. (Figure 2)
(1) Remove the spring.
(2) Remove the screws (x2).
(3) Remove the DADF Regi Motor and the Bracket.
(4) Remove the Belt.
11. Remove the Invert Chute. (Figure 3) 13. Remove the bearing at the rear. (Figure 5)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x2). (1) Remove the E-Clip.
(2) Remove the Invert Chute. (2) Remove the bearing.
12. Remove the gear at the rear. (Figure 4) 14. Remove the Ground Plate at the front. (Figure 6)
(1) Remove the E-Clip. (1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x3).
(2) Remove the gear. (2) Remove the Ground Plate.
Figure 6 j0ki45143 Figure 8 j0ki45145
Figure 7 j0ki45144
Figure 9 j0ki45135
16. Remove the Takeaway Roll. (Figure 8)
(1) Remove the Takeaway Roll.
REP 51.9.2 Sensor Bracket REP 51.12.1 Nudger Roll, Feed Roll
Parts List on PL 51.9 Parts List on PL 51.12
Removal Removal
WARNING WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF. progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug. Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
1. Remove the DADF Front Cover. (REP 51.2.1) 1. Open the Top Cover.
2. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 51.2.2) 2. Open the Feed Upper Chute. (Figure 1)
3. Remove the DADF. (REP 51.1.1) (1) Release the hook and open the Feed Upper Chute.
4. Remove the DADF Document Tray. (REP 51.4.1)
5. Remove the DADF Feeder Assembly. (REP 51.2.3)
6. Remove the Regi Chute. (REP 51.8.1)
7. Remove the Top Cover. (REP 51.4.2)
8. Remove the Harness Guide and the wire harness. (REP 51.5.1)
9. Remove the Takeaway Roll. (REP 51.9.1)
10. Remove the Sensor Bracket. (Figure 1)
(1) Remove the Tapping Screws (x4).
(2) Disconnect the connector.
(3) Remove the Sensor Bracket.
(4) Pull out and remove the wire harnesses (x2) through the hole on the Frame.
Figure 1 j0ki45151
Figure 1 j0ki45146
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
Figure 2 j0ki45152 Figure 4 j0ki45154
Figure 3 j0ki45153
Figure 5 j0ki91100
5. Remove the Nudger Roll and the Feed Roll. (Figure 4)
(1) Remove the Nudger Roll. 3. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
(2) Remove the Feed Roll. counter.
• Chain Link: 955-806
Figure 2 j0ki45150
Replacement
1. To install, carry out the removal steps in reverse order.
2. After a replacement, enter the Diag Mode and use "Initialize HFSI Counter" to clear the HFSI
counter.
• Chain Link: 955-806
Figure 1 j0ki45149
Adjustment
WARNING
After the "Online" lamp turns OFF, press the [Job Status] button to check that there are no jobs in
progress. Turn the power OFF and make sure that the screen display turns OFF.
Turn OFF the main power switch and unplug the power plug.
NOTE: Adjust the position of Full/Half Rate Carriage at the front and rear separately. Only the procedures
for the rear side is described here. The procedures for the front side is the same as for the rear side.
1. Open DADF or the Platen Cover.
2. Remove the Platen Glass. (REP 1.2.1) Figure 2 j0wa40115
3. Remove the Lens Cover. (PL 1.4)
6. Loosen the set screws (x2) that secure the Pulley at the rear side. (Figure 3)
4. Remove the jig pin from the CCD Lens Assembly. (Figure 1)
NOTE: When removing the jig pin, never remove the screws (x4) that secure the Lens Base.
Figure 3 j0wa40116
Figure 6 j0ki40147
Figure 4 j0ki40146
10. Tighten the set screw that kept the Pulley at the rear side loose. (Figure 7)
8. Tighten one of the set screws (x2) (either side) that kept the Pulley at the rear side loose. (Figure 5)
Figure 7 j0wa40118
Figure 5 j0wa40117
11. Manually move the Full Rate Carriage to ensure that it moves smoothly.
9. Secure the cable to the Full Rate Carriage at the rear side. (Figure 6) 12. Restore the Tool Pins to their original states.
(1) Remove the screw. 13. Restore the Lens Cover Assembly to its original state.
(2) Set the Tool Pin that was placed at the rear side of the Half Rate Carriage to the front side of
the Full Rate Carriage.
(3) Tighten the screw.
ADJ 1.6.2 IIT Lead Edge Registration ADJ 1.6.3 IIT Side Registration
Purpose Purpose
To adjust the IIT scan timing in the Slow Scan direction and to correct the copy position. To adjust the IIT scan timing in the Fast Scan direction and to correct the copy position.
CAUTION CAUTION
Avoid using this procedure when performing the adjustment of the Lead Edge Registration. This Avoid using this procedure when performing the adjustment of the Side Registration. This procedure
procedure should be performed only when the actual IIT Regi is not appropriate. This is because the IIT should be performed only when the actual IIT Regi is not appropriate. This is because the IIT Side
Lead Edge Registration affects the precision of the document size detection, etc. Registration affects the precision of the document size detection, etc.
NOTE: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT Lead Edge Registration is appropriate. NOTE: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT Lead Edge Registration is appropriate.
(Refer to ADJ 18.1.1 IOT Side/Lead Edge Registration.) (Refer to ADJ 18.1.1 IOT Side/Lead Edge Registration.)
Check Check
1. Place the Test Chart (499T283) on the Platen Glass correctly and make a copy in the following copy 1. Load A3 paper into Tray 2.
mode: 2. Place the Test Chart (499T283) on the Platen Glass correctly and make a copy in the following copy
• Copy Mode: Black mode:
• Paper Size: A3 • Copy Mode: Black
• Reduce/Enlarge: 100% • Paper Tray: Tray 2
• No. of copies: 2 • Reduce/Enlarge: 100%
2. Check that the distance between the lead edge of the 2nd copy and the reference line is 10.0mm +/ • No. of copies: 2
-1.6mm or the same as the dimension on the Test Chart. (Figure 1) 3. Check that the distance between the side edge of the 2nd copy is within specified value of 10.0mm
+/-2.1mm or the same as the dimension on the Test Chart. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0mf40954
Figure 1 j0mf40955
3. If the value is not within the specified range, adjust it as follows:
Adjustment 4. If the value is not within the specified range, adjust it as follows:
1. Enter DC131[715-050]. Adjustment
2. Change the value. 1. Enter DC131[715-053].
• 1 increment: 0.034mm 2. Change the value.
• Increment of the value:The image moves to the Tail Edge. • 1 increment: 0.0846mm
• Decrement of the value:The image moves to the Lead Edge. • Increment of the value:The image moves to IN.
Version 1.2 2010/08 1 IIT
4-153
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
2010/08
1 IIT 4-154 Version 1.2
• Decrement of the value:The image moves to OUT. ADJ 1.6.4 IIT Vertical/Horizontal Reduce/Enlarge
Purpose
To correct the horizontal (fast scan)/vertical (slow scan) Reduce/Enlarge ratio for a 100% copy.
CAUTION
Avoid performing this procedure. This procedure should only be performed when the actual IIT
magnification is not correct.
NOTE: Before performing this procedure, make sure that the IOT horizontal/vertical Reduce/Enlarge
ratios are correct.
Check
1. Place the Test Chart (499T283) on the Platen Glass correctly and make a copy in the following copy
mode:
• Copy Mode: Black
• Document Type: Text/Photo
• Paper: A3
• Reduce/Enlarge: 100%
• No. of copies: 2
2. Check the 2nd copy for the following:Figure 1
1. Enter DC131[715-051].
2. Change the value.
• 1 increment: 0.1%
• Increment of the value:Enlargement direction
• Decrement of the value:Reduction direction
Figure 1 j0mf40956
(Figure 2)
Figure 2 j0mf40957
Adjustment
Horizontal Reduce/Enlarge Adjustment
ADJ 1.6.5 DADF Original Detection Correction (Size Detection • This operation cannot be terminated (or aborted) halfway through the process and has to be
completed from start to finish regardless of any abnormalities that occur.
Auto-Correction) • In cases where more than 4 originals are loaded in the DADF, this operation will not feed the
Purpose originals that are fed after the 4th sheet.
To automatically adjust the original size during DADF scan to the desired original size. NOTE: If it is still NG after the adjustment, repeat the procedure.
FX, XE/AP: A4 LEF (Slow scan length accuracy (210.0mm +/- 0.7mm))
XC: 8.5"x11" LEF (Slow scan length accuracy (215.9mm +/- 0.7mm))
Adjustment
1. Enter UI Diag "ADF Independent Operation (Size Detection Auto Adjust)".
2. Set 3 documents to be transported in the DADF.
* The size of the fed original differs according to the market.
FX, XE/AP: A4 LEF (Slow scan length accuracy (210.0mm +/- 0.7mm))
XC: 8.5"x11" LEF (Slow scan length accuracy (215.9mm +/- 0.7mm))
3. When the [Start] button is pressed, the DADF starts pulling in the document and the correction value
is calculated. At this point, the message "In progress" appears.
4. The applicable NVM Data will then be updated. After the operation, the UI screen will be displayed.
However, if this operation results in an NG, the NVM will not be updated and a message indicating
that an NG has occurred will be displayed.
5. The operation ends when the [Stop] button is pressed.
Status Confirmation Specifications
You may check the following status by using NVM Read after operations.
Table 1
Chain-Link Display Data Name Reference
711-164 Size Correction Value for Slow Scan Setting Range=0 to 100
Originals (equivalent to +/-50 increments [+/-5mm]
0.1mm/increment)
Initial Value: 50 (However, there is an adjusted
value set against the initial value when shipped.)
Purpose 1. Hold down the [0], [1], [3] keys on the Control Panel while turning ON the machine.
To align the position of the buttons on the display and the Touch Panel so that the user can select the The following will appear on the display. (Figure 2)
contents on the display using the Touch Panel.
Perform this adjustment when the UI PWB and the Control Panel are replaced.
NOTE: Any substitute used as a touch pen for this adjustment should have a pointed tip (such as a ball
point pen). Be careful not to damage the surface of the UI.
NOTE: Take note that the Origin Point Correction Method is not the same for W85UI and S104 UI (Large
Color Control Panel).
Adjustment
[Correction method for W85 UI]
1. Return the Control Panel to its original position. Turn ON the power while holding down the [0], [1],
[3] buttons.
The following appears on the display. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0fu40239
2. Using the Touch Pen, touch the intersections of the vertical and horizontal lines, P1 to P9, in
sequence.
When P1 is pressed, the following is displayed and the buzzer sounds. (Figure 3)
Figure 1 j0mf40959
2. Using the Touch Pen, touch the intersections of the vertical and horizontal lines, P1 to P9, in
sequence. (Keep the Touch Pen on each point for approx. 1 sec, then proceed to the next point.)
After pressing all the buttons, the machine automatically calculates the difference between the
coordinates and the correction values. This calculation takes approx. 0.1 sec.
3. After a few seconds, turn the power OFF then ON. The UI may be used after reboot as the data has Figure 3 j0fu40240
been corrected.
The same screen is displayed when P2 to P8 is pressed with the Touch Pen.
NOTE: If power is turned OFF during adjustment, the data before adjustment will be restored.
Complete the whole procedure before turning the machine OFF. 3. After pressing P9, Origin Point Correction is carried out and the following screen will appear when
the corrected data has been saved. (Figure 4)
4. If the correction has failed, the following screen appears. (Figure 5) 6. Turn the power OFF.
If correction has failed, repeat Steps 1 to 5 again.
NOTE: When the power is turned ON immediately after turning it OFF, the screen in Figure 5 is
displayed. Therefore, turn the power OFF after adjustment and wait for 1 minute before turning it ON
again.
NOTE: When the Main Switch is turned OFF and is detected by the ON/OFF Monitor, a delay circuit
occurs and the output voltage will be cut off after some time. The time until the cutoff is as follows:
IOT: OFF after 3sec
ESS: OFF after 40sec
Figure 5 j0fu40242
5. When the Origin Point Correction is complete, the following screen is displayed. (Figure 6)
Press on the 4 circled intersections. (In random order.) A black box will be displayed on the pressed
parts and remains until the next input.
The buzzer sounds when the correction is complete ( ->) Origin Point Correction complete.
The buzzer does not sound if the correction has failed ( ->) Perform correction again.
ADJ 18.1.1 IOT Lead Edge/Side Edge Registration
Purpose
To print the built-in adjustment test pattern, perform measurements at the specified positions and perform
adjustments to obtain the correct positions.
NOTE: For the independent IIT Regi Adjustment, refer to "DC945 IIT Calibration - Optical Axis
Correction". For the IIT/ADF Skew Adjustment, refer to the IIT/ADF Adjustment Procedures, respectively.
Adjustment
1. Enter DC129.
Switch to the CE mode and select [System Registration Adjustment] by the following steps.
(1) Hold down the <0> key for 5 seconds, then press the <Start> button to switch to CE mode.
(2) Enter the password "6.7.8.9" and select [Confirm].
(3) Press the <Log In / Out> button on the Control Panel.
(4) Select the "System Settings" tab on the Touch Panel.
Figure 1 j0fu40237
(5) Scroll and select [Maintenance / Diagnostics].
(6) Select [Registration]. (7) Select [Adjust] once.
(7) Select [System Registration Adjustment].
NOTE: Be careful because the adjustment amount would have doubled if you had selected
2. Perform the following:
[Adjust] again.
(1) Select [Output Color] of [For All Trays], and then select either [Black & White] or [Color].
(2) Select [Paper Supply] of [For Individual Trays], and then select the Tray which registration you (8) Specify the Number of Sheets to be printed and select [Print] to print.
want to adjust. (9) When the screen displays the successful completion message, select [Confirm].
(3) Select [Adjusted Side] of [For Individual Trays], and then select either [Side 1] or [Side 2]. (10) Check the printout. If the positions are correct, end this adjustment. If they are not, repeat
(4) Do not change the value in [Lead / Side Registration] of [For Individual Trays] and then select Steps (6) to (9).
[Adjust] once.
(5) Specify the Number of Sheets to be printed and select [Print].
(6) Perform measurements on the printout at the specified positions. (Figure 1)
Lines can be found 10mm from the paper edge for the Lead Regi, and with the LE at the top,
8.5mm from the left edge for the Side Regi. Those are the correct positions, so select [Lead /
Side Registration] of [For Individual Trays] to align the Lead Regi and Side Regi.
Purpose
1. Enter the Diag Mode, then perform "DC131 NVM Read / Write".
2. Specify a Tray loaded with paper. Make a black copy without using any originals and leaving the
Platen Cover open.
3. Check that the margins are 4mm at the side and 2mm at both Lead and Tail Edges.
Adjustment
1. Enter the Diag Mode, then perform "DC131 NVM Read / Write".
2. Adjust the following NVMs such that the measured value is 4mm at the top, and 2mm at both sides
and Tail Edge.
If the setting value is increased, the erase value increases.
3. After adjustment, make another black copy without using any originals and leaving the Platen Cover
open.
4. Adjust until the margins are 4mm at both sides and 2mm at both Lead and Tail Edges.
ADJ 18.2.3 Things to take note when replacing Important
Information Stored Components (ISC)
Purpose
After installation, any data that the customer has registered are very important. To lose or leak the data
would be an unforgivable offence. To gain the trust of customers, it is essential for CE to be
knowledgeable about the name of components that store these data. The CE must also have full
understanding on how to handle these components when replacing them.
Purpose
This product stores important data in the following components. Perform the operation according to the
following procedures.
NOTE:
• Japan) Collect/discard components according to the FTO (2-027) that is common to all models.
• IBG) Collect/discard components according to the separately pre-determined procedures.
Table 1
Component
Name Stored Information Pre-replacement operation Post-replacement operation
1 HDD 1. Remaining data (the data left behind) • Procedures before servicing • Handling of replaced HDD
• Digital data saved in the Folders (*) To restore the settings later, print the reports and back Before you bring back the HDD, always notify the
• Fax polling reserved document data (*) up the data by using tools. customer. Explain that the removed HDD will be sent to
Also, check that the Job in Memory lamp on the panel is an FX Recycling Station where it will either undergo the
• Unsent Fax/Scan document data (*)
off. If the lamp is on, the stored document data (data with "Overwriting Process" or the "Destruction Process" in
• Unprinted Copy/Fax Receive/Print document data order to prevent security problems from occurring.
(*) (*) listed to the left) are erased when the component is
replaced. Ask for the customer's agreement to proceed. If the customer would like to personally confirm that the
• Data stored in the SMB folder
removed HDD is destroyed, destroy the HDD on the spot
• Font (charges applies).
• Form • Procedures after servicing
• Logo Restore data using the tools.
• Secure Print (*) Perform settings according to the reports.
• Sample Print (*)
• Delay Print (*)
• Job template
• Instructions
• Job log (stored in the HDD)
• Debug log
• Recipient data in the expanded address book
• Image log
• Audit log (stored in the HDD)
• User information (when the machine is set to store
the user information in the HDD in the Network
Authentication mode and when in the XSA mode)
• Account ID (Network Authentication mode and XSA
mode)
• JBA data operation log (stored in the HDD)
2. Deleted data (data that has been deleted but still
physically remain in the HDD. Usually, this is difficult to
recover.)
• Temporarily saved image data for Copy/Print/Fax
output.
• Temporarily saved scan image data for extraction
from the client PC.
• Temporarily saved inputs from the network
3. HDD spool data
• Data that is deleted after it is taken out from a
Folder.
• Image data that is deleted after Secure Print/
Sample Print/Delay Print has been completed
Table 1
Component
Name Stored Information Pre-replacement operation Post-replacement operation
2 ESS PWB User-settable parameters (IP address) • Procedures before servicing • Handling of replaced ESS PWB
• Folder data To restore the settings later, print the reports and back Always initialize the PWB before bringing it back. Inform
• Speed dials up the data by using tools. the customer that even if it cannot be initialized at the
• Group dial data • Delete data customer's machine, it will be done in the FX Recycling
Station, so there will be no security problems.
• Speed dial classification data If the ESS PWB hardware is operating normally, perform
• Comments (or FAX Service) a special boot (Initialize NVM: Turn ON the power while • Procedures after servicing
holding down "3" + "STOP" + "Power Saver") to delete Restore data using the tools.
• Job memory
data. Restore settings according to the reports.
• Job log
• Total deletion
• Error log (Fault History, Counters)
Execute "Delete All Data" in the KO mode. This also
• DV log/Auditron settings/PV total data/JBA operation log
initializes the HDD/FMO PWB, etc. other than the NVM.
Purpose 1. Select a compressed file (download data) that is compatible with the printer specifications from the
This procedure is performed to update the machine firmware (ESS, IISS, DADF, FCB, G3B/G4B), or URL of the TSC, and download it into the desired folder on the PC.
when reinstallation of the machine firmware is required due to failure of some sort. 2. Decompress the downloaded compressed file (download data).
Download the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (FXDLMgr.exe) and the machine Firmware from the 3. Click to run the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (FWDLMgr.exe).
following location when upgrading the machine Firmware. 4. Select [Agree] on the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (License Agreement).
5. Select the Machine Model from the pull down menu of the Machine Model column on the selection
URL:http// download.tsc.ksp.fujixerox.co.jp screen for machine models and files.
6. Click the downloaded file from the Firmware column on the selection screen for machine models
NOTE: Downloading both software from the web site may take some time (depending on the and files, and click [Next].
environment) because of the file size. Hence, download the software into the PC (PSW) in advance
Select detailed version to display each ROM version in the downloaded file.
before visiting the customer.
7. Select the connection method between the printer and the PC on the Communication Interface
NOTE: Required installation environment selection screen, and select [Next]. (Servicing time: Approx. 15min)
• OS: Windows95/98/2000/NT4.0 (SP3.0 or later)/XP <PJL method (Port9100: Network)>
NOTE: Check that the output destination of the default printer driver at the PC becomes LPT1.
OS: Windows2000 <DLD method (USB1.1)> DC models can only use USB1.1
• CPU: Pentium (100MHz) or higher 8. Press the Search button on the selection screen on the Printer/MF machine to search for devices
connected to this Network.
• Memory: 32MB or higher
The Scope of Search button is for searching in other networks.
• Hard disk capacity available: 200MB or higher
9. The devices that can be specified on the selection screen for Printer/MF machines are displayed in
NOTE: Connection Cables the Printer/MF machines column. Insert check marks into the checkboxes and select [Next].
• 499T7773: LAN Cable (Cross 1m) 10. The Firmware update status appears on the "Updating" screen.
• 499T7776: USB Cable (2m) After completion, the results screen appears.
NOTE: Precautions during installation 11. Select the [Close] button on the results screen. (Firmware upgrade complete.)
The downloaded data is a compressed file. Decompress the data before downloading them into the NOTE: After downloading ends, the IOT will automatically reboot.
printer.
Purpose
There are two ways to download the machine Firmware - the DLD method (USB1.1/2.0) and the PJL <DLD method (USB1.1/2.0)>
method (Port9100: Network).
1. Remove the USB Port cover for servicing.
When downloading by DLD method (USB1.1/2.0), it is necessary to change to the download mode. Connect the PC to the printer with the USB cable. (Figure 1)
Because of the dispersion due to the difference in the machines, thin lines, especially slanted ones, tend
to break up.
When this happens, use the Thin Line Correction Mode to correct it.
NOTE: The Thin Line Correction Mode might cause defects to appear in images when in use.
1. Interference in the form of banding in ladder images
2. LPH streaks appearing in high temperature environment
Because of these reasons, keep the adjustment amount as low as possible.
Figure 1 j0ki41827
Purpose
Perform the Thin Line Correction by adjusting the following NVMs.
2. Turn the machine and the PC ON.
3. Set the printer to Download Mode. 1. 749-200 1200 Only Fine Line Correction - 0: OFF (also perform correction for 600dpi), 15: ON (only
perform correction for 1200dpi)
(1) Turn the power of the printer ON while pressing down on the [Power Saver] button.
If the Thin Line Correction is also to be performed for 600dpi, use "0". The default value is 15.
(2) The progress bar will be displayed on the UI screen for approx. 10 seconds.
2. 749-202 Thin Line Correction Switch - 0: Thin Line Correction OFF, 1: Thin Line Correction ON.
(3) The UI screen will turn completely black for 7 seconds.
The default value is 0.
(4) [Download Mode] is displayed on the screen and the system enters the download mode.
3. Thin Line Correction Amount Adjustment
4. In case of USB1.1 connection, cancel the opening of "Add/Remove Hardware Wizard".
5. Click to run the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (FWDLMgr.exe). Table 1
6. Select [Agree] on the Firmware Version Upgrade Tool (License Agreement).
Adjustment
7. Select the Machine Model from the pull down menu of the Machine Model column on the selection NVM Address Contents Initial Value Range
screen for machine models and files.
749-204 Thin Line Correction Amount Y Color 200 140~200
8. Click the downloaded file from the Firmware column on the selection screen for machine models
and files, and click [Next]. 749-205 Thin Line Correction Amount M Color 200 140~200
Select detailed version to display each ROM version in the downloaded file. 749-206 Thin Line Correction Amount C Color 200 140~200
9. Select the connection method between the printer and the PC on the Communication Interface 749-207 Thin Line Correction Amount K Color 200 140~200
selection screen, and select [Next].
(Servicing time: Approx. 15min) The smaller the value, the more emphasis the thin line gets (amount of exposure is increased).
10. The devices that can be specified on the selection screen for Printer/MF machines are displayed in Amount of exposure is increased by: 30% for 140, 20% for 160, and 10% for 180. (Default value -
the Printer/MF machines column. Insert check marks into the checkboxes and select [Next]. Adjustment value)/2 = amount of increased exposure in %.
11. The Firmware update status appears on the "Updating" screen. The recommended value is 160.
After completion, the results screen appears. 4. 752-006 Thin Line Correction ADC_Switch - 0: OFF, 1: ON.
12. Select the [Close] button on the results screen. (Firmware upgrade complete.) Although this is normally set as 0 (OFF) during use, if the highlight reproduction is overdone, set this
to 1 (ON).
NOTE: After downloading ends, the IOT will automatically reboot.
Default value is 0.
ADJ 18.2.6 LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment NOTE: As an overly large adjustment might cause jumps in gradation, make the adjustments as small as
possible.
Purpose The adjustment amount (%) is not = amount of change in density.
The LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment is the process of adjusting the LPH exposure amount to
The actual exposure level includes a process that converts the brightness of ADC Sensor Position to
correct the uneven density in the Axis Direction that arose due to various causes in the vicinity of the
100%.
Drum for each YMCK color individually.
The LPH Exposure Amount Adjustment can be performed as negative correction within the range of 0 to Purpose
-20 (%).
1. LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment ON/OFF Switch Selector
Correction Area To enable the LPH Exposure Amount Fine Adjustment function, set the following NVM as ON.
Table 2
Adjustment
NVM Names NVM Address Contents Initial Value Range
Smile Correction Switch 749-201 0: OFF 0 0 or 1
1: ON
*Although there is also an adjustment range at the positive side, it only involves reducing the
brightness at the IN side or the OUT side and therefore will not have any correction that goes
above 100%.
Figure 5 j0wa41854
Table 4
Adjustment
NVM Names NVM Address Initial Value Range
Correction Pattern (Pattern Selection) 749-232 Y 1 1~6
749-233 M 1 1~6
749-234 C 1 1~6
749-235 K 1 1~6
Figure 3 j0wa41852
Table 5 NOTE: The above 3 types of correction can be used in combination. However, the total amount
of exposure adjustment for these Smile Corrections are restricted to be within 0 to -20%.
Adjustment
NVM Names NVM Address Initial Value Range [Sum of Correction 0~20%] = [IN-OUT Adjustment Amount %] + [Pattern Selection Adjustment
Amount %] + [Custom Adjustment Amount %]
Correction Level 749-236 Y 1 1~6
If the total from the 3 corrections add up to less than -20%, it will be uniformly limited to -20%
749-237 M 1 1~6
If it is larger than 0%, then it will be uniformly limited to 0%.
749-238 C 1 1~6
The above are the restrictions that apply to the exposure amount correction and correction by
749-239 K 1 1~6 Smile Correction function.
However, within the actual machine, after the exposure amount correction by Smile Correction,
NOTE: Take note that "0,5" for Pattern means "Disabled" and "1" for Level means "No
it will enter another process to calibrate the exposure at the ADC Sensor Position to be 100%.
correction".
As a correction is applied to the exposure amount after a Smile Correction, the exposure
(3) Custom Correction amount in the vicinity of 114 to 144mm from the left of the image becomes 100%, while it is
If you have elected to perform density correction by custom correction, you must input the relatively higher or lower for the rest of the positions.
required adjustment amount for the correction of every area into the NVM for each YMCK Reference sample
color.
Be careful as only negative correction can be performed for density correction.
Table 6
Initial Value
NVM Adjustment
Names NVM Address Contents A B C D E F G Range
Custom 749-240~246 R/E (%) within Y 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -20~20
Correction 749-247~253 Pulse Width M 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -20~20
Value Variable
749-254~260 C 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -20~20
Range
749-261~267 K 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 -20~20
Figure 6 j0wa41855
As shown in figure B, the control is such that the final exposure at the ADC Sensor Position
becomes 100%.
By this, the exposure amount that was corrected by Smile Correction (figure A) is corrected
again until it is at the actual output level (figure B).
(The figures are the exposure models when Pattern 1, Level 4 correction have been
performed)
Table 1
No. Application Purpose
1 When the Firmware has been upgraded Restores the Firmware to the state before the
upgrade in cases where you want to revert the
Firmware to its previous version for some reason
(such as the operation becoming unstable).*
2 When the HDD or NVM PWB is Restores the settings to the state when it was backed
malfunctioning up. This reduces the operation time that is required
for environmental recovery.
3 When identifying the cause of a difficult Reduces the operation time that is required for
problem environmental recovery by temporarily saving the
current settings before initializing the HDD/NVM to
identify the cause of a failure.
The backup can be stored in the machine built-in HDD or in a USB memory (service tool).
Preparation
• Before performing backup into a USB memory, create a folder named "backup" in the USB memory.
• Make sure you print the Configuration Report before performing the operation.
NOTE: As the procedure differs by case as follows, make sure you are performing the required 5. When the confirmation message: "Are you sure you want to restore the backed up files from the
procedure. hard disk?" is displayed, select [Yes] to start the restoration. At this time, the following message will
be displayed.
Table 2 Restoring backed up files from the hard disk...
No. Backup/Restore Cases Reference The machine will reboot automatically after the files have been restored.
1 Backup to HDD Go to Procedure The software will be upgraded after the reboot.
A. Do not switch off the power until the default screen is displayed.
2 Restore from HDD Go to Procedure 6. When the restore has completed successfully, the machine will reboot and then enter the Download
B. Mode. The screen at this time will display "Download Mode" just like when downloading the
3 Restore from HDD using special booting (such as when the UI screen is not Go to Procedure Firmware via Port9100/USB connection.
displayed) C. 7. When the process has completed successfully, the machine reboots automatically.
4 Backup to USB memory Go to Procedure Procedure C (Restore from HDD using special booting)
D. 1. Turn OFF the machine.
5 Restore from USB memory Go to Procedure 2. Turn ON the machine while pressing the [Energy Saver], [Stop], and [5] buttons.
E.
3. The restore process will then run automatically, "HDD Initialization, Restore HDD Settings, Restore
6 Restore from USB memory using special booting (such as when the UI screen is Go to Procedure NVM Setting Data" are performed, and the machine reboots automatically once the process is
not displayed) F. completed.
7 Cloning (in customer mode) Go to Procedure 4. Next, the Firmware download starts and the machine reboots automatically after it has completed.
G. 5. Verify that the machine has been restored to its original state and that copying is possible.
Backup/Restore to USB Memory
Backup/Restore to HDD Backup/Restore to USB Memory is used in the following cases.
Procedure A (Backup to HDD)
1. Open the "Job Status" screen and check that there are no jobs being executed or in the queue. • Before replacing the HDD.
2. Disconnect the Network Cable and the Fax line. • If the HDD replacement is still a few days away, backup the data and ask the customer to save it in
3. Enter the UI Diag and select the "System Settings" tab -> [Common Service Settings] -> their PC as a safety precaution. (At this time, explain to the customer why the data is being backed
[Maintenance / Diagnostics] -> [Back Up Files / Restore Files] on the second page. up and that the CE is not allowed to take back the customer information. )
4. Select [Back Up Files] > [File Storage Location], then [Hard Disk], and select [Start]. Procedure D (Backup to USB memory)
5. When the confirmation message: "Are you sure you want to make a copy of the files and save them 1. Turn OFF the machine, connect the USB Memory to the Fax Board, and then turn ON the machine.
in the hard disk?" is displayed, select [Yes]. The backup starts and the message: "Backing up files to NOTE: As the Fax Cable is disconnected, the message "A fault or an error has occurred.
the hard disk..." is displayed.
See User Guide for information on fault code 016-214." will be displayed. (Reference message)
6. When the backup has completed successfully, the message: "File backup operation has
successfully completed." is displayed. Select [Confirm]. Return to the "Back Up Files / Restore Files" 2. Check that there are no jobs being executed or in the queue.
menu screen. The backup will take approx. 2 to 5 minutes. 3. Disconnect the Network Cable and the Fax line.
7. Select [Close], [Exit (Clear Log)], [Yes] in order and the machine will automatically reboot. 4. Enter the UI Diag and select the "System Settings" tab -> [Common Service Settings] ->
This completes the backup operation. [Maintenance / Diagnostics] -> [Back Up Files / Restore Files] on the second page.
Upgrade the Firmware or perform other operations. 5. Select [Back Up Files] >[File Storage Location], then [USB Memory], and select [Start].
After the operation, go to the following to restore the backup data if needed. 6. When the confirmation message: "Are you sure you want to make a copy of the files and save them
in the USB memory?" is displayed, select [Yes]. The backup starts and the message: "Backing up
If the UI screen does not start up after the operation, restore by referring to "Restore from HDD
using special booting". files to the USB memory..." is displayed. The backup will take approx. 5 to 7 minutes.
Procedure B (Restore from HDD) 7. When the backup has completed successfully, the message: "File backup operation has
successfully completed. Switch off the machine power and wait until this screen disappears. Then
1. Open the "Job Status" screen and check that there are no jobs being executed or in the queue.
pull out the USB memory." is displayed. Turn OFF the machine.
2. Disconnect the Network Cable and the Fax line.
8. Disconnect the USB Memory and connect the Fax Cable.
3. Enter the UI Diag and select the "System Settings" tab -> [Common Service Settings] ->
9. If necessary, copy the whole "backup" directory into the customer's PC and request that they keep it
[Maintenance / Diagnostics] -> [Back Up Files / Restore Files] on the second page.
safe.
4. Select [Restore Backed Up Files] > [File Storage Location], then [Hard Disk], and select [Start].
After that, delete the backup data that is stored in the USB Memory.
If the UI screen does not start up after the operation, restore by referring to "Restore from USB Memory 3. At the master device, perform the same Network Settings > Enable Port settings as those in the
using special booting". target clone machine. If there are any differences, the related settings will not be not cloned.
4. From the client, connect to the master device via CWIS.
Procedure E (Restore from USB Memory)
5. Select [Properties] tab > General Setup > Cloning. (Figure 1)
1. Turn OFF the machine, connect the USB Memory to the Fax Board, and then turn ON the machine.
2. Open the "Job Status" screen and check that there are no jobs being executed or in the queue.
3. Disconnect the Network Cable and the Fax line.
4. Enter the UI Diag and select the "System Settings" tab -> [Common Service Settings] ->
[Maintenance / Diagnostics] -> [Back Up Files / Restore Files] on the second page.
5. Select [Restore Backed Up Files] > [File Storage Location], then [USB Memory], and select [Start].
6. When the confirmation message: "Are you sure you want to restore the backed up files from the
USB memory?" is displayed, select [Yes]. The restore starts and the following message is
displayed.
Restoring backed up files from the USB memory...
The machine will reboot automatically after the files have been restored.
The software will be upgraded after the reboot.
Do not switch off the power until the default screen is displayed.
7. The restore process will complete in approx 4 minutes, after which the machine will automatically
reboot and enter the Download Mode. The screen at this time will display "Download Mode" just like
when downloading the Firmware via Port9100/USB connection. Figure 1 j0ki40004
8. After the series of processes have completed and it has rebooted normally, turn OFF the machine.
9. Disconnect the USB Memory, turn ON the machine, and check that copying is possible. 6. Right click on "Cloning.dat" under [Cloning Instructions] and download it to the PC.
10. When upgrading the Firmware, perform Backup to USB Memory again after the upgrade has 7. Access the target clone machine, and then select [Properties] tab > General Setup > Cloning.
completed. 8. Click [Browse] in the "Install Clone File", select the "Cloning.dat" that was imported in step 6, and
11. Turn OFF the machine, remove the USB Memory, and then connect the Fax Cable. then click [Install].
Procedure F (Restore from USB Memory using special booting) 9. Wait while the setting information is being copied into the target clone machine.
1. Turn OFF the machine and connect the USB Memory to the Fax Board. 10. Verify that the setting information has been copied in the target clone machine.
2. Turn ON the machine while pressing the [Energy Saver], [Stop], and [7] buttons.
3. The restore process will then run automatically, "HDD Initialization, Restore HDD Settings, Restore
NVM Setting Data" are performed, and the machine reboots automatically once the process is
completed.
4. Next, the Firmware download starts and the machine reboots automatically after it has completed.
Verify that the machine has been restored to its original state and that copying is possible.
Procedure G (Cloning)
Purpose
Although this is not a CE function, this can reduce the environmental settings workload when performing
a mass-installation service. It is also a useful backup/restore function that a customer can use.
1. Designate one machine as the master device and perform settings as normal via "Control Panel/
CWIS," etc. Check the settings under Network Settings > Enable Port.(This section cannot be
copied)
2. Perform network settings for the target clone machine according to the "Installation Order".
(IP Address, Subnet Mask, and Gateway Address)
Version 1.2 2010/08 35 ESS
4-173
ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment
Disassembly/Assembly and Adjustment ApeosPort-IV/DocuCentre-IV C5570/C4470/C3370/C2270
2010/08
35 ESS 4-174 Version 1.2
As the device that can be connected differs depending on the board, it does not always neccesarily mean
that diagnostic is possible. In the following table, items that are installed as features are marked with "O".
Purpose
1. Turn the power switch OFF, make sure that the screen display turns OFF, then turn the main power
switch OFF.
2. Unplug the power cord from the outlet.
3. Remove the Rear Right Cover.
4. Remove the Blind Board of the ESS.
5. Plug in the power cord, turn ON the main power switch, then turn ON the power switch.
Check
Check the LED ON/OF states and refer to the following table.
Figure 1 j0ki61019
LED legend - O: ON, X: OFF
Table 1
Main Unit Main Unit Long
Upper Lower Usual Boot
Diagnosti Diagnosti
Number 7,6,5,4 3,2,1,0 State/Condition Related HW Failure Location/Details c c ChainLink
0xff O,O,O,O O,O,O,O Initial state at Power ON ESS Not all are ON: Failure at power source? Failure at O O
ASSY?
0x01 X,X,X,X X,X,X,O Interrupt vector setting completed ESS ON: ESS Error O O
0x02 X,X,X,X X,X,O,X EBC (ROM Controller) initialization completed ESS ON: ESS Error O O
0x03 X,X,X,X X,X,O,O Reserved (ON)
0x04 X,X,X,X X,O,X,X Reserved (ON)
0x05 X,X,X,X X,O,X,O D-Cache zero clear ESS ON: ESS Error O O
0x06 X,X,X,X X,O,O,X Reserved (OFF)
0x07 X,X,X,X X,O,O,O DDR output buffer is enabled ESS ON: ESS Error O O
Software wait processing
0x08 X,X,X,X O,X,X,X DDR Controller usual initialization start ESS ON: ESS Error O O
0x88 O,X,X,X O,X,X,X Recovery processing from CPU OFF start ESS ON: ESS Error O O
0xF0 O,O,O,O X,X,X,X DDR initilization has failed RAM Blinking: RAM Error O O
0xC3 O,O,X,X X,X,X,X Save data check error RAM Blinking: RAM Error O O
0x09 X,X,X,X O,X,X,O DDR initialization has completed RAM ON: RAM Error O O
0x0A X,X,X,X O,X,O,X I-Cache/D-Cache is disabled ESS ON: ESS Error O O
0x0B X,X,X,X O,X,O,O CPU internal register setting ESS ON: ESS Error O O
0x90 O,X,X,O X,X,X,X DDR memory write check RAM ON: RAM Error O O
0xF0 O,O,O,O X,X,X,X DDR R/W test has failed RAM Blinking: RAM Error O O
0x0C X,X,X,X O,O,X,X DDR memory read check & zero clear has completed RAM ON: RAM Error O O
0x0D X,X,X,X O,O,X,O Copy to memory for Panbug program (TEXT portion) ROM/RAM ON: ROM/RAM Error O O
0x0E X,X,X,X O,O,O,X Copy to memory for Panbug program (BASE portion) ROM/RAM ON: ROM/RAM Error O O
0x0F X,X,X,X O,O,O,O FPU register test has completed ESS ON: ESS Error O O
0 x 10"" X,X,X,O X,X,X,X Jump preparation to C-Code has completed ESS ON: ESS Error O O
0x24 X,X,O,X X,O,X,X Standard RAM diagnostic start RAM ON: Standard RAM Error O O 116-315
0x25 X,X,O,X X,O,X,O Standard RAM diagnostic complete
0x26 X,X,O,X X,O,O,X Extension RAM diagnostic start RAM ON: Extension RAM Error O 116-316
0x27 X,X,O,X X,O,O,O Extension RAM diagnostic complete
0x28 X,X,O,X O,X,X,X Standard ROM diagnostic start ROM ON: Standard ROM Error O O 116-317
016-336
0x29 X,X,O,X O,X,X,O Standard ROM diagnostic complete
0x2a X,X,O,X O,X,O,X NVRAM diagnostic start NVM/ESS ON: NVRAM Error O O 116-323
0x2b X,X,O,X O,X,O,O NVRAM diagnostic completed
0x30 X,X,O,O X,X,X,X Transition from MiniOS to CORE (DIAG) start ROM/RAM ON: ROM/RAM Error O O 116-317
0x31 X,X,O,O X,X,X,O Transition from MiniOS to CORE (DIAG) complete
Table 1
Main Unit Main Unit Long
Upper Lower Usual Boot
Diagnosti Diagnosti
Number 7,6,5,4 3,2,1,0 State/Condition Related HW Failure Location/Details c c ChainLink
0xc1 O,O,X,X X,X,X,O BackPlane Disconnect Detection BP/ESS ON: BackPlane Connection Error O O 016-327
0xc2 O,O,X,X X,X,O,X UI Cable Disconnect Detection UI/ESS ON: UI Cable Connection Error O O 016-326
0xc3 O,O,X,X X,X,O,O MCU Harness Disconnect Detection MCU/ESS ON: MCU Harness Connection Error O O 016-328
0x40 X,O,X,X X,X,X,X IO ASIC diagnostic start ESS ON: ASIC Error O O
0x41 X,O,X,X X,X,X,O IO ASIC diagnostic complete
0x42 X,O,X,X X,X,O,X Codec ASIC diagnostic start ESS ON: ASIC Error O O
0x43 X,O,X,X X,X,O,O Codec ASIC diagnostic complete O O
0x44 X,O,X,X X,O,X,X Standard FontROM diagnostic start ROM ON: ASIC Error O O 116-380
116-310
016-338
016-339
0x45 X,O,X,X X,O,X,O Standard FontROM diagnostic complete
0x46 X,O,X,X X,O,O,X Extension FontROM diagnostic start ROM ON: ASIC Error O O 016-341
0x47 X,O,X,X X,O,O,O Extension FontROM diagnostic complete
0x48 X,O,X,X O,X,X,X SEEP diagnostic start SEEPROM ON: SEEPROM Error O 116-369
016-351
016-350
0x49 X,O,X,X O,X,X,O SEEP diagnostic complete
0x4a X,O,X,X O,X,O,X Timer diagnostic start ESS ON: Timer Error O O 116-364
0x4b X,O,X,X O,X,O,O Timer diagnostic complete
0x4c X,O,X,X O,O,X,X PageMemory diagnostic start RAM ON: RAM Error O 016-347
0x4d X,O,X,X O,O,X,O PageMemory diagnostic complete
0x4e X,O,X,X O,O,O,X IITIF diagnostic start IPS/ESS ON: IIT/ESS Error O 016-315
016-316
016-317
016-318
016-348
0x4f X,O,X,X O,O,O,O IITIF diagnostic complete
0x52 X,O,X,O X,X,O,X RTC diagnostic start RTC ON: RTC Error O 016-342
0x53 X,O,X,O X,X,O,O RTC diagnostic complete
0x54 X,O,X,O X,O,X,X UI Check start UI/ESS ON: ESS/UI Error O 016-362
0x55 X,O,X,O X,O,X,O UI Check complete
0x56 X,O,X,O X,O,O,X Lyra diagnostic start JPEG/ESS ON: JPEG Card Error O
0x57 X,O,X,O X,O,O,O Lyra diagnostic completed
0x58 X,O,X,O O,X,X,X USB 1.0 Host diagnostic start ESS ON: ESS Error O
0x59 X,O,X,O O,X,X,O USB 1.0 Host diagnostic complete
0x5a X,O,X,O O,X,O,X USB 2.0 Host diagnostic start ESS ON: ESS Error O 016-364
016-371
0x5b X,O,X,O O,X,O,O USB 2.0 Host diagnostic complete
Table 1
Main Unit Main Unit Long
Upper Lower Usual Boot
Diagnosti Diagnosti
Number 7,6,5,4 3,2,1,0 State/Condition Related HW Failure Location/Details c c ChainLink
0x5c X,O,X,O O,O,X,X USB 2.0 Device diagnostic start ESS ON: ESS Error O 016-365
0x5d X,O,X,O O,O,X,O USB 2.0 Device diagnostic complete
0x5e X,O,X,O O,O,O,X HDD diagnostic start HDD/ESS ON: HDD/ESS Error O 016-366
016-367
0x5f X,O,X,O O,O,O,O HDD diagnostic completed
0x62 X,O,O,X X,X,O,X Torino diagnostic start Torino/ESS ON: Torino/ESS Error O 016-368
0x63 X,O,O,X X,X,O,O Torino diagnostic complete
0x64 X,O,O,X X,O,X,X Selene diagnostic start Selene/ESS ON: Selene/ESS Error O 016-369
0x65 X,O,O,X X,O,X,O Selene diagnostic complete
0x6e X,O,O,X O,O,O,X Standard ROM diagnostic start ESS ON: Standard ROM Error O 116-317
016-336
0x6f X,O,O,X O,O,O,O Standard ROM diagnostic complete
0x80 O,X,X,X X,X,X,X Energy Saver transition (Standby → LowPower) System In Energy Saver Mode
0x81 O,X,X,X X,X,X,O Energy Saving (LowPower) System In Energy Saver Mode
0x82 O,X,X,X X,X,O,X Energy Saving (Sleep) System In Energy Saver Mode
0x00 X,X,X,X X,X,X,X Energy Saving (CPU OFF) System In Energy Saver Mode
0x83 O,X,X,X X,X,O,O Energy Saver transition (LowPower → Sleep) System In Energy Saver Mode
0x84 O,X,X,X X,O,X,X Energy Saving (SemiLowPower) System In Energy Saver Mode
0x85 O,X,X,X X,O,X,O Energy Saver transition (Sleep → SemiLowPower) System In Energy Saver Mode
0x87 O,X,X,X X,O,O,O Energy Saver transition (SemiLowPower → Sleep) System In Energy Saver Mode
0x89 O,X,X,X O,X,X,O Energy Saver transition (LowPower → Standby) System In Energy Saver Mode
0x8A O,X,X,X O,X,O,X Energy Saver transition (Sleep → Standby) System In Energy Saver Mode
0xff O,O,O,O O,O,O,O VxWORKS boot complete System In Usual Operating State O O
Usual operation, recovery from Energy Saver state
For special booting that are used during Download Diag / Long Boot Diag and Backup / Restore Settings,
refer to their respective operating procedures.
Purpose
1. When performing Special Booting starting with the main power in OFF state.
(1) Turn ON the main power and wait for 10sec.
(2) Perform Special Booting (Special Key + Sub Power ON) and release the Key when "1/6" is
displayed on the Panel. (If the Special Botting was successful, "BOOT MODE" will be
displayed at the top left of "2/6" screen)
2. When performing Special Booting starting with the main power in ON state.
(1) Turn OFF the sub power (UI screen display turns OFF) and wait for 10sec.
Figure 2 j0ki61021
(2) Perform Special Booting (Special Key + Sub Power ON) and release the Key when "1/6" is
displayed on the Panel. (If the Special Botting was successful, "BOOT MODE" will be If the start-up was successful, "BOOT MODE" will be displayed* at the top left of "2/6" screen.
displayed at the top left of "2/6" screen)
* This will not be displayed when performing the following Special Bootings.
• Download Diag Start Up
• Download Mode Start Up
• UI Align Mode
Table 1
Display during
Operation Special Key booting How to Use
Log Data Initialization Energy Saver + Stop -- BOOT MODE -- Used when the log data has an
+1 JOB LOG CLEAR error and a Fail such as 116-331
MODE has occured, or when the log data
must be cleared for version
upgrade that involves a large
change in versions.
Complete NVM Energy Saver + Stop -- BOOT MODE -- Used when recovery is not
Initialization +2 FACTORY INIT achieved with Startup by Force
Figure 1 j0ki61020 (return to default MODE NVM Initialization
factory shipment (Energy Saver + Stop + 3).
Release the Key when "1/6" is displayed on the Panel. state) This method can also be used to
resolve the problem - where the
internal clock becomes unstable,
therefore causing all the functions
that use the clock to become
unstable - when the NVM PWB is
initialized with the backup battery
detached. When an initialization is
performed with this method, billing
mismatch etc. Occurs as when the
NVM PWB is replaced.
Table 1 Table 1
Display during Display during
Operation Special Key booting How to Use Operation Special Key booting How to Use
Initialize NVM Energy Saver + Stop -- BOOT MODE -- Initializes the NVM of the Download Mode Start Energy Saver No display Starts up in Firmware Download
+3 NVRAM INIT MODE configuration range (Printer Up Mode.
Settings etc) inside the Controller Re-download After Energy Saver is No display After starting up in Download
by force and starts up. Firmware from HDD activated, press and Mode, press and hold Start
HDD Forced Energy Saver + Stop -- BOOT MODE -- Formats the HDD by force. This hold down Start (approx. 10sec) to use the
Formatting +4 HDD FORMAT operation resets the HDD to (approx. 10sec) Firmware that is stored in the HDD
MODE partitions at factory settings. to re-download the Firmware.
Restore HDD Backed Energy Saver + Stop -- BOOT MODE -- Restores the NVM/HDD User UI Align Mode 0+1+3 No display To align the position of the buttons
Up File +5 ANALYSIS 2 MODE Data within the Controller that was on the display so that the user can
backed up in the HDD and reboot. select the contents on the display
Forced Spool Area Energy Saver + Stop -- BOOT MODE -- If an error, such as 116-324, has using the Touch Panel.
(HDD) Initialization +6 HDD INITIALIZE occurred when printing was set to
(for CE) MODE be performed with the data
spooled to the hard disk and the
machine cannot be started by
turning it OFF then ON, this
initializes the hard disk area in
which the print data is stored
before starting the machine.
Restore USB Backed Energy Saver + Stop -- BOOT MODE -- Restores the NVM/HDD User
Up File +7 ANALYSIS 1 MODE Data within the Controller that was
backed up in the USB Memory
and reboot.
Download Diag Start Energy Saver + Stop No display Downloads the diagnostic
Up +9 program that is stored in the USB
Memory or Firmware Set and
performs detailed check by using
the Long Boot Diag diagnostic
items.
Forced Spool Area Stop + Start -- BOOT MODE -- This special boot mode has been
(HDD) Initialization HDD INITIALIZE added so that a customer can also
(for User) MODE perform the "Startup by Forced
Spool Area (HDD) Initialization"
(Energy Saver + Stop + 6) like a
CE.
Long Boot Diag Start Energy Saver + Start -- BOOT MODE -- Performs a more detailed check
Up LONGDIAG MODE than the usual device diagnostic
items at the start up of the
machine.
Forced Polling Mode Energy Saver + Start -- BOOT MODE -- In cases where Fax documents
Start Up +1 FORCED POLLING cannot be printed, sets the Chain-
MODE Link Code of Forced Polling and
starts up.
Check
1. Place the Test Chart (499T283) on the DADF.
2. Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode.
• Color Mode: "Black"
• Paper Tray: "A3"
• Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"
• No. of copies: "3"
3. Check that the difference in the distance (A and B) between the side and the Edges in the 3 copies
is within 0+/-0.5mm. (Figure 1)
Figure 2 j0ki45105
Figure 1 j0ku42054
Adjustment
1. Remove the DADF Rear Cover. (REP 51.2.2)
2. Adjust the position of the DADF by moving the DADF in direction A or B. (Figure 2)
(1) Loosen the screws (x3).
(2) Move the DADF in direction A or B.
(3) Tighten the screws (x3).
Figure 3 j0ku42044
NOTE: The following adjustments must be made before carrying out checking and adjustment.
• IOT Side Registation (ADJ 18.1.1)
• IIT Side Registation (ADJ 1.6.3)
• DADF Lead-Skew Adjustment (ADJ 51.1.1)
NOTE: DADF Side Registration is adjusted using the NVM for every paper width.
Check
1. Place the Test Chart (499T283) such that there is no gap between the chart and the DADF Guide.
2. Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode. Take this copy as the original.
Figure 4 j0ku42043 • 1 to 1 Sided mode
• Paper Tray: "A3"
3. Reinstall the DADF Rear Cover.
• Reduce / Enlarge: "100%"
4. After adjustment, perform DADF Side Registration (ADJ 51.1.2) and DADF Lead Edge Registration.
(ADJ 51.1.4). • No. of copies: "2"
3. Mark the output copies 1 and 2 in the order of their output.
4. Make a Single Fold on the second copy. Check the fold line with the reference line on the Test
Chart. (Figure 1)
Figure 1 j0ku42048
5. Check that the fold line is within 2.0mm from the reference line. If the value is not specified, carry out
the following adjustment procedure.
6. Place the Test Chart (499T283) on the DADF facing down with the Test Chart fed from the lead
edge.
7. Make a copy using the following settings in Copy mode.
• 2 to 1 Sided mode
• Paper Tray: "A3"
• Reduce / Enlarge: "100%" 3. If it is not within the specified range in Check Step 5, change the NVM value.
• No. of copies: "2" • By increasing the NVM value, the image moves to the right.
8. Make a Single Fold on the second copy. Check the fold line with the reference line on the Test (an increment of 1 in NVM=0.1mm)
Chart. (Figure 2) 4. Repeat Check Steps 1 to 5 and Adjustment Steps 1 to 3 until the measurement is within the
specified range.
Side 2 Adjustment
1. After adjusting for 1 Sided copies, place Side 1 of the Test Chart face down and make copies using
the following settings to check the Side Registration for 2 Sided copies.
• Paper Tray: "A3"
• Reduce/Enlarge: "100%"
• No. of copies: 2
• 2 Sided: 2 to 1 Sided
2. Check the Side Regi of the 2 copies with the above-mentioned items in "Check".
3. If adjustment is required, enter DC131 to perform correction for all sizes, and then adjust each
document size width using the following NVM.
Enter the value to perform correction for all sizes in "NVM: 711-274".
Figure 2 j0ku42048
Table 2 Side 2 of 2 Sided mode
9. Check that the fold line is within 2.0mm from the reference line. If the value is not specified, carry out
the following adjustment procedure. NVM Document Width Document Size
Adjustment 1 771-274 For all sizes For all sizes
Side 1 Adjustment 2 715-057 139.7~148.0mm A5 SEF, 5.5x8.5" SEF
3 715-059 182.0~194.0mm B5 SEF, 16K SEF
1. Enter DC131 to perform correction for all sizes. 4 715-061 203.2mm 8x10" SEF, 8x10.5" SEF
Enter the value to perform correction for all sizes in "NVM: 711-272". 5 715-063 210.0mm A4 SEF, A5 LEF
6 715-065 214.9~215.9mm Letter SEF, Legal SEF, 5.5x8.5" LEF, 8.46x12.4" SEF, 8.5x13"
Table 1 Side 1 of 1 Sided or 2 Sided mode
SEF
NVM Document Width Document Size 7 715-067 254.0~257.0mm B4 SEF, B5 LEF, 8x10" LEF
1 711-272 For all sizes For all sizes 8 715-069 266.7~267.0mm 16K LEF, 8K LEF, 8x10.5" LEF
2 715-056 139.7~148.0mm A5 SEF, 5.5x8.5" SEF 9 715-071 279.4mm Letter LEF, 11x15" SEF, 11x17" SEF
3 715-058 182.0~194.0mm B5 SEF, 16K SEF 10 715-073 297.0mm A4 LEF, A3 SEF
4 715-060 203.2mm 8x10" SEF, 8x10.5" SEF
5 715-062 210.0mm A4 SEF, A5 LEF 4. Enter the value to perform correction for each size in "NVM: 715-057 to 073".
6 715-064 214.9~215.9mm Letter SEF, Legal SEF, 5.5x8.5" LEF, 8.46x12.4" SEF, 8.5x13"
SEF
7 715-066 254.0~257.0mm B4 SEF, B5 LEF, 8x10" LEF
8 715-068 266.7~267.0mm 16K LEF, 8K LEF, 8x10.5" LEF
9 715-070 279.4mm Letter LEF, 11x15" SEF, 11x17" SEF
10 715-072 297.0mm A4 LEF, A3 SEF
2. Enter the value to perform correction for each size in "NVM: 715-056 to 072".
ADJ 51.1.3 DADF Original Detection Correction • This operation cannot be terminated (or aborted) halfway through the process and has to be
completed from start to finish regardless of any abnormalities that occur.
(Size Detection Auto-Correction) • In cases where more than 4 originals are loaded in the DADF, this operation will not feed the
Purpose originals that are fed after the fourth sheet.
To automatically adjust the original size during DADF scan to the desired original size. NOTE: If it is still NG after the adjustment, repeat the procedure.
FX, XE/AP: A4 LEF (Slow scan length accuracy (210.0mm +/- 0.7mm))
XC: 8.5"x11" LEF (Slow scan length accuracy (215.9mm +/- 0.7mm))
Adjustment
1. Enter UI Diag "ADF Independent Operation (Size Detection Auto Adjust)".
2. Set 3 documents to be transported in the DADF.
* The size of the fed original differs according to the market.
FX, XE/AP: A4 LEF (Slow scan length accuracy (210.0mm +/- 0.7mm))
XC: 8.5"x11" LEF (Slow scan length accuracy (215.9mm +/- 0.7mm))
3. When the [Start] button is pressed, the DADF starts pulling in the document and the correction value
is calculated. At this point, the message "In progress" appears.
4. The applicable NVM Data will then be updated. After the operation, the UI screen will be displayed.
However, if this operation results in an NG, the NVM will not be updated and a message indicating
that an NG has occurred will be displayed.
5. The operation ends when the [Stop] button is pressed.
Status Confirmation Specifications
You may check the following status by using NVM Read after operations.
Table 1
Chain-Link Display Data Name Reference
711-164 Size Correction Value for Slow Setting Range=0 to 100
Scan Originals (equivalent to +/-50 increments [+/-5mm] <− 0.1mm/
increment)
Initial Value: 50 (However, there is an adjusted value
set against the initial value when shipped. )
Figure 1 j0sr42053
Adjustment
1. Enter DC131[711-140].
Figure 2 j0ku42053
Adjustment
1. Enter DC131[711-141].
2. Adjust to the specified range (10+/-1.9mm).
If the distance between the Lead Edge and the reference value is
• 12.0mm and above, increase the NVM value.
• 8.0mm and below, decrease the NVM value.
(each NVM Step=0.1mm)
3. Repeat the procedure until the value is within the specified range (10+/-1.9mm).
As there will be differences in the Regi according to the ratio, adjust the following NVM.
Table 2
Speed Color Mode
NVM DADF Ratio B/W Mode Ratio
DC131[711-016] 55mm/sec 300.1~400% 300.1~400%
DC131 [711-017] 73.3mm/sec 200.1~300% 200.1~300%
DC131 [711-018] 75mm/sec None 300.1~400%
DC131 [711-019] 110mm/sec 150.1~200% 150.1~200%
DC131 [711-020] 146.7mm/sec 100.1~150% 100.1~150%
DC131 [711-021] 150mm/sec None None
DC131 [711-022] 220mm/sec 50~100% 50~100%
DC131 [711-023] 300mm/sec 25~100% 25~100%
Chapter 5 Parts List
5 Parts List
5.1 Introduction PL 5.3 4470/5570 HVPS (DEVE) ................................................................................... 36
5.1.1 How to Use the Parts List...................................................................................... 3
5.1.2 Precautions ........................................................................................................... 3
6. TRANSFER
PL 6.1 Transfer (1/2) ...................................................................................................... 37
5.1.3 Plate Composition ................................................................................................. 4
5.1.4 Terminology and Symbols..................................................................................... 4 PL 6.2 Transfer (2/2) ...................................................................................................... 38
PL 6.3 IBT Belt Unit (1/2) ............................................................................................... 39
5.1.5 Using Parts Navigation.......................................................................................... 5
PL 6.4 IBT Belt Unit (2/2) ............................................................................................... 40
5.2 Parts List
7. FUSER
1. IIT PL 7.1 Fuser................................................................................................................... 41
PL 1.1 Platen/IIT Cover .................................................................................................. 7
PL 1.2 W85 Control Panel, Platen Glass ....................................................................... 8
8. XEROGRAPHIC
PL 8.1 Xerographic (1/2) ................................................................................................ 42
PL 1.3 W85 Control Panel (1/2) ..................................................................................... 9
PL 1.4 CCD Lens Assembly........................................................................................... 10 PL 8.2 Xerographic (2/2) ................................................................................................ 43
PL 1.5 Carriage Cable/Motor.......................................................................................... 11 9. TRAY1 FEEDRE/TRAY1
PL 1.6 Full/Half Rate Carriage ....................................................................................... 12 PL 9.1 Tray 1 Feeder/Tray 1 .......................................................................................... 44
PL 1.7 IIT Trans PWB and USB Hub PWB (Option) ..................................................... 13 PL 9.2 Tray 1.................................................................................................................. 45
PL 1.8 W85 Control Panel (2/2) ..................................................................................... 14 PL 9.3 Tray 1 Feeder ..................................................................................................... 46
PL 1.9 S104 Control Panel and Mount........................................................................... 15 PL 9.4 Tray 1 Feeder Assembly (1/2) ............................................................................ 47
PL 1.10 S104 Control Panel........................................................................................... 16 PL 9.5 Tray 1 Feeder Assembly 2/2).............................................................................. 48
PL 1.11 S104 Front Panel .............................................................................................. 17
PL 1.12 S104 Display Panel........................................................................................... 18 10. TRAY MODULE (3T)/FAX
PL 1.13 IIT Heater/Wing Tray (Option)........................................................................... 19 PL 10.1 Tray Module (3T) .............................................................................................. 49
PL 1.14 IC Card Reader,Voice Navi(Option)(FX Only) .................................................. 20 PL 10.2 Tray 2/3/4.......................................................................................................... 50
PL 10.3 Tray 2 Feeder Assembly (1/2) .......................................................................... 51
2. LPH PL 10.4 Tray 2 Feeder Assembly (2/2) .......................................................................... 52
PL 2.1 LPH (1/2)............................................................................................................. 21 PL 10.5 Tray 3 Feeder Assembly (1/2) .......................................................................... 53
PL 2.2 LPH (2/2)............................................................................................................. 22 PL 10.6 Tray 3 Feeder Assembly (2/2) .......................................................................... 54
3. DRIVE PL 10.7 Tray 4 Feeder Assembly (1/2) .......................................................................... 55
PL 10.8 Tray 4 Feeder Assembly (2/2) .......................................................................... 56
PL 3.1 Drive (1/3) ........................................................................................................... 23
PL 10.9a 2270/3370 Electrical/Fax ................................................................................ 57
PL 3.2 Drive (2/3) ........................................................................................................... 24
PL 3.3a Drive 2270/3370 (3/3) ....................................................................................... 25 PL 10.9b 4470/5570 Electrical/Fax ................................................................................ 58
PL 10.10 Fax (FAXmini) ................................................................................................. 59
PL 3.3b Drive 4470/5570 (3/3) ....................................................................................... 26
PL 10.11 Fax (FAX G4) (FX Only) ................................................................................. 60
4. NOHAD PL 10.12 Roller............................................................................................................... 61
PL 4.1 NOHAD Common ............................................................................................... 27 PL 10.13 L/H Cover Assembly ....................................................................................... 62
PL 4.2a NOHAD 2270/3370 (1/3)................................................................................... 28 PL 10.14 Cover .............................................................................................................. 63
PL 4.2b NOHAD 4470/5570 (1/3)................................................................................... 29
PL 4.3a NOHAD 2270/3370 (2/3)................................................................................... 30
11. TRAY MODULE (TT)
PL 11.1 Tray 2/3/4 Assembly-TT.................................................................................... 64
PL 4.3b NOHAD 4470/5570 (2/3)................................................................................... 31
PL 4.4a NOHAD 2270/3370 (3/3)................................................................................... 32 PL 11.2 Tray 2 Assembly-TT.......................................................................................... 65
PL 11.3 Tray 3 Assembly-TT.......................................................................................... 66
PL 4.4b NOHAD 4470/5570 (3/3)................................................................................... 33
PL 11.4 Tray 4 Assembly-TT.......................................................................................... 67
5. DEVELOPMENT PL 11.5 Tray 4 Paper Feed-TT ...................................................................................... 68
PL 5.1 Development (1/2) .............................................................................................. 34 PL 11.6 Tray 2/3 Paper Feed-TT ................................................................................... 69
PL 5.2 Development (2/2) .............................................................................................. 35 PL 11.7 Tray 2 Feeder (1/2)-TT ..................................................................................... 70
19. COVER
5.1.1 How to Use the Parts List 5.1.2 Precautions
Chapter 5 Parts List contains information on spare parts. • To make the illustration easy to see, hardware such as screws are shown in alphabets. Their
shapes are not shown.
The parts list is used to order replacement parts and enter area codes. To use the parts list correctly, • Read notes in the Description column carefully before ordering and replacing parts.
read the description below carefully. • SCC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Safety Critical Component.
Handling Safety Critical Components shall conform to Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd.-stipulated rules and
<How to find out parts No needed>
regulations on Safety Critical Components.
To reduce a time to find out Parts No on E-Doc, FX put Navigation screen. Please refer to 5.3 Using • ISC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents Important Information Stored
Component that stores important customer information. To replace and discard an ISC, follow the
Parts Navigation.
procedure for it described in chapter 4.
• The area codes are shown on plates each. The area codes (such as toner and Current Adjustment
values) which cannot be shown as parts on plates are listed on the list of area codes at the end of
this chapter.
Figure 1 5002
Informs you that the removal, installation and replacement procedures
for the part are described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjustment.
Figure 2 5001
Informs you that the removal, installation, replacement and adjustment
procedures for the part are described in Chapter 4 Repair and Adjust-
ment.
Figure 3 5003
3 4-10 This is indicated on the upper left or upper right of the illustration to
Figure 1 j0mf50001 show the item represents the assembly including the part. The example
shows Item 3 is the assembly of Item 4 through 10.
Table 1
(1/4PCS) Informs you that four identical parts are installed but that only one of
Section Name Chapter 5 Section Name them is shown in the illustration.
(1) Sub System Name the name of the subsystem -- This symbol in the PART NO. column shows the part is not managed as
(2) PLATE NO. Parts List Reference No. shown in each chapter a spare part.
(3) PLATE NAME Title name of the illustration, which shows the mechanism of the (P/O Item 5) This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part is not man-
sub system aged as a single piece of spare part, but as a part of the assembly. The
example shows the part is a part of Assembly Item 5.
(4) ITEM Matches the number in the illustration.
(New) (Old) This term in the DESCRIPTION column shows the new part is inter-
(5) PART NO. The number to be used for ordering parts and filling in the ser-
changeable with the old one. Unless otherwise specified or there are no
vice report.
particular reasons, order the old part.
(6) DESCRIPTION Provides the part name, V(MOD) Code and notes, etc.
(Alternate) This term in the DESCRIPTION column shows either one of the parts
(7) AREA CODE The code to be entered in the failure column of the service can be used.
report.
This symbol shows the whole area of the framed illustration is modified
by the number in the circle. The area has the modified configuration.
Figure 4 5005
Table 1 5.1.5 Using Parts Navigation
Terminology and This section describes how to use the Navigation screen (illustrated)
Symbols Description
This symbol shows the whole area of the framed illustration has not The Navigation screen is divided into two layers, under which there is another layer of PLs.
been modified by the number in the circle. The area still has the previ-
ous configuration. • The first (top) layer
• Navi 1.1(Full System)
The whole is divided into the modules, and each module is plainly classified in the figure.
Find the module which includes the desired part and click on Navi 2.X or PL shown at the
Figure 5 5006
end of the call out. Navi 2.X shows there is a more detailed illustration of the module.
The Item pointed to by this symbol in the illustration is modified by the Otherwise, you will be directly linked to the applicable PL.
number in the circle. The item has the modified configuration.
• The second layer
• Navi 2.1 to 2.6
The module found in Navi 1.1 is divided into more modules, which link to the related PLs.
The screen here uses PLXX to show all the parts in the detailed module. Click on the
Figure 6 4001 applicable item, and you will see the illustration of the applicable PL. Find the desired
part in the PL illustration to learn the part’s item no. After that, obtain the appropriate part
The Item pointed to by this symbol in the illustration has not been modi-
no. from the list.
fied by the number in the circle. The item still has the previous configu-
ration. On E-DOC, clicking on the item no. makes the List screen displayed. Then the
appropriate part no. can be found.
• The third (bottom) layer has PLXXs.
<Returning from the lower layers to the higher layer>
Figure 7 4002 Clicking on Navi 2.X or PLXX on the upper left of the illustration makes you return to Navi
with 5V This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part is modified 1.1 for Processor parts.
by the number. The part has the modified configuration.
(w/o 5V) This symbol in the DESCRIPTION column shows the part has not been
modified by the number. The part still has the previous configuration.
(SCC) Fuser SCC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents
Assembly Safety Critical Component. Handling Safety Critical Components shall
conform to Fuji Xerox Co. Ltd.-stipulated rules and regulations on
Safety Critical Components.
(ISC) NVM PWB ISC followed by part name in the DESCRIPTION column represents
Important Information Stored Component that stores important cus-
tomer information. To replace and discard an ISC, follow the procedure
for it described in chapter 4.
PL 11.17 Electrical-TT
Item Parts No Description A.C.
1 – Ground Plate 5C31
2 – Transport Guide 5C32
3 960K 50113 (SCC) Tray Module PWB (2270/3370) (REP 11.17.1)
5C33
– 960K 46664 (SCC) Tray Module PWB (4470/5570) (REP 11.17.1)
5C33
4 – Harness Assembly (Sensor) (2270/3370)5C34
– 962K 75371 Harness Assembly (Sensor) (4470/5570)5C34
5 – Harness Assembly (Motor) (2270/3370)5C35
– 962K 75381 Harness Assembly (Motor) (4470/5570)5C35
6 – Harness Assembly (I/F) 5C36
PL 11.18 Cover , Caster-TT
Item Parts No Description A.C.
1 017K 94570 Caster Assembly 3261
2 017K 94580 Caster Assembly (S) 3262
3 – Screw 3263
4 – Screw (M4) 3264
5 – Screw (M3) 3265
6 848E 12720 Top Cover 3266
7 848E 12691 Left Cover 3267
8 848K 34641 Rear Cover (Item 9,10) 3268
9 – Rear Cover (P/O Item 8) 3269
10 848E 25130 Blind Cover 326B
11 848E 12702 Right Cover 326C
12 868E 15860 Foot Bracket 326D
13 848E 25150 Foot Cover 326E
14 868E 20860 Foot Bracket 326F
15 848E 45610 Foot Cover 326G
16 017K 94590 Adjuster Foot Assembly 326H
17 – Docking Screw 326J
18 – Docking Bracket 326K
Table 1
Item PART NO. Description
CE 113W 16051 SCREW (M2x10)
CF 114W 27878 BIND HEAD SCREW (M3x8)
CG 113W 21778 SCREW (M3x18)
CH 113W 20698 ROUND SCREW ( M3x6)
CJ 153W 16088 TAPPING SCREW (M4x10)
CK 271W 21050 DOWEL PIN (2.5x10)
CL 158W 27888 ROUND SCREW ( M3x9)
CM 252W 29450 NYLON WASHER (8) (t1)
99.1 Paper 99.2 Environment
Table 1 Table 1
Paper A.C Environment A.C
1 J Paper 57B1 1 Problem Mishandling (covered by User Guide) 9081
2 JD Paper 57B2 2 Problem Mishandling (beyond User Guide) 9082
3 C2 Paper 57B3 3 Operational Error (covered by User Guide) 9083
4 Plain (XEROX) 5711 4 Operational Error (beyond User Guide) 9084
5 Plain (Other makers) 57B4 5 No Reproduction after Power ON/OFF 9085
6 Recycled Paper (XEROX) 5712 6 Interference with Peripheral 9086
7 Recycled Paper (Other makers) 57B5 7 Power at Customer Site 9087
8 Heavyweight 57B6 8 Not Reproduced at Call 9088
9 Tracing Paper 5714 9 No Reproduction after Power ON/OFF (Reproduced at Call) 9089
10 Transparency Paper (FX) 5713 10 Not Cause/Location Identified 908A
11 Transparency Paper (Other makers) 57B7
12 Tack Film 57B8
13 Labels 57B9
14 Postcard 57BB
15 Tab Stock Paper 57BC
16 Hole Punched Paper 57BD
17 Heavyweight 2 75BE
18 Heavyweight 1 Side 2 75BF
19 Heavyweight 2 Side 2 75BG
20 Coated Paper 75BH
21 Coated Paper Side 2 75BJ
Figure 1 j0ki50026
Chapter 6 General
6 General
6.1 Specification 6.3.6 NVM 701,702 Controller
6.1.1 Product Name/Product Code/Serial No................................................................. 5 6.3.6 NVM 701,702,709 Controller................................................................................. 119
6.1.2 Machine Dimension and Basis Weight.................................................................. 11
6.1.3 Installation Space .................................................................................................. 15 6.3.7 NVM 710 IISS
6.1.4 Levelness .............................................................................................................. 17 6.3.7 NVM 710 IISS........................................................................................................ 121
6.1.5 Electrical Specification .......................................................................................... 17 6.3.8 NVM 711 IISS
6.1.6 Installation Environment ........................................................................................ 21 6.3.8 NVM 711 IISS........................................................................................................ 125
6.1.7 WarmUp ................................................................................................................ 21
6.1.8 FCOT (First Copy Output Time) ............................................................................ 22 6.3.9 NVM 715 IISS
6.1.9 Copy Speed........................................................................................................... 22 6.3.9 NVM 715 IISS........................................................................................................ 139
6.1.10 Paper Tray Capacity............................................................................................ 25
6.1.11 Paper Size and Loading Orientation ................................................................... 26 6.3.10 NVM 716 IISS
6.1.12 Paper Weight....................................................................................................... 26 6.3.10 NVM 716 IISS...................................................................................................... 155
6.1.13 Automatic Duplex Print........................................................................................ 28
6.3.11 NVM 717 IISS
6.1.14 Output Tray Capacity .......................................................................................... 28
6.3.11 NVM 717 IISS...................................................................................................... 161
6.1.15 Remaining Paper Amount Detection ................................................................... 29
6.1.16 Resolution/Gradation........................................................................................... 29 6.3.12 NVM 719 IISS
6.1.17 Paper Selection ................................................................................................... 30 6.3.12 NVM 719 IISS...................................................................................................... 163
6.1.18 Image Loss.......................................................................................................... 31
6.1.19 Maximum Printable Area ..................................................................................... 31 6.3.13 NVM 720 Controller
6.1.20 Alignment Specification ....................................................................................... 32 6.3.13 NVM 720 Controller............................................................................................. 165
6.1.21 Controller Specification ....................................................................................... 34
6.1.22 Searchable PDF .................................................................................................. 35
6.3.14 NVM 730~4 Controller
6.1.23 FAX Specifications (FX Only).............................................................................. 37 6.3.14 NVM 730~4 Controller......................................................................................... 167
6.1.24 Power States Specifications................................................................................ 41 6.3.15 NVM 740_Mgr
6.2 Tools/Service Consumables/Consumables/Modification 6.3.15 NVM 740_Mgr ..................................................................................................... 169
6.3.26 NVM 753_Procon 6.3.45 NVM 855, 856, 857, 858, 859 Controller
6.3.26 NVM 753_Procon ................................................................................................ 341 6.3.45 NVM 855, 856, 857, 858, 859 Controller............................................................. 431
ApeosPort-IV C2270 CPS TC100383 TC100383 DocuCentre-IV C3370 CPS TC100405 TC100405
ApeosPort-IV C3371 CPS P TC100439 TC100439 DocuCentre-IV C4470 CPS TC100406 TC100406
ApeosPort-IV C3371 CPS TC100440 TC100440 DocuCentre-IV C5570 CPS TC100407 TC100407
ApeosPort-IV C3370 CPS P TC100384 TC100384 ApeosPort-IV C2270 CPS TC100408 TC100408
ApeosPort-IV C3370 CPS TC100385 TC100385 ApeosPort-IV C3370 CPS TC100409 TC100409
ApeosPort-IV C4470 CPS TC100386 TC100386 ApeosPort-IV C4470 CPS TC100410 TC100410
ApeosPort-IV C5570 CPS TC100387 TC100387 ApeosPort-IV C5570 CPS TC100411 TC100411
Korea Options
External Access Kit *6 EC101490 SW Key OU OU Outside Line/Extension Kit EM100168 PCC Model and Set Product Code X O
[Requires] Fax
Searchable PDF Kit *6, 7 EC101491 SW Key OU OU
Security-related Options
[Requires] Scanner Kit, Image
Compression Kit Watermark Extension Kit *6 EC101496 SW Key: Feature to print hidden OU OU
text
USB Expansion Kit EC101492 USB Hub. For connecting with O O
Memory Card Reader. Data Security Kit *6 EC101497 SW Key: Deletes/encrypts all Hard OU OU
USB Memory Storage Kit *6 EC101493 SW Key; Feature for saving OU OU Disk data.
scanned documents in USB. Secure Watermark Kit *6 EC101498 SW Key: Feature to prevent OU OU
unauthorized copying
Fax-related Options
IC Card Customization Kit EC101499 SW Key; Merchandising of O O
Fax Kit 2 QC100066 Standard G3 Fax, Paperless Fax, Standard X
DMP2008 Exclusive Feature
Folder, Address Book, and Direct
Fax. Image-related Options
Fax Port Expansion Kit 2 EL200880 Required when the G3 Expansion O X Image Extension Kit EC101518 Displays thumbnails/preview. O O
Port Kit is installed. Required when installing the
[Requires] Fax Kit 2 Image Log Kit.
G3 Expansion Port Kit 2 *8 QL200073 [Requires] Fax Kit 2, Fax Port O X Image Log Kit EC101500 SW Key O O
Expansion Kit [Requires] Image Extension Kit
Handset EC100574 Required when the G3 Expansion O O Image Log Kit (Adobe EC101501 SW Key O O
Port Kit is installed. PostScriptR 3TM) [Requires] PS Kit
[Requires] Fax Kit 2, Fax Other options
Bypass Stamp Kit (Red) *6 EC101504 Bundled harness length and OU OU Condensation Prevention Kit EC100996 [Requires] Condensation O O
bracket renewed. (Scanning Section Heater) Prevention Installation Kit (For
[Requires] Fax Kit 2, Fax Scanning Section)
Condensation Prevention Kit EC101531 Low Heater O O Automatic Document Feeder QC100060 Option for Platen device O Standard Standard
(2270/3370 Main Unit Heater) Large Color Control Panel *1 EC101473 10.4 inch full color panel. O O O
[Requires] Large Color
Condensation Prevention Kit EC101632 Hi Heater O O
Control Panel Installation
(4470/5570 Main Unit Heater)
Kit, Side Tray
Condensation Prevention EC101532 The one above is for the Main Unit O O
Installation Kit (For Trays) Large Color Control Panel EC101474 Required when installing O O O
Installation Kit the Large Color Control
Earthquake Preparedness Kit ZB38 Vendor Vendor
Panel.
Extension System Memory EC101475 Extension System O X X
*1: The Medium Color Control Panel and Large Color Control Panel cannot be installed together.
(512MB) *2 Memory (512MB) for
*2: There is one slot for system memory. When installing the Extension System Memory (512MB) Platen.
(Platen Model) or Extension System Memory (1GB), remove the Standard System Memory (512MB) Extension System Memory EC101476 Extension System O O O
before installing.
(1GB) *2 Memory (1GB)
*3: The Inner Output Tray, Finisher A1, Finisher B1, Finisher C1, and Center-binding Finisher C1
Side Tray EC101477 For collated output. O O O
cannot be installed together.
Required when installing
*4: Requires a separate voice generation software. the Large Color Control
*5: The Emulation Kit and Adobe PostScript 3TM Kit cannot be installed together. Panel.
*6: This product is to be installed by the customer. Inner Output Tray *3 EC101478 For inner collated output. O O O
*7: When the Searchable PDF Kit is installed, OCR processing is only possible during B/W binary Finisher A1 QC100061 Stack, Sort, Staple (single, 25, 35: O 25, 35: O 25, 35: O
scan. To perform OCR processing during color scan, the Image Compression Kit will also be 50 sheets). For 25/35- 45, 55: X 45, 55: X 45, 55: X
required. sheet models.
*8: Can be expanded up to 5 ports. Up to three lines can be connected and the number of ports Finisher B1 QC100062 Stack, Sort, Staple (50 O O O
indicates the number of channels that are available for communication. sheets).
2. DocuCentre-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/C5570 Finisher B1 Center-binding QC100044 For Finisher B1 O O O
Provided features and their prerequisites Unit
O: Option Finisher B1 2/4H Punch Unit QC100047 For Finisher B1 O O O
OU: User installation Finisher B1 2/3H Punch Unit QC100046 For Finisher B1 O O O
A: Extension System Memory (512MB) (US Standard)
B: Extension System Memory (1GB) Finisher C1 QC100063 Stack, Sort, Staple (50 O O O
sheets), Punch (2H).
C: Fax Port Expansion Kit
Center-binding Finisher C1 QC100064 Stack, Sort, Staple (50 O O O
D: Large Color Control Panel
sheets), Punch (2H),
E: Large Color Control Panel Installation Kit Center Fold, Center Bind.
F: Side Output Tray
Table 6 Table 6
DocuCentre DocuCentre
Functions provided/ Functions provided/
Product overview of required CPFS Product overview of required CPFS
Optional Product Name Code installation options PFS CPFS PCC Optional Product Name Code installation options PFS CPFS PCC
Finisher C1 2/3H Punch Unit EC101183 For Finisher C1 O O O IC Card Gate Installation Kit EL200675 O O O
(US Standard) Adapter
High Capacity Feeder (1 QC100065 High Capacity Feeder O O O Printer-related Options
Level) (2000 Sheets) Parallel Port EC101516 Parallel Port for local O O O
Annotation Kit EC101479 SW Key: A feature that O O O printing. Change Riser
adds and outputs images Card.
(date, page, etc.) that do Gigabit Ethernet PWB EC101517 PWB + Riser + Japanese O O O
not exist in the document. Manual. Change Riser
English Kit EC101480 User Guide and Control O O O Card.
Panel Cover Emulation Kit *5, 6 EC101482 SW Key: Insert the OU OU OU
Wing Table EC101481 Can be installed at the O O O Emulation ROM to the
right or left side. Can be Main Unit Program ROM.
used to mount AdobeR PostScriptR 3TM Kit EC101483 SW Key + Font ROM + O O O
accessories. (Heisei 2 Font) *5 CD: AdobeR PostScriptR
Attention Light II *6 EC100639 Light to notify the status of OU OU OU AdobeR PostScriptR 3TM Kit EC101484 3TM Kit are included in O O O
the MF machine (Morisawa 2 Font) the Emulation Kit
Voice Assistant *4, 6 SXDA001A Voice-assisted operation OU OU OU contents. For printing in
guide High Quality mode, it is
recommended that the
Assist Handle *6 EC101037 Custom tool for closing OU OU OU
the Platen Cover/Duplex memory be increased by
512MB or 1GB.
Auto-Document Feeder
Multi-language Font Kit *6 EC101145 CD ROM. Supports OU OU OU
Accessory Installation Kit A E9100097 The Stand (Large) used O O O
Unicode (UTF8) output
for installation of
accessories. The from SAP infrastructure
output system. Format
Installation Kit and the
supports English &
Harness are common for
AP/DC-III C3300G/ Japanese.
C3305G Memory Card Reader EC101485 FX Media Reader - single O O O
unit. [Requires] The print
Accessory Installation Kit B YR85 The Stand (Small) used O O O
feature requires SW Key
for installation of
accessories. The Option.
Installation Kit and the Media Print - Photo/Text Kit *6 EC101486 SW Key; Feature to print OU OU OU
Harness are common for from Media and USB.
AP/DC-III C3300G/ Scanner-related Options
C3305G Scanner Kit *6 EC101487 SW Key OU X X
IC Card Gate Installation Kit E9100062 The Stand used for O O O Image Compression Kit EC101488 Supports Dual Color Scan O O O
installation of IC Card [Requires] Scanner Kit
Gate. The Installation Kit
E-mail Kit *6 EC101489 SW Key OU OU OU
and the Harness are
[Requires] Scanner Kit
common for AP/DC-III
C3300G/C3305G External Access Kit EC101490 SW Key X X X
Table 6 Table 6
DocuCentre DocuCentre
Functions provided/ Functions provided/
Product overview of required CPFS Product overview of required CPFS
Optional Product Name Code installation options PFS CPFS PCC Optional Product Name Code installation options PFS CPFS PCC
Searchable PDF Kit EC101491 SW Key OU OU OU ISDN G3/G4 Expansion Port EM100167 PCC Model and Set X X O
[Requires] Scanner Kit, Product Code [Requires]
Image Compression Kit Fax, Fax Port Expansion
USB Expansion Kit EC101492 USB Hub. For connecting O O O Kit
with Memory Card Outside Line/Extension Kit EM100168 PCC Model and Set X X O
Reader. Product Code [Requires]
USB Memory Storage Kit *6 EC101493 SW Key; Feature for OU OU OU Fax
saving scanned Security-related Options
documents in USB. Watermark Extension Kit *6 EC101496 SW Key: Feature to print OU OU OU
Fax-related Options hidden text
Fax Kit 2 QC100066 Standard G3 Fax, O Standard X Data Security Kit *6 EC101497 SW Key: Deletes/encrypts OU OU OU
Paperless Fax, Folder, all Hard Disk data.
Address Book, and Direct Secure Watermark Kit *6 EC101498 SW Key: Feature to OU OU OU
Fax. prevent unauthorized
Fax Port Expansion Kit 2 EL200880 Required when the G3 O O X copying
Expansion Port Kit is IC Card Customization Kit EC101499 SW Key; Merchandising X X X
installed. of DMP2008 Exclusive
[Requires] Fax Kit 2 Feature
G3 Expansion Port Kit 2 *8 QL200073 [Requires] Fax Kit 2, Fax O O X Image-related Options
Port Expansion Kit
Image Extension Kit EC101518 Displays thumbnails/ O O O
Handset EC100574 Required when the G3 O O O preview. Required when
Expansion Port Kit is installing the Image Log
installed. Kit.
[Requires] Fax Kit 2, Fax
Image Log Kit EC101500 SW Key X X X
Bypass Stamp Kit (Red) *6 EC101504 Bundled harness length OU OU OU [Requires] Image
and bracket renewed. Extension Kit
[Requires] Fax Kit 2, Fax Image Log Kit (Adobe EC101501 SW Key X X X
Internet Fax Kit *6 EC101494 SW Key; Fax-HW is OU OU OU PostScriptR 3TM) [Requires] PS Kit
required from DMP2009
Other options
onwards.
Condensation Prevention Kit EC100996 [Requires] Condensation O O O
[Requires] Fax Kit 2, Fax
(Scanning Section Heater) Prevention Installation Kit
IP Fax (SIP) Kit EC101495 SW Key; SIP (Session O O X (For Scanning Section)
Initiation Protcol) support
Condensation Prevention Kit EC101531 [Requires] Condensation O O O
and IP Fax T.38 support.
(Main Unit Heater) Prevention Installation Kit
[Requires] Fax Kit 2, Fax
(no feature provided) (For Main Unit)
Fax Port Expansion Kit EM100165 Dedicated option for the X X O Condensation Prevention Kit EC100998 [Requires] Condensation O O O
(Tray Heater) Prevention Installation Kit
following PCC Model and
(For Trays)
Set Product Code
Condensation Prevention EC101502 O O O
G3 Expansion Port Kit EC101125 Dedicated option for the X X O
following PCC Model and Installation Kit (For Scanning
Section)
Set Product Code
Table 6 6.1.2 Machine Dimension and Basis Weight
DocuCentre • ApeosPort/DocuCentre-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/C5570
Functions provided/
Product overview of required CPFS The following are the sizes and weights of the individual products:(excluding toner)
Optional Product Name Code installation options PFS CPFS PCC 6.1.2.1 Machine Size
Condensation Prevention Kit EC101531 Low Heater O O O
(2270/3370 Main Unit Heater) Table 1
Condensation Prevention Kit EC101632 Hi Heater O O O Configuration Machine Size (mm)
(4470/5570 Main Unit Heater)
Product Configuration UI IN OUT Width Depth Height
Condensation Prevention EC101532 The one above is for the O O O
Installation Kit (For Trays) Main Unit Standard (Platen) Model Horizontal PLTN None 640 685 1040.5
Earthquake Preparedness Kit ZB38 Vendor Vendor Vendor Standard (DADF) Model (8.5") DADF None 640 685 1127.3
A1-Fin Model A1-Fin 662.6 685 1127.3
*1: The Medium Color Control Panel and Large Color Control Panel cannot be installed together. B1-Fin Model B1-Fin 1182 685 1127.3
*2: There is one slot for system memory. When installing the Extension System Memory (512MB) B1-Fin/Booklet 1182 695 1127.3
(Platen Model) or Extension System Memory (1GB), remove the Standard System Memory C1-Fin Model C1-Fin 1364.1 685 1127.3
(512MB) before installing.
C1-Fin/Booklet 1515.7 685 1127.3
*3: The Inner Output Tray, Finisher A1, Finisher B1, Finisher C1, and Center-binding Finisher C1
HCF/C1-Fin Model C1-Fin 1681.1 685 1127.3
cannot be installed together.
C1-Fin/Booklet 1832.7 685 1127.3
*4: Requires a separate voice generation software.
*5: The Emulation Kit and Adobe PostScript 3TM Kit cannot be installed together.
Vertical UI Model Vertical DADF None 965.1 685 1404.6
*6: This product is to be installed by the customer.
(10.4")
*7: When the Searchable PDF Kit is installed, OCR processing is only possible during B/W binary
scan. To perform OCR processing during color scan, the Image Compression Kit will also be
required. 6.1.2.2 Machine Weight
*8: Can be expanded up to 5 ports. Up to three lines can be connected and the number of ports 1. Measurement Conditions
indicates the number of channels that are available for communication. Not inclusive of options, Output Tray, Paper, New Toner Cartridges (2.7kg). Inclusive of Power Cord.
Table 2
Main Unit of Configuration Weight
DocuCentre-IV C2270P/C3371P/C3370P [Platen/3TM] 126kg or less
ApeosPort/DocuCentre-IV C2270/C3371/C3370 [DADF/3TM] (with Fax) 133kg or less
DocuCentre-IV C4470P [Platen/3TM] 129kg or less
ApeosPort/DocuCentre-IV C4470/C5570 [DADF/3TM] (with Fax) 136kg or less
2. Weight of Options
Table 3
Option Name Weight Option Name Weight
DADF (PF2.01) 7.5kg or less Finisher C1 (H-Tra inside) 60kg or less
Face Up Tray 0.6kg Finisher C1/Booklet (H-Tra inside) 90kg or less
3TM [For C2270/C3371/ 34.2kg HCF 29kg
C3370]
Table 3 6.1.2.3 List of Machine Sizes and Weights for Standard Configuration
Option Name Weight Option Name Weight
Table 4
3TM [For C4470/5570] 34.2kg Vertical UI (difference with Horizontal UI, Wing 6.1kg
inside) Product Name Machine Size (W x D x H mm) Weight (kg)
Finisher A1 12kg Fax-mini 1.1kg DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370 (With Platen) 640mm x 685mm x 1040.5mm 126 kg or less
Finisher B1 (H-Tra inside) 28kg Platen Cover 1.7g C4470 (With Platen) 640mm x 685mm x 1040.5mm 129kg
Booklet (For Finisher B1) 9.2kg Inner Tray 0.8kg AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/ 640mm x 685mm x 1127.3mm C2270/C3371/
Punch (For Finisher SB) 0.7kg C5570 (With DADF) C3370 133kg or
less
C4470/C5570
136kg or less
AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370 (With 662.6mm x 685mm x 1127.3mm 145kg or less
Finisher A1)
AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/ 1182mm x 685mm x 1127.3mm C2270/C3371/
C5570 (With Finisher B1) C3370 161kg or
less
C4470/C5570
164kg or less
AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/ 1182mm x 695mm x 1127.3mm C2270/C3371/
C5570 (With Finisher B1 + Booklet) C3370 170.2kg or
less
C4470/C5570
173.2kg or less
AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/ 1681.1mm x 685mm x 1127.3mm C2270/C3371/
C5570 (With Finisher C1) C3370 193kg or
less
C4470/C5570
196kg or less
AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/ 1515.7mm x 685mm x 1127.3mm C2270/C3371/
C5570 (With Finisher C1 + Booklet) C3370 223kg or
less
C4470/C5570
226kg or less
AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/ 1681.1mm x 685mm x 1127.3mm C2270/C3371/
C5570 (With HCF/Finisher C1) C3370 222kg or
less
C4470/C5570
225kg or less
AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/ 1832.7mm x 685mm x 1127.3mm C2270/C3371/
C5570 (With HCF/Finisher C1 + Booklet) C3370 252kg or
less
C4470/C5570
255kg or less
Figure 3 j0ki61002
Figure 4 j0ki61003
• AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/C5570 (With Finisher C1) • AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/C5570 (With HCF/Finisher C1)
1364.1 x 685 x 1127.3mm, C2270/C3371/C3370 193kg or less / C4470/C5570 196kg or less 1681.1 x 685 x 1127.3mm, C2270/C3371/C3370 222kg or less / C4470/C5570 225kg or less
(Figure 6) (Figure 8)
• AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/C5570 (With Finisher C1 + Booklet) • AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/C5570 (With HCF/Finisher C1 + Booklet)
1515.7 x 685 x 1127.3mm, C2270/C3371/C3370 223kg or less / C4470/C5570 226kg or less 1832.7 x 685 x 1127.3mm, C2270/C3371/C3370 252kg or less / C4470/C5570 255kg or less
(Figure 7) (Figure 9)
6.1.3 Installation Space
• DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470 (With Platen)
Installation Space (W x D): 1216mm x 1608.2mm
Figure 9 j0ki61008
Figure 1 j0ki61009
Figure 2 j0ki61010
• AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/C5570 (With Finisher B1 + Booklet) • AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/C5570 (With HCF/Finisher C1 + Booklet)
Installation Space (W x D): 1786mm x 1608.2mm Installation Space (W x D): 2128.4mm x 1608.2mm (without Booklet)
2187.7mm x 1608.2mm (with Booklet)
Figure 4 j0ki61012
Figure 6 j0ki61014
• AP/DC-IV C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/C5570 (With Finisher C1 + Booklet)
Installation Space (W x D): 2012.4mm x 1608.2mm (without Booklet) Max Floor Weight Capacity (Reference value): 288kg
2071.7mm x 1608.2mm (with Booklet)
= Main Unit [50/55] (TTM) + Vertical UI + C-Fin/Booklet + F/UTray + HCF + Toner x4 + [Margin *1] (5% of
total weight)
=(136+(43.1-34.2)+6.1+90+0.6+0.7+29+2.7)*1.05=288
Table 3 <Reference> Low Power Mode Power (Japan = CPFS machine, AP/China = CPS
machine): Energy Star Exempt
3030/3535
2525 machine machine 4545 machine 5055 machine
Japan (100V) approx. 52W approx. 52W approx. 71W approx. 71W
AP/China (115V) approx. 50W approx. 50W approx. 68W approx. 68W
AP/China (230V) approx. 50W approx. 50W approx. 68W approx. 68W
Table 4 <Reference> Standby Power (Japan = CPFS machine, AP/China = CPS machine):
Energy Star Exempt
3030/3535
2525 machine machine 4545 machine 5055 machine
Japan (100V) 80W or less 80W or less 130W or less 130W or less
AP/China (115V) 80W or less 80W or less 130W or less 130W or less
AP/China (230V) 80W or less 80W or less 130W or less 130W or less
When When
Standby running Standby running
Main Unit 3.7 3.7 3.7 3.7
Full System 6.5 7.2 6.7 7.3
When When
Standby running Standby running
Main Unit 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
Full System 6.9 7.5 7.05 7.6
Reference > List of Power States
*1 When AC is supplied to the LVPS, this is usually ON and supplying to ESS & Fax
*2 As the Fax Voltage increases at USB OFF and Standby ON, for this product, the Fax Power Supply is
turned OFF
*3 Although the IOT State is the one conveyed before entering Energy Saver, the Paper/Toner
replenishment during Sleep is not reflected
*4 The factory settings is transition straight to Sleep without going through Low Power
*5 As many Fans have complicated specs, the details are documented separately
*H C4470/C5570
*L C2270/C3370
6.1.6 Installation Environment 6.1.7 WarmUp
The machine can be operated under the following operating conditions: Measurement Conditions: Temperature 20°C, Humidity 65%). Toner Recovery and Setup Cycle are not
included.
• Temperature: 10 to 28°C
• Humidity: 15 to 85% Table 1
• Altitute: 0m to 2500m After Power After Sleep Mode is After Low Power Mode is
Config AC ON cancelled cancelled *
C2270/C3371/C3370 100V 28sec or less 10sec or less 10sec or less
C4470/C5570 100V 28sec or less 15sec or less 10sec or less
*: When the Low Power Mode is cancelled one hour after it is initiated. However, as the factory settings
sets Low Power to 1min and Sleep to 1min, the transtion to Low Power and Sleep will be simultaneous,
resulting in the appearance of direct transition to Sleep.
The time that is required since the [Start] button is pressed until the first paper is output from the machine. For output to the Face Down Tray, the time taken between the output of the tail edge of the 1st sheet until
the output of the tail edge of the 11th sheet is defined as t seconds, the number of sheets that are printed
<Prerequisite> within 1 minute can be calculated by the formula [60/t x 10]. The numerical value for Duplex is IPM
(Images Per Minute).
Platen document, ratio: 100%, Tray: No. 1, Paper: A4 LEF, 1 Sided copy, Face Down Tray
For 2 Sided Copy: Calculate by the formula [60/t x 20].
Table 1 [C5570]
Limitation: This does not include the time for settings/cleaning/sagging.
Document Set Output
No. Platen/DADF Tray Priority Mode BW FC
NOTE: *1: Labels have the same productivity rate as Heavyweight.
1 Platen Exit 1 BW priority 3.7sec or less 6.5sec or less
NOTE: *2: If the paper size is automatically detected at the MSI, printing is performed with the
2 Platen Exit 1 Color priority 5.0sec or less 5.2sec or less
productivity appropriate for that paper size.
3 DADF Exit 1 BW priority 5.2sec or less 6.4sec or less
4 DADF Exit 1 Color priority 5.2sec or less 6.4sec or less NOTE: *3: If automatic recognition of paper size is in operation, the very first sheet will be printed at the
same productivity rate as A3 S or 17". After performing the cleaning of the 2nd BTR right after that, the
Table 2 [C4470] second sheet onwards will be printed at the productivity rate of the paper sized determined from the first
sheet.
Document Set Output
No. Platen/DADF Tray Priority Mode BW FC [C5570] (FC/BW)
1 Platen Exit 1 BW priority 4.4sec or less 7.0sec or less • Tray Feed/Exit 1 Output
2 Platen Exit 1 Color priority 5.7sec or less 5.7sec or less Unit: 1 Sided: cpm, 2 Sided: ipm
3 DADF Exit 1 BW priority 5.7sec or less 6.8sec or less
4 DADF Exit 1 Color priority 5.7sec or less 6.8sec or less Table 1
Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 2
Table 3 [C3371/C3370] Paper Size Plain 1 Sided Plain 2 Sided Sided Sided
Document Set Output A4 L 50/55 50/55 32/32 32/32
No. Platen/DADF Tray Priority Mode BW FC 8.5 x 11 L
1 Platen Exit 1 BW priority 4.9sec or less 7.7sec or less B5 L
2 Platen Exit 1 Color priority 6.3sec or less 6.4sec or less A4 S 36/39 36/39 25/25 25/25
8.5 x 11 S
3 DADF Exit 1 BW priority 6.8sec or less 8.3sec or less
B4 29/32 19/21 20/20 15/15
4 DADF Exit 1 Color priority 6.8sec or less 8.3sec or less
8.5 x 13 S
8.5 x 14 S
Table 4 [C2270]
A3 S 25/27 18/19 17/17 13/13
Document Set Output 11 x 17 S
No. Platen/DADF Tray Priority Mode BW FC 12 x 18 S 25/27 17/19 17/17 13/13
1 Platen Exit 1 BW priority 6.6sec or less 10.0sec or less 12 x 19 S
2 Platen Exit 1 Color priority 8.0sec or less 8.7sec or less SRA3
3 DADF Exit 1 BW priority 8.5sec or less 10.7sec or less
4 DADF Exit 1 Color priority 8.5sec or less 10.7sec or less • When using the MSI
Unit: 1 Sided: cpm, 2 Sided: ipm Unit: 1 Sided: cpm, 2 Sided: ipm
Table 2 Table 4
Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 2 Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 2
Paper Size Plain 1 Sided Plain 2 Sided Sided Sided Paper Size Plain 1 Sided Plain 2 Sided Sided Sided
A4 L 43/47 43/47 32/32 32/32 A4 L 40/40 40/40 32/32 32/32
8.5 x 11 L 8.5 x 11 L
B5 L B5 L
A4 S 34/38 34/38 25/25 25/25 A4 S 31/31 31/31 25/25 25/25
8.5 x 11 S 8.5 x 11 S
B4 S 29/32 19/21 20/20 15/15 B4 S 26/26 17/17 20/20 15/15
8.5 x 13 S 8.5 x 13 S
8.5 x 14 S 8.5 x 14 S
A3 S 25/27 18/19 17/17 13/13 A3 S 22/22 15/15 17/17 13/13
11 x 17 S 11 x 17 S
12 x 18 S 23/26 17/18 17/17 13/13 12 x 18 S 21/21 15/15 17/17 1313
12 x 19 S 12 x 19 S
SRA3 SRA3
Table 3 Table 5
Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 2 Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 2
Paper Size Plain 1 Sided Plain 2 Sided Sided Sided Paper Size Plain 1 Sided Plain 2 Sided Sided Sided
A4 L 45/45 45/45 32/32 32/32 A4 L 30/30 30/30 25/25/ 25/25
8.5 x 11 L 8.5 x 11 L
B5 L B5 L
A4 S 32/32 32/32 25/25 25/25 A4 S 23/23 23/23 19/19 19/19
8.5 x 11 S 8.5 x 11 S
B4 S 26/26 17/17 20/20 15/15 B4 S 20/20 12/12 16/16 9.9/9.9
8.5 x 13 S 8.5 x 13 S
8.5 x 14 S 8.5 x 14 S
A3 S 22/22 15/15 17/17 13/13 A3 S 17/17 11/11 14/14 9.0/9.0
11 x 17 S 11 x 17 S
12 x 18 S 22/22 15/15 17/17 13/13 12 x 18 S 15/15 10/10 12/12 8.3/8.3
12 x 19 S 12 x 19 S
SRA3 SRA3
Unit: 1 Sided: cpm, 2 Sided: ipm Unit: 1 Sided: cpm, 2 Sided: ipm
Table 6 Table 8
Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 2 Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 2
Paper Size Plain 1 Sided Plain 2 Sided Sided Sided Paper Size Plain 1 Sided Plain 2 Sided Sided Sided
A4 L 26/26 27/27 24/24 24/24 A4 L 30/30 32/32 24/24 24/24
8.5 x 11 L 8.5 x 11 L
B5 L B5 L
A4 S 21/21 21/21 19/19 19/19 A4 S 24/24 25/25 19/19 19/19
8.5 x 11 S 8.5 x 11 S
B4 S 18/18 11/11 16/16 9.8/9.8 B4 S 21/21 13/13 16/16 9.8/9.8
8.5 x 13 S 8.5 x 13 S
8.5 x 14 S 8.5 x 14 S
A3 S 15/15 10/10 14/14 8.9/8.9 A3 S 18/18 12/12 14/14 8.9/8.9
11 x 17 S 11 x 17 S
12 x 18 S 14/14 9/9 12/8.2 12/8.2 12 x 18 S 16/16 11/11 12/12 8.2/8.2
12 x 19 S 12 x 19 S
SRA3 SRA3
Table 7 Table 9
Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 2 Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 2
Paper Size Plain 1 Sided Plain 2 Sided Sided Sided Paper Size Plain 1 Sided Plain 2 Sided Sided Sided
A4 L 35/35 35/35 25/25/ 25/25 A4 L 25/25 25/25 15/25 15/25
8.5 x 11 L 8.5 x 11 L
B5 L B5 L
A4 S 27/27 27/27 19/19 19/19 A4 S 19/19 19/19 12/19 12/19
8.5 x 11 S 8.5 x 11 S
B4 S 23/23 14/14 16/16 9.9/9.9 B4 S 16/16 9.9/9.9 10/16 6.5/9.9
8.5 x 13 S 8.5 x 13 S
8.5 x 14 S 8.5 x 14 S
A3 S 20/20 13/13 14/14 9.0/9.0 A3 S 14/14 9.0/9.0 8.0/14 5.7/9.0
11 x 17 S 11 x 17 S
12 x 18 S 18/18 12/12 12/12 8.3/8.3 12 x 18 S 12/12 8.3/8.3 7.0/12 4.3/8.3
12 x 19 S 12 x 19 S
SRA3 SRA3
Heavyweight 1 Heavyweight 2 The no. of sheets that can be accommodated in each tray is as follows:
Paper Size Plain 1 Sided Plain 2 Sided Sided Sided
A4 L 24/24 24/24 14/24 15/24 Table 1
8.5 x 11 L Tray Capacity Large Size (Standard)
B5 L
Standard Tray (FX/AP) 560 sheets (P paper) 297mm x 431.8mm
A4 S 19/19 19/19 12/19 12/19
3TM (FX/AP) 560 sheets (P paper) 320mm x 457.2mm
8.5 x 11 S
Tray 2
B4 S 16/16 9.8/9.8 9.7/16 6.4/9.8
Tray 3
8.5 x 13 S Tray 4
8.5 x 14 S
TTM (AP)
A3 S 14/14 8.9/8.9 7.8/14 5.7/8.9
Tray 2 560 sheets (P paper) SRA3 S, 12 x 18 S
11 x 17 S
Tray 3 980 sheets (P paper) A4 L, Letter L
12 x 18 S 12/12 8.2/8.2 6.8/12 4.3/8.2 Tray 4 1280 sheets (P paper) A4 L, Letter L
12 x 19 S MSI (FX/AP) 10mm stack 320.0mm x 482.6mm
SRA3
100 sheets (P paper)
HCF (FX/AP) 2300 sheets (P paper) 210mm x 297mm
216mm x 279.5mm
(*1) In one machine, the Tray cannot be differentiated for 8x10" SEF and B5 SEF, 5.5x8.5" SEF and A5
• Paper tray: MSI
SEF, 8K SEF and B4 SEF, as well as 16K LEF and B5 LEF respectively.
Table 2
Paper types that can be fed (gsm) Reference
Default size guides at shipment
Plain (60~79): Default
Bond Paper (80~105)
Table 2
Lightweight (55~59)
Shipment Heavyweight (106~169), Heavyweight Reload (106~169) Reload is for Manual Duplex
model Tray 1 Tray 2 Tray 3 Tray 4 Tray 6
Extra Heavyweight (170~256), Extra Heavyweight Reload Reload is for Manual Duplex
Standard Tray A4 LEF - - - - (170~256)
3TM - A4 LEF - - - Gloss (106~169), Gloss Reload (106~169) Reload is for Manual Duplex
- - B4 SEF - - HW Gloss (170~256), HW Gloss Reload (170~256) Reload is for Manual Duplex
- - - A3 SEF - Labels (108~189)
TTM - A4 LEF A4 LEF A4 LEF - Transparency
HCF - - - - A4 LEF
FX Postcard 4 reams can only be fed vertically (SEF). Horizontal feed (LEF) is not possible.
Jam rates vary depending on the paper type.
Plain, Heavyweight and Extra Heavyweight are further classified into the following paper types
which can be changed by the user.
• HCF • Extra Heavyweight
Table 3 Table 6
Paper types that can be fed (gsm) Reference Classification Paper Type
Plain (60~79): Default Extra Heavyweight A OK Prince, Color Copy
Bond Paper (80~105) Extra Heavyweight B Name Card paper equivalent
Lightweight (55~59) Extra Heavyweight C Name Card paper equivalent
Heavyweight (106~169), Heavyweight Reload (106~169) Reload is for Manual Duplex Extra Heavyweight D Film Label, Waterproof Film Coated
Extra Heavyweight (170~256), Extra Heavyweight Reload Reload is for Manual Duplex Extra Heavyweight S Extra Heavyweight A equivalent
(170~256)
Gloss (106~169), Gloss Reload (106~169) Reload is for Manual Duplex
HW Gloss (170~256), HW Gloss Reload (170~256) Reload is for Manual Duplex
Labels (108~189)
Transparency
• Plain
Table 4
Classification Paper Type
Plain A J paper/JD paper equivalent
Plain B P/C2 equivalent: Default value of Plain
Plain C FR/G70/SG
Plain D Plain B equivalent
Plain E Plain D equivalent
Plain F Plain D equivalent
Plain G Plain A equivalent
Plain S For Special Settings (Plain equivalent of other
heavyweights)
J Gloss 104gsm/JD Gloss 105gsm
• Heavyweight
Table 5
Classification Paper Type
Heavyweight A Ncolor, OK Prince Bond
Heavyweight B Water-proof paper equivalent
Heavyweight C White Film equivalent
Heavyweight S For Special Settings 1 (Heavyweight A equivalent)
It is possible perform 2-Up print when the paper length in the Slow Scan direction is between 139.7mm *The availability of Exit 2 Tray is set at the NVM
and 297.0mm and 1-Up print when it is between 297.1mm and 482.6mm. For the Fast Scan direction, it
is between 128.0mm and 320.0mm.
The above is Simplex print
Manual 2 Sided: The ability to accomodate A4 SEF and Letter SEF is not defined.
Full Stack detection: None
1 sided print can be performed on the non-printed side of a paper that had already gone through 1 sided Finishing capability: Able to align paper easily without folding or disorder.
print once. Output orientation: Face Down
• OCT (Standard: Offset Catch Tray)
Paper width for operation: 297mm
Paper length for operation: 432mm
*Performance is not guaranteed for paper exceeding the above sizes
Roller movable distance: 26 (13 x 2)mm (REF)
Finishing capability: Able to align paper easily without folding or disorder.
• Side Output Tray (option)
Supported Size: All paper sizes handled by the machine
Capacity: 100 sheets (P Paper, C2 Paper)
Full Stack detection: None
Finishing capability: Able to align paper easily without folding or disorder.
Output direction: Face Up
6.1.15 Remaining Paper Amount Detection 6.1.16 Resolution/Gradation
In Trays 1 to 4 and Tray 6 (HCF), the remaning no. of sheets of paper in the tray can be detected in 5 • Resolution
levels as 0%, 25%, 50%, 75% and 100%. Fast Scan x Slow Scan
1200dpi x 2400dpi
However, if the power is turned OFF during liftup then turned ON again without removing the tray, or the
tray is inserted again while the Bottom Plate has not dropped, the remaining paper amount cannot be • Gradation (Relationship between resolutions and pixel split number)
detected correctly. 256 Gradation
At Printing
<Output resolution ART-EX (PCL)> The resolution that is printed by the IOT after receiving the
above ESS data
Table 1
Printing Type Standard High Quality High Resolution
BW Output 1200x2400 1200x2400 1200x1200
Resolution (dpi)
Gradation 256 256 256
Processing 255.2/200/175/121mm/s 255.2/200/175/121mm/s 255.2/200/175/121mm/s
Speed *1
Color Output 1200x2400 1200x2400 1200x1200
Resolution (dpi)
Gradation 256 256 256
Processing 255/200/175/121mm/s 255/200/175/121mm/s 255/200/175/121mm/s
Speed *1
IE (only black text) *2 On/Off selection On/Off selection Off (Not selectable)
Table 2
Printing Type High Speed High Quality High Resolution
BW Output 600x600 1200x2400 1200x1200
Resolution
(dpi)
Gradation 256 256 256
Processing 255.2/200/175/121mm/s 255.2/200/175/121mm/s 255.2/200/175/121mm/s
Speed *1
Color Output 600x600 1200x2400 1200x1200
Resolution
(dpi)
Gradation 256 256 256
Processing 255/200/175/121mm/s 255/200/175/121mm/s 255/200/175/121mm/s
Speed *1
Table 1
When the width is When the width is
less than 12 inches When the width is 12 12.6 inches (SRA3)
(A3) inches (12 x 19) (320mm)
For Printing Lead 4mm 4mm 4mm
Edge
Tail 2mm 2mm 2mm
Edge
Left 2mm 3.9mm 11.5mm
Margin
Right 2mm 3.9mm 11.5mm
Margin
For Copying Lead 4mm 25.3mm 9mm
Edge
Tail 2mm 25.3mm 9mm
Edge
Left 2mm 3.9mm 11.5mm
Margin
Right 2mm 25.3mm 9mm
Margin
Alignment (Calculated for 100% ) (Upper IOT Side 1, Lower IOT Side 2)
NOTE: Effect of paper elongation and shrinkage due to environmental changes is not included. Table 1
SYSTEM (PLATEN) IOT
Table 1
Trays 1 to SYSTEM Trays 1 to
SYSTEM (PLATEN) IOT
Item 4 MSI (DADF) 4 MSI IIT DADF
Trays 1 to SYSTEM Trays 1 to
Linearity (vertical) 0.9mm - 1.0mm 0.8mm - 0.4mm 0.5mm
Item 4 MSI (DADF) 4 MSI IIT DADF
(400mm span) 0.9mm 1.0mm 0.5mm
Lead Registration +/-1.6mm +/-2.3mm +/-2.2mm +/-1.5mm +/-2.2mm +/-0.5mm +/-1.5mm Linearity (horizontal) 0.9mm - - 0.8mm - 0.4mm
+/-2.0mm - +/-2.5mm +/-1.9mm - +/-1.5mm (280mm span) 0.9mm
Side Registration +/-2.1mm +/-3.1mm +/-2.5mm +/-2.0mm +/-3.0mm +/-0.5mm +/-1.5mm Linearity (diagonal) 0.9mm - - 0.8mm - 0.4mm
+/-2.5mm - +/-2.9mm +/-2.4mm - +/-1.5mm (280mm span) 0.9mm
Lead Skew (200mm) +/-1.6mm +/-2.1mm +/-1.9mm +/-1.5mm +/-2.0mm +/-0.5mm +/-1.0mm Parallelism (400mm) +/-2.1mm - +/-3.0mm +/-2.0mm - +/-0.6mm +/-1.5mm/
+/-2.1mm - +/-2.3mm +/-2.0mm - +/-1.0mm +/-2.1mm +/-3.0mm +/-2.0mm 280mm
Side Skew (400mm) +/-3.2mm +/-4.2mm +/-3.7mm +/-3.0mm +/-4.0mm +/-1.0mm +/-2.0mm
+/-4.2mm - +/-4.5mm +/-4.0mm - +/-2.0mm The reference value is the length of the corresponding location in FX SDTP123600.
Horizontal Reduce/ +/-0.7% - +/-1.2% +/-0.6% - +/-0.3% +/-1.0%
Enlarge Precision +/-0.7% +/-1.2% +/-0.6% +/-1.0%
(Whole Area)
(280mm) Applicable
for 100%
Horizontal Reduce/ +/-1.4% - - - -
Enlarge Precision +/-1.4%
(Whole Area)
(280mm) Applicable
for 25~200%
Horizontal Reduce/ +/-2.8% - - - -
Enlarge Precision +/-2.8%
(Whole Area)
(280mm) Applicable
for 201~400%
Vertical Reduce/ +/-0.7% - +/-1.2% +/-0.6% - +/-0.3% +/-1.0%
Enlarge Precision +/-0.7% +/-1.2% +/-0.6% +/-1.0%
(Whole Area)
(400mm) Applicable Figure 1 j0wa67012
for 100%
Vertical Reduce/ +/-1.4% - - - -
Enlarge Precision +/-1.4%
(Whole Area)
(400mm) Applicable
for 25~200%
Vertical Reduce/ +/-2.8% - - - -
Enlarge Precision +/-2.8%
(Whole Area)
(400mm) Applicable
for 201~400%
Perpendicularity +/-2.3mm +/-2.0mm +/-2.7mm +/-1.7mm - +/-1.4mm +/-2.0mm
(400mm) +/-2.6mm - +/-2.9mm +/-2.1mm +/-2.0mm
The 25-sheet and 30, 35-sheet machines have the same controller configuration.
Bi-directional parallel.
Table 1
6.1.21.4 Print Productivity
APC-VI C5570/C4470/
The FPOT is IOT/IP (LPD, SMB, IPP), +a (a means PDL production time + transmission time +
DC-VI C5570/C4470/C3371/C3370/C2270 C3371/C3370/C2270 Decompose time).
CP CPFS CPFS PCC CPFS CPFS PCC
Measurement Conditions - Client PC: DELLGX620 (Pentium 4 3.2G or 3.4G, Memory: 1GB), Connection
System Memory 1GB 1.5GB 1.5GB 1.5GB 1.5GB interface: lpr direct connection (100Base-TX). No hub is used. Driver setting: No changes are required
(Standard)
except for the output color.
System Memory (Max.) 2GB 2GB 2GB 2GB 2GB
NVM Separate Separate Separate Separate Test chart: [Color FPOT] J6 (1P, IOT: BW Priority, Color Priority, Driver: Auto mode), [BW FPOT] J4 (1P,
Board Board Board Board IOT: BW Priority, Driver: BW mode)
HDD 40GB 40MB 40MB 40MB
• IOT FPOT
UI PWB W85/S104 On W85/S104 W85/S104 W85/S104 W85/S104
Board On Board On Board On Board On Board
Table 3
Program Memory 128MB 128MB 128MB 128MB 128MB
(Standard) On Board PDL ART EX PS (Reference value)
* Up to 2 among the Parallel Port, Gigabit Ethernet PWB, Image Compression Kit, and Image Extension
Kit can be installed together. However, the Parallel Port and the Gigabit Ethernet PWB cannot be
installed together.
6.1.21.6 Total Amount Control 6.1.22 Searchable PDF
Character Recognition (OCR) Performance (Reference Value)
Table 4
ART EX Total toner weight after color conversion is set to 280%. However, this is • Guaranteed Conditions
practically restricted below 240% by the TRC after color conversion.
The conditions to guarantee character recognition (OCR) performance are as follows.
PCL Total toner weight after color conversion is set to 280%. However, this is
practically restricted below 240% by the TRC after color conversion. Table 1
PS Total toner weight after TRC is limited to 240%.
Item Conditions
Measurement Environment Temparature 22°C, Humidity 55%
6.1.21.7 Scanning Productivity Machine Status Normal
Scanned Image File Formatting File Format PDF
Resolution 300dpi
There are three types of format as follows.
Recognition Language Set for each document.
Table 5
Document Format Output Color/Original Type/MRC (High Compression):
For the accuracy rate of upright images, perform sampling 10 times in the 4 directions (total 40 *1: The reference value is actual measured value
times) and calculate by: accuracy / 40 x 100. *Models with the Color Scanner only
Table 3
Accuracy of
No Mode Language Chart Recognition Rate Upright Image
1 Black Text Mode 300dpi Japanese OCR004JP 91 +/-11% 97.5% or higher
2 English OCR004EN 90 +/-11%
3 Korean OCR004KR 89 +/-11%
4 Chinese OCR004TC 85 +/-11%
(Traditional)
5 Chinese OCR004SC 90 +/-11%
(Simplified)
6 Color Text & Photo 300dpi High Japanese OCR004JP 96 +/-11% 97.5% or higher
7 Compression PDF* English OCR004EN 92 +/-11%
8 Korean OCR004KR 90 +/-11%
9 Chinese OCR004TC 85 +/-11%
(Traditional)
10 Chinese OCR004SC 92 +/-11%
(Simplified)
NOTE: If the recognition rate or accuracy rate of upright image is not within the above ranges,
perform IIT and DADF related adjustments before measuring again. Refer to the IIT/DADF
Performance Specifications and Service Manuals for the details.
Table 4
Transfer Time
(Reference value*1)
Table 1
Communication Network Connect
Public Telephone Network (PSTN) O
PBX O
Facsimile Communication Network (PSTN) O
Facsimile Communication Network (ISDN) O
Leased Line (3.4kHz/2-line method) O
ISDN Line*1 O
*1 ISDN (option)
Table 2
Communication Network Connect
Public Telephone Network (PSTN) O
PBX O
Facsimile Communication Network O
(PSTN)
Leased Line (3.4kHz/2-line method) O
6.1.23.2 Interconnection
The typical example of the interconnection is shown below.
Table 3
Resolution
Communication
Remote Machine Normal High Quality Superfine (400dpi) Superfine (600dpi) Mode Encoding Method
Tarzan w/Fax 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 600 x 600 SG3/G4 JBIG
Kutani CPFS 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 600 x 600 SG3/G4 JBIG
Louise SE 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 600 x 600 SG3/G4 JBIG
Imari-CPSF 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 600 x 600 SG3/G4 JBIG
HANA CF 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 600 x 600 SG3/G4 JBIG
MDSFAX 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 400 x 400 SG3/G4 MMR
DC620FS 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 600 x 600 SG3 JBIG
Louise RV CF 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 400 x 400 SG3/G4 MMR
Louise CF 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 400 x 400 SG3/G4 MMR
MASHU2 CF 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 400 x 400 SG3/G4 MMR
Mashu CF 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 400 x 400 ECM/G4 MMR
Able3200G 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 400 x 400 ECM/G4 MMR
Able300G 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 400 x 400 ECM/G4 MMR
Able3010 8 x 3.85 8 x 7.7 400 x 400 400 x 400 ECM/G4 MMR
Other makers' machines (selected in the order 1. 8 x 3.85 1. 8 x 7.7 1. 400 x 400 1. 600 x 600 1. SG3 1. JBIG
of the priority described in the right column 2. 200 x 100 2. 200 x 200 2. 16 x 15.4 2. 400 x 400 2. ECM 2. MMR
according to the capability of the machines.) 3. 300 x 300 3. 16 x 15.4 3. G3 3. MR
4. 8 x 15.4 4. 300 x 300 4. G4 4. MH
5. 8 x 15.4
6.1.23.3 Communication Mode 6.1.23.6 Compression Method
The modes that allow communications are as follows. MH/MR/MMR/JBIG
600pixels/25.4mm x 600pixels/25.4mm*2 Conditions: ECM (No data error), JBIG, and Platen Input
400pixels/25.4mm x 400pixels/25.4mm*2
Table 4
300pixels/25.4mm x 300pixels/25.4mm*2
Transmission Time (Tp)
200pixels/25.4mm x 400pixels/25.4mm*1
200pixels/25.4mm x 200pixels/25.4mm*2 Chart mode 9600BPS 14.4KBPS 28.8KBPS 33.6KBPS
200pixels/25.4mm x 100pixels/25.4mm*2 FX sales English document standard 8sec or less 6sec or less 3sec or less 3sec or less *
16pixels/mm x 15.4l/mm*2
12pixels/mm x 11.55l/mm*2 6.1.23.11 Protocol Control Time
8pixels/mm x 15.4l/mm*2 The protocol control time (Tm, Tn, Tu) at each phase when no data error occurs is shown in the table
8pixels/mm x 7.7l/mm*2 below.
8pixels/mm x 3.85l/mm
*1: Unable to communicate with the machines by other makers because this is a Xerox unique mode. In G3, if data error that exceeded the allowed value occurred in a message (not the last), Tn between this
message and the next message increases by approximately 6sec. (If data error that exceeded the
*2: Unable to communicate with the machines that have no corresponding mode. allowed value occurred in the last message, the control time does not increase.)
In ECM, corresponding to the number of resends performed for the data error, Tn increases by Tn+1
6.1.23.5 Communication Image Size
second and resends.
The communication image size in the Fast Scan direction on the transmission path that is able to
communicate is as follows. Each control time is defined as follows.
Table 5
Symbol Description
Tu: This represents the period from when the last message is completed to when the line is
opened.
Table 6
Before a Between After a message:
Mode message: Tm messages: Tn Tu Total
Standard Protocol 13.9~16.4 3.2 4.4 21.5~24.0
V.34/V.8
Table 7
Before a Between After a message:
Mode message: Tm messages: Tn Tu Total
Protocol 8.7~9.9 1.0 0.9 10.6~11.8
6.1.24 Power States Specifications This is a list of the Power States of each device corresponding to each Power Mode.
Table 1 List of Power States of Each Device Corresponding to Each Type of State
(Breaker Main Power
Name OFF) OFF Power OFF Sleep Low Power *5 Standby Running
Table 1 List of Power States of Each Device Corresponding to Each Type of State
(Breaker Main Power
Name OFF) OFF Power OFF Sleep Low Power *5 Standby Running
*1 When AC is supplied to the LVPS, this is usually ON and supplying to ESS & Fax
*2 As the Fax Voltage increases at USB OFF and Standby ON, for Kisyu, the Fax Power Supply is turned
OFF
*4 Although the IOT State is the one conveyed before entering Energy Saver, the Paper/Toner
replenishment during Sleep is not reflected
*5 The factory settings is transition straight to Sleep without going through Low Power
*6 As many Fans have complicated specs, the details are documented separately
Table 1 Whenever special consumables for the machine are required, it will be notified in a separate technical
No. TOOL No. TOOL NAME information.
6.2.2 Consumables NOTE: The actual number of printable sheets varies depending on the number of prints for each job,
paper size, paper feed direction, usage status of ACS (Auto BW/Color Selection)**, and the initialize
Table 1 operation at machine power OFF/ON. As the mode conditions**, etc. may differ greatly from the
reference value, it should only be regarded as a rough guide.
Consumables Product Code CRU/ERU Life End (PV) **: When "Color" or "Auto" is selected for output color during Copy, or "Color (Auto)" is selected for Printer
Toner Cartridge (K) FX: CT201360 CRU 26.8 *1*6 mode, the Color Drums will still be consumed even during BW Copy/Print.
IBG: CT201370
Toner Cartridge (Y) FX: CT201363 CRU 16.5*6 Table 2 Life of Drum Cartridge
IBG: CT201373 Machine
Toner Cartridge (M) FX: CT201362 CRU 15.5*6 Type G Drum Cartridge Type Life End *1
IBG: CT201372
C2270 Drum Cartridge (Y, M, C) 136
Toner Cartridge (C) FX: CT201361 CRU 16.5*6
Drum Cartridge (K) 136
IBG: CT201371
C3371/C3370 Drum Cartridge (Y, M, C) 136
Waste Toner Bottle*5 CWAA0729 CRU C2270: 47
FX Only C3370: 47 Drum Cartridge (K) 136
C4470: 46 C4470 Drum Cartridge (Y, M, C) 136
C5570: 46 Drum Cartridge (K) 136
Waste Toner Bottle*5 CWAA07751 CRU C2270: 46 C5570 Drum Cartridge (Y, M, C) 136
IBG Only C3371: 45 Drum Cartridge (K) 136
C3370: 45
C4470: 44
C5570: 44 *1: The Full Color Output Sheet Count reference value when the Continuous Print No. from one same A4
LF document is 3. It will change greatly depending on the R/L and Color ratio.
Drum Cartridge (K) CT350804 ERU Refer to next table
Drum Cartridge (Y, M, C) CT350804 ERU Refer to next table
Stamp Replacement Kit F451 CRU
*1: For BW Copy with 6% image density, this is 22.3kPV for C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/C5570.
*5: When replacing the Waste Toner Bottle, the cleaning of LPH (LED lens) should be done by the user.
*6: In the catalog spec, this is 26kPV (K) and 15kPV (YMC) for C2270/C3371/C3370/C4470/C5570.
6.2.3 Modification Table 2
For DocuCentre/ApeosPort-IV C5570G, Mod (Tag) numbers can be registered by using the NVM. With No. Mod No. Name Product Code
this registration, Mod information can be remotely verified as NR data via EPSV. (Remote verification is 9 188V English Kit EC101480
for FX only.) When Mod is performed, access the NVM and change the data because the Mod (Tag) No.1
10 190V Side Tray EC101477
to 32 correspond to 001 to 032 of NVM (990).
11 192V Wing Table EC101481
NOTE: Although the MOD numbers have been common for all models, this will change starting from 12 195V Scanner Kit EC101487
DocuCentre/ApeosPort-IV C5570. Take note as the numbers will differ from those for the previous 13 196V Annotation Kit EC101479
models. Those with blank Product Codes are not handled as MOD. 14 200V Inner Output Tray EC101478
6.2.3.1 Explanation of Symbols 15 211V Gigabit Ethernet Port EC101517
16 212V Emulation Kit EC101482
Modifications that differ from the original specifications will be indicated with following symbols.
17 213V Adobe PostScript 3TM Kit (Heisei 2 Font) EC101483
Table 1 18 214V Adobe PostScript 3TM Kit (Morisawa 2 Font) EC101484
Item Description 19 216V Extension System Memory (512MB) EC101475
20 217V Extension System Memory (1GB) EC101476
[Models with 5V] Indicates that this applies to machines with the 5V modification.
21 220V E-mail Kit EC101489
[Models without 5V] Indicates the code applies to machines that the 5V modification has not
been introduced. 22 223V Searchable PDF Kit EC101491
This symbol indicates the configuration of the part after a modification with 23 224V External Access Kit EC101490
the number shown in the symbol is introduced. 24 226V Parallel Port EC101516
25 227V USB Expansion Kit EC101492
26 228V USB Memory Storage Kit EC101493
27 229V Image Compression Kit EC101488
Figure 1 5005 28 230V Memory Card Reader EC101485
This symbol indicates the configuration of the part before a modification 29 231V Media Print - Photo/Text Kit EC101486
with the number shown in the symbol is introduced. 30 233V Attention Light II EC100639
31 250V Fax Kit 2 QC100066
32 251V Fax Port Expansion Kit EM100165
33 252V G3 Expansion Port Kit 2 QL200073
Figure 2 5006
34 253V ISDN G3/G4 Expansion Port EM100167
35 254V Outside Line/Extension Kit EM100168
6.2.3.2 Modification List 36 255V Internet Fax Kit EC101494
37 256V IP Fax (SIP) Kit EC101495
Table 2
38 257V Address Book Extension Kit
No. Mod No. Name Product Code
39 258V Bypass Stamp Kit EC101504
1 151V Duplex Auto Document Feeder QC100060 40 259V Handset EC100574
2 160V High Capacity Feeder (1 Level) QC100065 41 260V Fax Kit
3 171V Finisher A1 QC100061 42 261V Fax Port Expansion Kit 2 EL200880
4 172V Finisher B1 QC100062 43 262V G3 Expansion Port Kit EC101125
5 173V Finisher C1 QC100063 43 265V Watermark Extension Kit EC101496
6 174V Center-binding Finisher C1 QC100064 44 266V Data Security Kit EC101497
7 187V Large Color Control Panel EC101473 45 267V Secure Watermark Kit EC101498
8 187V Large Color Control Panel Installation Kit EC101474 46 268V Image Log Kit EC101500
Table 2
No. Mod No. Name Product Code
47 269V Image Log Kit (Adobe PostScript 3TM) EC101501
48 270V Image Extension Kit EC101518
49 276V ICCard Reader (IOT builtin) EC101690
50 277V ICCard Reader (Wing Table builtin) EC101623
51 292V Condensation Prevention Kit (Scanning Section Heater) EC100996
52 293V Condensation Prevention Kit (2270/3370 Main Unit Heater) EC101531
53 293V Condensation Prevention Kit (4470/5570 Main Unit Heater) EC101632
54 294V Condensation Prevention Kit (Tray Heater) EC100998
55 298V Condensation Prevention Installation Kit (For Scanning Section) EC101502
56 299V Condensation Prevention Installation Kit (For Main Unit) EC101503
57 299V Condensation Prevention Installation Kit (For Trays) EC101532
58 300V Coin Kit 5 QH52
59 304V Foot Switch TE39
60 313V Key Switch TY77
61 333V CopyLyzer 610N ZB11
62 333V CopyLyzer 650N ZB12
63 333V CopyLyzer 610N2 T9100011
64 334V Dispenser 2 WU63
65 335V DocuLyzer NW T9100013
66 335V DocuLyzer T9100014
67 336V Coin Kit 6N QC100012
68 339V Adaptor-BOX (Type S) T9100058
69 339V AdaptorR-BOX (Type D) T9100059
70 340V IC Card Gate T9100062
71 340V IC Card Gate Pro T9100090
72 340V IC Card Gate 2 (Felica) T9100002
73 340V IC Card Gate 2 (Pro) T9100003
74 340V IC Card Gate High SDCL034A
75 342V Coin Kit 8 Q910001
76 710V EPnet-Box (type W1) T9100060
77 710V EPnet-Box (type L) T9100061
78 710V EPnet-Box (type W2) Q9100006
79 371V EPnet-Box 2 type LP
6.3.1 DC330 Input Component Check List
Table 1 DC330 Input Component Check List
Chain-
Link Component Name Display Operational Description
001-201 MCU FUSE FAIL#1 H/L H: FUSE blowout
001-202 MCU FUSE FAIL#2 H/L H: FUSE blowout
001-203 MCU FUSE FAIL#3 H/L H: FUSE blowout
001-204 MDD FUSE FAIL#1 H/L H: FUSE blowout
001-205 MDD FUSE FAIL#2 H/L H: FUSE blowout
001-206 MDD FUSE FAIL#3 H/L H: FUSE blowout
001-207 MDD FUSE FAIL#4 H/L H: FUSE blowout
001-208 MDD FUSE FAIL#5 H/L H: FUSE blowout
001-209 P401 CONNECT FAIL H/L L: P401 poor contact
001-210 P406 CONNECT FAIL H/L H: P406 poor contact
001-211 P410 CONNECT FAIL1 H/L H: P410 poor contact
001-212 P410 CONNECT FAIL2 H/L H: P410 poor contact
001-213 P411 CONNECT FAIL H/L H: P411 poor contact
001-300 INTLK_1 H/L High with INTLK_1 open.
001-301 INTLK_2 H/L High with INTLK_2 open.
001-302 LH LOW I/L SW H/L High with the SW open.
001-304 LH 3TM I/L SW H/L High with the SW open.
001-306 INTLK_3 H/L High with INTLK_3 open.
004-100 Belt Home Sensor H/L H: IBT is not at Home Position.
NOTE: IBT 5V ON requires operating.
004-101 Drum Motor YMC Fail Detection H/L H: PR (Drum) Motor YMC Fail
004-102 Drum Motor K Fail Detection H/L H: PR (Drum) Motor K Fail
004-200 FUSER FAN FAIL H/L H: FAN stops rotating.
004-201 BOTTOM FAN FAIL H/L H: FAN stops rotating.
004-202 DEVE FAN FAIL H/L H: FAN stops rotating.
004-203 LV FAN FAIL H/L H: FAN stops rotating.
004-204 REAR FAN FAIL H/L H: FAN stops rotating.
005-102 Document Sensor (Belt DADF/CVT) H/L H: No paper on Document Sensor
005-110 Regi Sensor (Belt DADF/CVT) H/L L: Paper on Regi Sensor
005-205 CVT-DADF Feed Out Sensor H/L H: Paper on Feed Out Sensor
005-206 CVT-DADF Pre-Reg.Sensor H/L H: Paper on Pre-Reg. Sensor
005-211 CVT-DADF Inverter Sensor H/L H: Paper on Inverter Sensor
005-212 CVT-DADF Feeder Cover Interlock Switch H/L H: Feeder Cover Open
005-213 CVT DADF Interlock Switch (PF1&2&1.5&2.01) H/L H: Platen Interlock Open
005-215 CVT-DADF #1 Tray APS Sensor H/L L: Light blocked by Actuator (PF2)
005-216 CVT-DADF #2 Tray APS Sensor H/L L: Light blocked by Actuator (PF2)
092-002 ADC Diffuse ADC Diffuse LED ON/OFF operation. [I/O] LED_DIFFUSE - X -
092-003 ADC Shutter Open The operation of opening ADC Shutter. [I/O] SHUTTER_OPEN_KEEP_SOL O(100ms) X -
*Note that failing to perform the operation of closing MOB ADC Shutter after performing this
Component Contorl will cause the sensor in the Shutter to be contaminated. (However the Print-
ing operation makes the Shutter automatically close.)
092-004 ADC Shutter Close The operation of closing ADC Shutter. [I/O] SHUTTER_CLOSE_KEEP_SOL O(100ms) X -
093-001 DISPENSE MOTOR-Y (79mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-Y at 79mm/s - X 093-002, 093-003,
093-004, 093-005
093-002 DISPENSE MOTOR-Y (121mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-Y at 121mm/s - X 093-001, 093-003,
093-004, 093-005
093-003 DISPENSE MOTOR-Y (175mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-Y at 175mm/s - X 093-001, 093-002,
093-004, 093-005
093-004 DISPENSE MOTOR-Y (200mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-Y at 200mm/s - X 093-001, 093-002,
093-003, 093-005
093-005 DISPENSE MOTOR-Y (225mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-Y at 225mm/s - X 093-001, 093-002,
093-003, 093-004
093-006 DISPENSE MOTOR-M (79mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-M at 79mm/s - X 093-007, 093-008,
093-009, 093-010
093-007 DISPENSE MOTOR-M (121mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-M at 121mm/s - X 093-006, 093-008,
093-009, 093-010
Table 1 DC330 Output Component Check List
Chain- Cyclic Multi-output
Link Component Name Operational Description Time Out Operation Prohibited Chain
093-008 DISPENSE MOTOR-M (175mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-M at 175mm/s - X 093-006, 093-007,
093-009, 093-010
093-009 DISPENSE MOTOR-M (200mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-M at 200mm/s - X 093-006, 093-007,
093-008, 093-010
093-010 DISPENSE MOTOR-M (225mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-M at 225mm/s - X 093-006, 093-007,
093-008, 093-009
093-011 DISPENSE MOTOR-C (79mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-C at 79mm/s - X 093-012, 093-013,
093-014, 093-015
093-012 DISPENSE MOTOR-C (121mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-C at 121mm/s - X 093-011, 093-013,
093-014, 093-015
093-013 DISPENSE MOTOR-C (175mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-C at 175mm/s - X 093-011, 093-012,
093-014, 093-015
093-014 DISPENSE MOTOR-C (200mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-C at 200mm/s - X 093-011, 093-012,
093-013, 093-015
093-015 DISPENSE MOTOR-C (225mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-C at 225mm/s - X 093-011, 093-012,
093-013, 093-014
093-016 DISPENSE MOTOR-K (79mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-K at 79mm/s - X 093-017, 093-018,
093-019, 093-020,
093-021
093-017 DISPENSE MOTOR-K (121mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-K at 121mm/s - X 093-016, 093-018,
093-019, 093-020,
093-021
093-018 DISPENSE MOTOR-K (175mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-K at 175mm/s - X 093-016, 093-017,
093-019, 093-020,
093-021
093-019 DISPENSE MOTOR-K (200mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-K at 200mm/s - X 093-016, 093-017,
093-018, 093-020,
093-021
093-020 DISPENSE MOTOR-K (225mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-K at 225mm/s - X 093-016, 093-017,
093-018, 093-019,
093-021
093-021 DISPENSE MOTOR-K (255mm/s) Output of Dispense Motor-K at 255mm/s - X 093-016, 093-017,
093-018, 093-019,
093-020
093-022 Deve YMCMotor(121mm/s) Deve YMC Motor rotary drive operation: A start instruction triggers its rotary drive (121mm/s). A - X 093-023, 093-024,
stop instruction stops its rotation. 093-025, 093-026
[I/O]Deve YMC_MOT
[I/O]Deve YMC_MOT_GAIN
093-023 Deve YMCMotor(175mm/s) Deve YMC Motor rotary drive operation: A start instruction triggers its rotary drive (175mm/s). A - X 093-022, 093-024,
stop instruction stops its rotation. 093-025, 093-026
[I/O]Deve YMC_MOT
[I/O]Deve YMC_MOT_GAIN
Time
Chain-Link Component Name Functional Description Out
010-200 Heat Belt STS Center Heat Belt Center STS temperature AD value -
010-201 Heat Belt STS Rear Heat Belt Rear STS temperature AD value -
042-200 NOHAD Environment Temp Sensor NOHAD Environment Temp Sensor input value -
071-200 Tray1 Size Sensor Displays AD value for Tray1 Paper Size.
[I/O]#1 TRAY Paper Size Sensor
072-200 Tray2 Size Sensor Displays AD value for Tray2 Paper Size.
[I/O]#2 TRAY Paper Size Sensor
073-200 Tray3 Size Sensor Displays AD value for Tray3 Paper Size.
[I/O]#3 TRAY Paper Size Sensor
074-200 Tray4 Size Sensor Displays AD value for Tray4 Paper Size.
[I/O]#4 TRAY Paper Size Sensor
075-200 MSI Size Sensor Displays AD value for MSI Paper Size. -
[I/O]MSI Paper Size Sensor
077-200 OHP Sensor Displays OHP Sensor output value (AD value). -
[I/O]OHP Sensor